AU2006233208A1 - Hepatitis C virus inhibitors - Google Patents

Description

AUSTRALIA

IO

O

00

IN

O

(N

Patents Act COMPLETE SPECIFICATION

(ORIGINAL)

Class Int. Class Application Number: Lodged: Complete Specification Lodged: Accepted: Published: Priority Related Art: Name of Applicant: Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Actual Inventor(s): Ny Sin, Yan Chen, Sing-Yuen Sit, Li-Quang Sun, Paul Michael Scola, Andrew Charles Good, Jeffrey Allen Campbell, Xiang-dong Alan Wang, Piyasena Hewawasam Address for Service and Correspondence: PHILLIPS ORMONDE FITZPATRICK Patent and Trade Mark Attorneys 367 Collins Street Melbourne 3000 AUSTRALIA Invention Title: HEPATITIS C VIRUS INHIBITORS Our Ref POF Code: 785727 140109/140109 The following statement is a full description of this invention, including the best method of performing it known to applicant(s): 1 6ooeq la HEPATITIS C VIRUS INHIBITORS

O

0 The present application is a divisional application from Australian patent 0 application number 2003241510 the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by C 5 reference.

00 SFIELD OF THE INVENTION c The present invention is generally directed to antiviral compounds, and more specifically directed to compounds which inhibit the functioning of the NS3 protease 0 10 encoded by Hepatitis C virus (HCV), compositions comprising such compounds and NC methods for inhibiting the functioning of the NS3 protease.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION HCV is a major human pathogen, infecting an estimated 170 million persons worldwide roughly five times the number infected by human immunodeficiency virus type 1. A substantial fraction of these HCV infected individuals develop serious progressive liver disease, including cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma. (Lauer, G.M.; Walker, B.D. N. Engl. J. Med. (2001), 345, 41-52).

Presently, the most effective HCV therapy employs a combination of alphainterferon and ribavirin, leading to sustained efficacy in 40% of patients. (Poynard, T. et al. Lancet (1998), 352, 1426-1432). Recent clinical results demonstrate that pegylated alpha-interferon is superior to unmodified alpha-interferon as monotherapy (Zeuzem, S. et al. N. Engl. J. Med. (2000), 343. 1666-1672). However, even with experimental therapeutic regimens involving combinations of pegylated alpha-interferon and ribavirin, a substantial fraction of patients do not have a sustained reduction in viral load. Thus, there is a clear and long-felt need to develop effective therapeutics for treatment of HCV infection.

HCV is a positive-stranded RNA virus. Based on a comparison of the deduced amino acid sequence and the extensive similarity in the 5' untranslated region, HCV has been classified as a separate genus in the Flaviviridae family. All members of the Flaviviridae family have enveloped virions that contain a positive U:\731637731637Div spcic_1910064oc Sstranded RNA genome encoding all known virus-specific proteins via translation of a O single, uninterrupted, open reading frame.

Considerable heterogeneity is found within the nucleotide and encoded amino 00 5 acid sequence throughout the HCV genome. At least six major genotypes have been N characterized, and more than 50 subtypes have been described. The major genotypes of HCV differ in their distribution worldwide, and the clinical significance of the Sgenetic heterogeneity of HCV remains elusive despite numerous studies of the possible effect of genotypes on pathogenesis and therapy.

4 The single strand HCV RNA genome is approximately 9500 nucleotides in length and has a single open reading frame (ORF) encoding a single large polyprotein of about 3000 amino acids. In infected cells, this polyprotein is cleaved at multiple sites by cellular and viral proteases to produce the structural and non- structural (NS) proteins. In the case of HCV, the generation of mature non-structural proteins (NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B) is effected by two viral proteases. The first one, as yet poorly characterized, cleaves at the NS2-NS3 junction; the second one is a serine protease contained within the N-terminal region of NS3 (henceforth referred to as NS3 protease) and mediates all the subsequent cleavages downstream of NS3, both in cis, at the NS3-NS4A cleavage site, and in trans, for the remaining NS4A- NS4B, NS5A-NS5B sites. The NS4A protein appears to serve multiple functions, acting as a cofactor for the NS3 protease and possibly assisting in the membrane localization of NS3 and other viral replicase components. The complex formation of the NS3 protein with NS4A seems necessary to the processing events, enhancing the proteolytic efficiency at all of the sites. The NS3 protein also exhibits nucleoside triphosphatase and RNA helicase activities. NS5B is a RNA-dependent RNA polymerase that is involved in the replication of HCV.

Among the compounds that have demonstrated efficacy in inhibiting HCV replication, as selective HCV serine protease inhibitors, are the peptide compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,323,180.

The discussion of documents, acts, materials, devices, articles and the like is O included in this specification solely for the purpose of providing a context for the ND present invention. It is not suggested or represented that any or all of these matters formed part of the prior art base or were common general knowledge in the field relevant to the present invention as it existed before the priority date of each claim of 00 O this application.

Throughout the description and claims of the specification, the word "comprise" and variations of the word, such as "comprising" and "comprises", is not intended to exclude other additives, components, integers or steps.

Y:Asml#eLBMSpop*9%31, 7 8 _spedd o SUMMARY-OF THE INVENTION The present invention provides a compound of formula 1, including 0C) 5 pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or prodrugs thereof, 0 o H2)n 8B 11 /NHYN(H)SOmRl N 0

YY

R-3 wherein: R, is C,.

8 alkyl, C 3 7 cycloalkyl, or C 4 .1 0 alkylcycloalkyl; m islIor 2; n islIor 2;

R

2 is H C,-6alkyl, C 2 6 alkenyl or C 3 7 cycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with halogen;

R

3 is Cl.

8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, cyano, amino, C,.

6 dialkylamino,

C

6 -1 0 aryl, C 7 1 4 alkylaryl, C,.

6 alkoxy, carboxy, hydroxy, aryloxy, C 7 .1 4 alkylaryloxy,

C

2 6 alkylester, C 8 1 alkylarylester; C 3 .1 2 alkenyl, C 3 7 cycloalkyl, or C 4 0 alkylcycloalkyl, wherein the cycloalkyl or alkylcycloalkyl are optionally substituted with hydroxy, C,.

6 alkyl, C 2 -6 alkenyl or CI.

6 alkoxy; or R 3 together with the carbon atom to which it is attached forms a C 3 7 cycloalkyl group optionally substituted with 6 alkenyl; Y is H, phenyl substituted with nitro~, pyridyl substituted with nitro, or

C,.

6 alkyl optionally substituted with cyano, OH or C 3 7 cycloalkyl; provided that if R 4 or R 5 is H then Yis H; B is H, C,.

6 alkyl, R 4

R

4

R

4

-N(R

5 I

R

4 PR 4 S0 2 or R 4 2 I I

R

4 is C1. j 0 alkyl optional ly substituted with phenyl, carboxyl, C 1 6 alkanoyl, 1-3 halogen, hydroxy, 6 alkyi, 6 alkoxy, amino IND optionally substituted with C1.

6 alkyl, amido, or (lower alkyl) amido; (if) C 3 -7 cycloalkyl, C 3 7 cycloalkoxy, Or C 4 -1 0 alkylcycloalklyl, each 005 optionally substituted with hydroxy, carboxyl, (CI-6alkoxy)carbonyl, ami~no optionally substituted with C 1 6 alkyl, amido, or (lower alkyl) arnido; Oiff) C 6 -10 aryl or C7-1 6 arylalkyl, each optionally substituted IND with C,.

6 alkyl, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, arnido, (lower alkyl) arnido, or amino optionally substituted with C,.

6 alkyl; (Iv) Het; (v) bicyclo(l )pentane; or (vi) -C(O)OC, 16 al kyl, C 2 6 a1 ken yl or C 2 6 alkynyl;

R

5 is CI.

6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halog~ens; or C 1 6 alkoxy provided R.

4 is alkyl; X IS 0, S, SO, S02, OCH 2

CH

2 0 or- NH; R'is Het; Or C 6 aryl or C 7 -1 4 alkylaryl, optionally substituted with R; and R a is C,.

6 alkyl, C 3 -7 cycloalkyl, C,.

6 alkoxy, C 3 -7 cycloalkoxy, halo-C, 6s alkyl, CF 3 mono-or di- halo-C,.

6 alkoxy. cvano. halo, thioalkyl, hydroxy, alkanoyl,

NO

2 SH, amino, C,.

6 alkylamino, di 6 alkylamnino, di 6 alkylamide, carboxyl,

(C

1 6 carboxyester, 6 p alkylsulfone,

C,.

6 alkylsulfonamide, i alkyl(alkox y)amine, 06.

aryl, C7-1 4 alkylaryl, or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle; with the proviso that X- R' is not 7 OCH 3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

(111 The present invention also provides a compound having the foninula IN0 00 B IIZN(H)S0 2 Rj IND

X-R'

wherein: R, is C 3 7 cycloalkyl;

R

2 is CI- 6 alkyl, C 2 6 alkenyl or C 3 7 cycloalkyl;

R

3 is C 1 .8 alkyl optionally substituted with C 6 aryl, C 1 6 alkoxy, carboxy, hydroxy, aryloxy, C 7 .1 4 alkylaryloxY,

C

2 6 alkylester, C8.

5 alkylarylester;

C

3 12 alkenyl, C 3 7 cycloalkyl, or C 4 10 alkylcycloalkyl; Y is H; B is H, C 1 6 alkyl, R 4

R

4

R

4

-N(R

5

R,

4

-N(R

5 PR 4 S0 2 or R 4

-NOR

5 )-S0 2

R

4 is CI.

10 alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl, carboxyl, C 1 6 alkanoyl, 1-3 halogen, hydroxy, C 1 6 alkoxy; (ii) C 3 7 cycloalkyl,

C

3 7 cycloalkoxy, or C 4 10 allcylcycloalkyl; or (iii) C 610 aryl or C 7 1 6 arylalkyl, each optionally substituted with C 1 6 alkyl or halogen;

R

5 is H or C 1 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens; X is 0or NH; R' is Het; or C 610 aryl optionally substituted with Ra; and RI a~ is C 1 6 alkyl, C 3 7 cycloalkyl,

C

1 6 aLkoxy, halo-C 1 6 alkyl, halo, amino,

C

6 aryl, or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle; with the proviso that XaR' is not OCF1 3 o0 N

-N

Y:SLOIeBMS Sped73137e~e~o 4b or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

Further, the present invention provides a compound having the formula wherein: (a) (b)

(C)

(d) (e) Mf (g) (h) (i) MI 1 N(H)S0 2

R

Y~s NH 0

O-R'(I)

R, is C 3 7 cycloalkyl;

R

2 is C 2 6 alkenyl; R(3 is C 1 8 alkyl; Y is H; B is R4O(C=O)-, or

R

4 is C 1 10 alkyl; R5is H; R' is a bicyclic heterocycle optionally substituted with Ra; and Ra is C 1 6 alkyl, C 1 -6 alkoxy, halo, C 6 aryl, or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle; with the proviso that 0- R' is not or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

Y:UutkBMSSaeces%716W71.W 'f- D

O

The present invention also provides compositions comprising the compounds O or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or prodrugs thereof and a N pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In particular, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions useful for inhibiting HCV NS3 comprising a 00 5 therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a C pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically Sacceptable carrier.

\O

0 The present invention further provides methods for treating patients infected with HCV, comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. Additionally, the present invention provides methods of inhibiting HCV NS3 protease by administering to a patient an effective amount of a compound of the present invention.

By virute of the present invention, it is now possible to provide improved drugs comprising the compounds of the invention which can be effective in the treatment of patients infected with HCV. Specifically, the present invention provides peptide compounds that can inhibit the functioning of the NS3 protease, in combination with the NS4A protease.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally follow McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms, S. P. Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York (1984) and Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, Eliel, E.

and Wilen, John Wiley Sons, Inc., New York (1994). Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and 1 or and are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory and or d, meaning the compound, is O dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these compounds, called C stereoisomers, are identical except that they are mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer of a mirror image pair may also be referred to as an enantiomer, 0 o 5 and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture.

SThe nomenclature used to describe organic radicals, hydrocarbons and Ssubstituted hydrocarbons, generally follows standard nomenclature known in the art, unless otherwise specifically defined. Combinations of groups, e.g., alkylalkoxyamine, include all possible stable configurations, unless otherwise specifically stated. Certain radicals and combinations are defined below for purposes of illustration.

The terms "racemic mixture" and "racemate" refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.

The term "chiral" refers to molecules which have the property of nonsuperimposability of the mirror image partner, while the term "achiral" refers to molecules which are superimposable on their mirror image partner.

The term "stereoisomers" refers to compounds which have identical chemical composition, but differ with regard to the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space.

The term "diastereomer" refers to a stereoisomer which is not an enantiomer, a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g. melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures of diastereomers may separate under high resolution analytical procedures such as electrophoresis and chromatography.

SThe term "enantiomers" refers to two stereoisomers of a compound which are O non-superimposable mirror images of one another.

ID

The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" is intended to include nontoxic 00 5 salts synthesized from a compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the Sappropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts arc: found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1990, p.

1445. The compounds of the present invention are useful in the form of the free base or acid or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. All forms are within the scope of the invention.

The term "therapeutically effective amount" means the total amount of each active component that is sufficient to show a meaningful patient benefit, a sustained reduction in viral load. When applied to an individual active ingredient, administered alone, the term refers to that ingredient alone. When applied to a combination, the term refers to combined amounts of the active ingredients that result in the therapeutic effect, whether administered in combination, serially or simultaneously.

The term "compounds of the invention", and equivalent expressions, are meant to embrace compounds of Formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates, e.g. hydrates. Similarly, reference to intermediates, is meant to embrace their salts, and solvates, where the context so permits. References to the compound of the invention also include the preferred compound's of Formula II and III.

The term "derivative" means a chemically modified compound wherein the modification is considered routine by the ordinary skilled chemist, such as an ester or o an amide of an acid, protecting groups, such as a benzyl group for an alcohol or thiol, O and tert-butoxycarbonyl group for an amine.

(N

The term "solvate" means a physical association of a compound of this 00 O 5 invention with one or more solvent molecules, whether organic or inorganic. This physical association includes hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will Cc, Cbe capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are Sincorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. "Solvate" encompasses C both solution-phase and isolable solvates. Exemplary solvates include hydrates, ethanolates, methanolates, and the like.

The term "prodrug" as used herein means derivatives of the compounds of the invention which have chemically or metabolically cleavable groups and become, by solvolysis or under physiological conditions, the compounds of the invention which are pharmaceutically active in vivo. A prodrug of a compound may be formed in a conventional manner with a functional group of the compounds such as with an amino, hydroxy or carboxy group when present. The prodrug derivative form often offers advantages of solbhility ti.ss u crnmnatihi!ity, or delayed releaspe. in a mammalian organism (see, Bundgard, Design of Prodrugs, pp. 7-9, 21-24, Elsevier, Amsterdam 1985). Prodrugs include acid derivatives well known to Spractitioners of the art, such as, for example, esters prepared by reaction of the parent acidic compound with a suitable alcohol, or amides prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with a suitable amine.

The term "patient" includes both human and other mammals.

The term "pharmaceutical composition" means a composition comprising a compound of the invention in combination with at least one additional pharmaceutical carrier, adjuvant, excipient or vehicle, such as diluents, preserving agents, fillers, flow regulating agents, disintegrating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, Sperfuming agents, antibacterial agents, antifungal agents, lubricating agents and

I

dispensing agents, depending on the nature of the mode of administration and dosage 0 forms. Ingredients listed in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1 8 I ed., Mack IN Publishing Company, Easton, PA (1999) for example, may be used.

00 5 The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of O patients without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication commensurate with a reasonable risk/benefit ratio.

The term "treating" refers to: preventing a disease, disorder or condition from occurring in a patient which may be predisposed to the disease, disorder and/or condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (ii) inhibiting the disease, disorder or condition, arresting its development; and (iii) relieving the disease, disorder or condition, causing regression of the disease, disorder and/or condition. The term "substituted" as used herein includes substitution at from one to the maximum number of possible binding sites on the core, organic radical, to which the subsitutent is bonded, mono-, di-, tri- or tetra- substituted, unless otherwise specifically stated.

The term "halo" as used herein means a halogen substituent selected from bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo. The term "haloalkyl" means an alkyl group that in substituted with one or more halo substituents.

The term "alkyl" as used herein means acyclic, straight or branched chain alkyl substituents and includes, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, tert-butyl, hexyl, 1-methylethyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methypropyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl. Thus, C 1 .6 alkyl refers to an alkyl group having from one to six carbon atoms. The term "lower alkyl" means an alkyl group having from one to six, preferably from one to four carbon atoms. The term "alkylester" means an alkyl group additionally containing on ester group. Generally, a stated carbon number range, C 2 6 alkylester, includes all of the carbon atoms in the radical.

SThe term "alkenyl" as used herein means an alkyl radical containing at least IN one double bond, ethenyl (vinyl) and alkyl.

0 5 The term "alkoxy" as used herein means an alkyl group with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached to an oxygen atom. Alkoxy includes, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, butoxy and 1,1-dimethylethoxy. The I latter radical is referred to in the art as tert-butoxy. The term "alkoxycarbonyl" 0 means an alkoxy group additionally containing a carbonyl group.

The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein means a cycloalkyl substituent containing the indicated number of carbon atoms and includes, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and spiro cyclic groups such as spirocyclopropyl as spirocyclobutyl. The term "cycloalkoxy" as used herein means a cycloalkyl group linked to an oxygen atom, such as, for example, cyclobutyloxy or cyclopropyloxy. The term "alkylcycloalkyl" means a cycloalkyl group linked to an alkyl group. The stated carbon number range includes the total number of carbons in the radical, unless otherwise specfically stated. This a Ca-n alkylcycloalkyl may contain from 1-7 carbon atoms in the alkyl group and from 3-9 carbon atoms in the ring, cyclopropylmethyl o:r cyclohexylethyl.

The term "aryl" as used herein means an aromatic moiety containing the indicated number of carbon atoms, such as, but not limited to phenyl, indanyl or naphthyl. For example, C6s- 1 aryl refers to an aromatic moiety having from six to ten carbon atoms which may be in the form of a monocyclic or bicyclic structure. The term "haloaryl" as used herein refers to an aryl mono, di or tri substituted with one or more halogen atoms. The terms "alkylaryl", "arylalkyl" and "aralalkyl" mean an aryl group substituted with one or more alkyl groups. Thus, a C 7 1 4 alkylaryl group many have from 1-8 carbon atoms in the alkyl group for a monocyclic aromatic and from 1- 4 carbon atoms in the alkyl group for a fused aromatic. The aryl radicals include those substituted with typical substituents known to those skilled in the art, e.g., S halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, carbonyl, nitro, sulfo, amino, cyano, dialkylamino Shaloalkyl, CF 3 haloalkoxy, thioalkyl, alkanoyl, SH, alkylamino, alkylamide, O dialkylamide, carboxyester, alkylsulfone, alkylsulfonamide and alkyl(alkoxy)amine.

IND Examples of alkylaryl groups include benzyl, butylphenyl and 1-naphthylmethyl.

The terms "alkylaryloxy" and "alkylarylester" mean alkylaryl groups containing an 00 5 oxygen atom and ester group, respectively.

i The term "carboxyalkyl" as used herein means a carboxyl group (COOH) o linked through an alkyl group as defined above and includes, for example, butyric acid.

The term "alkanoyl" as used herein means: straight or branched 1-oxoalkyl radicals containing the indicated number of carbon atoms and includes, for example, formyl, acetyl, 1-oxopropyl (propionyl), 2 -methyll-l-oxopropyl, 1-oxohexyl and the like.

The term "amino aralkyl" as used herein means an amino group substituted with an aralkyl group, such as the following amino aralkyl The term "alkylamide" as used herein means an amide mono-substituted with an alkyl, such as 0

H

The term "carboxyalkyl" as used herein means a carboxyl group (COOH) linked through a alkyl group as defined above and includes, for example, butyric acid.

12 0 The term "heterocycle", also referred to as "Het", as used herein means 7-12 O membered bicyclic heterocycles and 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycles.

IN

Preferred bicyclic heterocycles are 7-12 membered fused bicyclic ring 00 O 5 systems (both rings share an adjacent pair of atoms) containing from one to four go heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein both rings of the heterocycle are fully unsaturated. The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms atoms may be 0optionally oxidized. The bicyclic heterocycle may contain the heteroatoms in one or CN both rings. The bicyclic heterocycle may also contain substituents on any of the ring 4 10 carbon atoms, one to three substituents. Examples of suitable substituents include CI- 6 alkyl, C 3 7 cycloalkyl, Ci.

6 alkoxy, C3.7 cycloalkoxy, halo-Ci- 6 alkyl, CF 3 mono-or di- halo-Ci- 6 alkoxy, cyano, halo, thioalkyl, hydroxy, alkanoyl, NO 2 SH, amino, Ci.

6 alkylamino, di (CI- 6 alkylamino, di (CI- 6 alkylamide, carboxyl, (Ci- 6 carboxyester, C,.

6 alkylsulfone, CI-6 alkylsulfonami de, C I6 alkylsulfoxide, di (Ci-6) alkyl(alkoxy)amine, C6o10aryl, C7-1 4 alkylaryl, and a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle. When two substituents are attached to vicinal carbon atoms of the bicyclic heterocycle, they can join to form a ring, a five, six or seven membered rinog syst.m containing n tn two heternatoms selecting from oxvyen and nitrogen.

The bicyclic heterocycle may be attached to its pendant group, e.g. X in Formula I, at any atom in the ring and preferably carbon.

Examples of bicyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, the following ring systems: CO co CO 0° Q

N

^N asN

N

Preferred monocyclic heterocycles are 5-7membered saturated, partially saturated or fully unsaturated ring system (this latter subset herein referred to as unsaturated heteroaromatic) containing in the ring from one to four heteroatoms O selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein the sulfur and nitrogen IN heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized. The monocyclic heterocycle may also contain substituents on any of the ring atoms, one to three substituents.

Examples of suitable substituents include C-6 alkyl, C 3 7 cycloalkyl, C.

6 alkoxy, C 3 7 1 cycloalkoxy, halo-Ci- 6 alkyl, CF 3 mono-or di- halo-CI.s alkoxy, cyano, halo, thioalkyl, hydroxy, alkanoyl, NO 2 SH, amino, Ci. alkylamino, di (Ci- 6 I alkylamino, di (Ci- 6 alkylamide, carboxyl, (C 1 6 carboxyester, CI-6 alkylsulfone, "1 Ci- 6 alkylsulfoxide, CI6 alkylsulfonamide, di (Ci- 6 alkyl(alkoxy)amine, C6-1o aryl,

C

7 -1 4 alkylaryl and 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle. The monocyclic heterocycle may be attached to its pendant group, e.g. X in Formula I, at any atom in the ring Examples of monocyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, the following: SN N N N N S N N 0000 00 0 0 N/ I N N N S Those skilled in the art will recognize that the heterocycles used in the compounds of the present invention should be stable. Generally, stable compounds are those which can be synthesized, isolated and formulated using techniques known the those skilled in the art without degradation of the compound.

Where used in naming compounds of the present invention, the designations PI, P2, P3 and P4", as used herein, map the relative positions of the amino acid residues of a protease inhibitor binding relative to the binding of the natural peptide I cleavage substrate. Cleavage occurs in the natural substrate between PI and PI' 14 where the nonprime positions designate amino acids starting from the C-terminus end of the peptide natural cleavage site extending towards the N-terminus; whereas, the prime positions emanate from the N-terminus end of the cleavage site designation and extend towards the C-terminus. For example, P1' refers to the first position away from the right hand end of the C-terminus of the cleavage site (ie. N-terminus first position); whereas PI starts the numbering from the left hand side of the C-terminus cleavage site, P2: second position from the C-terminus, etc.)(see Berger A. Schechter Transactions of the Royal Society London series (1970), B257, 249-264].

Thus in the compounds of formula I, the "P1' to P4" portions of the molecule are indicated below: P1

CH

2

J

0 0 O N(H)SOmR1 II IN .1 As used herein the term "1-aminocyclopropyl-carboxylic acid" (Acca) refers to a compound of formula: SAs used herein the term "tert-butylglycine" refers to a compound of the O formula:

H

2

N

00 OH

IN

\O

The term "residue" with reference to an amino acid or amino acid derivative means a radical derived from the corresponding c.-amino acid by eliminating the hydroxyl of the carboxy group and one hydrogen of the a-amino acid group. For instance, the terms Gin, Ala, Gly, Ile, Arg, Asp, Phe, Ser, Leu, Cys, Asn, Sar and Tyr represent the "residues" of L-glutamine, L-alanine, glycine, L-isoleucine, L-arginine, L-aspartic acid, L-phenylalanine, L-serine, L-leucine, L-cysteine, L-asparagine, sarcosine and L-tyrosine, respectively.

The term "side chain" with reference to an amino acid or amino acid residue means a group attached to the a-carbon atom of the a-amino acid. For example, the R-group side chain for glycine is hydrogen, for alanine it is methyl, for valine it is isopropyl. For the specific R-groups or side chains of the a-amino acids reference is 3 made to A.L. Lehninger's text on Biochemistry (see chapter 4).

The compounds of the present invention have the structure of Formula I: 16 wherein: RI is C 1 8 alkyl, C 3 7 cycloalkyl, or C 4 10 alkylcycloalkyl; m islIor 2; n islIor 2; 00 5 R 2 is H C 16 alkyl, C 2 6 alkenyl or C 3 -7 cycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with halogen; c-i(e)

R

3 is C 1 8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, cyano, amino, C 14 6 dialkylamino, C& 10 aryl, C 7 14 alkylaryl, C 1 6 alkoxy, carboxy, c-i hydroxy, aryloxy, C 7 14 alkylaryloxy, C 2 6 alkylester, C 8 1 alkylarylester; C 3 12 alkenyl, C 3 7 cycloalkyl, or C 4 1 0 alkylcycloalkyl, wherein the cycloalkyl or alkylcycloalkyl are optionally substituted with hydroxy, C 1 4 6 alkyl, C 2 -6 alkenyl or C 1 6 alkoxy; or R 3 together with the carbon atom to which it is attached forms a C 3 7 cycloalkyl group optionally substituted with C2- 6 alkenyl; Y is H, phenyl substituted with nitro, pyridyl substituted with nitro, or

C

1 6 alkyl optionally substituted with cyano, OH Or C 3 7 cycloalkyl; provided that if R 4 or R 5 is H then Yis H; Rg sC. lyR.C). PQCO

R

4

-N(R

5

R

4 S0 2 or R 4 -N(Rs)-S0 2

R

4 is C 1 ,o alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl, carboxyl, C 1 6 alkanoyl, 1-3 halogen, hydroxy, -OC(O)C, 4 6alkyl, C 1 6 alkoxy, amino optionally substituted with C 1 6 alkyl, amido, or (lower alkyl) amido; 00i C 3 7 cycloalkyl, C 3 7 cycloalkoxy, or C 4 -jo alkylcycloalklyl, each optionally substituted with hydroxy, carboxyl, (C 1 .6 alkox y)carbon yl, amino optionally substituted with C 1 6 alkyl, amido, or (lower alkyl) amido; (iii) C6- 1 0 aryl or C 7 .1 6 arylalkyl, each optionally substituted with CI .6 alkyl, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, amido, (lower alkyl) amrido, or amino optionally substituted with CI- 4 alkyl; (iv) Het, (v) bicyclo(I .1.1 )pentane; or (vi) -C(O)OC 1.6 alkyl, C 2 6 alkenyl or C 2 6 alkynyl;

R

5 is H; C 1 .6alkyl optionally substitut ed with 1-3 halogens; or C 1 6 P alkoxy provided R 4 is C 1 1 0 alkyl; 17 XisSSO,S0 2 ,C 2 CHO or NH; 0 R' is Ret; or C 6 -1 0 aryl or C 7 .1 4 alkYlaryl, optionally substituted with R'; c-i and R' is C1.

6 alkyl, C 3 7 cycloalkyl, C1.

6 alkoxy, C 3 7 cycloalkoxy, halo-C,- 6 alkyl, CF 3 mono-or di- halo-C,.

6 alkoxy, cyano, halo, thioalkyl, c-i hydroxy, alkanoyl, N0 2 SR., amino, CI-alkylamnino, di 6 alkylamino, di 6 alkylamide, carboxyl, (C 2 6 carboxyester, C1_6 alkylsulfone, C1- 6 alkylsulfonamide, di 6 alkyl(alkoxy)am-ine,

C

6 aryl, C 7 .1 4 alkylaryl, or a 5-7 memnbered monocyclic heterocycle; 410 with the proviso that X- R is not 7. OCH 3 I

N

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt; sol vate or prodrug thereof.

Preferably, R 2 is C 21 6 alkenyl; R 3 is C,.

8 alkyl optionally substituted with C,.

6 alkoxy, or C 3 7 cycloalkyl; Y is H; B is R 4

R

4 or R 4

-N(R

5

R

4 is C,.

20 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halogen or C1_ 6 alkoxy; or C 3 7 cycloalkyl or C 4 -10 alkylcycloalklyl; R 5 is H; X is 0 or NIH; and R' is Het.

The substituents from each grouping may b: selected individually and combined in any combination which provides a stable compound in accordance with the present invention. Also, more than one substituent from each group may be substituted on the core group provided there are sufficient available binding sites.

For example, each of the following Ra substituents, C1- 6 alkoxy, C 6 aryl and a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle, may be substituwed on a bicyclic heterocycle R'.

In a preferred aspect, the compounds of the present invention have the structure of Formnula II: 00 N~ 0I~ Nr(~oR IND X-R' wherein: Ri is C 3 -7 cycloalkyl;

R

2 is C 16 alkyl, C 2 6 alkenyl or C 3 cycloalkyl;

R

3 is C 1 8 alkyl optionally substituted with C6 arYL Cj-6 alkoxy, carboxy, hydroxy, aryloxy, C 7 .1 4 al kylaryloxy, C 2 6 alkylester, C 8 alkylarylester; C 3 -1 2 alkenyl, C 3 cycloalkyl, or C 4 0 alkyicycloalkyl; YIs H; B is H, 6 alkyl, R 4

R

4

R

4

-N(R

5 P J'J(RA.(S RISO,-. orR.NR-O-

R

4 is C,,1 0 alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl, carboxyl, 6 alkanoyl, 1-3. halogen, hydroxy, C, -6 alkoxy; (ii) C3-7.,cycloalkyl, C 3 7 p 15 cycloalkoxy, or C 4 0 alkylcycloalklyl; or (iii) C 6 -1 0 aryl or C.1 6 arylalkyl, each optionally substituted with C 1 6 alkyl or halogen;

R

5 is H or C,.

6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens; X is 0orNHI; R' is Het; or C 6 0 aryl optionally substituted with Ra; and R'is C,.

6 alkyl, C3..,cycloalkyl, C,.

6 alkoxy, halo-C,.

6 alkyl, halo, amino, C 6 aryl, or a 5-7 memnbered monocyclic heterocycle; with the proviso that R' is not 0 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

O

In one preferred aspect of the invention, R' is a bicyclic heterocycle.

Preferably, the bicyclic heterocycle contains 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom in the ring. Preferably, the heterocycle is substituted with at least one of Ci.

6 alkyl, C.1 6 alkoxy, halo, C 6 aryl, and a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle. More preferably, R' is a bicyclic heterocycle containing 1 nitrogen atom and substituted with methoxy and at least one of a C 6 aryl and a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle.

In another preferred aspect of the invention, R' is a monocyclic heterocycle.

Preferably, the heterocycle contains 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom in the ring. Preferably, the heterocycle is substituted with at p least one of C 1 alkyl, Ci- alkoxy, halo, C6- 1 o aryl, C7.1 4 alkylaryl, or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle. More preferably, R' is a monoyclic heterocycle containing 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and substituted with methoxy and at least one of a C 6 aryl and a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle.

In a more preferred aspect of the invention, the compounds have the structure of Formula II /A U 'r\N(H)S02R, /0N0 009 0

R

1 is C 37 cycloalkyl;

R

2 is C 2 -6 alkenyl;

R

3 is C 18 alkyl; Y is H; B is R 4 or R 4

R

4 is C 1 10 aikyl; R' is a bicyclic heterocycle optionally substituted with Ra; and R" is C, alkyl, C 1 6 alkoxy, halo, C 6 aryl, or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle; with the proviso that 0- R' is not I OCH; 3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

Preferably, R, is cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl, R 2 is vinyl, R 3 is t-butyl, R 4 is tbutyl and R' is quinoline or isoquinoline. optionally substituted with Preferably, 0 20 Ra includes at least one of C 1 -6 alkoxy, C 6 aryl and a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle. In a preferred aspect of the invention, R, is cyclopropyl,

R

2 is vinyl, R 3 O is t-butyl, R 4 is t-butyl, and R' is isoquinoline substituted with Ci-6 alkoxy and at least N one of C 6 aryl or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle.

0 5 The compounds of the present invention, by virtue of their basic moiety, can form salts by the addition of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid. The acid addition salts are formed from a compound of Formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable I inorganic acid, including but not limited to hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, phosphoric, or organic acid such as p-toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, acetic, benzoic, citric, malonic, fumaric, maleic, oxalic, succinic, sulfamic, or tartaric.

Thus, examples of such pharmaceutically acceptable salts include chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, phosphate, methanesulfonate, citrate, acetate, malonate, fumarate, sulfamate, and tartrate.

Salts of an amine group may also comprise quaternary ammonium salts in which the amino nitrogen carries a suitable organic group such as an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or aralkyl moiety.

Compounds of the present invention, which are substituted with an acidic group, may exist as salts formed through base addition. Such base addition salts include those derived from inorganic bases which include, for example, alkali metal salts sodium and potassium), alkaline earth metal salts calcium and magnesium), aluminum salts and ammonium salts. In addition, suitable base addition salts include salts of physiologically acceptable organic bases such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, morpholine, pyridine, piperidine, picoline, dicyclohexylamine, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, 2 -hydroxyethylamine, bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, tri-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, procaine, dibenzylpiperidine, N-benzyl-13-phenethylamine, dehydroabietylamine, N,N'-bishydroabietylamine, glucamine, N-methylglucamine, collidine, quinine, quinoline, ethylenediamine, omithine, choline, N,N'-benzylphenethylamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, diethylamine, piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane and tetramethylammonium hydroxide and basic amino acids such as lysine, arginine and SN-methylglutamine. These salts may be prepared by methods known to those skilled Sin the art.

ID

Certain compounds of the present invention, and their salts, may also exist in 00 0 5 the form of solvates with water, for example hydrates, or with organic solvents such cas methanol, ethanol or acetonitrile to form, respectively, a methanolate, ethanolate C or acetonitrilate. The present invention includes each solvate and mixtures thereof.

\O

C In addition, compounds of the present invention, or a salt or solvate thereof, may exhibit polymorphism. The present invention also encompasses any such polymorphic form.

The compounds of the present invention also contain two or more chiral centers. For example, the compounds may include P1 cyclopropyl element of formula

R

2 H O Pt wherein C 1 and C 2 each represent an asymmetric carbon atom at positions 1 and 2 of the cyclopropyl ring. Not withstanding other possible asymmetric centers at other segments of the compounds, the presence of these two asymmetric centers means that the compounds can exist as racemic mixtures of diastereomers, such as the diastereomers wherein R 2 is configured either syn to the amide or syn to the carbonyl as shown below.

H ,R2 2

(S)

H 0 (IR,2S)

R

2 is syn to carbonyl 2 2 (IS, 2R)

R

2 is syn to carbonyl (1R, 2R)

R

2 is syn to amide (IS,2S)

R

2 is syn to amide The present invention includes both enantiomers and mixtures of enantiomers such as racemic mixtures.

The enantiomers may be resolved by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, by formation of diastereoisomeric salts which may be separated by crystallization, gas-liquid or liquid chromatography, selective reaction of one enantiomer with an enantiomer-specific reagent. It will be appreciated that where the desired enantiomer is converted into another chemical entity by a separation technique, then an additional step is required to form the desired enantiomeric form.

Alternatively, specific enantiomers may be synthesized by asymmetric synthesis using optically active reagents, substrates, catalysts or solvents, or by converting one enantiomer into the other by asymmetric transformation.

The compounds of the present invention may be in the form of a prodrug.

Simple aliphatic or aromatic esters derived from, when present, acidic groups pendent on the compounds of this invention are preferred prodrugs. In some cases it 0 is desirable to prepare double ester type prodrugs such as (acyloxy) alkyl esters or

O

(alkoxycarbonyl)oxy)alkyl esters.

IN

Certain compounds of the present invention may also exist in different stable 00 0 5 conformational forms which may be separable. Torsional asymmetry due to crestricted rotation about an asymmetric single bond, for example because of steric CI hindrance or ring strain, may permit separation of different conformers. The present 0invention includes each conformational isomer of these compounds and mixtures CN thereof.

Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in zwitterionic form and the present invention includes each zwitterionic form of these compounds and mixtures thereof.

The starting materials useful to synthesize the compounds of the present invention are known to those skilled in the art and can be readily manufactured or are commercially available.

The compounds of the present invention can be manufactured by methods known to those skilled in the art, see US Patent No. 6,323,180 and US Patent P Appl. 20020111313 Al. The following methods set forth below are provided for illustrative purposes and are not intended to limit the scope of the claimed invention.

It will be recognized that it may be preferred or necessary to prepare such a compound in which a functional group is protected using a conventional protecting group then to remove the protecting group to provide a compound of the present invention. The details concerning the use of protecting groups in accordance with the present invention are known to those skilled in the art.

The compounds of the present invention may, for example, be synthesized according to a general process as illustrated in Scheme I (wherein CPG is a carboxyl protecting group and APG is an amino protecting group): Scheme I P1 P1-CPG APG-P2 a APG-P2-P1-CPG APG-P3-P2-P1-CPG c P2-P1-CPG APG-P3 d B-P3-P2-P1 B-P3-P2-P1-P1' Briefly, the PI, P2, and P3 can be linked by well known peptide coupling techniques. The PI, P2, and P3 groups may be linked together in any order as long as the final compound corresponds to peptides of the invention. For example, P3 can be linked to P2-PI; or PI linked to P3-P2.

Generally, peptides are elongated by deprotecting the a-amino group of the N-terminal residue and coupling the unprotected carboxyl group of the next suitably N-protected amino acid through a peptide linkage using the methods described. This deprotection and coupling procedure is repeated until the desired sequence is obtained. This coupling can be performed with the constituent amino acids in stepwise fashion, as depicted in Scheme I.

Coupling between two amino acids, an amino acid and a peptide, or two peptide fragments can be carried out using standard coupling procedures such as the azide method, mixed carbonic-carboxylic acid anhydride (isobutyl chloroformate) method, carbodiimide (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, or water-soluble carbodiimide) method, active ester (p-nitrophenyl ester, N-hydroxysuccinic imido ester) method, Woodward reagent K-method, O 26 carbonyldiimidazole method, phosphorus reagents or oxidation-reduction methods.

O Some of these methods (especially the carbodiimide method) can be enhanced by C adding 1-hydroxybenzotriazole or 4-DMAP. These coupling reactions can be performed in either solution (liquid phase) or solid phase.

oO 0 N More explicitly, the coupling step involves the dehydrative coupling of a free carboxyl of one reactant with the free amino group of the other reactant in the present Sof a coupling agent to form a linking amide bond. Descriptions of such coupling agents are found in general textbooks on peptide chemistry, for example, M.

4 10 Bodanszky, "Peptide Chemistry", 2 n d rev ed., Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Germany, (1993). Examples of suitable coupling agents are N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole in the presence of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or N-ethyl-N'-[(3-dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide. A practical and useful coupling agent is the commercially available (benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tris-(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, either by itself or in the present of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole or 4-DMAP. Another practical and useful coupling agent is commercially available 2-(1H-benzotriazol-l-yl)-N,

N,

N'-tetramethy!urnni um ttrafluiorAborate. Stili -nothPr nraticnl and isPfnll coupling agent is commercially available O-(7-azabenzotrizol-I-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate.

The coupling reaction is conducted in an inert solvent, e.g. dichloromethane, acetonitrile or dimethylformamide. An excess of a tertiary amine, e.g.

diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpyrrolidine or 4-DMAP is added to maintain the reaction mixture at a pH of about 8. The reaction temperature usually ranges between 0 oC and 50 OC and the reaction time usually ranges between min and 24 h.

The functional groups of the constituent amino acids generally must be protected during the coupling reactions to avoid formation of undesired bonds.

Protecting groups that can be used are listed, for example, in Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", John Wiley Sons, New York (1981) and "The Peptides: Analysis, Synthesis, Biology", Vol. 3, Academic Press, New York (1981), O the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference.

The a-amino group of each amino acid to be coupled to the growing peptide 00 5 chain must be protected (APG). Any protecting group known in the art can be used.

Examples of such groups include: 1) acyl groups such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, S phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; 2) aromatic carbamate groups such as Sbenzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz or Z) and substituted bensyloxycarbonyls, and S9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc); 3) aliphatic carbamate groups such as 10 tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; 4) cyclic alkyl carbamate groups such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; 5) alkyl groups such as triphenylmethyl and benzyl; 6)trialkylsilyl such as trimethylsilyl; and 7) thiol containing groups such as phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoyl.

The preferred a-amino protecting group is either Boc or Fmoc. Many amino acid derivatives suitably protected for peptide synthesis are commercially available.

The a-amino protecting group of the newly added amino acid residue is cleaved prior to the coupling of the next amino acid. When the ]3oc group is used, the methods of choice are trifluoroacetic acid, neat or in dichloromethane, or HCI in dioxane or in ethyl acetate. The resulting ammonium salt is then neutralized either prior to the coupling or in situ with basic solutions such as aqueous buffers, or tertiary amines in dichloromethane or acetonitrile or dimethylformamide. When the Fmoc group is used, the reagents of choice are piperidine or substituted piperidine in dimethylformamide, but any secondary amine can be used. The deprotection is carried out at a temperature between 0°C and room temperature (rt or RT) usually 20-22 0

C.

Any of the amino acids having side chain functionalities must be protected during the preparation of the peptide using any of the above-described groups. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the selection and use of appropriate protecting groups for these side chain functionalities depend upon the amino acid and presence of other protecting groups in the peptide. The selection of such protecting groups is 28

(N

important in that the group must not be removed during the deprotection and O coupling of the a-amino group.

ID

For example, when Boc is used as the a-amino protecting group, the 00 following side chain protecting group are suitable: p-toluenesulfonyl (tosyl) moieties ccan be used to protect the amino side chain of amino acids such as Lys and Arg; C acetamidomethyl, benzyl or tert-butylsulfonyl moieties can be used to protect 0the sulfide containing side chain of cysteine; bencyl (Bn) ethers can be used to CI protect the hydroxy containing side chains of serine, threonine or hydroxyproline; and benzyl esters can be used to protect the carboxy containing side chains of aspartic acid and glutamic acid.

When Fmoc is chosen for the a-amine protection, usually tert-butyl based protecting groups are acceptable. For instance, Boc can be used for lysine and arginine, tert-butyl ether for serine, threonine and hydroxyproline, and tert-butyl ester for aspartic acid and glutamic acid. Triphenylmethyl (Trityl) moiety can be used to protect the sulfide containing side chain of cysteine.

Once the elongation of the peptide is completed all of the protecting groups are removed. When a liquid phase synthesis is used, the protecting groups are removed in whatever manner is dictated by the choice of protecting groups. These procedures are well known to those skilled in the art.

Further, the following guidance may be followed in the preparation of compounds of the present invention. For example, to form a compound where

R

4

R

4

-S(O)

2 a protected P3 or the whole peptide or a peptide segment is coupled to an appropriate acyl chloride or sulfonyl chloride respectively, that is either commercially available or for which the synthesis is well known in the art.

In preparing a compound where R 4 a protected P3 or the whole peptide or a peptide segment is coupled to an appropriate chloroformate that is either commercially available or for which the synthesis is well known in the art. For 0 Boc-derivatives (Boc) 2 0 is used.

29 SFor example: OH a 0 H2N-P 3

-[P

2

-P

1 ]-COOEt 00

HN-P

3

[P

2 -COOEt 4 Cyclopentanol is treated with phosgene to furnish the corresponding chloroformate.

The chloroformate is treated with the desired NH2-tripeptide in the presence of a base such as triethylamine to afford the cyclopentylcarbamate.

In preparing a compound where R 4

-N(R

5 or R 4 a protected P3 or the whole peptide or a peptide segment is treated with phosgene followed by amine as described in SynLett. Feb 1995; 142-144 or is reacted with the commercially available isocyanate and a suitable base such as triethylamine.

In preparing a compound where R 4 -N(Rs)-S(0 2 a protected P3 or the whole peptide or a peptide segment is treated with either a freshly prepared.or commercially available sulfamyl chloride followed by amine as described in patent Ger.

Offen.(1998), 84 pp. DE 19802350 or WO 98/32748.

The a-carboxyl group of the C-terminal residue is usually protected as an ester (CPG) that can be cleaved to give the carboxylic acid. Protecting groups that can be used include: 1) alkyl esters such as methyl, trimethylsilylethyl and t-butyl, 2) aralkyl esters such as benzyl and substituted benzyl, or 3) esters that can be cleaved by mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters.

SThe resulting ao-carboxylic acid (resulting from cleavage by mild acid, mild O base treatment or mild reductive means) is coupled with a RIS0 2

NH

2 [prepared by N treatment of RISO 2 CI in ammonia saturated tetrahydrofuran solution] in the presence of peptide coupling agent such as CDI or EDAC in the presence of a base such as 00 5 4-dimethylaminopyridine (4-DMAP) and/or 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) to incorporate the PI' moiety, effectively assembling the tripeptide SP1'-PI-P2-P3-APG. Typically, in this process, 1-5 equivalents of P1' coupling NO agents are used.

O

10 Furthermore, if the P3 protecting group APG is removed and replaced with a B moiety by the methods described above, and the resulting c-carboxylic acid resulting from cleavage (resulting from cleavage by mild acid, mild base treatment or mild reductive means) is coupled with a RISO 2

NH

2 [prepared by treatment of

R

I

SO

2 C in ammonia saturated tetrahydrofuran solution or alternative methods described herein] in the presence of peptide coupling agent such as CDI or EDAC in the presence of a base such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine (4-DMAP) and/or 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) to incorporate the P1' moiety, the trip.ptide P1'-P1-2-P-P3- is prepared. Typically, in this prnce.ss 1-5 equivalent. of PI' coupling agents are used.

Compounds of the present invention can be prepared by many methods including those described in the examples, below, and as described in U.S. Patent No.

6,323,180 and U.S. Patent Application No. 10/001,850 filed on November 20, 2001.

The teachings of U.S. Patent No. 6,323,180 and U.S. Patent Application No.

10/001,850 are incorporated herein, in their entirety, by reference.

Scheme II further shows the general process wherein compounds of Formula I are constructed by the coupling of tripeptide carboxylic acid intermediate with a P1' sulfonamide. (It should be noted that the groups R 6 R7. Rg. Rio. R as shown below represent substituents of the heterocyclic system.) Said coupling reaction requires treatment of carboxylic acid with a coupling reagent such as carbonyl W diimidazole in a solvent such as THF, which can be heated to reflux, followed by the Saddition of the formed derivative of to the Pl' sulfonamide, in a solvent such as O THF or methylene chloride in the presence of a base such as DBU.

SScheme II Process P4-P3-P2-P1 P4-P3-P2-P1-P1' 00

R

8 R7

R

7

R

9 RRo

I

SRn

Q

R11 H0 SN 1. CDI, THF H O 00 N I NOH _YN N "'R SBN OO R 2. Base N O N 2 0,N HN S Rj R3 An alternative process for the construction of compounds of Formula I is shown in Scheme I. Therein the Pl' sulfonamide element is coupled to the P1 element using the process employed in Scheme 1. The resulting P1-PI' moiety can then be deprotected at it's amino terminus. In this general example a Boc protecting group is employed but one skilled in the art would recognize that a number of suitable amino protecting groups could be employed in this process. Said Boc protecting group can be removed using acid such as trifluoroacetic acid in a solvent such as dichloroethane to provide the deprotected amine as the TFA salt. Said TFA amine salt can be directly employed in the subsequent coupling reaction or as an alternative the TFA amine salt can be first converted to the HCI amine salt, and this HCI amine salt is used in s4id coupling reaction as shown in Scheme M. The coupling of said HCI amine salt with the carboxyl terminus a P4-P3-P2 intermediate can be achieved using coupling reagents, such as HATU, in solvents such as dichloromethane to provide compounds of Formula I Scheme III 0Process P11 11 Pi-Pp, P4P3 P4-P3-P2-P1-P1' 0oc H 201 1.CDlTHF H4 OO O 1. Acid H NH R, Bs00 XN N' H Boc~H ~j 2. AcidH 00(1) R2 HN (2)R2()8

A

1 As IND Ali Q Base0 0 coupling agent BI P4-P3-P2 N N0 4 4 Y 0 R Compounds fo Formula I An alternative process for the construction of compounds of Formula I is shown in Scheme IV. Herein the hydrochloride salt of the P1-PP' terminal amine is coupled to the free carboxyl group of the P2 element using coupling agents such as PyBOP, in the presence of a base such as diisopropyl anmine, and in a solvent such as methylerne chloride. The resulting P2-PI-Pl' intenrmediate can be converted to compounds of Formula I in a two step process wherein the first step is deprotection If ll 1A, n-.nctel-1iLius u sin an ac ULI su ll s 'A J, Al In aS sovn suchYLI asL1 aA.ulysc-tic chloride. The resulting trifluoroacetic acid salt can be coupled with the carboxyl terminus of the P4-P3 element using standard coupling agents such as PyBop in the presence of base such as diisopropyl amine, and using solvents such methylene chloride to provide compounds of Formula 1 Scheme IV Process Pi-Pi, P2-PI-Pl*PE P P4-P3-P2-Pl-Pl' Cl 0 00o T~ T N()Base 1 0 H6 coupling agent

R

2 P2N R9R6

RO'

RIO Base

R

11 Q coupling agent /H 00

A

2 Deprotection 3 1N

R

3 (4) Compounds to Formula I The P4-P3-P2 intermediate utilized in the above schemes can be constructed as previously described with a further description of this process shown in general Scheme V. Therein the free carboxyl terminus of ihe P4-P3 intermediate can be coupled to the amino terminus of the P2 element to provide the P4-P3-P2 dipeptide The carboxyl terminus of the P4-P3-P2 intermediate can be deprotected by saponification of the ester group to provide P4-P3-P2 as the free carboxylic acid Intermediates like can be converted to compounds of Formula I using the methods described herein.

Scheme V P2 Process P4-P3 P4-P3-P2 Re R 7 R R 7 R 9

R

B R 9 RN6 OH~ Base N RIOA 0 Y coupling agent Ft 11

Q

R

3 P2 0 Compounds of Formula 1 can also be converted into other compounds of Formula I

O

as described herein. An example of such a process is shown in Scheme VI wherein a c compound of Formula I which bears a Boc group at the P4 position is converted in a compound of Formula I wherein said compound bears a urea group at the P4 00 S 5 position. The conversion of to can be carried out in a two step process the i, first of which is the conversion of to amine by treatment of with an acid CN such as TFA in a solvent such as methylene chloride. The resulting amine TFA salt can be treated with an isocyanate in the presence of one equivalent of base to provide C1 a compound of Formula I wherein the P3 moiety is capped with a urea. As previously noted one skilled in the art will recognize that intermediate can be used as starting materials for the preparation of compounds of Formula I wherein the P3 group is capped with an amide or a sulfonamide, or thiourea, or a sulfamide. The construction of said compounds of Formula I can be achieved using standard conditions for the formation of said P4 functionalities from amines.

Scheme VI Process P4-P3-P2-P1-P1' P3-P2-P1-P1' P4-P3-P2-P1-P1' 8 a R 7 1 8

R

7 p- R 9 LRs T IT T L i.

Rio N

R

io r Rit Q I1 Q H 0 0 00 B P4 removal HN2 S Nj 1 N N I N R H-

H

Boc 2 3 (2) R3 R3 Compounds to Formula I

R

9 R6 IoN Rit Q Cou pl ing H 0 0

R

4 NCO H H N :S N 4, N 0 0 O R 3 (3) Compounds fo Formula I In the construction of compounds of Formula I, the P1' terminus is incorporated into the molecules using one of the general processes outlined above and described in more detail below. In some examples the PI' elements, that is the cycloalkyl- or alkyl sulfonamides are commercially available or can be prepared from the O corresponding alkyl- or cycloalkyl-sulfonyl chloride by treating said sulfonyl IND chloride with ammonia. Alternatively, these sulfonamides can be synthesized using the general process outline in Scheme VII. Therein commercially available 3-chloro- 00 5 propylsulfonyl chloride is converted to a suitable protected sulfonamide as for example by treatment with tert-butyl amine. The sulfonamide obtained is then converted to the corresponding cycloalkylsulfonamide by treatment with two I equivalents of a base such as butyl lithium in a solvent such as THF at low temperature. The resulting cycloalkylsulfonamide can be deprotected by treatment with an acid to provide the desired unprotected cycloalkylsulfoamide.

Scheme VII 0I s a Base CS'Sw- l N' -I

C

-NH

2 H (2) A 0 Coupling to P1 acid Acid O 0 followed by elogation N H2N S Compounds of Formula I S(3)

PIV

The P1 elements utilized in generating compounds of Formula I are in some cases commercially available, but are otherwise synthesized using the methods described herein and subsequently incorporated into compounds of Formula I using the methods described herein. The substituted P1 cyclopropylamino acids can be synthesized following the general process outline in Scheme VII.

Treatment of commercially available or easily synthesized imine with 1,4dihalobutene in presence of a base produces, provides the resulting imine Acid hydrolysis of 3 then provides 4, which has an allyl substituent syn to the carboxyl group as a major product. The amine moiety of 4 can protected using a Boc group to provide the fully protected amino acid 5. This intermediate is a racemate which can be resolved by an enzymatic process wherein the ester moiety of 5 is cleaved by a protease to provide the corresponding carboxylic acid. Without being bound to any particular theory, it is believed that this reaction is selective in that one P of the enantiomers undergoes the reaction at a much greater rate than its mirror image 36 providing for a kinetic resolution of the intermediate racemate. In the examples cited herein, the more preferred stereoisomer for integration into compounds of Formula I is 5a which houses the (1R, 2S) stereochemistry. In the presence of the enzyme, this enantiomer does not undergo ester cleavage and thereby this enantiomer 5a is recovered from the reaction mixture. However, the less preferred with houses the (IS, 2R) stereochemistry undergoes ester cleavage, hydrolysis, to provide the free acid 6. Upon completion of this reaction, the ester 5a can be separated from the acid product 6 by routine methods such as, for example, aqueous extraction methods or chromotography.

Scheme VIII

R

Ph N COR

(I)

R=H, alkyl, aryl HCI H 2 N IC02P (4) (Boc) 2 0, Base halo "halo 1I)MOtBu/ toluene 2) TBME extract 3) Aqueous HCI R Ph N O( 2

R

(3) 11 B4 Boc (Irema(e) 1 1 mixture of 5a (I R, 2S) and 5b(IS, 211) H (2S) H'N Boc 5a Separated H (2RY HN CO 2

H

Boc 6 Procedures for making P2 intermediates and compounds of Formula I are shown in the Schemes below. It should be noted that in many cases reactions are depicted for only one position of an intermediate. However, it is to be understood that such reactions could be used to impart modifications to other positions within this intermediate. Moreover, said intermediates, reaction conditions and methods given O in the specific examples are broadly applicable to compounds with other substitution patterns. The general Schemes outlined below are followed with examples herein.

Both general and specific examples are non-limiting, as for example the isoquinoline 0 5 nucleus is shown as part of the general scheme, Scheme IX, however, this pathway 1 represents a viable process for the construction oF alternate heterocycle substituents as replacements for the isoquinoline element, such as quinolines, or pyridines.

SScheme IX R, R7 R Re A R

N

Step i Base SBe Rto Peptde elogtion Q OH R R0 N o I A, AR Cl R7 RI halogen exchange Compounds of Fornula I Ao NAN

R,,

(3) Scheme IX shows the coupling of an N-protected C4-hydroxyproline moiety with a heterocycle to form intermediate and the subsequent modification of said intermediate to a compound of Formula I by the process of peptide elongation as described herein. It should be noted that in the first step, that is the coupling of the C4-hydroxy proline group with the heteroaryl element, a base is employed. One skilled in the art would recognized that this coupling can be done using bases such as potassium tert-butoxide, or sodium hydride, in solvent such as DMF or DMSO or THF. This coupling to the isoquinoline ring system occurs at the C1 position (numbering for isoquinoline ring system shown in intermediate 2 of Scheme IX) and is directed by the chloro group which is displaced in this process. It should be noted that the alternative leaving groups can be utilized at this position such as a fluoro as shown in the Scheme. Said fluoro intermediates are available from the corresponding chloro compound using literature procedures described herein. It should also be noted that the position of the leaving group (chloro or fluoro) in a given ring system can vary as shown in Scheme X, wherein the leaving group (fluoro 38 in this example) is in the C6 position of the isoquinoline ring system of intermediate 0 Scheme X R6 N HO, R R R7 0 0 Base R RA, 0 ITo O Base Ro Peptide elogation Q C oOOH Q

H

SBoc 8 o o 0 S(1) F H N 'R

R.

1 N B OC 0 0 2

R

3 (2) Final Compounds It should be further noted that the position of the ring heteroatom(s) in intermediates like of Scheme IX and Scheme X is also variable, as defined by the term heterocycle described herein. In Scheme X intermediate can be coupled to a C4 hydroxy proline derivative to provide the P2 element This C6-substituted isoquinoline derivative can be converted to compounds of Formula I using the methods described herein.

An alternative to the method described above for the coupling of the C4hydroxyproline to aromatics and heteroaromatics, is provided in the Mitsunobu reaction as depicted in Scheme XI HO s t ep" NyRe R N c~ Mitsunobu classN I N( of coupling eactions

R

i" R Pepide eogat ORR, n Peptide eloga&in R,, N OR Boc (Ph) 3 P. DEAD, THF O H O O 0 R 8 Ne OR 0 0R,

R

9 NyRV C 0 2 0

'A

SY 0 ,R2 R IO, N N A 2 OH Final Compound(s) step 1 of Scheme XI. In this general reaction Scheme a C4-hydroxy proline derivative is coupled to a quinazoline ring system. This reaction makes use of reagents such as triphenylphosphine and DEAD (diethylazodicarboxylate) in aprotic solvents such as THF or dioxane and can be used for the formation of aryl and heteroaryl ethers. Note that in the course of this coupling reaction the 3 stereochemistry of the C4 chiral center in the C4-hydroxyproline derivative is 39 inverted and thereby it is necessary to use the C4-hydroxyproline derivative housing O the stereochemistry at the C4 position as starting material. (as shown in Scheme 0XI). It should be noted that numerous modifications and improvements of the Mitsunobu reaction have been described in the literature, the teachings of which are 00 5 incorporated herein.

O

c In a subset of examples herein, isoquinolines are incorporated into the final ND compounds and specifically into the P2 region of said compounds. One skilled in the 0 art would recognize that a number of general methods are available for the synthesis of isoquinolines. Moreoever, said isoquinolines generated by these methods can be readily incorporated into final compounds of Fonnula I using the processes described herein. One general methodology for the synthesis of isoquinolines is shown in Scheme XII, wherein cinnamic acid derivatives, shown in general form as structure are Scheme XII

R

8 O R 8

R

7 0 R 8

R

7 f R9 T H Step 1 R 9 r oiI Step 3 R 9

N

3 Ro Step 2 R 10 R0 R11 R11 R,1 3

R

8

R

7 R 8 R7 Step 4 R9 Re Step 5 Ri Y Re RNH R N RtA O CI 4 Reference: N. Briet at al, Tetrahedron, 2002, 5761 converted to 1-chloroisoquinolines in a four step process. Said chloroisoquinolines can be subsequently used in coupling reactions to C4-hydroxyproline derivatives as described herein. The conversion of cinnamic acids to chloroquinolines begins with the treatment of cinnamic acid with an alkylcholorformate in the presence of a base.

The resulting anhydride is then treated with sodium azide which results in the formation of an acylazide as shown in the Scheme. Alternate methods are available for the formation of acylazides from carboxylic acids as for example said Scarboxylic acid can be treated with diphenylphosphorylazide (DPPA) in an aprotic solvent such as methylene chloride in the presence of a base. In the next step of the O reaction sequence the acylazide is coverted to the corresponding isoquinolone (4) N as shown in the Scheme. In the event the acylazide is heated to a temperature of approximately 190 degress celcius in a high boiling solvent such a diphenylmethane.

0 0 5 This reaction is general and provides moderate to good yields of substituted isoquinolone from the corresponding cinnamic acid derivatives. It should noted that said cinnamic acid derivatives are available commercially or can be obtained from Sthe corresponding benzaldehyde derivative by direct condensation with malonic acid or derivatives thereof and also by employing a Wittig reaction. The intermediate isoquinolones of Scheme XII can be converted to the corresponding 1chloroisoquinoline by treatment with phosphorous oxychloride. This reaction is general and can be applied to any of the isoquinolones, quinolones or additional heterocycles as shown herein to covert a hydroxy substituent to the corresponding chloro compound when said hydroxy is in conjugation with a nitrogen atom in said heterocylic ring systems.

An alternative method for the synthesis of the isoquinoline ring system is the Pomeranz-Fritsh procedure. This general method is outlined in Scheme XIII. The process begins with the conversion of a benzaldehyde derivative to a functionalized imine Said imine is then converted to the isoquinoline ring system by treatment with acid at elevated Scheme XIII R R e 8 R7 OMe R 8 R7

R

9 Step 1 R step; R Step 3 RIO RIO N

RI-

R

11 O R 11 R, (3)

R

8

R

7

R

8

R

7 R9 R6 Step 4 Rll CI Pomeranz-Fritsch synthesis K. Hirao. R. Tsuchiya, Y. Yano, H. Tsue, Heterocycles 42(1) 1996, 415-422 temperature. This isoquinoline synthesis of Scheme XII is general, and it should be noted that this process is particularly useful in procuring isoquinoline intermediates that are substituted at the C8 position (note: in intermediate of Scheme XIII the O C8 position of the isoquinoline ring is substituted with substutuent R| The 0 intermediate isoquinolines can be converted to the corresponding chloroquinolines in a two step process as shown. The first step in this sequence is 00 5 the formation of the isoquinoline N-oxide(4) by treatment of isoquinoline with C meta-chloroperbenzoic acid in an aprotic solvent such as dichloromethane.

n Intermediate can be converted to the corresponding 1-chloroquinoline by IN treatment with phosphorous oxychloroide in refluxing chloroform. Note this two step Sprocess is general and can be employed to procure chloroisoquinolines and chloroquinolines from the corresponding isoquinolines and quinolines respectively.

Another method for the synthesis of the isoquinoline ring system is shown in Scheme XIV. In this process an ortho-alkylbenzamide derivative is treated with a strong Scheme XIV Ra R, R9 R 7

R

9 -RR Step 1 R 9 Rs Ri NRR R 6 CN R o. N

R

1 1 0 R 11

OH

(2) base such as tert-butyl lithium in a solvent such as THF at low temperature. To this reaction mixture is then added a nitrile derivative, which undergoes an addition reaction with the anion derived from deprotonation of resulting in the formation of This reaction is general and can be used for the formation of substituted isoquinolines. Intermediate of Scheme XIV can be converted to the corresponding 1-chloroquinoline by the methods described herein.

An additional method for the synthesis of isoquinolines is shown in Scheme XV.

The deprotonation of intermediate using tert-butyl lithium is described above. In the present method however, said intermediate anion is trapped by an ester, resulting in the formation of intermediate as shown below. In a subsequent reaction ketone is condensed with ammoniumn acetate at elevated temperature providing for the formation of quinolone This reaction is general and can be applied for the construction of substituted isoquinolones which can then be converted to the a corresponding 1-chloroisoquinolines as described herein.

Scheme XV R e

R

7 R ,R 8 6 R 7 9 R N' Step 1 R 9 Step 2 RRe RioN N RR COMe RoNRR RIoNH Ri 1 O Rll 0 Rt O 0(1) (3) 0 SYet an additional method for the construction of isoquinolines is found in Scheme O XVI. In the first step of this process an ortho-alkylarylimine derivatives such as (1) is subjected to deprotonation conditions (sec-butyl lithium, THF) and the resulting anion is quenched by Scheme XVI RR RR R 8 R7 6A Re R 7 R9 Step I R 9 O Step 2 A R6 R I Re0N(OMe)M 6,,I 2-- R,o I Ro N RI RI 0

R

l L. Flippin, J. Muchowski, JOC, 1993, 2631-2632 the addition of an activated carboxylic acid derivative such as a Weinreb amide. The 1f-r\ ir3p T0 r-n p nnvrtprl t f -n-tin rinp hv condensation with ammonium acetate at elevated temperatures. This method is general and can be used for the synthesis of substituted isoquinolines. Said p isoquinolines can be converted to the. corresponding 1-chloroquinoline by the methods described herein.

The heterocycles described herein, and which are incorporated into the compounds of Formula I can be further functionalized. It is obvious to one skilled in the art that additional functionalization of said heterocycles can be done either before or after incorporation of these functionalities into compounds of Formula I. The following Schemes illustrate this point. For example Scheme XVII shows the conversion of a 1-chloro- "0 43

O

Scheme XVII R R 67 R R 7

R

11 CI

R

11

CI

(2) 00 Cl Rg Ci R1I OR C N N H O

R

1 1 0H, RONa RH C] B I R 2 (eq. 2) 1

R

3 (2) 6-fluoro-isoquinoline to the corresponding l-chloro-6-alkoxy-isoquinoline species, by treatment of of (eq.1) with a sodium or potassium alkoxide species in the alcohol solvent from which the alkoxide is derived at room temperature. In some cases it may be necessary to heat the reaction to drive it to completion. Said chloroquinoline can be incorporated into a compound of Formula I using the art described herein. Modifications of a P2 heterocyclic element can also be done after it's incorporation into compounds of Formula I as shown in (eq.2) of Scheme VXII.

Specifically compounds such as in (eq. 2) which contain a leaving group in the pthalazine nucleus can be displaced by a nucleophile such as an alkoxide in solvents such as the corresponding alcohol from which the alkoxide is derived. These reaction scan be conducted at room temperature but in some cases it may be necessary to heat the reaction to drive it to completion.

Scheme XVUI provides a general example for the modification of heterocycles as defined herein by employing palladium mediated coupling reactions. Said couplings can be employed to functionalize a heterocycle at each position of the ring system providing said ring is suitably activated or functionalized, as for example with a chloride as shown in the Scheme. This sequence begins with 1-chloroisoquinoline which upon treatment with metachloroperbenzoic: acid can be converted to the corresponding N-oxide Said intermediate can be converted to the Scorresponding 1, 3 -dichloroisoquinoline by treatment with phosphorous oxychloride in refluxing chloroform. Intermediate can be coupled with N-Boc-4- O hydroxyproline by the methods described herein to provide intermediate as shown Sin the Scheme. Intermediate can undergo a Suzuki coupling with an aryl boronic acid, in the presence of a palladium reagent and base, and in a solvent such as THF or 00 5 toluene or DMF to provide the C3-arylisoquinoline intermediate Heteroarylboronic acids can also be employed in this Pd mediated coupling process rn to provide C3-heteroarylisoquinolines. Intermediate can be converted into final N compounds of Formula I by the methods described herein.

Scheme XVIII

R

8

R

7

R

8

R

7 R R 7 R step 2

R

9 step C 1 Ri Ro o RRN R, CI

R

11 Cl Ri ci (3) R8 R7 R 8

R

7 HQ step3

R,

1 step4 RAr HH Ar(BOH) 2 Rc. N O R1 Q PoPd, NaOBu R1 Q BoC 0 OH 0 o n o n 0 B 0 Palladium mediated couplings of heteroaryl systems with aryl or heteroaryl elements p can also be employed at a later synthetic stage in the construction of compounds of Formula I as shown in Scheme IXX. Therein tripeptide acylsulfonamide intermediate is coupled to a 1-chloro-3-bromoisoquinoline using the previously described process of alkoxide displacement of an heteroarylhalo moiety to provide intermediate The coupling of and is most efficient in the presence of a catalyst such as lanthanum chloride as described herein. The isoquinoline ring system of intermediate can be further functionalized by employing either Suzuki couplings (Process 1: subjecting to heteroaryl or aryl boronic acids in the 2 0 presence of a palladium catalyst such as palladium tetra(triphenylphosphine) and a base such as cesium carbonate in solvents such as DMF) or Stille couplings (Process 2: subjecting to heteraryl or aryl tin dervatives in I:he presence of palladium a catalyst such as palladium tetra(triphenylphosphine in solvents such as toluene).

O Scheme lxx R 78R IND 0, H 0 R 9 NirR 9 Z Br0 B RS N Ri 0 -R N- N 0 RIO 0 N .N R 1 00 Y H t R LaCI 3 KOBu, DMF B N 0 2 (3) CK fProcessi1 RS R 7 81 3 Suzuki Coupling

R

9 Het Het-B(OH)0 Pd(PPh 3 4 Cs 2 00 3 DMF RIO N H NSR 4 or Process 2 B N b R 2 Stile Coupling\ -,o (4) Het-Sn(BU) 4 Y R4 3 Pd(PPh 3 4 Toluene Palladium reactions can also be employed to couple C4-amino proline elements with functionalized heterocycles. Scheme XX shows intermediate coupling with a functionalized isoquinoline in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a base in a solvent such as toluene. Intermediates like can be converted to compounds of Formula I using the methods described herein.

Scheme XX R 8 AR R

H

2 N I R 9 N R9, NR6 {7~OH R 10 R, 4 N No Cl (2)R 1

H

Pd dba 3 BINAP H f HOH NaOBu, Toluene Bod' 0 The construction of functionalized isoquinoline ring systems is also possible employing cycloaddition reactions. For example (Scheme the use of vinyl isocyantes in cycloaddition reactions with benzyne precusors provides functionalized isoquinolones Said isoquinolines can be incorporated into compounds of Formula I using the methods described herein.

Scheme XXI 0 R 8

NH

2 X O CH 2

R

8

X

ND R9 N X R, Rio i N N=C=O Rio, N3) 0 Rt 1 Pb(OAc)4 R 1

OH

C' (1) \The present invention also provides compositions comprising a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable sail:, solvate or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, e.g., excipient, or vehicle diluent.

The active ingredient, compound, in such compositions typically comprises from 0.1 weight percent to 99.9 percent by weight of the composition, and The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be administered orally, parenterally or via an implanted reservoir. Oral administration or administration by injection are preferred. In some cases, the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, bases or buffers to enhance the stability of the formulated compound or its delivery form. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra- articular, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, and intralesional injection or infusion techniques.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.

This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The details concerning O the preparation of such compounds are known to those skilled in the art.

When orally administered, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention 00 5 may be administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited I to, capsules, tablets, and aqueous suspensions and solutions. In the case of tablets for c oral use, carriers which are commonly used include lactose and corn starch.

ID Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added. For oral Sadministration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried corn starch. When aqueous suspensions are administered orally, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening and/or flavoring and/or coloring agents may be added.

Other suitable carriers for the above noted compositions can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, e.g. in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 19 th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Penn., 1995. Further details concerning the design and preparation of suitable delivery forms of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are known to those skilled in the art.

Dosage levels of between about 0.01 and about 1000 milligram per kilogram O body weight per day, preferably between about 0.5 and about 250 mg/kg body weight per day of the compounds of the inve:ntion are typical in a monotherapy for the prevention and treatment of HCV mediated disease. Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention will be administered from about 1 to about 5 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.

As the skilled artisan will appreciate, lower or higher doses than those recited above may be required. Specific dosage and treatment regimens for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific -compound employed, the age, body weight, general health status, sex, diet, time of O administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity and course of the N infection, the patient's disposition to the infection and the judgment of the treating physician. Generally, treatment is initiated with small dosages substantially less than 00 5 the optimum dose of the peptide. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. In general, the compound is most desirably administered at a concentration level that will N generally afford antivirally effective results without causing any harmful or deleterious side effects.

When the compositions of this invention comprise a combination of a compound of the invention and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agent, both the compound and the additional agent are usually present at dosage levels of between about 10 to 100%, and more preferably between about 10 and of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen.

When these compounds or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or prodrugs are formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the resulting composition may be administered in vivo to mammals, such as man, to inhibit HCV NS3 protease or to treat or prevent HCV virus infection. Such treatment may also-be achieved using the compounds of this invention in combination with agents which include, but are not limited to: immunomodulatory agents, such as interferons; other antiviral agents such as ribavirin, amantadine; other inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease; inhibitors of other targets in the HCV life cycle such as helicase, polymerase, metalloprotease, or internal ribosome entry site; or combinations thereof.

The additional agents may be combined with the compounds of this invention to create a single dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to a mammal as part of a multiple dosage form.

Accordingly, another aspect of this invention provides methods of inhibiting HVC NS3 protease activity in patients by administering a compound of the present Sinvention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the O substituents are as defined above.

(N

In a preferred embodiment, these methods are useful in decreasing HCV NS3 00 5 protease activity in the patient. If the pharmaceutical composition comprises only a C, compound of this invention as the active component, such methods may additionally S comprise the step of administering to said patient an agent selected from an IN immunomodulatory agent, an antiviral agent, a HCV protease inhibitor, or an inhibitor of other targets in the HCV life cycle such as, for example, helicase, polymerase, or metalloprotease. Such additional agent may be administered to the patient prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of the compounds of this invention.

In an alternate preferred aspect, these methods are useful for inhibiting viral replication in a patient. Such methods can be useful in treating or preventing HCV disease.

The compounds of the invention may also be used as laboratory reagents.

Compounds may be instrumental in providing research tools for designing of viral replication assays, validation of animal assay systems and structural biology studies to further enhance knowledge of the HCV disease mechanisms.

The compounds of this invention may also be used to treat or prevent viral contamination of materials and therefore reduce the risk of viral infection of laboratory or medical personnel or patients who come in contact with such materials, blood, tissue, surgical instruments and garments, laboratory instruments and garments, and blood collection or transfusion apparatuses and materials.

EXAMPLES

O

\D The specific examples that follow illustrate the syntheses of the compounds of the instant invention, and are not to be construed as limiting the invention in sphere 00 5 or scope. The methods may be adapted to variations in order to produce compounds Sembraced by this invention but not specifically disclosed. Further, variations of the methods to produce the same compounds in somewhat different manner will also be Sevident to one skilled in the art.

Solution percentages express a weight to volume relationship, and solution ratios express a volume to volume relationship, unless stated otherwise. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were recorded either on a Bruker 300, 400 or 500 MHz spectrometer, the chemical shifts are reported in parts per million. Flash chromatography was carried out on silica gel (SiO 2 according to Still's flash chromatography technique Still et al., J. Org. Chem., (1978), 43, 2923).

All Liquid Chromatography (LC) data were recorded on a Shimadzu -I 0 I V I r-r IT IC- I 3A: II jUl %.IVIIIULJl IjJztll U j2I A -,WL 1 1 11 i j V- -I U 11-* n Spectrometry (MS) data were determined with a Micromass Platform for LC in electrospray mode Unless otherwise noted, in the following examples each compound was analyzed by LC/MS, using one of seven methodologies, having the following conditions.

Columns: (Method A) YMC ODS S7 C18 3.0x50 mm (Method B) YMC ODS-A S7 C18 3.0x50 mm (Method C) YMC.S7 C18 3.0x50 mm (Method D) YMC Xterra ODS S7 3.0x50 mm (Method E) YMC Xterra ODS S7 3.0x50 mm (Method F) YMC ODS-A S7 C18 3.0x50 mm (Method G) YMC C18 S5 4.6x50 mm] SGradient: 100% Solvent A/0% Solvent B to 0% Solvent A/100% Sol vent B Gradient time: 2 min. B, D, F, 8 min. E) Hold time: I min. B, D, F, 2 min. E) Flow rate: 5 ml~min Detector Wavelength: 220 nm Solvent A: 10% MeOH 90% H120 1% TEA Solvent B: 10% H 2 01/90% MeOH 0. 1% TFA.

The abbreviations used in the present application, including particularly in the illustrative examples which follow, are well-known to those skilled in the art. Some of the abbreviations used are as follows: rt Boc

DMSO

EtOAc t-BuOK Et 2

O

TBMIE

THIF

CDI

DBU

TEA

NMM

HATU

HBTU

HOBT

PyBrop room temperature tert-butyloxycarbonyl dirnethylsulfoxide ethyl acetate potassium t-butoxide diethyl ether tert-butylmethyl ether tetrahydrofuran carbonyldiimidazole: I ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4..Olundec.7ene trifluoroacetic acid N-methylmorpholine 0-7-azabenzotriazol Il-yl 0-f 1H-benzotriazol- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate N-hydroxybenzotria2ole bromo-bis-pyrrolidine-phosphonimr hex afi uorophosph ate dirnethylformramide methanol

DMF

MeOH EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid O HRMS high resolution mass spectrometry c, DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine DIPEA diisopropylethylamine 0 5 DCM dichloromethane DCE dichloroethane I The compounds and chemical intermediates of the present invention, described in the following examples, were prepared according to the following methods. It should be noted that the following exemplification section is presented in sections. The sections are titled Section A through K. Example numbers and compound numbers are not contiguous throughout the entire Examples portion of the application and hence, each section indicates a "break" in the numbering. The numbering within each section is generally contiguous. Section L describes the biological activity of the compounds. Section M describes a subset of additional compounds that could be made using the methods described herein.

Section A: Preparation of Intermediates: Preparation of P1 Intermediates: The P1 intermediates described in this section can be used to prepare compounds of Formula I by the methods described herein.

I PI elements: 1. Preparation of racemic (1R, 2 S)/(1S, 2 R)-l-amino-2.vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester C1H 3 N COEt 2 SMethod A 0 Step 1 00 oo CHO H 3 C1N CO 2 Et 02Et Na 2

SO

4

/TBME

r Et3N C- O Glycine ethyl ester hydrochloride (303.8 g, 2.16 mole) was suspended in tert- C'i butylmethyl ether (1.6 Benzaldehyde (231 g, 2.16 mole) and anhydrous sodium sulfate (154.6 g, 1.09 mole) were added and the mixture cooled to 0 OC using an icewater bath. Triethylamine (455 mL, 3.26 mole) was added dropwise over 30 min and the mixture stirred for 48 h at rt. The reaction was then quenched by addition of icecold water (1 L) and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with tert-butylmethyl ether (0.5 L) and the combined organic phases washed with a mixture of saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 (1 L) and brine (1 The solution was dried over MgSO 4 concentrated in vacuo to afford 392.4 g of the Nbenzyl imine product as a thick yellow oil that was used directly in the next step. 'H NMR (CDC1 3 300 MHz) 8 1.32 J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 4.24 J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.41 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.47 3H), 7.78-7.81 2H), 8.31 1H).

Step 2 -CO02Et Br/ 'Br BOC(H) N COEt 1) LiOtBu toluene/RT 2) H 3 0 3) NaOH 4) (BOC) To a suspension of lithium tert-butoxide (84.06 g, 1.05 mol) in dry toluene (1.2 was added dropwise a mixture of the N-benzyl imine of glycine ethyl ester (100.4 g, 0.526 mol) and trans-1,4-dibromo-2-butene (107.0 g, 0.500 mol) in dry toluene (0.6 L) over 60 min. After completion of the addition, the deep red mixture O was quenched by addition of water (1 L) and tert-butylmethyl ether (TBME, 1 L).

SThe aqueous phase was separated and extracted a second time with TBME (1 L).

The organic phases were combined, 1 N HCI (1 L) was added and the mixture stirred 00 5 at room temperature for 2 h. The organic phase was separated and extracted with water (0.8 The aqueous phases were then combined, saturated with salt (700 g), r n TBME (1 L) was added and the mixture cooled to 0 OC. The stirred mixture was then I basified to pH 14 by the dropwise addition of 10 N NaOH, the organic layer Sseparated, and the aqueous phase extracted with TIME (2 x 500 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated to a volume of 1L. To this solution of free amine, was added BOC20 or di-terr-butyldicarbonate (131.0 g, 0.6 mol) and the mixture stirred 4 days at rt. Additional di-tert-butyldicarbonate (50 g, 0.23 mol) was added to the reaction, the mixture refluxed for 3 h, and was then allowed cool to room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford 80 g of crude material. This residue was purified by flash chromatography (2.5 Kg of SiO 2 eluted with 1% to 2% MeOH/CH 2 Cl 2 to afford 57 g (53%).of racemic N-Boc-(1R,2S)/(1S,2R)- -amino-2vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester as a yellow oil which solidified while sitting in the refrigerator: 'H NMR (CDCI 3 300 MHz) 8 1.26 J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.46 9H), 1.43-1.49 1H), 1.76-1.82 (br m, 1H), 2.14 J=8.6 Hz, IH), 4.18 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 5.12 (dd J=10.3, 1.7 Hz, I1H), 5.25 (brs, 1H), 5.29 (dd, J=17.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (ddd, J=17.6, 10.3, 8.9 Hz, 1H); MS r/z 254.16 (M-1) Step 3 Preparation of Racemic (1R,2S)/(IS,2R) 1-arnino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride BocHN CO 2 Et C1HN COEt B o 4N HC1 CH 3 N-Boc-(1R,2S)/(IS,2R)-1-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl 30 ester (9.39 g, 36.8 mmol) was dissolved in 4 N HCl/dioxane (90 ml, 360 mmol) and

IND

0

IND

was stirred for 2 h at rt. The reaction mixture was;: concentrated to supply

(IR,

2 ST/(1S,2R)-1-amino..2.vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride in quanitative yield (7 g, 100%). NMR (methanol-d 4 8 1.32 (t, J=7.1, 1.72 (dd, J=10.2, 6.6 Hz, IH), .1.81 (dci, J=8.3, 6.6 Hz, 111), 2.38 (q, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.264.34 (in, 2H), 5.24 (cid, 10.3, 1.3 Hz, IH) 5.40 J=17.2, IR), 5.69-5.81 (in, 1H).

Alternate route for the preparation of Racemic N-Boc.1-amino-2vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride 1) KMtBu/Toluene -78 'C to 0 'C C0 2 Et Br N B 2) 4N HC1 C1H 3 N CO 2 Et To a solution of potassium tert-butoxide (11.55 g, 102.9 mmol) in THF (450 mL) at -78 0 C was added the commercially available NW-dibenzyl imine of glycine ethyl ester (25.0 g, 93.53 mmol) in T.HF (112 The reaction mnixture was warmed to 0 0 C, stirred for 40 min, and was then cooled back to -78 To this solution was added trans- 1,4-di bromo-2-butene (20.0 g, 93.50 mmol), the mixture stirred for 1 h at 0 0 C and was cooled back to -78*C. Potassium tert-butoxide (11.55 C56

O

Sg, 102.9 mmol) was added, the mixture immediately warmed to o0C, and was stirred O one more hour before concentrating in vacuo. The crude product was taken up in

ID

(530 mL), IN aq. HCI solution (106 mL, 106 mmol) added and the resulting biphasic mixture stirred for 3.5 h at rt. The layers were separated and the aqueous 0 0 5 layer was washed with Et20 (2x) and basified with a saturated aq. NaHCO 3 solution.

The desired amine was extracted with Et20 (3x) and the combined organic extract was washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo to obtain the free Samine. This material was treated with a 4N HCI solution in dioxane (100 mL, 400 C mmol) and concentrated to afford (IR,2S)/(1S,2R)- l-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane 10 carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride as a brown semisolid (5.3 g, 34% yield) identical to the material obtained from procedure A, except for the presence of a small unidentified aromatic impurity Resolution of N-Boc-(1R,2S)/(1S,2R)-l-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester

-OH

o0 .6 Enzyme 0 Buffer/DMSO racemace: 1:1 mixture of (1R, 2S) and (1S, 2R) 2S Resolution A To an aqueous solution of sodium phosphate buffer (0.1 M, 4.25 liter pH 8) housed in a 12 Liter jacked reactor, maintained at 39 0 C, and stirred at 300 rpm was added 511 grams of Acalase 2.4L (about 425 mL) (Novozymes North America Inc.). When the temperature of the mixture reached 39 0 C, the pH was adjusted to 0 by the addition of a 50% NaOH in water. A solution of the racemic N-Boc- (1R,2S)/(1S,2R)-l-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester (85g) in O 850 mL of DMSO was then added over a period of 40 min. The reaction temperature Swas then maintained at 40 0 C for 24.5h during which time the pH of the mixture was adjusted to 8.0 at the 1.5h and 19.5h time points using 50% NaOH in water. After 00 5 24.5h, the enantio-excess of the ester was determined to be 97.2%, and the reaction 7 was cooled to room temperature (26 0 C) and stirred overnight (16h) after which the enantio-excess of the ester was determined to be 100%. The pH of the reaction ND mixture was then adjusted to 8.5 with 50% NaOH and the resulting mixture was extracted with MTBE (2 x 2 The combined MTBE extract was then washed with 10 5% NaHCO 3 (3 x 100 mL), water (3 x 100 mL), and evaporated in vacuo to give the enantiomerically pure N-Boc-(IR,2S)/-l-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester as light yellow solid (42.55 g; purity: 97% 210 nm, containing no acid; 100% enantiomeric excess The aqueous layer from the extraction process was then acidified to pH 2 with

H

2 S0 4 and extracted with MTBE (2 x 2 The MTBE extract was washed with water (3 x 100 mL) and evaporated to give the acid as light yellow solid (42.74 g; purity: 99% 210 nm, containing no ester).

H O 10 H O 9 0 7 N 11 07 N3. H6 8 Y 4

OH

32 5 6 3 2 6 1R, 2S-ester 1S,2R-acid ester acid High ESI, C13H22N04, [M+H] cal. ESI, C11H16N04, [M- Resoluti 256.1549, found 256.1542 cal. 226.1079, found onMass 226.1089 Spec 00 NMR observed chemical shift Solvent: CDCI 3 (proton .57.24 ppm, C-13 .5 77.0 ppm) Bruker DRX-500C: proton 500.032 MHz, carbon 125.746 Mil-z Position Proton (pattern) C-13 Proton (pattern) C-13 PPM PPM ppm

PPM

40.9 40.7 2 2.10 J 9.0OHz) 34.1 2.17 J 9.0 35.0 Hz) 3a 1.76 (br) 23.2 1.79 (br) 23.4 3b 1.46 (br) 1. 51, (br) 4 170.8 175.8 5.74 (ddd, J 9.0, 133.7 5.75 (in) 133.4 10.0, 17.0 Hz) 6a 5.25 (d,J 17.0 Hz) 117.6 .5.28 (d,J I 17.0 118.1 0D 3.UO (UU, J iU.U, 21 kU, J IV-) Hz) 14z) 7 155.8 156.2 8 80.0 80.6 9 1.43 28.3 1..43 28.3 4.16 (in) 11 1.23 J =7.5 Hz) 14.2 Resolution B To 0.5 mL 100 mM HepseNa buffer (pH 8.5) in a well of a 24 well plate (capacity: 10 ml/well), 0.1 mL of Savinase 16.OL (protease from Bacillus clausii) (Novozymes North America Inc.) and a solution of the racemic N-Boc- (1 R,2S)I( IS,2R)-lI-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester (10 mg) in 59.

S0. 1 mL of DMSO were added. The plate was sealed and incubated at 250 rpm at 0 C. After 18h, enantio-excess of the ester was determined to be 44.3% as C following: 0.1 mL of the reaction mixture was removed and mixed well with 1 mL ethanol; after centrifugation, 10 microliter of the supernatant was analyzed 00 with the chiral HPLC. To the remaining reaction mixture, 0.1 mL of DMSO was c added, and the plate was incubated for additional 3 days at 250 rpm at 40 0 C, after

C

which four mL of ethanol was added to the well. After centrifugation, 10 p. of the supematant was analyzed with the chiral HPLC and enantio-excess of the ester was determined to be 100%.

Resolution C To 0.5 ml 100 mM Heps*Na buffer (pH 8.5) in a well of a 24 well plate (capacity: 10 mL/well), 0.1 ml of Esperase 8.0L, (protease from Bacillus halodurans) (Novozymes North America Inc.) and a solution of the racemic N-Boc- (1R,2S)/(IS,2R)-l-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester (10 mg) in 0.1 mL of DMSO were added. The plate was sealed and incubated at 250 rpm at 0 C. After 18 hour, enantio-excess of the ester was determined to be 39.6% as following: 0.1 mL of the reaction mixture was removed and mixed well with 1 mL 20 ethanol; after cenrifugation, 10 p. of the supernatant was analyzed with the chiral HPLC. To the remaining reaction mixture, 0.1 mL of DMSO was added, and the plate was incubated for additional 3 days at 250 rpm at 40 0 C, after which four mL of ethanol was added to the well. After centrifugation, 10 l.1 of the supernatant was analyzed with the chiral HPLC and enantio-excess of the ester was determined to be 100%.

Samples analysis was carried out in the following manner: 1) Sample preparation: About 0.5 ml of the reaction mixture was mixed well with volume of EtOH. After centrifugation, 10 p.l of the supematant was injected onto HPLC column.

o 2) Conversion determination: Column: YMC ODS A, 4.6 x 50 mmn, S-5 ltm Solvent: A, I MM HCI in water, B, MeCN 00 5 Gradient: 30% B for I min; 30% to 45% B over 0.5 min; 45% B for 1.5 min; 45% to (1 30% B over 0.5 min.

Flow rate 2 mI/min INO UV Detection: 210 nm Retention time: acid, 1.2 min; ester, 2.8 min.

3) Enantio-excess determination for the ester: Column: CHIR-ACEL OD-RH, 4.6 x 150 mm, S-5 pLm Mobile phase: MeCN/50 mM HC10 4 in water (67/33) Flow rate: 0.75 mllmin.

UV Detection: 2 10 n m.

Retention time: (IS, 2R) isomer as acid: 5.2 min; Rcaeat~I R 5~ min nd 20.0 min- (IR, 2S) isomer as ester: 18.5 min.

2. Preparation of N-Boc-(lR, 2 S)-l-amino..2-cyclopropylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester N LOCH 2

N

2 Ny Nx R Pd(0Ac)2 0 R ether, rt.2 (2) A solution of N-Boc-(IR, 2 S)-1-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid (255 mg, mmol) in ether (10 mL) was treated with palladium acetate (5 mg, 0.022 mmol).

The orange/red solution was placed under an atmosphere of N 2 An excess of diazomnethane in ether was added dropwise over the course of I h. The resulting solution was stirred at rt for 18 h. The excess diazomethane was rem oved using a stream of nitrogen. The resulting solution was concentrated by rotary evaporation to C0 give the crude product. Flash chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexane) provided 210 INDmg of N-Boc-( IR,2S)-lI-amino-2-cycloprop:ylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester as a colorless oil. LC-MS (retention time: 2.13, similar to method A 00 5 except: gradient time 3 min, Xterra MS C18 S7 3.0 x 50mm column), MS W/e 270 IND 3. 1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino..cyclopropane-carboxylic acid is commercially available 0HO0 4. Preparation of 1-aminocyclobutanecarboxylic acid methyl ester-hydrochloride MeO NH3C1 .0 I-aminocyclobutanecarboxylic acid (100 mg, 0.869 mmol )(Tocris) was dissolved in 10 m.L of MeOH, HCI gas was bubbled in for 2h. The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h, and then concentrated in vacuo to give 144 mg of a yellow oil. Trituration I with 10 mL of ether provided 100 mg of the titled product as a white solid. 'H NM

(CDCI

3 6 2.10-2.25 (in, 11H), 2.28-2.42 (in, IH), 2.64-2.82 (in, 3.87 311), 9.21 (br s, 3H).

Preparation of racemic (1R,2R)I1S,2S) 1-Arnino-2ethylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid tert-butyll ester, shown below.

H

2 N CO:tBu ethyl syn to car boxy 62 Step 1: Preparation of 2 -Ethylcyclopropane-1,l-dicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester, O shown below.

IN

00 M But 2 C CO 2 t.Bu ND 5 To a suspension of benzyltriethylammonium chloride (21.0 g, 92.2 mmol) in a 0 aqueous NaOH solution (92.4 g in 185 mL H 2 0) was added 1, 2 -dibromobutane (30.0 g, 138.9 mmol) and di-tert-butylmalonate (20.0 g, 92.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was vigorously stirred 18 h at rt, a mixture of ice and water was then added. The crude product was extracted with CH 2 CI2 (3x) and sequentially washed with water brine and the organic extracts combined. The organic layer was dried (MgSO 4 filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was flash chromatographed (100 g SiO 2 3% Et20 in hexane) to afford the titled product (18.3 g, 67.8 mmol, 73% yield) which was used directly in the next reaction.

Step 2: Preparation of racemic 2-Ethylcyclopropane-1,l-dicarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, shown below.

HO

2 C C02 tBu The product of Step 1 (18.3 g, 67.8 mmol) was added to a suspension of potassium tert-butoxide (33.55 g, 299.0 mmol) in dry ether (500 mL) at 0 followed by H 2 0 (1.35 mL, 75.0 mmol) and was vigorously stirred overnight at rt. The reaction mixture was poured in a mixture of ice and water and washed with ether The aqueous layer was acidified with a 10% aq. citric acid solution at 0°C and extracted with EtOAc The combined organic layers were washed with water brine, dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the titled product as a pale yellow oil (10 g, 46.8 mmol, 69% yield).

Step 3: Preparation of (1R,2R)/(IS,2S) 2-Ethyl-1-(2- O trimethylsilanylethoxycarbonylamino)cyclopropane-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, NO shown below.

00 0 Nq Me3Si J

NO

To a suspension, of the product of Step 2 (10 g, 46.8 mmol) and 3 g of freshly activated 4A molecular sieves in dry benzene (160 mL), was added Et 3 N (7.50 mL, 53.8 mmol) and DPPA (11 mL, 10.21 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for h, 2-trimethylsilyl-ethanol (13.5 mL, 94.2 mmol) was then added, and the reaction mixture was refluxed overnite. The reaction mixture was filtered, diluted with Et20, washed with a 10% aqueous citric acid solution, water, saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 water brine dried (MgS0 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended with 10g of Aldrich polyisocyanate scavenger resin in 120 mL of CH 2

CI

2 stirred at rt ovemite and filtered to afford the titled product (8 g, 24.3 mmol; 52%) as a pale yellow oil: 'H NMR (CDC3) 5 0.03 9H), 0.97 1.20 (bm, 1H), 1.45 9H), 1.40-1.70 4H), 4.16 2H), 5.30 (bs, 1H).

Step 4: Preparation of racemic (IR,2R)/(1S,2S) 1-Amino-2p ethylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, shown below.

H

2 N CO 2 tBu ethyl syn to carboxy To the product of Step 3 (3 g, 9 mmol) was added a 1.0 M TBAF solution in THF (9.3 mL, 9.3 mmol) and the mixture heated to reflux for 1.5 h, cooled to rt and then diluted with 500 ml of EtOAc. The solution was successively washed with water (2x100 mL), brine (2x100 mL), dried (MgSO 4 concentrated in vacuo to provide the title intermediate II P1' elements: The PI' elements prepared below can be used to preapre compounds of Formula I by O using the methods described herein.

OD

1. Preparation of cyclopropylsulfonamide: 00 0 oOO HgN-S-- 5 o c Step 1: Preparation of N-tert-Butyl-(3-chloro)propylsulfonamide C1C 0 H tert-Butylamine (3.0 mol, 315.3 mL) was dissolved in THF (2.5 The solution was cooled to 20 0 C. 3-Chloropropanesulfonyl chloride (1.5 mol, 182.4 mL) was added slowly. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stirred for 24 h. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CH 2 C2 (2.0 The resulting solution was washed with 1 N HCI (1.0 L), water (1.0 brine (1.0 L) and dried over Na 2

SO

4 It was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a slightly yellow solid, which was crystallized from hexane to afford 1 1 thp wr-Atrt nc n h1t1 4nid IA c, QQq£,' 'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 1.38 9H), 2.30-2.27 2H), 3.22 J 7.35 Hz, 2H), 3.68 J 6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.35 IH).

SStep 2: preparation of Cyclopropanesulfonic acid tert-butylamide

H

N S S0 To a solution of N-tert-butyl-(3-chloro)propylsulfonamide (2.14 g, 10.0 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 8.0 mL, 20.0 mmol) at -78 0

C.

The reation mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature over period of 1 h.

The volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between EtOAC and water (200 mL, 200 mL). The separated organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was recrystallized from hexane to yield the desired product as a white solid (1.0 g, 56%).

'H NMR (CDCI;k 0.98-1.00 2H), 1.18-1.19 2' 1.39 9H), 2.48-2.51 0 IH). 19 Step 3: preparation of cyclopropylsulfonamide IN H2N-S-H 0N 0 00 0 (500 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The volatile was removed in vacuo. The residue was recrystallized from EtOAC/hexane (60 mL/240 mL) to yield C- the desired product as a white solid (68.5 g, 91%).

S'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 8 0.84-0.88 2H), 0.95-0.98 2H), 2.41-2.58 1H), CN 6.56 2H).

2. Alternate procedure for the preparation of cyclopropyl sulfonamide 0 NH 3 (sat) THF O -S-C1 >S-NH2 O 0 oC to rt 'To a solution of 100 mL of THF cooled to 0 OC was bubbled in gaseous ammonia until saturation was reached. To this solution was added a solution of 5 g (28.45 mmol) of cyclopropylsulfonyl chloride (purchased from Array Biopharma) in 50 mL of THF, the solution warmed to rt ovemite and stirred one additional day. The mixture was concentrated until 1-2 mL of solvent remained, applied onto 30 g plug of Si0 2 (eluted with 30% to 60% EtOAc/Hexanes) to afford 3 4 5g (100%) of p cyclopropyl sulfonamide as a white solid. 'H NMR (Methanol-d 4 8 0.94-1.07 (m, 4H), 2.52-2.60 1H); 3 C NMR (methanol-d4) 8 5.92, 33.01.

3. Preparation of cyclobutyl sulfonamide 0 >-S-NH2 0 To a solution of 5.0 g (37.0 mmol) of cyclobutyl bromide in 30 mL of anhydrous diethyl ether (Et20) cooled to -78 OC was added 44 mL (74.8 mmol) of 1.7M tertbutyl lithium in pentanes and the solution slowly warmed to -35 oC over 1.5 h. This mixture was cannulated slowly into a solution of 5.0 g (37.0 mmol) freshly distilled sulfuryl chloride in 100 mL of hexanes cooled to -40 warmed to 0 OC over I h P and carefully concentrated in vacuo. This mixture was redissolved in Et20, washed once with some ice-cold water, dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated carefully. This O mixture was redissolved in 20 mL of THF, added dropwise to 500 mL of saturated IN NH 3 in THF and was allowed to stir overnite. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a crude yellow solid and was recrystallized from the minimum amount of 00 5 CH 2 C2 in hexanes with 1-2 drops of MeOH to afford 1.90 g of cyclobutylsulfonamide as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDCl 3 8 1.95-2.06 2H), 2.30- 2.54 4H), 3.86 J=8 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (brs, 2H); 13C NMR (CDC13) 8 16.43, 23.93, S56.29. HRMS m/z calcd for C 4 HgNSO 2 134.0276, found 134.0282.

O

4 Preparation of cyclopentyl sulfonamide S-NH2 D-01 0 A solution of 18.5 mL (37.0 mmol) of 2M cyclopentyl-magnesium chloride in ether was added dropwise to a solution of 3.0 mL (37.0 mmol) freshly distilled sulfuryl chloride (obtained from Aldrich) in 100 mL of hexanes cooled to -78 OC. The mixture was warmed to 0 °C over 1 h and was then carefully concentrated in vacuo.

Thi- rtiw rt c-nrk!.o ;n p !n mT Pt. O.ri'hWArl -T i';tN Cerrr ;r-p-rnA water (200 mL), dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated carefully. This mixture was redissolved in 35 mL of THF, added dropwise to 500 mL of saturated NH 3 in THF Sand was allowed to stir overnite. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a crude yellow solid, the residue filtered through 50g of silica gel using 70% EtOAc-hexanes as the eluent and the solution was then concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from the minimum amount of CH 2 C1 2 in hexanes with 1-2 drops of MeOH to afford 2.49 g of cyclopentylsulfonamide as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDC13) 8 1.58- 1.72 2H), 1.74-1.88 2H), 1.94-2.14 4H), 3.48-3.59 1H), 4.80 (bs, 2H); 3 C NMR (CDCI 3 8 25.90, 28.33, 63.54; MS m/e 148 Preparation of cyclohexyl sulfonamide 0 S-JH2 0 A solution of 18.5 mL (37.0 mmol) of 2M cyclohexylmagnesium chloride (TCI O Americas) in ether was added dropwise to a solution of 3.0 mL (37.0 mmol) freshly Sdistilled sulfuryl chloride in 100 mL of hexanes cooled to -78 OC. The mixture was warmed to 0 °C over I h and was then carefully concentrated in vacuo. This mixture 00 5 was redissolved in Et20 (200 mL), washed once with some ice-cold water (200 mL), dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated carefullyThis mixture was redissolved in 35 mL of THF, added dropwise to 500 mL of saturated NI 3 in THF and was allowed to stir Sovernite. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a crude yellow solid, the residue C, filtered through 50g of silica gel using 70% EtOAc-hexanes as the eluent and was concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from the minimum amount of CH 2 C2 in hexanes with 1-2 drops of MeOH to afford 1.66 g of cyclohexylsulfonamide as a white solid: 'H NMR (CDCI 3 6 1.11-1.37 3H), 1.43-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.76 1H), 1.86-1.96 2H), 2.18-2.28 2H), 2.91 (tt, J=12, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (bs, 2H); 13CH NMR (CDCI 3 8 25.04, 25.04, 26.56, 62.74; MS m/e 162 6. Preparation of neopentylsulfonamide 0

S-NH-

0 Following the procedure for the prep of cyclohexyl sulfonamide, 49 mL (37 mmol) of 0.75M neopentylmagnesium chloride (Alfa) in ether was converted to 1.52g (27%) of neopentylsulfonamide as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 1.17 9H), 3.12 (s, 2H), 4.74 (brs, 2H); "C NMR (CDC 3 5 29.46, 31.51, 67.38; MS m/e 150 7. Preparation of cyclobutylcarbinyl-sulfonamide

S-NH

2 0 A solution of 12.3 g (83 mmol) ofcyclobutylcarbinyl bromide (Aldrich) and 13.7g (91 mmol) of sodium iodide in 150 mL of acetone was refluxed overnite and then Scooled to rt. The inorganic solids were filtered off and the acetone and S68 cyclopropylcarbinyl iodide (8.41g, 46%) distilled off at ambient and 150 torr at O respectively.

A solution of 4.0 g (21.98 mmol) of cyclobutyl carbinyl iodide in 30 mL of anhydrous diethyl ether (Et2O) cooled to -78 OC was cannulated into a solution of 17 0 5 mL (21.98 mmol) of 1.3M sec-butyl lithium in cyclohexanes and the solution was N stirred for 5 min. To this mixture was cannulated a solution of 3.0 g (21.98 mmol) of Sfreshly distilled sulfuryl chloride in 110 mL of hexanes cooled to -78 OC, the mixture warmed to rt over I h and was then carefully concentrated in vacuo. This mixture was redissolved in Et20, washed once with some ice-cold water, dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated carefully. This mixture was redissolved in 30 mL of THF, added dropwise to 500 mL of saturated NH 3 in THF and was allowed to stir overnite. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a crude yellow solid and was recrystallized from the minimum amount of CH 2 Ci 2 in hexanes with 1-2 drops of MeOH to afford 1.39 g of cyclobutyl carbinylsulfonamide as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDCI 3 6 1.81-2.03 4H), 2.14-2.28 2H), 2.81-2.92 IH), 3.22 J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.74 (brs, 2H); 13C NMR (CDCI 3 8 19.10, 28.21, 30.64, 60.93; MS m/e 148 time: 1.73, method 818 8: Preparation of cyclopropylcarbinyl-sulfonamiide

SS-NH,

O

Using the procedure employed for the preparation of cyclobutylcarbinyl-sulfonamide, cyclopropylcarbinyl sulfonamide was prepared from cyclopropylcarbinyl bromide (Aldrich) (see also JACS 1981, p.442-445). 'H NMR (CDC13) 8 0.39-0.44 2H), 0.67-0.76 2H), 1.13-1.27 1H), 3.03 J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 4.74 (brs, 2H); 3

C

NMR (CDC 3 5 4.33, 5.61, 59.93; MS m/e 134 III Heterocycles to be used as starting material in the construction of P2 elements for subsequent incorporation into compounds of Formula I.

1. Isoquinolines Br Gilman, H et al JACS 1947, 69, 1946

C'N

OH

Commercial material 00 usi Method 1 in I alkoxide promoted coupling

HQ

S(>OH

Boc ng th he fo e chemsitry described/ Ilowing sections MEthod 2 Milsunobu coupling

HO

OR

N

IBoc0

NN

Elongation Compounds of Formula I Boc0 Isoquinoline and substituted analogues thereof, can be incorporated into P2 elements using the two methods outline above and described in detail herein. Said P2 elements can then be converted into compounds of Formula I using procedures analogous to those described herein for similar isoquinoline analogues.

2. Isoxazolepyridine and Oxazolepyridine(1) me Me Me Me Me

N

Elongation CopudofFrua (1 2 t e (2 C l a lk o x id e p r om o te d R C m o n s o o m l coupling is a known compound:.H see: Organic Mag Resonance 1S 0o (1982). 20(3), 141-4 OH 30co anid: JCS PT 1 (organic and bio-organic cllemsitry) 6o 0 1972-1999) (1975), (21).,2190.4 N i.stepil Ne4f' Me\J. T e< Elongation Cmonso oml 2. step 2 0 NQCmonso oml Cj alkoxide promoted CDUPkong is a known compound: HQ NO see: Organic Mag Resonance (1982).,20(3). 141.4 CN (3) and. JCS PT I (organic and bio-organir, chemaitry) 6 0 1972.1999) (1975), 2190-4 Isoxazole and oxazole heterocycle and analogues thereof can be prepared using O know chemistry and incorporated into compounds of Formula I using the chemistry N described herein for similar isoxazolepyridine intermediates as shown in section B.

00 5 Section B: SIn Section B the following conditions were used for LC/MS analysis.

SColumns: Method A: YMC ODS-A C18 S7 (4.6 x 33 mm) N Method B: YMC Xterra ODS S7 (3.0 x SMethod C: Xterra ms C18 (4.6 x 33mm) Method D: YMC ODS-A C18 S3 (4.6 x 33 mm) Gradient: 100% solvent A/ 0% solvent B to 0% solvent A/ 100% solvent B Gradient time: 3 min.

Hold Time: 1 min.

Flow Rate: 5 mlJmin.

Detector Wavelength: 220 nm.

Solvents: Solvent A: 10% MeOH/ 90% water/ 0.1% TFA. Solvent B: 90% MeOH/ water/ 0.1% TFA.

The following conditions were used for prep-HPLC separation.

Columns: Phenomenex-Luna 30X100 mm, Gradient: 60% solvent A/ 40% solvent B to 0% solvent A/ 100% solvent B Gradient time: 15 min.

Stop Time: 20 min.

Flow Rate: 30 mlJmin.

Detector Wavelength: 220 nm.

Solvents: Solvent A: 10% MeOH/ 90% water/ 0.1% TFA. Solvent B: 90% MeOH/ water/ 0.1% TFA.

Example 1: Preparation of Compound 1.

o'o cIN' 00 H N N" H I 0 0 H 0V c Compound 1 Scheme 1 NO 0 Step 1 Slep 2

N

N N 'O phenylace b' POCI N taldehyde 3

CI

Step 1: A mixture of 3 ,5-dimethyl-4-nitro-isoxazole (1.42 g, 10.0 mmol), phenylacetaldehyde (1.32 g, 11.0 mmol) in piperidine (1 mL) and ethanol (10 mL) was heated to reflux for 16 h. After cooling down to the ambient temperature, the product precipitated out was collected by filtration. The cake was washed with cold ethanol thoroughly to afford 1.20 g of the desired product as a white solid.

'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 2.87 3H), 7.46-7.50 3H), 7.56 J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.7-7.80 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.19 min, method MS m/z 227 Step 2: A solution of 3 -methyl-5-phenyl-isoxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine 4-oxide (1.00 g, 4.40 mmol) and POCI 3 (2.71 g, 17.7 mmol) in chloroform (10 mL) was heated to reflux for 1 h. After cooling down to the ambient temperature, the final solution was diluted with chloroform (50 mL) and washed with NaHCO 3 (two 50 mL portions) and brine, dried over MgSO 4 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (4:1 hexane-EtOAc) to afford 790 mg of the desired Sproduct as a white solid.

72 c-i 0 O 'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 2.72 3H), 7.46-7.54 3H), 7.91 1H), 8.00-8.03 2H); N LC-MS (retention time: 1.76 min, method MS m/z 245, 247 Scheme 2 00 H H H SqO N-BOC-t-Bu- N LiOH 0Si N L-glycine H 0 O Q. HOH H BOC.N< O^NO

BOG'

N\U

N

H

Step 5 bO N Ph 0 b H N 4H 0 CI O N To a mixture of 4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (H- Hyp-OMe HCI) (1.81 g, 10.0 mmol), HATU (5.70 g, 15.0 mmol), and N-BOC-tbutyl-L-glycine (2.42 g, 10.5 mmol) in CH 2 C2 (100 mL) was added DIPEA (3.47 g, 31.0 mmol) at 0°C. After stirring at the ambient temperature for 12 h, the formed solution was diluted with CH 2 CI (100 mL), washed with iced 5% citric acid (aq).

The organic layer was washed with 5% citric acid, 1M NaOH, brine respectively, dried over MgSO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to provide 3.55 g of the desired product as an off-white foam. This product was used for the next reaction as crude without further purification.

'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.04 9H), 1.43 9H), 1.99-2.03 1H), 2.20-2.30 (m, 1H), 3.69 3H), 3.70-3.79 2H), 4.28 1H), 4.46 1H), 4.74-4.80 1H); A LC-MS (retention time: 1.28 min, method MS n/z 359 Step 4: 0 A mixture of the product of Step 3 (3.55 g, 9.9 mmol) in THF (50 mL), IND MeOH 50 mL) and LiOH monohydrate 0.83 g, 19.9 mmol in 50 mL H 2 0) was stirred at the ambient temperature over night. After removal of the volatiles in vacuo, 00 5 the residue was dissolved in 0.1 M NaOH (100 mL). This aqueous solution was washed with ether (50 mL), acidified by 1M HCI to pH4. Extracted with EtOAc (100 ,1 mL). The organic layer was washed with 5% citric: acid and brine, dried over MgSO 4 I evaporated to dryness to give 3.20g of the desired product as a white foam.

This product was used as crude without further purification.

'H NMR (CD30D) 5 1.02 9H), 1.43 9H), 2.01-2.09 1H), 2.25-2.32 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.85 2H), 4.26-4.30 1H), 4.46-4.51 2H), 6.37-6.41 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.14 min, method MS m/z 345 Step To a solution of the product of Step 4 (1.01 g, 2.93 mmol) in DMSO (30 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (1.02 g, 9.08 m:mol). The formed solution was stirred at the ambient temperature for 1 h before addition of 7-chloro-3-methyl-5- (0.75 g, 3.08 mmol). The final solution was stirred for 12 h. Then was quenched with iced water, acidified with 1M HCI to pH 4, extracted with EtOAc (two 200 mL portions). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by prep- HPLC (60%B-100%B, 15 min gradient) to afford 305 mg of the desired product as a pale yellow solid.

'H NMR (CD30D) 8 1.02 9H), 1.17 9H), 2.37-2.47 1H), 2.64 3H), 2.85- 2.93 1H), 4.00-4.08 1H), 4.14 1H), 4.49-4.55 1H), 4.62-4.71 1H), 5.70 1H), 7.45-7.53 3H), 7.56 1H), 8.03-8.06 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.89 min, method MS m/z 553 74.

Scheme 3 Stp NH k Step 7 cIN N2!C Stp BOC. >NJ OH BC a) Enzyme H CDI/DBU/PlV b) LiOH 00mixture of 1 and 1 H- H Step 8 Ni0-7/ H 2 N" 0 0 0 then HOI HCI

NJ

N'0-~ Step 9

Q

HATU,

Step 5 V H Q\NI< Compound 1 qtpi~k An As decribed in section A.

Step 6b: To a solution of l(R)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2(S)-vinylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester, the product of Step 6a (3.28 g, 13.2 mmol) in THF (7 mL) and methanol (7 m.L) was added a suspension of LIOH (1.27 g, 53.0 mmol) in water (14 rnL). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and quenched with IN NaOH (15 mL) and water (20 miL). The resulting mixture was washed with EtOAc (20 mnL), and the organic phase was extracted with 20 mL NaOH. The combined aqueous phases were acidified with IN HCO until pH 4 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 4OmL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 to yield the title compound as a white solid (2.62 g, 87%).

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 5 1.22-1.26 1H), 1.37 9H), 1.50-1.52 1H), 2.05 (q, O J=9 Hz, 1H), 5.04 J=10 Hz, 1H), 5.22 J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.64-5.71 1H), 7.18, ci 7.53 NH (rotamers), 12.4 (br s, 1H)); LC-MS (retention time: 1.67 min, method M1S m/z 228 00 Step 7: C A solution of the product of Step 6 (2.62 g, 11.5 mmol) and CDI (2.43 g, 15.0 Smmol) in THF (40 mL) was heated at reflux for 50 min under nitrogen. The solution C was cooled to room temperature and transferred by cannula to a solution of cyclopropylsulfonamide (1.82 g, 15.0 mmol) in THF (10 mL). To the resulting solution was added DBU (2.40 mL, 16.1 mmol) and stirring was continued for 20 h.

The mixture was quenched with IN HCI to pH 1 and THF was evaporated in vacuo.

The suspension was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL) and the combined organic extracts dried (Na2SO4). Purification by recystallization from hexanes-EtOAc (1:1) afforded the title compound (2.4 g) as a white solid. The mother liquor was purified by a Biotage 40S column (eluted 9% acetone in DCM) to give a second batch of the title compound (1.1 Both batches were combined (total yield 92%).

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 0.96-1.10 4H), 1.22 (dd, J=5.5, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.70 J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.19-2.24 1H), 2.90 1H), 5.08 J=10 Hz, 1H), I 5.23 J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.45 1H), 6.85, 7.22 NH (rotamers) LC-MS (retention time: 1.70 min, method MS n/z 331 Step 8: A solution of the product of Step 7 (3.5 g, 10.6 mmol) in DCM (35 mL) and TFA (32 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue suspended in IN HCI in diethyl ether (20 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. This procedure was repeated once. The resulting mixture was triturated from pentane and filtered to give the title compound as a hygroscopic, offwhite solid (2.60 g, 92%).

'H NMR: (DMS0-cl 6 1.01-1.15 (in, 4H), 1.6941.73 (mn, IH), 1.99-2.02 (in, IH), 0 2.38 J=9 Hz, IB), 2.92-2.97 (in, 111), 5.20 J=1 I Hz, IH), 5.33 (di, J=17 Hz, INDIH), 5.52-5.59 (mn, 11-0, 9.17 (br s, 3H); LC-MS (retention time: 0.24 min, method MS m/z 231 00 (Ni Step 9: To an iced mixture of the product of Step 5 (70 mg, 0.13 mmol), (IR,2S}- INDcyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 -am~ino- 2 -vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)amide hydrochloride, the product of Step 8 (37 mg, 0. 14 mmol) and HATU (72 mg, 0. 19 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added diisopropylethylamnine (50 mg, 0.39 mmol). The formed solution was allowed to warm up to the ambient temperature for 12 h and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (60%B-100%B, min gradient) to afford 52 mg of Compound I as a grayish solid.

'H NMiR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.96-1.09 (in, 1211), 1.16-1.25 (in, 1011), 1.44-1.48 (mn, 1H), 1.87-1.91 (in, IH), 2.20-2.40 (mn, 2H), 2.63-2.65 (in, 4H), 2.89-2.98 (in, IM), 4.08- 4.20 (mn, 2H), 4.44-4.65 (in, 2H), 5.13 J= 11.7 Hz, 1ff), 5.3 2 J= 15 Hz, I11), 5372-5.8 5 211). 6.6 2 J= 15.-0 Hz, 1I-H). 7.46-7. 53 (m -3 H) 7.S (5 IT1-HV R. 04- 8.07 (in, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.92 min, method MS in/z 765 Example 2: Preparation of Compound 2.

_NN

H (N HNI, H 0 Compound 2 ,Scheme 1 OO 0 0 Step Step 2 PhA h kOEt I 0 00 0 Cl Cc- Step3 f3 N N POCI 3 N N- O

H

Cl Step 1: A mixture of 2-amino-6-methylpyridine (1.08 g, 10.0 mmol), ethyl benzoylacetate (2.30 g, 12.0 mmol) and polyphosphoric acid (6.00 g, 61.2 mmol) was heated to 110 0 C for 5 h. After cooling to the ambient temperature, the mixture was poured into iced water (20 mL) and neutralized to pH 7 with 10 M NaOH. Extracted with CHCI 3 The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (1:1 hexane-EtOAc) to afford 510 mg of the desired product as a pale yellow solid.

'H NMR (CDCI 3 6 3.08 3H), 6.64 J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.71 1H), 7.42-7.52 (m, 8.04-8.06 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.21 min, method MS n/z 237 Step 2: A solution of 6 -methyl-2-phenyl-pyrido[l,2a]pyrimidin-4-one (489 mg, 2.07 mmol) in melted diphenyl ether (5 mL) was heated to gentle reflux for 5 h. After cooling to the ambient temperature, the formed suspension was diluted with diethyl ether (10 mL), filtered. The cake was washed with diethyl ether thoroughly to afford 450 mg of the desired product as a brownish solid.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.25 min, method MS m/z 237 Step 3: A suspension of 7 -methyl- 2 -phenyl-lH-[,8jnaphthyridin-4-one (450 mg, 1.91 mmol) in POCI 3 (10 mL) was heated to gentle reflux for 3 h. Evaporated in vacuo. The residue was was poured into iced water (20 mL) and neutralized to pH with 10 M NaOH. Extracted with CHCI 3 The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (2:1 hexane-EtOAc) to afford 450 mg of the desired product as a pink solid.

'H NMR (CD30D) 5 2.80 3H), 7.54-7.56 3H), 7.61 J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.25- 8.30 3H), 8.58 J=8.4 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.39 min, method MS m/z 255, 257 Scheme 2

HO,

N

OH

0 -1Th Step 4 Example 2, Step 3 Step Example 1, Step 8 Compound 2 Step 4: This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 5, except using 4 -chloro-7-methyl-2-phenyl-[l,8]naphthyridine from Example 2, Step 3 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.55 min, method MS m/z 563 Step Compound 2 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 9, except using the product of Example 2, Step 4 instead.

Q'H NMR (CDOD) 6 1 .0 1 -1.10 (in, 12H), 1.21-1.26 (in, I0OH), 1.40-1.45 (in, I1H), ID1.86-1.91 (in, 1IM, 2.20-2.29 (in, 111), 2.39-2.49 (in, 1W), 2.72-2.81 (in, 111), 2.92- 2.95 (mn, 411), 4.10-4.16 (in, 2H), 4.55-4.65 (mn, 214), 5.14 J= 12.0 Hz, 111), 5.30 (d, 0C) 5 J=15.0 Hz, 1W), 5.67-5.82 (in, 2H1), 7.60-7.80 (in, 314), 7.78 J=8.6 Hz, 111), 7.87 ci 111), 8.26-8.29 (in, 2H1), 8.95 J=8.4 Hz, IHB); LC-MS (retention time: 1.62 min, method MS m/z 775 (M 4 Example 3: Preparation of Compound 3.

N N b 0~ 0 Compound '2 Scheme 1 Se Qt0pH Step 2

N'

OH 0O 2

N

Step 1: To a solution of 4-methoxyphenethyl alcohol (1.52 g, 10.0 mnmol) in CH 2

CI

2 mL) at 0 0 C was added Dess-Martin reagent (4.45 g, 10.5 iniol) in one portion.

The formed mixture was allowed to warm to the ambient temperature for I h.

Washed with sat. Na 2

S

2

O

3 (aq) and IM NaOH, brine respectively. Dried over MgSO 4 evaporated in vacuo to give 1.50 g (100%) of the desired aldehyde as a viscous oil. This product was used as crude without any further purification.

Step 2: A solution of 3 ,5-dimethyl-4-nitro-isoxazole (142 mg, 1.0 mmol), 4-methoxyphenylacetaldehyde from Example 3, Step 1 (180 rmg, 1.1 mmol) in piperidine (0.1 mL) and ethanol (2 mL) was heated to reflux for 12 h. After cooling down to the ambient temperature, the product precipitated out was collected by filtration. The cake was washed with cold ethanol thoroughly to afford 130 mg of the desired product as a grayish solid.

'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 2.88 3H), 3.87 3H), 7.02 J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.50 Hz, 1H), 7.57 J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.81 J=8.5 Hz, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.24 min, method MS rn/z 257 (M Step 3: This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 2, except using the product of Example 3, Step 2 instead.

'H NMR (CDC 8 2.70 3lH) 3.87 3H). 7.00-7.03 2H). 7.84 11). 7.96- 7.98 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.96 min, method MS m/z 275, 277 Step 4: H 'N 'OH 0 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step except using the product of Example 3, Step 3 instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.02 911), 1. 18 9H), 2.39-2.43 (in, 111), 2.63 311), 2.75o) 2.80 (in, 111), 3.87 311), 4.00-4.08 (in, 111), 4.17 111), 4.49-4.55 (in, 111), 4.62- 4.71 (in, I 5.68 I1H), 7.05 J=8.5 Hz, 211), 7.49 111), 8 .00 J=8.5 Hz, 2H); 00 5 LC-MS (retention time: 1.89 mi, method MS rn/z 583 Step IND Compound 3 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 9, except using the product of Example 3, Step 4 instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.0 1 -1.09 (in, 12H), 1. 17-1.26 (in, I1OH), 1.44-1.47 (in, 111), 1.87-1.91 (in, 111), 2.20-2.40 (in, 2H), 2.63-2.65 (in, 411), 2.89-2.98 (mn, 1W, 3.87 (s, 3H1), 4.084.20 (in, 211), 4.44-4.65 (in, 2H1), 5.13 J=1 1.7 Hz, IH), 5.32 J=15.0 Hz, 111), 5.72-5.85 (mn, 211), 7.05 J=8.5 H~z, 2FO', 7.06 111), 8.01 J=8.5 Hz, 2H1); LC-MS (retention time: 1.96 min, method MS m/z 795 Example 4: Preparation of Compound 4.

F

N

H NNsH 0 H06>7e Compound 4 Step 1: o

F

N' 20b0 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 3, Step 1 1&2, except using 4-fl uoropheneth yl alcohol instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.18 min, method MS rnhz 245 Q) Step 2: -N F

NZ

NN ,VN 00

N

1 b 0 b l M This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 2, N

B,

IO 5 except using the product of Example 4, Step I instead.

NMR (CDCI 3 6 2.71 3H), 7.17-7.20 21H), 7.86 IH), 8.00-8.02 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.71 min, method MS rn/z 263, 265 Step 3: N I-I I- 0 Ti This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step except using the product of Example 4, Step 2 insteatd.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.91 min, method MS m/z 571 Step 4: Compound 4 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 9, except using the product of Example 4, Step 3 instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.01-1.09 12H), 1.17-1.26 IOH), 1.44-1.47 1.87-1.91 IH), 2.20-2.40 2H), 2.63-2.65 4H), 2.89-2.98 IH), 4.08- 4.20 2H), 4.44-4.65 2H), 5.13 J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.32 J=15.0Hz, IH), 5.72-5.85 2H), 7.20-7.26 2H), 7.60 IH), 8.09-8.14 2H), 9.26 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.91 min, method MS m/z 783 Example 5: Preparation of Compound Compound Step 1: This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 3, Step 1&2, except using 3-methoxy-phenethyl alcohol instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.03 min, method MS m/z 257 Step 2: This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 2, except using the product of Example 5, Step 1 instead.

'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 2.72 3H), 3.90 3H), 7.00.7.02 1H), 7.41 J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.55 J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.59 J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.89 IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.89 min, method MS nn/z 275,277 Step 3: 00/7

I

This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Examnple 1, Step 4 except using the product of Example 5, Step 2 instead.

'H NMv (CD 3 OD) 8 1.02 91H), 1.18 9H1), 2.37-2.47 (in, 1H), 2.64 3H), 2.85-2.93 (in, 111), 3.88 311), 4.00-4.08 (in, 111), 4.14 111), 4.49-4.55 (in, 1H1), 4.62-4.71 (in, 1H1), 5.71 1H1), 7.02-7.04 (mn, IH). 7.40 J=8.0 Hz, 1H1), 7.58-7.62 (in, 3H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.90 min, method MS mz/z 583 (M Step 4: k-UIP1puui Ji W45 plepalUC UY Life sdime prucuuz as Ures~ilueu III rcAalupie, i, Ste-p 9, except using the product of Example 5, Step 3 instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.01-1.09 (mn, 12H), 1.17-1.29 (in, 1011), 1.44-1.47 (in, 111), 1.87-1.91 (in, 111), 2.20-2.40 (mn, 2H1), 2.63-2.65 (in, 411), 2.89-2.98 (in, 111), 3.89 (s, 311), 4.08-4.20 (mn, 4.44-4.65 (in, 2H), 5.13 1.7 Hz, 111), 5.32 J=1 Hz, 1H1), 5.72-5.85 (mn, 2H), 7.02-7.05 (in, 111), 7.41 J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.55-7.61 (in, 3H1); LC-MS (retention time: 1.96 min, method MS m/z 795 (M 4 Example 6: Preparation of Compound 6.

H N -N Compound 6

'S

Step 1: This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 3, Step 1&2, except using 2-methoxy-phenethyl alcohol instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.10 min, method MS rm/z 257 Step 2: This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 2, except using the product of Example 6, Step 1 instead.

'H NMR (CDCi 3 8 2.721 3H), 3.88 3H), 7.03 J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.11 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.44 1H), 7.79-7.81 1H), 8.04 IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.92 min, method MS m/z 275, 277 (MI+H).

Step 3: 00 H O This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step except using the product of Example 6, Step 2 instead.

'H NMR (CDOD) 8 1.02 9 1.20 9H1), 2.37-2.47 (in, IN), 2.63 3H1), 2.85-2.93 (mn, 111), 3.89 3H1), 4.00-4.08 (in, 1H), 4.14 111), 4.49-4.55 (in, 1H), 4.62-4.71 (in, 111), 5.56 11H), 7.09 J=7.5 Hz, 111), 7.15 J=8.5 Hz, 111), 7.41 7.44 (in, 111), 7.52 111), 7.67 J=8.0 Hz, 1I); LC-MS (retention time: 1.76 min, method MS rn/z 583. Step 4: W-8-FJU VV4. FLi)%%4U LIOL, OaIaI.. jJIu.;,u% a.3 I aa UL.. 1~ III LA It4J~ 1 Step 9, except using the product of Example 6, Step 3 instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.01-1.08 (in, 12H1), 1. 17-1.26 (mn, I1OH), 1.44-1.47 (mn, 11H), p ~1.87-1.91 (in, 111), 2.20-2.40 (in, 211), 2.63-2.65 411), 2.89-2.98 (in, 111), 3.88 (s, 311), 4.08-4.12 (in, 111), 4.19 111), 4.44-4.65 (in, 211), 5.13 J=1 1.7 Hz, IH), 5.32 J= 15.0 Hz, I 5.59 I1H), 5.72-5.80 (in, 111), 7.09 J=7.5 H-z, INH), 7.15 J=8.5 Hz, IH), 7.41-7.45 (in, 111), 7.66 111), 7.66-7.67 (in, iH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.93 min, method MS m/z 795 Example 7: Preparation of Compound 7.

00 /-k H N HN'. H

SO

O Compound' 7 Step 1: N O 0 0 "N OH 0 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step except using 2-chloro-quinoline instead.

p LC-MS (retention time: 1.73 min, method MS m/z 472 (MI+H).

Step 2: Compound 7 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 9, except using the product of Example 7, Step 1 instead.

'H NMR (CD30D) 5 1.01-1.08 12H), 1.17-1.26 10H), 1.44-1.47 1H), 1.87-1.91 IH), 2.23-2.30 2H), 2.52-2.57 1H), 2.89-2.98 1H), 4.10- 4.14 IH), 4.09-4.15 2H), 4.47-4.51 1H), 5.13 J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (d, J=17.0 Hz, IH), 5.73-5.78 1H), 5.92 IH), 6.90-6.92 1H), 7.42 Hz, 1H), 7.64 J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.78-7.82 2H), 8.13 J=7.5 Hz, IH), 9.18 (d, 1H); 3 LC-MS (retention time: 1.75 min, method MS in/z 684 88 Example 8: Preparation of Compound 8.

N Compound 8 Scheme 1 H 0 racemnic mixture of 1 and 1 Step 1 mixture of 1 and 1 Step 1: ThiS prodAuctvWa3 pl-Cpared b-y 11-0 saMC proGCAedu as deSCribdi :ap~1 Step 6b through 8, without using Step 6a, an enzymatic resolution step.

LC-MS (retention time: 0.24 min, method MS ri/z 231 (M 4 -sH).

Scheme 2 HO, HQ te Step 2

HATU,

Step I

TFAIDCM,

then HCilether Step 2: To an iced mixture of N-BOC-4-trans-hydroxy-L-proline (1.58 g, 6.83 mmol), cyclopropanesulfonic acid (I-amino-2-vinyl-c4-yclopropanecarbon yI)-amide hydrochloride (Example 8, Step 1) (2.00 g, 7.52 mmol) and HATU (3.89 g, 10.2 0 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (100 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (4.41 g, 34.2 mmol).

O The formed solution was allowed to warm up to the ambient temperature for 12 h.

Diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), washed with 5% H 3

PO

4 and brine, dried over MgSO 4 00 5 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (gradient, I 2:1-1:1 hexane-acetone) to yield 1.25 g of the desired product.

S 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 5 1.00-1.08 4H), 1.34-1.40 1:2, 10H), 1.62-1.70 (m, lO IH), 1.76-1.87 1H), 2.02-2.21 2H), 2.81-2.95 1H), 3.20-3.45 2H), 4.04-4.09 IH), 4.26 1H), 5.08-5.12 1H), 5.26 J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 5.59- 10 5.69 1H), 8.59, 8.87 (rotamers, 1:2, IH), 10.48-11.15 (rotamers, 2:1, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.25 min, method MS m/e 444 Step 3: This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 8, except using the product of Example 8, Step 2 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.02 min, method MS rn/e 344 Step 4:.

To an iced mixture of N-BOC-4-trans-hydroxy-L-proline (1.58 g, 6.83 mmol), cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1-amino- 2 -vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride (Example 8, Step 3) (2.00 g, 7.52 mmol) and HATU (3.89 g, 10.2 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (100 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (4.41 g, 34.2 mmol).

The formed solution was allowed to warm up to the ambient temperature for 12 h.

Diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), washed with 5% H3PO 4 and brine, dried over MgS0 4 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (gradient, 2:1-1:1 hexane-acetone) to yield 1.25 g of the desired product.

'H NMR (CD30D) 80.99-1.07 11H), 1.35-1.44 13H), 1.75-1.87 1H), 2.09-2.22 2H), 2.88-2.94 1H), 3.74-3.82 2H), 4.28-4.30 1H), 4.33- 4.38 1H), 4.48 1H), 5.11-5.13 1H), 5.30 J=15.0 Hz, IH), 5.70-5.78 (m, 1H), 6.51-6.61 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.26 min, method MS m/e 557 U Scheme 3

F

3 C N 0 H- 0, "1 CCompound 8 O Step 0 To a solution of the product of Example 8, Step 4 (56 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMSO (2 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (49 mg, 0.44 mmol). The formed solution was stirred at the ambient temperature for 1 h before addition of 4-chloro-7methyl-2-trifluoromethyl-[1,8]naphthyridine Ferrarini et al, J Heterocyclic Chem, 1983, p1053) (30 mg, 0.12 mmol). The final solution was stirred for 12 h.

Quenched with iced water, acidified with IM HCI to pH 4, extracted with EtOAc mL, X2). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to yield 16 mg of Compound 8 as a pink solid.

~rr tfl, rn 3v01 .v t 1 .2-I 0T 1 PIVIN ICLJ30D) 5 J.92-.99 kil, )11M), 1.01-1.04 kin), 4 L) 1.76-1.85 1H), 2.18-2.40 2H), 2.76 3H), 2.86-2.97 1H), 4.00-4.11 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.58 2H), 5.09-5.12 1H), 5.28-5.31 1H), 5.59 1H), 5.69- 5.78 1H), 6.39-6.48 1H), 7.58-7.64 2H), 8.08 1H), 8.64-8.68 1H), 8.85-8.91 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.89 min, method MS m/e 767 Example 9: Preparation of Compound 9.

H NN \O N_ 0 Hq Compound 9 Compound 9 was prepared by the same procedure: as described in Example 8, Step except using 7 -chloro-5-ethyl-3-methyl-isoxazolo[4,5-b]pyiidine Nesi et al, Synth Comm. 1992, 22(16), 2349) instead.

'H NMvR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.01-1.09 (in, I111), 1.21-1.25 (in, I 1.36 J=7.8 Hz, 3H), 1.38-1.47 (in, 2H), 1.80-1.90 (mn, IH), 2.20-2.31 (rn, 21-1, 2.59 311), 2.90-3.00 (in, 3H), 4.01-4.18 (mn, 2H), 4.41-4.51 (in, 2H), 5.11-5.15 (mn, IH), 5.27-5.32 (mn, 1iN), 5.58 IH), 5.70-5.80 (in, 1H), 7.11 iN), 7.72,7.98 9.00,9.22 1,

IN);

LC-MS (retention time: 1.75 min, method MS m/e 717 Example 10: Preparation of Compound *L I

N

-01 0~ N

N

0 07

T

Compound Compound 10 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 8, Step 5, except using 7 -chloro-5-phenyl-3-methyI-isoxazoo[4,5b]pridine (Example 1, Step 2) instead.

'H NMR (CD30D) 5 1.00-1.09 12H), 1.16-1.25 10H), 1.44-1.48 1H), 0 1.79-1.89 1H), 2.20-2.40 2H), 2.64-2.66 4H), 2.89-2.98 1H), 4.08- (N 4.20 2H), 4.44-4.55 2H), 5.11-5.16 1H), 5.27-5.31 1H), 5.72-5.74 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.35 1H), 7.46-7.51 2H), 7.55-7.68 1H), 8.05-8.06 2H); o00 0 5 LC-MS (retention time: 1.97 min, method MS m/z 765

(N

C- Example 11: Preparation of Compound 11.

00 H

N

NOH ON Compound 11 Scheme 1 ONH N 0 CI Step 1: S To a solution of 3-methoxy cinnamic acid (11.04 g, 62 mmol) and triethylamine (12.52 g, 124 mmol) in acetone (80 miL) was added ethyl chloroformate (approximately 1.5 equivalents) dropwise at 0°C. After stirring at this temperature for 1 h, aqueous NaN 3 (6.40 g, 100 mmol in 35 mL H20) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at the ambient temperature. Water (100 mL) was added to the mixture and the volatile was removed in vacuo. The resulting slurry was extracted with toluene (3X50 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over MgS04. This dried solution was added dropwise to a heated solution of diphenylmethane (50 mL) and tributylamine (30 mL) at 190 0 C. The toluene was distilled off as added. After complete addition, the reaction temperature was raised to 210 0 C for 2 h. After cooling, the precipitated product was collected by filtration, o 93 Swashed with hexane (2X50 mL), and dried to yield the desired product as a white O solid (5.53 g, 51%) (Nicolas Briet at el, Tetrahedron, 2002, 5761-5766).

LC-MS (retention time: 0.82 min, method MS m/z 176 00 5 Step 2: S6-Methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-one 5.0 g, 28.4 mmol) in POCI 3 (10 mL) was heated Sto gentle reflux for 3 h the evaporated in vacuo (Nicolas Briet at el, Tetrahedron, S2002, 5761-5766). The residue was poured into iced water (20 mL) and neutralized to SpH 10 with 10 M NaOH. Extracted with CHCI 3 The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (1:1 hexane-EtOAc) to afford 4.41 g of the desired product as a white solid.

'H NMR (CD30D) 8 3.98 3H), 7.34-7.38 2 7.69 J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 8.10 J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.23 J=9.5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.42 min, method MS 'n/z 194 SScheme 2 O O 10 0 HO S N Step 4 C( CO2H O.

CN oH Example 1, 0 P BOC Step8 N V H

HCI

Step 5 Q Step 6 0 he TFA/DCMg)N N-BOC-t-Buthen HCI(g) "N c 0 L-glycine HCI 0 o V Step 7 O S HCI salt of Compound 11 H NH H HCI in ether H N Step O N H N Step 8 Potassium salt of S O KOH aq Compound 11 Compound 11 Step 3: To a solution of N-BOC-3-(R)-hydroxy-L-proline (892 mg, 3.89 mmol) in DMSO (40 mL) at the ambient temperature was added potassium tert-butoxide (1.34 g, 12.0 mmol) in one portion. The formed suspension was stirred at this temperature for 30 min before being cooled to 10 0 C. l-chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline (example 11, Step 2) (785 mg, 4.05 mmol) was added as solid in one portion and the final mixture was stirred at the ambient temperature for 12 h. Quenched with iced citric acid extracted with EtOAC (100 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAC again. The combined organic layers were washed with 5% citric acid (aq) and brine respectively, dried over MgSO 4 filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to dryness to yield 1.49 g of the desired product as an off-white foam.

This material was used in the next step reaction as crude without further purification.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 6 1.42, 1.44 (rotamers, 9H), 2.38-2.43 1H), 2.66-2.72 (m, O IH), 3.80-3.87 2H), 3.92 3H), 4.44-4.52 1H), 5.73 IH), 7.16-7.18 (m, I 2H), 7.24-7.25 1H), 7.87-7.88 1H), 8.07 J=8.5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.62 min, method MS m/z 389 00 Step 4: To a mixture of the product of Example 11, Step 3 (1.49 g, 3.84 mmol), SHATU (2.19 g, 5.76 mmol), and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1-(R)-amino-2-(S)vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide HCI salt (Example 1, Step 8) (1.12 g, 4.22 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (50 mL) was added DIPEA (1.29 g, 11.5 mmol) at 0°C. After stirring at the ambient temperature for 12 h, the formed solution was diluted with

CH

2

CI

2 (50 mL), washed with iced 5% citric acid The organic layer was washed with 5% citric acid (aq) and brine respectively, dried over MgSO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was recrystallized from methanol to yield 1.60 g of the desired product as a white solid.

'HNMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.05-1.08 2H), 1.16-1.20 1H), 1.24-1.27 1H), 1.42- 1.45 10H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, 1H), 2.24-2.30 2H), 2.53-2.57 1H), 2.94-2.98 1H), 3.80 J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.86-3.89 1H), 3.93 3H), 4.40- 4.42 IH), 5.13 J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.32 J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.81 2H), 7.17-7.20 2 7.26 J=6.0 Hz, 1H 7.88 J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.07 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.74 min, method MS m/z 601 Step To an iced solution of the product of Example 11, Step 4 (1.50 g, 2.50 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (10 mL) was added TFA (10 mL). The formed solution was allowed to warm to the ambient temperature for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was triturated with IM HCI in ether. Filtered, washed with ether to yield 1.43 g of the desired product as a hygroscopic white solid.

'H NMR (CD30D) 8 1.03-1.208 4H), 1.26-1.31 1H), 1.37-1.40 1H), 1.95-1.97 1H), 2.32-2.37 1H), 2.42-2.48 IH), 2.95-2.99 1H), 3.88 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 2H), 3.98 3H), 4.40-4.42 1H), 5.16 J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (d, 96 J=18.0 Hz, IH), 5.62-5.69 (in, 5.97 111),7.30-7.34 (in, 2H), 7.47 0Hz, IH 7.90 J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 8.34 J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 9.14 IH); N ~LC-MS (retention time: 1. 12 min, method MS m/z 501 00 5 Step 6: To a mixture of the product of Example 11, Step 5 (1.49g 3.84 mmol), HATU (2.19 g, 5.76 inmol), and N-BOC-t-butyl-L-glycine (1.12 g, 4.22 mmol) in

IND

CH

2

CI

2 (50 mL) was added DJPEA (1.29 g, 11.5 rnkmol) at 0 0 C. After stirring at the N ambient temperature for 12 hi, the formed solution was diluted with CH 2

C

2 (50 miL), washed with iced 5% citric acid The organic layer was washed with 5% citric acid (aq) and brine respectively, dried over MgSO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (40%B to 100%B, 15 min gradient time) to yield 1.60 g of Compound I11 as a white -solid.

'H NMiR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.00-1.08 (in, 12H), 1.23-1.25 (in, IN), 1.27 9H), 1.40-1.45 (in, IH), 1.85-1.88 (mn, 1H), 2.20-2.30 (in, 2H), 2.55-2.61 (in, IH), 2.91-2.97 (mn, I1H), 3.92 3H), 4.024.06 (mn, I 4.214.24 (in, 1I-H), 4.404.42 (in, I 4.49- A 1 -f <1 -IlT- i 1- rt 9(iA 7- i~g IT-T\14 A~Q-7A (r IT4UN 5.81 I 6.60 J= 10.0 Hz, 11H), 7.08-7. 10 (in, 11H), 7.18 INH), 7.25 J1=6.-0 Hz, IH 7.88 J=6.0 Hz, IN), 8.09 .1=9.0 Hz, INH); I LC-MS (retention time: 1.75 min, method MIS nVz 714 Anal. Calcd for C 35

H

47

N

5 0 9 S.0.5 H 2 0: C, 58.16; H, 6.69; N, 9.69, Found: C, 58.01; H, 6.46; N, 9.55.

Step 7: To a solution of Compound 11 (71 mg, 0.1 mmol) in CH2C2 (5 mL) at-78 C was added 1M HCI in ether (0.2 mL, 0.2 mmol). After stirring at this temperature for min, the volatile was removed in vacuo without heating bath. The residue was ND triturated with ether, filtered, washed with ether and dried to yield 61 mg of the desired HCI salt of Compound 11 as a very fine solid.

00 'H NMR (CD3OD) 8 1.00-1.08 12H), 1.19 9H), 1.23-1.25 1 1.40-1.45 1H), 1.85-1.91 1H), 2.20-2.26 1H), 2.31-2.42 1 2.65-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.97 1H), 4.00 3H), 4.10-4.16 2H), 4.51-4.64 2H), 5.13 (d, D J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.30 J=18 Hz, 1H), 5.69-5.79 1H), 5.84 1H), 7.28 (d, O 10 J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.40 1H), 7.55 J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.89-7.92 1H), 8.29 (d, Hz, 1H), 9.21 1 H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.75 min, method MS m/z 714 Anal. Calcd for C 35 4 7

N

5 0 9 SO1.0 HCl: C, 56.02; H, 6.44; N, 9.33; Cl, 4.72: S, 4.27.

Found: C, 55.80; H, 6.42; N, 9.15; Cl, 4.56: S, 4.09.

Step 8: To a 25 ml 2 neck flask was added a stir bar, septa and N 2 gas adapter.

Compound 11 (99.7 mg, 0.140 mmol) was weighed out and added to the reaction flask. The reaction flask was purged and placed under a N 2 atmosphere. 850 ul of acetone was added to the flask to provide a clear solution. To this solution at room temperature was added 780 ul of a .179 M solution of KOH prepared by the p dissolution of solid KOH (502.8 mg, 8.97 mmol) in 50 ml of H 2 0. The solution warmed slightly upon addition of the KOH but remained clear. The clear solution was allowed to stir at RT for 2 hours. The product crystallized out of solution and was isolated by filtration. The cake was washed with cold acetone to afford 42 mg yield) of the desired product as fine white needles: 'H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 0.52 0.65 2H), 0.66 0.82 2H), 0.96 9H), 1.21 1.24 (m, 1.44 1.63 1H), 1.72 1.92 1H), 2.30 2.42 1H), 2.46 J=7.93 Hz, 1H), 2.60 2.85 1H), 3.89 3H), 3.93 4.05 1H), 4.07 4.24 1H), 4.41 J=8.39 Hz, 1H), 4.79 4.95 1H), 4.97 5.17 1H), 5.71 1H), 5.80 6.10 1H), 6.64 J=8.54 Hz, 1H), 7.10 J=8.85 Hz, 1H), 7.24 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.90 7.96 1H), 7.99 8.04 1H), 8.06 J=9.15 Hz, 1H). Elemental p analysis for C35H46KNsO9S*H 2 0; calc. C, 54.60; H, 6.28; K, 5.08; N, 9.10 actual C, 54.88; H, 6.23; K, 5.05; N, 9.01; MS m/e 714 (MIf); Example 12: Preparation of Compound 12.

INDN

00 0- H N N, H 0 _JN-_I H Compound 12 Compound 12 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 6, except using N-BOC-L-valine instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.94-0.98 (in, 611), 1.07-1.09 (in, 3H), 1.21-1.25 (in, IOH), 1.40-1.43 (in, IH), 1.88-1.89 (in, 111), 2.05-2.09 (mn, 2.22-2.35 (in, 2H), 2.57- 2.61 (in, 111), 2.94-2.97 (in, .1IH), 3.92 3H1), 4.03-4.06 (in, 2H), 4.47-4.55 (in, 2H), 5.12 1=10.5 Hz, 111), 5.32 J=18.1 Hz, LH), 5.74-5.81 (in, IHf), 5.86 1H), 7. 10 1=9.0 Hz, 111), 7.18 111), 7.25 1=6.0 Hz, I 7.88 J=6.0 HIz, I1H), 8. 10 1=9.0 Hz, 111); Ir-M.S (retention time: 1.71 min, merhod MS rn/7 700 (MW+H).

Example 13: Preparation of Compound 13.

N1 H N N1 0-1N,, H

I

00

C)

Compound 13 Compound 13 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 6, except using N-BOC-L-alloisoleucine instead.

'H NWR (CD 3 OD) 6 0.89-0.96 (in, 611), 1.07-1.18 (in, 5H), 1.28 9M1, 1.42-1.45 (in, IH), 1.50-1.54 (in, 111), 1.87-1.89 (in, 2H1), 2.23-2.34 (in, 2H), 2.57-2.61 (in, 99 1ff), 2.92-2.95 (in, 1H), 3.92 3H), 4.05-4.07 (in, IHM, 4.22-4.24 (in, 1H), 4.37- C0 4.40 (in, 1H), 4.54-4.56 (in, 1ff), 5.13 J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.32 J=1 8.0 Hz, 111), 5.75-5.82 (in, IH), 5.86 IH), 7.12 J=9.0 Hz, IH), 7.19 iN), 7.24 Hz, IH), 7.88 J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.10 J=9.0 1Hz, 1IH); 00 5 LC-MS (retention time: 1.77 mi, method MS rn/z 714 Example 14: Preparation of Compound 14.

H- N No 0 H, N Compound 14 Scheme 1 Cmpd 11 Se H 0 H N1 Compound 14 Compound Step 1: A mixture of Compound 11 (150 mg, 0.21 rnmol) and Pearlmann's catalyst (Pd(OH) 2 15 mng) in EtOAc (10 inL) was placed on Parr shaker for 20 min under psi H 2 Filtered through celite. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to provide 67 mg of Compound 14 as a white solid.

'H NMR (CDOD) 8 0.96-0.99 (in, 4H1), 1.04 9H), 1.07-1.09 (mn, 2H), 1.21-1.24 (mn, 2H), 1.27 911), 1.51-1.65 (in, 4H1), 2.25-2.27 (mn, 1H1), 2.55-2.61 (in, 1H1), 2.94- 2.98 (in, I 3.92 311), 4.024.06 (in, I 4.2 1-4.24 (in, I1H), 4.404.42 (in, 11H), 4.49-4.51 (in, 1H), 5.81 IH), 6.59 J=10.0 Hz, IH), 7.08-7.10 (in, 11), 7.18 (d, S100

O

Hz, IH), 7.24 J=6.0 Hz, IH), 7.88 J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.08 J=9.0 Hz, O 1 H); N LC-MS (retention time: 1.76 min, method MS m/z 716 (M 00 0 5 Example 15: Preparation of Compound ,3 0 c H N" o 0 o H 00> Compound Compound 15 was isolated form the same reaction of making Compound 14 with a slightly longer retention time as a by-product in 15% yield.

'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 6 0.92-1.10 17H), 1.26-1.36 13H), 1.64-1.72 IH), 1.90-1.96 1H), 2.30-2.40 1H), 2.63-2.67 1H), 2.96-3.00 1H), 3.92 (s, T.-h 4 l-4 07 (m 1-T 4 24 1 4 4 0 -4.42 1V. 4.49-4.5! 5.83 (b.

1H), 7.08-7.11 1H), 7.19 J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.2.5 J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, Hz, 1H), 8.10 J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.51 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.83 min, method MS n/z 718 Example 16: Preparation of Compound 16.

AN

H N Ni H N Compound 16 Compound 16 Schemel 1L 1

HCI

IDStepi1 Step 2 Compound 11 1 TFA/DCM 0 then HCI) HCI

H

H 0 CH 0~0 0~ 0 Compound 16 Step 1: To a solution of Compound 11 (420 mg, 0.59 rnmol) in DCM (5 niL) at 0 0

C

was added TFA (5 mL). After stirring at this temperature for 2 h, the volatile was removed in vacuo. The residue was triturated with IM HCI in ether( 5 mL), filtered, washed with ether and dried to yield 360 mg (890/) of the desired HCI salt as a very fine solid.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.28 min, method MS m/z 614 Step 2: To a suspension of the product of Example 16, Step 1 (39 mg, 0.06 mnmol), and DLPEA (20 mg, 0. 18 mmol) in DCM (1 m.L) at 0 0 C was added methyl chlorofor-mate (6.8 mg, 0.072 mmol). After stirring at this temperature for 2 h, the volatile was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to give 21 mg (58 of Compound 16 as a white crystal.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.05-1.09 (in, II1H), 1.22-1.25 (in, 2H), 1.41-1.44 (in, 1H), 1.86-1.89 (in, 1H), 2.22-2.32 (in, 2H), 2.59-2.63 (mn, 1H), 2.89-2.93 (in, IN), 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.92 3H), 4.06-4. 10 (in, I 4.31-4.33 (mn, I 4.38-4.40 (in, INH), 4.50- 4.52 (in, IN), 5.12 .1=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.30 J=18.0 Hz, 11-1), 5.71-5.80 (in, 1H), 102 5.85 1H), 6.95 J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.16 (nm, 11), 7.19 1H), 7.25 O Hz, IH), 7.88 J=6.0 Hz, 11), 8.09 J=9.0 Hz, 1H); N LC-MS (retention time: 1.54 min, method MS n/z 672 00 5 Example 17: Preparation of Compound 17.

01 0, H N N H N, O H O N Compound 17 Compound 17 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 16, Step 2, except using isopropyl chloroformate instead.

'H NMR (CD30D) 8 1.00-1.09 15H), 1.13-1.16 2H), 1.24-1.26 (min, 2H), 1.40-1.45 1H), 1.86-1.89 (mn, 1H), 2.21-2.31 2H), 2.55-2.61 1H), 2.91- 2.97 (m iH. 3.92 3H). 4.04-4.08 11L. 4.30 114 ),4.40 1=10 Hz, IH).

4.49-4.54 2H), 5.12 J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 J=18.0 Hz, 11f), 5.7 i-5.77 (m, 1H), 5.84 1H), 6.80 J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.11 1=9.0 Hz, 1 7.19 IH), 7.25 J=6.0 Hz, IH 7.88 J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.08 J=9.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.74 min, method MS m/z 700 Example 18: Preparation of Compound 18.

0 -O N 0 0 H N N1 H N O H -S

OV

Compound 18 Compound 18 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 16, Step 0) 2, except using neopentyl chioroformate instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 6 0.61 11-H), 0.84 8H), 1.05-1.09 (in, I111-1), 1.23-1.25 (in, 211), 1.39-1.44 (mn, IH), 1.85-1.88 (in, 111), 2.20-2.30 (in, 2H), 2.56-2.62 I MI, 00 5 2.91-2.97 (in, 1H), 3.38 J=9.0 Hz, IH), 3.55 (di, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.92 3H), 4.02- 4.06 (mn, 111), 4.32 J=9.5 H~z, lIH), 4.41 1=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.49-4.51 (in, IH), 5.12 1=10.5 Hz, lED, 5.28 J=1.8.0 Hz, 111), 5.69-5.74 (in, IH), 5.81 IHf), 6.90 (d, J= 10.0 Hz,. IH), 7.08-7. 10 (mn, I 7.19 111), 7.26 J=6. 0 Hz, I 7.8 8 (d, Hz, IH), 8.07 J=9.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.84 min, method MS m/z 728 Example 19: Preparation of Compound 19.

N

0 H N Ni- N 0 0 H Compound 19 p Compound 19 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 16, Step 2, except using (S)-3-furanochloroformate Campbell, A. Good, WO 20020808) instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.03-1.08 (in, I IH), 1.23-1.26 (in, 2H), 1.38-1.46 (in, 1H), 1.64-1.71 (mn, IH), 1.85-1.90 (mn, 2H), 2.20-2.30 (mn, 2H), 2.55-2.61 (in, 111), 2.91- 2.97 (in, 3.66-3.72 (in, 4H), 3.93 3H), 4.05-4.09 (mn, 1H), 4.27-4.29 (mn, IH), 4.40-4.42 (in, I 4.5 54.59 (mn, I 4.75-4.77 (mn, I1H), 5.12 1= 10. 5 Hz, 1IH), 5.28 1=18 Hz, 111), 5.73-5.80 (mn, 1H), 5.85 111), 7.06 1=10.0 Hz, 111), 7.13 J=9.0 Hz, IH), 7.20 IH), 7.25 J=6.0 Hz, .LH 7.89 J=6.0 Hz, IM), 8.07 Kd J=9.0 Hz, 11H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.52 min, method MS mhz 728 0 Example 20: Preparation of Compound

CI

N OHV q 00 0 o H H o/ Compound Step 1: CI C

CI

This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 2, except using 6-chloro-2H-isoquinolin-l-one ((Nicolas Briet at el, Tetrahedron, 2002, 5761-5766) instead.

I r_4-M (rptntionr time- I 07 min. method B1. MS n/7 180 (M+F+H.

Step 2: CI 0-0 H N

OH

O-f N This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step except using the product of Example 20, Step 1 instead.

'H NMR (CD30D) 8 1.04 9H), 1.20 9H), 2.36-2.41 IH), 2.74-2.78 (m, 1H), 4.01-4.04 1H), 4.19-4.21 1H), 4.47-4.49 IH), 4.67-4.70 1H), 5.84 1H), 7.28 J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.47 J=6.0 Hz, IH 7.84 1H), 8.00 (d, Hz, 1H), 8.20 J=9.0 Hz, 1H); 105 LC-MS (retention time: 1.88 min, method MS m/z 506

O

\0 Step 3: Compound 20 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 00 5 1, Step 9, except using the product of Example 20, Step 2 instead.

'H NMR (CD30D)6 0.99-1.11 12H), 1.20-1.26 10H), 1.43-1.46 1H), mc, 1.87-1.90 1H), 2.22-2.31 2H), 2.60-2.64 1H), 2.92-2.97 1H), 4.06- I0 4.08 1H), 4.21-4.23 1H), 4.45-4.47 1H), 4.53-4.56 1H), 5.13 (d, O J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 J=18.0 Hz, IH), 5.72-5.80 IH), 5.88 1H), 6.58 (d, J=10.0 Hz, IH), 7.29(d, J=6.0 Hz, 1 7.47 J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.86 1H), 8.01 (d, Hz, 1H), 8.18 J=9.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.94 min, method MS m/z 718 Example 21: Preparation of Compound 21.

N

SQ.

O N O H N t 0- 00 Q 7 Compound 21 Scheme 1

HO,

HQ.

H

Q

eStep 1 0 e Example 1, H N OI Step 8 O H

OO

Step 1: To a mixture of the product of Example 1, Step 4 (3.00 g, 8.72 mmol), HATU (4.97 g, 13.1 mmol), and product of Example 1, Step 8 (2.55 g, 9.59 mmol) in S 20 CH 2 C12 (100 mL) was added DIPEA (3.02 g, 27.0 mmol) at 0°C. After stirring at the ambient temperature for 12 h, the formed solution was diluted with CH 2 C1 2 (100 O mL), washed with iced 5% citric acid The organic layer was washed with

ID

Scitric acid (aq) and brine respectively, dried over MgSO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was purified by flash column (1:1 00 5 hexane:acetone) to yield 3.64 g of the desired product as a foam.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.41 min, method MS m/z 557 SScheme 2 N

N

SBr Step2 ;-11 Step3 Step 4

_N

CI Step 5 O N Example 21, H N Step 1 H N H CI O O H eN Step 2: To an iced solution of 6-bromoisoquinoline (4.16 g, 20 mmol) in CH 2 C12 (100 P 10 mL) was added mCPBA (9.38 g, 77% pure, 42 mmol) as solid in one portion. After stirring at the ambient temperature for 12 h, diluted with CH 2 Cl2 (100 mL) and washed with 1M NaOH (100 mL, X2) and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS0 4 filtered, evaporated to dryness to yield 3.83 g of the desired product as a white solid. This material was used as crude without further purification.

LC-MS (retention time: 0.77min, method MS m/z 224, 226(M++H).

Step 3: A mixture of 6-bromo-isoquinoline 2-oxide (88 mg, 0.2 mmol), pyrazole (68 mg, 1.0 mmol), CuBr (57 mg, 0.4 mmol) and cesium carbonate (130 mg, 0.4 mmol) 2 0 in DMF (2 mL) was heated to 140 0 C for 4 h in a sealed tube. After filtration, the filtrated was purified by prep-HPLC to yield 41 mg of the desired product as O an off-white solid.

N 'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 6.58-6.59 1H), 7.82 J=1.0 Hz, IH), 7.89 J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.02 J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.11 J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.18-8.22 2H), 8.29 (d, 00 0 5 J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 9.07 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 0.77 min, method MS m/z 212 0 Step 4: C This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 2 as an off- white solid, except using 6 -pyrazol-isoquinoline 2-oxide instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 7.82-7.83 2H), 8.23-8.32 4H), 8.44-8.49 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.35 min, method MS m/z 230, Step To a solution of product of Example 21, Step 1 (45 mg, 0.08 mmol) in DMSO (2 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (41 mg, 0.37 mmol). The formed solution was stirred at the ambient temperature for 30 min before addition of 1-chloro-6pyrazol-l-yl-isoquinoline(17 mg, 0.07 mmol). The final solution was stirred for 12 h.

Quenched with iced water, acidified with 1M HCI to pH 4, extracted with EtOAc mL, X2). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to yield 10 mg of Compound 21 as a pink solid.

'H NMR (CD30D) 8 1.04-1.10 12H), 1.23-1.27 10H), 1.43-1.47 1H), 1.87-1.91 1H), 2.22-2.29 2H), 2.61-2.68 (rn, IH), 2.92-2.98 1H), 4.07- 4.11 1H), 4.24 1H), 4.46-4.60 2H), 5.13 J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.29 J=18 Hz, IH), 5.70-5.83 1H), 5.89 1H), 6.59-6.61 1H), 7.40 J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.80 J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.01 J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 8.15 1H), 8.31 J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 8.42 J=4.5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.77 min, method MS n/z 750 Example 22: Preparation of Compound 22.

00 H N' NI-- 0 NTJO H Compound 22 Step 1: 4 Br -0

D

C1 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 2 as an off- white solid, except using 6-bromo-isoquinoline 2-oxide instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 7.73 J=5.5 Hz, I 7.85-7.91 (in, I 8.22-8.31 (in, 3H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.53 min, method MS rn/z 241, 243, 245 Step 2: C7ornnotrnd 22 was nrennrec! by the -,nme nrocedure ns described in Fx ammle 2 1. Sten 5 as a white solid, except using 1-chloro-6-bromo-isoquinoline instead.

'H NMvR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.99-1.09 (mn, 12H), 1.22-1.27 (in, 1011, 1.40-1.47 (mn, IM), 1.86-1.91 (mn, 111), 2.20-2.34 (in, 2M1, 2.57-2.66 (in, IN), 2.90-2.97 (in, INf), 4.05- 4.09 (in, 111), 4.21 (b 114), 4.44-4.57 (in, 2H1), 5.13 1=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.29 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 111), 5.70-5.82 (mn, 1H), 5.88 LH), 7.29 J=9.5 Hz, 111), 7.60-7.63 (in, 1H1), 8.00-8.12 (in, 3H1); LC-MS (retention time: 1.90 min, method MS m/z 762, 764 Example 23: Preparation of Compound 23.

Step 1: 0 I1 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 3 IND as a white solid, except using 1-chioro-isoquinoline instead.

'H NMIR (CD 3 OD) 5 1.42, 1.44 (rotamers, 91-1), 2.39-2.44 (in, 11-1), 2.68-2.72 (in, IM), 3.80-3.87 (in, 2W, 4.44-4.52 (in, 1W), 5.78 1M, 7.32-7.33 (mn, IM, 7.58 (t, J=7.8 Hz, IHM,), 7.71 J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.81 Hiz, 1W, 7.95 J=6.0 Hz, 111), 8.19 J=8.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.61 min, method MS m/z 359 Step 2:

N

0 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 23, Step 1 instead.

'H NMvR (DMSO-d6) 8 1.00-1.09 (in, 4H), 1.35-1.:38 (in, 1014), 1.69-1.84 (mn, LH), 2.11-2.66 (in, 3H), 2.89-2.93 (in, IH), 3.62-3.89 (mn, 2H), 4.31 J=8.1 Hz, IN), 5.12 J=10.8 Hz, 1W, 5.27 J=16.8 Hz, IH), 5.58-5.70 (mn, IH), 5.76 IH), 7.43 (d, J=5.7 Hz, I 7.66 J=7.4 Hz, INH), 7.79 J=7.5 Hz, I1-I), 7.92 J=8.1 Hz, I1H, 8.02 1=10.0 Hz, 1H), 8.13 J=8.1 Hz, 11H), 9.02 1W); LC-MS (retention time: 1.72 min, method MS m/z 571 Step 3: 110 00 HCI N1 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step IND 5, except using the product of Example 23, Step 2 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1. 16 min, method MS mn/z 471 (M+Hf).

4 Step 4: Compound 23 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 23, Step 3 instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.00-1.09 (in, 1211), 1.25-1.27 (in, 1011), 1.42-1.46 (mn, 11-), 1. 86-1.90 (mn, 111), 2.22-2.34 (in, 2H), 2.60-2.67 (in, 11-1), 2.92-2.99 (in, 1fH), 4.06- 4.11 (mn, 1H), 4.26 111), 4.45-4.57 (in, 211), 5.12 J=10.2 Hz, 111), 5.27 (d, J=16.8 H~z, 111), 5.70-5.82 (in, 111), 5.88 1H), 7.32 J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (t, 1=7.A 147 1M), 7.70 J=7 5 W OAIR 1' Q77.9( T=A T47 IU), 8.20 J=8.4 Hz, 1H1), 9.18 III); LC-MS (retention time: 1.80 min, method MS rn/z 684 (M 4

H).

Example 24: Preparation of Compound 24.

Compound 24 <111 SScheme 1

CI

St Step 1 0 Step 1: I To a solution of N-BOC-3-(R)-hydroxy-L-proline (6.22 g, 26.9 mmol) in DMF (250 mL) at 0°C was added NaH 3.23 g, 80.8 mmol) by several portions.

The formed suspension was stirred at this temperature for 30 min. 1,3-dichloroisoquinoline (5.33 g, 26.9 mmol) was added as solid in one portion and the final mixture was stirred at the ambient temperature for 12 h. Quenched with iced citric acid extracted with EtOAC (300 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAC again. The combined organic layers were washed with 5% citric acid (aq) and brine respectively, dried over MgSO 4 filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to dryness to yield 10.53 g of 4 6 -methoxy-isoquinolin-l-yloxy)pyrrolidine-l,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester as an off-white foam. This material was used in the next step reaction as crude without further purification.

'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 5 1.43, 1.44 (rotamers, 9H), 2.39-2.44 1H), 2.68-2.72 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.90 2H), 4.44-4.52 1H), 5.77 1H), 7.39 1H), 7.58 J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.78 2H), 8.16 J=7.5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.80 min, method MS rm/z 392 Step 2: IN 0 o 0 0 OO This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 0) 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 24, Step I instead.

IN 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.02-1.08 (in, 2H), 1. 18-1.26 (in, 2H), 1.44- 1.48 (in, IOH), 1. 84-1.91 (mn, I1-H), 2.22-2.36 (in, 211, 2.57-2.60 (nm, 111), 2.95-2.99 (in, I 3.8 1 0 5.75-5.82 (in, 211), 7.41 111), 7.59 1=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.79 (in, 2H), 8.16 (d, 1=8.0 Hz, 1W); IND LC-MS (retention time: 1. 82 min, method MS r-n/z 605 410 Step 3: N~ ~.HCI HCI N

H

H H N 0 SV This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step LC-MS (retention time: 1.30 min, method MS rn/z 505 Step 4: Compound 24 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 24, Step 3 instead.

'H NMvR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.99-1.09 (in, 1211), 1.22-1.29 (in, 1OH), 1.42-1.46 (in, IH), 1.86-1.90 (mn, 2.21-2.34 (mn, 211), 2.62-2.66 (in, 111), 2.92-2.99 (in, IH), 4.06- 4.11 (in, IH), 4.26 111), 4.46-4.56 (in, 2H), 5.13 1=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.29 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 111), 5.72-5.79 (in, 111), 5.89 111), 7.4.0 1=6.0 Hz, 111), 7.52 (t, J=7.4 Hz, I 7.72-7.76 (in, 211), 8.18 J=8.5 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.95 min, method MS 718(M 4 Example 25, Compound 113 'N .N 000 ciH N No~ H

H

~j~Di0 Ci 0- Compound 4 Scheme 1 N N Stepi Stp 0- ArB(OH)2 0EapeI Step N OH HK- H Nle 'N .N HCI 01 Step 3 0Step TFA~~ 0 NBoc-t-Bu- HF H N.81 0 H NH then HOI N NI,<4 L-GlOne Nit- *Ht H 6N 07 0 Compound Step 1: A mixture of Example 24, Step 1 (39 mg, 0.10 mmol), phenylboronic acid (14.6 mg, 0. 12 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (38 mg, 0.40 mmol) arnd

BU)

2

POH)

2 PdCI 2 (POPd) (5 mg, 0.01 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was heated to reflux for 4 h. After cooling down, the formed mixture was quenched with 5% citric acid (aq) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to yield 36 mg of the desired product as an off-white foam.

'H NMIR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.43, 1.45 (rotamers, 9H), 2.5:1[-2.56 (in, I 2.74-2.82 (in, 1H), 3.88-3.92 (mn, IH), 3.984.01 (in, IH), 4.50-4.57 (in, 111), 5.95 IH), 7.36- 7.39 (in, IH), 7.45-7.48 (in, 2H), 7.55 J=7.3 Hz,, IN), 7.70 J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.84- O) 7.89 (in, 2H), 8.14-8.17 (in, 3H), 9.05 I H); N LC-MS (retention time: 1.97 min, method MS rn/z 435 00 5 Step 2: This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 25, Step 1 instead.

'H NMR (DMSO-d6) 50.98-1.10 4H), 1.38-1.41 (in, iON), 1.74-1.81 (in, LH), 2.18-2.34 (mn, 2H), 2.47-2.49 (in, INH), 2.95-2.99 (in, IN), 3.74-3.96 (in, 2H), 4.34- 4.37 (mn, IN), 5.12 J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.26 J=17.8 Hz, IN), 5.75-5.82 (in, IH), 5.95 1H), 7.41-7.45 (in, IN), 7.51-7.54 (in, 2H), 7.61-7.64 (in, INf), 7.78-7.82 (mn, IN), 7.98 J=9.0 Hz, IH), 8.06 IH), 8.13-8.14 (in, 1H), 8.18-8.20 2H), 9.05 1Hi), 10.34 I1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.99 min, method MS nL/z 647 (M 4 Step 3: This product, was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example I1I qt n -ar a uhitp znlid, rPnt ni~no the.~ nritic nfF.xqmnh. 75, Sten 2 inoftarl.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.55 min, method MS m/z 547 P Step 4: Compound 25 was prepared by the same proc-edure as described in Example 11, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 25, Step 3 instead.

'N NMYR (CD 3 OD) 5 0.92-1.09 (in, 12H), 1.26-1.30 (in, 1011), 1.43-1.46 (in, iN), 1.87-1.90 (mn, IN), 2.21-2.26 (in, IN), 2.36-2.41 (mn, 1N), 2.70-2.75 (mn, 1H), 2.93- 2.97 (mn, IH), 4.18-4.30 (in, 2N), 4.464.48 (mn, IH), 4.55-4.58 (in, INf), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IN), 5.29 J=18.0 Hz, 111), 5.72-5.79 (mn, IN), 6.10 IH), 7.37-7.40 (in, iN), 7.46-7.49 (in, 3H), 7.70 J=7.5 Hz, IN), 7.85-7.89 (mn, 2H), 8.16-8.20 (in, 3H); LC-MS (retention time: 2.08 min, method MS miz 760 Example 26: Preparation of Compound 26.

H N H 0O N O

O

0 Compound 26 CN- Step 1: o 0 o This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 25, Step 1, except using 4 -methoxyphenylboronic acid instead.

'H NMR (CD30OD) 8 1.40, 1.45 (rotamers, 9H), 2.50-2.55 1H), 2.73-2.81 (m, IH), 3.81-3.89 4H), 3.98-4.01 1H), 4.50-4.57 IH), 5.93 1H), 7.02 (d, Hz, 2H), 7.50 J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.67 J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.73 1H), 7.83 (d, Hz, 1H), 8.09 J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.15 J=8.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 2.00 min, method MS m/z 465 Step 2: 00

OH

0 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 26, Step 1 instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.06-1.09 2H), 1.17-1.27 2H), 1.42-1.47 1.88-1.90 IH), 2.21-2.26 1H), 2.33-2.39 IH), 2.61-2.65 1I), 2.95- 2.99 IH), 3.85 3H), 3.86-3.90 IH), 3.99-4.00 1I), 4.43-4.45 IH), 5.13 J=10.8 Hz, IH), 5.31 J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.77-5.80 1H), 5.99 IH), 7.02 J=9.0 Hz, 7.51 J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.68 J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.76 1H), 7.84 J=8.5 Hz, IH), 8.09 J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.15 J=8.0 Hz, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 2.02 min, method MS n-V/z 677 Step 3: 0

HCI

0 0 -0 HCI N H N 0 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 26, Step 2 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.53 min, method MS m/z 577 (M 4 Step 4: Compound 26 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, O) Step 6, except using the product of Example 26, .Step 3 instead.

IND 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.93-1.09 (in, 12H), 1.26-1.30 (in, ION), 1.44-1.46 (in, I H), 1.87-1.90 (mn, IN), 2.21-2.26 (in, 1H), 2.36-2.41 (in, IN), 2.70-2.75 (in, 114), 2.93- 00 5 2.97 (in, LH), 3.86 3H), 4.18-4.25 (in, IH), 4.210 IN), 4.46-4.48 (in, lH), 4.55- 4.58 (in, IN), 5.12 J=10.5 Hz, IN), 5.29 Jz:18.0 Hz, IH), 5.72-5.79 (mn, IN), 6.08 IN), 7.02 J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.44 J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.66 J=7.5 Hz, IH), IND 7.75 1H1), 7.83 J=8.5 Hz, IN), 8.09 J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.15 J=8.0 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 2.03 min, method MS m/z 790 Example 27: Preparation of Compound 27.

-~N

(v 0 H N NtV' 0

H

Compound 27 Step 1:

N

SN

0~ This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 25, Step 1, except using 4-pyridylboronic acid instead.

'N NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.43, 1.46 (rotamers, 9H), 2.53-2.56 (mn, IH), 2.80-2.89 (in, P IN), 3.90-3.93 (mn, IN), 4.00-4.05 (in, IN), 4.50-4.57 (in, 1N), 6.00, 6.05(rotainers, 1H), 7.80 J=7.3 Hz, IH), 7.87 J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.08 J=8.5 Hz, If), 8.32 (d, O J=8.0 Hz, IH), 8.49 lH), 8.84 J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 8.84 J=6.5 Hz, 2H); N LC-MS (retention time: 1.39 min, method MS m/z 436 Step 2:

HN

0 7N Ni- N

OO

The product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 27, Step I instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.06-1.09 2H), 1.17-1.27 2H), 1.42-1.46 1.88-1.90 1H), 2.21-2.26 1H), 2.33-2.39 1H), 2.61-2.65 1H), 2.95- J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 5.32 J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.77-5.80 1H), 6.10 1H), 7.79 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.88 J=7.5 Hz, IH), 8.08 J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.31 J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.47 1H), 8.79 J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 8.86 J=6.5 Hz, 2H1); LC-MS (retention time: 1.49 min, method MS n/z 648 (M Step 3: H H 119 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as o) a white solid, except using the product of Example 27, Step 2 instead.

IND LC-MS (retention time: 0.96 min, method MS m/z 548 00 5 Step 4: Compound 27 was prepared by the same imethod as descr-ibed in Example 11, Step 6, except using the product of Example 27, Step 3,instead.

IND 'H NMvR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.94-1.09 (mn, 12H), 1.22-1.26 (in, I OH), 1.44-1.49 (in, I H), 1.88-1.92 (mn, IHf), 2.22-2.25 (in, 111), 2.41-2.44 (mn, III), 2.70-2.75 (mn, IH), 2.93- 2.98 (in, IH), 4.18-4.21 (in, IH), 4.25 IH), 4.534.62 (in, 2H), 5.12 J=10.0 Hz, IH), 5.29 J=20.0 Hz, IN), 5.72-5.77 (in, IH), 6.12 iH), 7.67 1=7.3 Hz, 1I), 7.82 J=7.5 Hz, IN), 8.02 J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.29 J=8.0 Hz, IN), 8.31 IN), 8.55 J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 8.76 J=6.5 Hz, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.49 min, method MS rn/z 761 Example 28: Preparation of Compound 28.

0.

0-4N H .NN1- N 0 0 0> Compound 213 Step 1: 120 00 000 N O

O

c 1 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 25, Step 1, except using 4-N,N-dimethylamino-phenylboronic acid instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.64 min, method MS in/z 478 Step 2: S N, N H O O HO N oo This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 28, Step 1 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.70 min, method MS m/z 690 (M 4 Step 3: 121.

000 MI N Ni, H

HCI

0o7 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as ri a white solid, except using the product of Example 28, Step 2 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.20 min, method MS. m/z 590 (M 4 Step 4: Compound 28 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 6, except using the product of Example 28, Step 3 instead.

'H NMR (d 6 -DMSO) 6 0.92-1.10 (in, 13H), 1. 30 9H), 1.35-1.38 (mn, 1H), 1.68- 1.71 (in, IH), 2.12-3.00 (mn, 2H), 2.59-2.62 (in, 2.91-2.95 (in, 1H), 2.99 6H), 3.93-4. 10 (in, 2H), 4.32-4.40 (in, 211), 5.09 J= 11.5 Hz, 1ff), 5.23 J1I9.0 Hz, 5.54-5.64 (in, 11-1), 5.92 IH), 6.83 J=9.0 H~z, 2M1, 7.42 J=7.3 Hz, IH), 7.70 J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.81 1H), 7.87 J=8.5 *Hz, IH), 8.04 J=9.0 Hz, 2H-), 8.15 J=8.0 Hz, 111); LC-MS (retention time: 1.72min, method MS m/z 803 Example 29: Preparation of Compound 29.

C- N C, N H N H NH -N 0 0 0 Compound 29 Step 1: 0 .CN

INN

00 a 9 N 011 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 25, Step 1, except using 4-cyano-phenylboronic acid instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.87 min, method MS r/z 460 Step2:

CN

N

H 0 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 29, Step 1 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.88 min, method MS rn/z 672 (MC+H).

Step 3: 00 N 7H' s CIHOiH H

S

IND This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as Sa white solid, except using the product of Example 29, Step 2 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.41 min, method MS m/z 572 Step 4: Compound 29 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 29, Step 3 instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.92-1.09 12H), 1. 25-1.26 10H), 1.42-1.46 1H), 1.86-1.89 1H), 2.20-2.22 IH), 2.33-2.34 (in, IH), 2.68-2.71 IH), 2.93- 2.95 1H), 4.13-4.28 2H), 4.49-4.60 2H), 5.12 J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.28 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.71-5.80 1H), 6.09 1H), 7.56 J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (t, Hz, 1H), 7.83 J=10.5 Hz, 2H), 7.93 J:7.5 Hz, IH), 8.01 IH), 8.22 (d, Hz, 1H), 8.37 J=10.5 Hz, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.87 min, method MS m/z 785 H).

Example 30, Preparation of Compound

SA^N

0~ H H H N o V Compound 9 Step 1: 124 o I o O N OH 0O This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 25, Step 1, except using 3-furanoboronic acid instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.85 min, method MS in/z 425 Step 2: N 0 H -N This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 30, Step 1 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.88 min, method MS m/z 637 Step 3: 7 N

H

CI

HN

H H N -0

HC

I 0 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step O except using the product of Example 30, Step 2 instead.

N LC-MS (retention time: 1.38 min, method MS m/z 537 00 5 Step 4:

O

Compound 30 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, SStep 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 30, Step 3 instead.

IO 'H NMR (CDO3D) 8 0.95-1.09 12H), 1. 23-1.30 10H), 1.43-1.46 1H), 1.87-1.90 1H), 2.21-2.23 1H), 2.30-2.34 1H), 2.64-2.70 1H), 2.93- 2.96 1H), 4.11-4.29 2H), 4.41-4.44 1 4.54-4.56 1H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 J=17.5 Hz, 1H), 5.71-5.80 1H), 6.02 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 7.44 J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.52 1H), 7.57 1H), 7.66 J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, Hz, 1H), 8.14-8.17 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.93 min, method MS m/z 750 Example 31: Preparation of Compound 31.

N

N

N

00 SH ON 0 0 y o oo Compound 31 126 Scheme 1 C) Br~tp Br N Br Step 1Step 2 (Ni N CqCI 000 pyrazinetin

Q#OH

Step 1: This product was prepared by the same method as described in making of Example 21, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 3-b5romo-isoquinoline (Atkins et al, JOC, 1973, 400) instead.

'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 7.60-7.62 (in, 2H), 7.7 1-7.73 (in, 2H), 8.12 I1H), 8.99 I H); Aivjv3 kretenuon time: v. /o mmn, metnou j5), ivi3 m'z ZZ4, LLD kivi ±i-ij.

Step 2: This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1 1, Step 2 as white solid, except using 3-bromo-isoquinoline 2-oxide instead.

'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 7.66-7.71 (in, 7.74-7.76 (mn, 2H), 7.83 IH), 8.29 (d, Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.55 min, method MS W 242, 244 Step 3: This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1 1, Step 3 as a foam, except using 3-bromo-1-chloro-isoquinoline instead.

'H NM4R (CD 3 OD) 8 1.43, 1.44 (rotamers, 9H), 2.41-2.47 (in, IHM, 2.69-2.72 (in, 3.80-3.84 (in, IH), 3.88-3.90 (mn, 1H), 4.46-4.52 lIH), 5.76 IH), 7.57- 0 7.61 (mn, 2H), 7.73-7.75 (mn, 8.15 J=8.0 Hz, III);

O

127 LC-MS (retention time: 1.79 min, method MS m/z 437, 439 (MI+H).

Step 4: A mixture of 2 -tributylstannanyl-pyrazine (44 mg, 0.12 mrnol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (12 mg, 0.01 mmol) and the product of Example 31, Step 3 (44 mg, 0.1 mmol) in toluene (1 mL) was heated to reflux for 3 h. After removing the volatiles in vacuo, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC to yield 35 mg of the desired product as a yellow solid.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.77 min, method MS m/z 437 Step This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 31, Step 4 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.78 min, method MS m/z 649 Step 6: HCI H H This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as 0) a white solid, except using the product of Example 31, Step 5 instead.

IND LC-MS (retention time: 1.26 min, method MIS rn/z 549 00 5 Step 7: Compound 31 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1 1, Step 6, except using the product of Example 31, Step 6 instead.

IND NMR (CD 3 QD) 80.95- 1. 10(m, 12H-), 1.24-1.27 (in, I ON), 1.44-1.47 (in, III), 1.87-1.90 (in, IN), 2.19-2.22 (in, 11N), 2.38-2.44 (in, 2.7 1-2.76 (in, 1H), 2.93- 2.96 (mn, IH), 4.184.28 (in, 2H), 4.50-4.61 (in, 2H), 5.12 1=10.5 Hz, 5.29 (d, J=17.5 Hz, 1N4), 5.71-5.80 (in, iF), 6.12 IN), 7.60 J=7.2 Hz, Iii), 7.77 (t, Hz, IN), 7.97 J=8.5 Hz, 111), 8.26 J=8.5 Hz, 11N), 8.44 IH), 8.59 (s, INH), 8.70 iN), 9.61 INH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.84 min, method MS ml/z 762 Example 32: Preparation of Compound 32.

~~CN

~SKN

H N Hi, Compound 32 Step 1: r.

CN

I 'I This product, 2-oxy-isoquinoline-3-carbonitrile, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 21, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 3cyano-isoquinoline instead.

'N NUVR (DMSO-d 6 8 7.74 J=8.0 Hz, INH), 7.84 J=8.2 Hz, I 7.97 P Hz, IH), 8.03 J18.5 Hz, IH), 8.85 IN), 9.17 IN); 129 LC-MS (retention time: 0.48 min, method MS m/z 171

O

SStep 2: N C N MC 5 This product, l-chloro-isoquinoline-3-carbonitrile was prepared by the same method ^0 as described in Example 11, Step 2 as white solid, except using 3-cyano-isoquinoline 2-oxide instead.

'H NMR (CDC 3 5 7.87-7.91 2H), 7.92-7.94 1H), 8.09 1H), 8.42-8.44 1 H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.22 min, method MS m/z 189 Step 3: N CN

O

O..

H N OH This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step except using 1-chloro-isoquinoline-3-carbonitrile instead.

'HNMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.05 9H), 1.17 9H), 2.34-2.40 1H), 2.71-2.78 1H), 4.09-4.11 1H), 4.21 1H), 4.48-4.52 IH), 4.68-4.72 1H), 5.89 1H), 7.74 J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.86 J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.94-7.97 2H), 8.31 J=8.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.66 min, method MS m/z 497 Step 4: Compound 32 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step 9 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 32, Step 3 instead.

130 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.04-1.09 (in, 1211), 1.20-1.27 (in, I OH), 1.39-1.45 (in, IH), o) 1.85-1.88 (in, 111), 2.20-2.30 (in, 2H), 2.63-2.71 (mn, 111), 2.91-2.97 (in, 1H1), 4.09- 4.13 (in, 111), 4.23 J=9 .3 Hz, 1H1), 4.49-4.58 (mn, 211), 5.13 J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.28 J=1 8.0 Hz, 111), 5.69-5.81 (in, 11H), 5.92 IH), 6.60 J=10.0 Hz, 1H1), 00 5 7.72 J=7.5 Hz, 1H1), 7.86 J=7.5 Hz, I1-H), 7.96-7.99 (in, 211), 8.29 J=8.0 Hz, 111); LC-MS (retention time: 1.75 min, method MS i'n/z 714

IND

Example 33: Preparation of Compound 33.

H NH N H

N-N

0~0 Compound 33

N,

This product, 3-methyl-isoquinoline 2-oxide, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 21, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 3-methylisoquinoline instead.

'H4 NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 2.64 311), 7.64-7.72 (in, 2H1), 7.88-7.95 (in, 2H), 9.05 (s, 111); LC-MS (retention time: 0.61 min, method MS rnVz 160 (M 4 Step 2:

N

C1 This product, 1-chloro-3-methyl-isoquinoline was; prepared by the same method as O) described in Example 11, Step 2 as white solid, except using 3-methyl-isoquinoline IND 2-oxide instead.

(N

'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 2.65 3H), 7.25 IH), 7.6 1 J=7.5 Hz, 1111), 7.69 1=7.5 00 5 Hz, 1H), 7.74 J=8.0 Hz, IM1, 8.27 J=8.5 Hz, IH); C1 LC-MS (retention time: 1.47 min, method MS m/lz 178 (MW+H).

IND Step 3:

KIN

H (N OH This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step 5 as a white solid, except using I -ch loro-3-meth yJ-isociluinolime instead.

'1-NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.05 9H), 1.23 9H), 2.5 1 3H1), 2.34-2.40 (in, 1H), 2.72- 2.78 (in, IH), 4.05-4.12 (in, 1H), 4.26 111), 4.41 J=10 Hz, IH), 4.62-4.67 (in, 1117), 5.90 111), 7.14 I 7.3 8 J=7.5 Hz, 111), 7.62 t, J=7.5 Hz, I 7.68 15 J=8.0 Hz, 111), 8.14 J=8.0 Hz, 111); LC-MS (retention time: 1.84 min, method MS mlz 486 Step 4: Compound 33 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step 9 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 33, Step 3 instead.

'H NMVR (CDOD) 80.99-1.09 (in, 1211), 1.23-1.25 (in, 1011), 1.41-1.45 (in, 111), 1.86-1.90 (mn, 111), 2.21-2.31 (in, 2H), 2.52 3H), 2.58-2.61 (in, 11-1), 2.91-2.97 (in, 1H), 4.08-4.12 (in, LH), 4.28 111), 4.40 J=10.0 Hz, LH), 4.50-4.55 (mn, IH), 5.12 J= 10.0 Hz, I1H), 5.30 J= 18.0 Hz, I :5.71-5.81 (mn, I1H), 5.93 I1H), 7.13 111), 7.38 J=7.5 Hz, 111), 7.62 t, J=7.5 Hz, IM1, 7.68 J=8.0 Hz, 111), 8.12 J=8.0 Hz, IM1, 9.12 111); LC-MS (retention time: 1.85 min, method MIS m/z 698 (Mt-iH).

0 IND Example 34: Preparation of Compound 34.

00 s 0~ H N Nll.krNH

N

1 H 0/ Compound 34 Step 1:

AN

0 This product, 3-cyclopropyl-isoquinoline 2-oxidevwas prepared by the same method as described in Example 21, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 3 -cyclopropylisoquinoline Flippin, J. Muchowski, J. 0. C, 1993, 2631-2632) instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 0.95 min, method MS tn/z 186 Step 2: C1 This product, 1 -chloro-3-cyclopropyl-isoquinoline was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as white solid, except using 3-cyclopropyjisoquinoline 2-oxide instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.00-1.04 (in, 4H), 2.11-2.18 (in, 1IM, 7.55 IH), 7.61 (t, Hz, IH), 7.72 t, J=8.0 Hz, 111), 7.83 1=1 3.5 Hz, IH), 8.27 J=14.5 Hz, 111); b 20 LC-MS (retention time: 1.70 min, method MS rn/z 204 4% 133 o) Step 3:

NA

00 0 '~0 4 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step 5 as a white solid, except using 1-chloro-3-cyciopropyl-isoquinoline instead.

'HNMR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.93-1.05 (in, 1311, 1.29 9M1, 2.06-2. 10 (in, I1H), 2.39-2.44 (mn, IN), 2.70-2.76 (in, IH), 4.05-4. 12 (mn, 1H), 4.27 4.35 1=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.62-4.67 (in, INH), 5.7 8 11H), 7.18 I1H), 7.3 8 1=7.5 Hz, I 7.61 t, J=7. Hz, IHf), 7.66 1=8.0 Hz, 1H1), 8.09 J=8.0 Hz, 111); LC-MS (retention time: 1.96 min, method MS m/z 512 Step 4: Compound 34 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step 9 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 34, Step 3 instead.

'HNMR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.93-1.09 (mn, 16H), 1.24-1.30 (in, IOH), 1.42-1.46 (mn, 1H), 1.87-1.90 (mn, 111), 2.06-2.11 (in, 111), 2.21-2.32 (in, 2H), 2.56-2.61 (mn, IN), 2.92- 2.97 (in, IN), 4.08-4.12 (in, IH), 4.28 1H), 4.32 1=10.0 Hz, IN), 4.48-4.53 (mn, I1H), 5.12 J= 10.5 Hz, 11H), 5.30 J= 17.5 Hz, INH), 5.72-5.77 (in, 11H), 5.82 (b, IN), 7.18 IH), 7.36 J=7.5 Hz, 7.60 t, 1=7.5 Hz, 7.67 1=8.0 Hz, 8.07 J=8.0 Hz, IN); LC-MS (retention time: 2.00 mmd, method MS m/z 724 Example 35: Preparation of Compound 00 H N c-I Compound Scheme 1 (IOHStp101 -N Mel N Step 1: A mixture of 3-hydroxy-isoquinoline (725 ng, 5.0 mmol), cesium carbonate (4.89 g, 15.0 mmol), Mel (781 mg, 5.5 mmol) in DiI.F (50 mL) was stirred at the ambient temperature for 12 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), filtered, washed with water (200 mL, X2) and IM NaOH brine respectively.

The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified hv nren-1-IP[C to vield 120 ma nf the desired nroduct arc P white qn-~jr- 'H NMR (CDCI 3 6 4.03 3H), 6.99 111), 7.36 J=8.0 Hz, IH), 7.56 1=8.2 Hz, IH), 7.68 J=8.5 Hz, IH), 7.87 (J=8.5 Hz, 11{) LC-MS (retention time: 0.54 min, method MS rn/z 160 Step 2:

NON

150 This product, 3-methoxy-isoquinoline 2-oxide, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 21, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 3-methoxyisoquinoline instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 0.83 min, method MS rn/z 176 Step 3: 135.

N

CI

This product, 1-chloro-3-methoxy-isoquinoline was prepared by the same method as 00 described in Example 11, Step 2 as white solid, except using 3-methoxy-isoquinoline N1 2-oxide instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.62 min, method MS m/z 194 Step 4: 0~

HQ"N<OH

This product was prepared by the same method, as described in Examnple 1, Step 5 as -a white solid, except using 1-chloro-3-methoxy-isoquinoline instead.

'HNMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.05 9H), 1.23 9H), 2.35-2.43 (in, 1H), 2.72-2.79 (in, IH), 3.96 3H), 4.01-4.11 (in, 1H), 4.26 1H), 4.48 J=10.0 Hz, 4.62-4.67 (in, I 5.83 lIH), 6.61 I1-1), 7.25 J=7.5 Hz, I 7.54 t, J=7.5 Hz, I 7.63 J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.08 J=8.4 Hz, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.82 min, method MS ni/z 502 Step Compound 35 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step 9 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 35, Step 4 instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.04-1.08 (in, 12H), 1.24-1.27 (in, 10ff), 1.43-1.45 (in, 1H), 1.86-1.89 (in, IH), 2.21-2.26 (in, IH), 2.30-2.34 (in, IH), 2.62-2.66 (mn, IH), 2.91- 2.97 (in, INH), 3.99 3H), 4.09-4.12 (in, INH), 4.27-4.28 (in, INF), 4.46 J= 10.0 Hz, IN), 4.51-4.58 (in, I 5.12 1=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.30 1=1 8.0 Hz, IH), 5.72-5.76

IND

N

136 (in, 1 5.8 8 I 6.62 I 7.26 J=7.5 H~z, IH 7.5 5 J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.65 J=8.0 Hz, 111), 8.06 J=8.5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.85 min, method MS rn/z 714 Example 36: Preparation of Compound 36.

Compound 36 Scheme 1 Step I, u OH 1) SOC 2

N

2) NHEt 2 Stpo 3

-,E

Step 2 ~O N fy 1) BuU

NH

0 P( Step 4 ~xample 21, tep 1 Compound 36 Step 1: A mixture of 4-methoxy-2-methyl-benzoic acid (5.00 g, 30.1 mmol) and thionyl chloride (20.0 g, 0. 17 mol) was heated to re~nlux for 30 min. Removed the volatile in vacuo. After pumping overnight, the viscous oily acid chloride was used as crude for the next reaction without any puri-fication.

To a solution of 4-methoxy-2-methyl-benzo-yl chloride in CH 2

CI

2 (60 tnt) at 0 C was added diethylaxnine dropwise. The formed mixture was allowed to warm up to the ambient temperature for 2 h with stirring. Removed the volatiles in vacuo. The residue was triturated with EtOAc (100 miL) and filtered. The filtrate was washed with IM HCI, 1M NaOH and brine, dried over MgSO 4 Evaporation of the solvent O yielded 6.51 g of the desired product as a viscous oil.

SLC-MS (retention time: 1.20 min, method MS m/z 222 00 5 Step 2: C To a solution of N,N-diethyl-4-methoxy-2-methyl-benzamide (221 mg, Smmol) in THF (2 mL) at -78 0 C was added n-BuLi (0.84 mL of 2.5 M in hexane, 2.10 N mmol) dropwise. The formed orange solution was kept at this temperature for additional 30 min before dropwise addition of benzonitrile (103 mg, 1.0 mmol). The final solution was allowed to warm up to the ambient temperature over night with stirring. Quenched with iced 5% citric acid. Filtered, washed with water, dried.

Trituration with 2:1 hexane-EtOAc (5 mL) yielded 205 mg of the desired product as a white solid.

'H NMR (d 6 -DMSO) 5 3.89 3H), 6.84 IH), 7.05-7.07 1H), 7.18 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.51 3H), 7.78 J=7.0 Hz, IH), 8.11 J=9.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.20 min, method MS m/z 252 Step 3: This product, l-chloro-6-methoxy-3-phenyl-isoquinoline, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 6methoxy-3-phenyl-2H-isoquinolin-l-one instead.

'H NMR (CDC1 3 8 3.97 3H), 7.12 J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.26 1H), 7.40- 7.42 I1H), 7.46-7.50 2H), 7.89 1H), 8.08 J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 8.21 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.90 min, method MS m/z 270, 271 Step 4: To a solution of the product of Example 21, Step 1 (320 mg, 0.57 mmol) in DMSO (5 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (321 mg, 2.87 mmol). The formed solution was stirred at the ambient temperature for 30 min before addition of 1chloro-6-methoxy-3-phenyl-isoquinoline (Example 36, Step 3) (155 mg, 0.57 mmol).

The final solution was stirred for 12 h. Quenched with iced water, acidified with 1M 138 HCI to pH 4, extracted with EtOAc (20 mL, X2). The organic layers we re washed o with brine, dried over MgSO 4 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by prep- HIPLC (40%B to 100%B, 15 min grdient) to yield 289 mg of Compound 36 as a white solid.

00 5 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 5 0.95-1.05 (in, 1211), 1.24-1.32 (mn, 1011), 1.44-1.46 (in, 11H), 1.87-1.90 (in, IH), 2.20-2.26 (in, IM), 2.30-2.36 (mn. 1H), 2.65-2.71 (in, 111), 2.93- 2.97 (mn, 1H), 3.94 3H), 4.12-4.28 (in, 21H), 4.384.52 (in, 2M), 5.12 1=10.0 Hz, 111), 5.28 J=17.0 Hz, IH), 5.69-5.74 (in, 1H), 6.05 IH), 7.06-7.07 (in, IH), cl 7.26 1H), 7.37-7.39 (in, 1H1), 7.44-7.48 (mn, 211), 7.77 111), 8.07 J=9.0 Hz, 4 10 111), 8.15 J=8.5 Hz, 211); LC-MS (retention time: 2.02 min, method MS rn/Vz 790 Example 37: Preparation of Compound 37.

N .N

H

00 Compound 37 Scheme 1

N.N

0 -IN 2 t

NH

4 OAc 0 0 0SSeep3 NH -S ~~Eapel Compound 37 0H tep 3 Stpe 1 Step 1: 0 C1 SeI 139 STo a solution of N,N-diethyl-4-methoxy-2--methyl-benzamide (633 mg, 2.9 O mmol) in THF (15 mL) at -78 0 C was added n-BuLi (2.3 mL of 2.5 M in hexane, 5.74 N mmol) dropwise. The formed red solution was kept at this temperature for additional min before being cannulated to a solution of th:iazole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester 00 5 Medici et al, Tetrahedron Lett. 1983, p2901) (450 mg, 2.9 mmol) in THF CmL) at -78 0 C. The final dark green solution was kept to this temperature for 2 h with stirring. Quenched with sat. NH 4 CI (aq) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The I organic layer was washed with sat. NH4CI (aq) and brine, dried, purified by flash Scolumn chromatography, eluting with 2:1 EtOAc:hexane to provide 405 mg of the desired product as an off-white viscous oil.

'H NMR (CDCI 3 6 1.08 J=7.0 Hz, 6H), 3.22 2H), 3.44 2H), 3.79 3H), 4.59 2H), 6.79-6.81 1H), 6.86 J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.16 J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.66 J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.00 J=3.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.30 min, method MS m/z 333 Step 2: A mixture of N,N-diethyl-4-methoxy-2-(2-oxo-2-thiazol-2-yl-ethyl)benzamide (405 mg, 1.22 mmol) and NH4OAc (3.0 g, 38.9 mmol) was heated to 140 0 C in a sealed tube for I h. The melted solution was poured into iced water, filtered, washed the cake thoroughly with water. The dried brownish solid (240 mg, p 76%) was used as crude for the next reaction without further purification.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.24 min, method MS r/z 259 (MC+H).

Step 3: This product, l-chloro-6-methoxy-3-thiazol-2-yl-isoquinoline, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 6-methoxy-3-thiazol-2-yl-2H-isoquinolin- l-one instead.

'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 3.97 3H), 7.16 J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.31 1H), 7.46 (d, Hz, 1H), 7.93 J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 8.22 J=15.5 Hz, IH), 8.39 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.66 min, method MS m/z 277 (M 4 Step 4: Compound 37 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 36, o Step 4, except using l-chioro-6-methoxy-3-thiazol..2-yl-isoquinoline instead.

NO'H NMN4R (CD 3 OD) 5 0.97-1.09 (in, 1211), 1.24-1.21) (in, LOH), 1.44-1.46 (in, 111), 1.87-1.90 (in, 2.20-2.26 (in, IM1, 2.30-2.36 (mn. 1W, 2.65-2.71 (mn, 111), 2.93- 0 11-1), 5.29 J=17.5 Hz, 111), 5.69-5.74 (mn, IH), 5.99 1H), 7.14 J=9.0 Hz, 111), 7.33 IH), 7.66 J=3.5 Hz, 111), 7.93 .1=3.0 H~z, 111), 8.05 111), 8.11 INO J=9.-0 Hz, 111), 9.14 111); LC-MS (retention time: 1.89 min, method MS rnz/z 797 Example 38: Preparation of Compound 38.

01

N~

,O'WNN

H

Compound 38 pSchemel1 O OW Stepi 1 0 rNMel -0 0r Step 1: A mixture of 3-h ydroxy-i sox azole-5-carbox(ylic acid methyl ester (5.72 g, 0.04 mol), methyl iodide (6.82 g, 0.044 mol) and cesium carbonate 39.1 g, 0.12 mol) in DMI (200 m.L) was stirred at the ambient temperature over night. Diluted with EtOAc filtered. The filtrate was washed with water (IL, X2), IM NaOH and brine respectively, dried over MgSO4, evaporated in vacuo to afford 4.80 g of the desired product as a white solid. The product obtained here was used as crude without further purification.

H NMIR (CDCI 3 8 3.92 3H), 4.00 3H), 6.51 I H); LC-MS (retention time: 0.69 min, method MS m/z 158 Step 2: -0

K

N This product, N,N-diethyl-4-methoxy-2-[2-(3-nmethoxy-i sox azol-5-yI)-2-oxo-ethyl)benzamide, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 37, Step 1, except using 3-methoxy-isoxazole-5-carboxyli c acid methyl ester instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.28 rnun, method MS m/lz 347 Step 3: This product, 6-methox y-3-(3 -methox y-i sox azol-5-yl)-2H- 1soq uinoIn 1-one, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 37, Step 2, except using NNdi ethyl -4-methox y-2-[(2-(3-methoxy-i sox azol yl)-2-oxo-eth yl )-ben zami de instead.

'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 583.89 3H), 3.97 3H), 7.01 IH), 7.14-7.16 (in, 2H-), 7.43 I-M, 8.13 J=8.5 Hz, I1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.31 mini, method MS m/z 273 Step 4: This product, 1 -chloro-6-methoxy-3-(3-methoxy-i soxazol-5-yI)-isoquinoline, was O) prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as a white solid, IND ~except using 6 -meth oxy-3-(3-methoxy-i sox azole yl).2i soqui nol in.-I1-one instead.

'H NMvR (CDCI 3 8 3.97 311), 4.04 3H1), 6.60 1H), 7.17 J=2.5 Hz, 1Hf), 00 5 7.31-7.33 (in, IH), 8.02 I1H), 8.23 1=9.0 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.73 min, method MS m/z 291, 293 IND Step Compound 38 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 36, Step 4, except using I -ch loro-6-methoxy-3-(3 -met hox yisoxazo e5yl)i soquinol in e instead.

'H NMiR (CD 3 OD) 5 0.99-1.09 (in, 1211), 1.23-1.28 (in, 1OH), 1.44-1.46 (in, 111), 1.87-1.90 (mn, 111), 2.20-2.26 (in, 111), 2.30-2.36 (rn, 111), 2.65-2.7 1 (mn, IH), 2.93- 2.96 (in, I 3.95 3H1), 4.02 311), 4.13 -4.14 (in, 111), 4.24-4.26 (in, 111), 4.4 1 4.42 (mn, 1H), 4.52-4.55 (in, IH), 5.12 J=10.5 H~z, 111), 5.29 J=17.0 Hz, 111), 5.72-5.79 (in, 111), 5.96 111), 6.60 111), 7.15-~7.17 (in, 111), 7.32 111), 7.80 I1H), 8. 10 J=9.0 Hz, 111); LC-MS (retention time- 1.95 min. method MR nib R I I(WM.T' Example 39: Preparation of Compound 39.

N I loI 00 0~ H N NorNN 0 Compound 39 Step 1: 143 cl 0 M This product, N,N-diethyl-4-methoxy-2-[2-(5-me lhoxy-oxazol-2-yl )-2-oxo-ethyl]- IND benzamide, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 37, Step 1, except using 5-methoxy-oxazole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.24 min, method MS m/z 347 Step 2:

CI

NH

0 This product, 6 -methoxy-3-(5-methoxy-oxazol-2-yl)-2H-isoquinolin. 1-one, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 37, Step 2, except using NNdi ethyl -4-methoxy-2-[2-(5-methoxy-ox azol -2-yl)-2-oxo-eth yl -benzami de instead.

'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 8 3.94 311), 4.01 3H), 15.34 111), 6.99 J=2.0 Hz, IH), 7.12-7.14 (in, IH), 7.25 1H), 8.32 1=9.0 Hz, 111); P LC-MS (retention time: 1.22 min, method MS m/z 274 (M 4 Step 3:

NN-

Cl This product, I -chloro-6-methoxy-3-(5-methoxy-ox(azol-2-yl)-isoqui noline, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 6-methoxy-3-(5-methoxy-oxazole-2-yI)-2H-i soquinol in-I-one instead.

'H NMvR (CDC1 3 863.96 311), 4.00 31-1), 6.34 I 7.12 J=2.5 Hz, I1-H), 7.28-7.31 (in, 111), 8.13 1H), 8.23 J=9.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.58 min, method MS m/z 291, 293 IND Step 4:

(N

Compound 39 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 36, 00 5 Step 4, except using l-chloro- 6 -methoxy-3-(3-methoxy-isoxazole-5-yi)-isoquinoline instead.

'H NlvMR (CD 3 OD) 5 0.99-1.09 (in, 12H), 1.23-1.28 (in, ION), 1.44-1.46 (in, INM, IND1.87-1.90 (mn, IN), 2.20-2.26 (in, iN), 2.30-2.36 (rn, 111), 2.65-2.71 (in, iN), 2.93- 2.96 (in, 1H), 3.95 3H), 4.02 3H), 4.134.14 (in, IH), 4.25 1H), 4.41-4.42 (in, IN), 4.52-4.55 (in, IH), 5.12 J=10.0 Hz, IM1, 5.29 J=17.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72- 5.79 (mn, IN), 6.07 IN), 6.45 INf), 7.15-7.16 (mn, IN), 7.29 IN), 7.85 (s, I1H), 8. 10 J=9.0 Hz, I 9.11 INH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.75 min, method MS m/z 811 Example 40: Preparation of Compound N- CN Compound 145 Scheme 1 IN tp 9 Step 2 SmCPBA -0 POC1 3 00 C1 C1

C

Step 3 q"

C

4N C0 2

H

BOC

Step 1: This product, 1 -chloro-6-methoxy-i soqui noline 2-oxide was prepared by the same method as described in Example 21, Step 2, except using 1-chloro-6methoxy-isoquinoline (the product of Example 11, Step 2) instead.

'H NMR (CDC1 3 5 4.00 31-1), 7.14 J=2.5 1h, I 7.41-7.43 (in, IH), 7.62 (d, Hz, 111), 8.15 J=9.5 Hz, IH), 8.36 J=7.0 Hz, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 0.85 mmi, method M-S m/lz 210 Step 2: This product, I ,3-dichloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2, except using 1-chloro-6methoxy-isoquinoline 2-oxide instead.

'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 3.94 3H), 6.98 IH), 7.25-7.26 (in, IH), 7.52 9s, IH), 8.16 J=9.5 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.54 min, method MS3 ni/z 228, 230 Step 3: This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 24, Step I as a foam, except using 1,3-dichloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.43, 1.44 (rotainers, 9H), 2.39-2.44 (in, I 2.68-2.72 (in, 111), 3.80-3.90 (in, 2H), 3.91 3H), 4.79-4.82 111), 5.71 IH), 7.10-7.14 (in, 7.26 1H), 7.99-8.01 (mn, I H); 146

("N

LC-MS (retention time: 1.79 min method MS n/z 422 (M 0 IND Step 4: 00 1 N c,,I Q 00 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 40, Step 3 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.83 min, method MS mr/z 635 Step 01 N. N HCI o.

r-J^

H

HCIH H V^ 1 0 0 V P This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 40, Step 4 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.36 min, method MS m/z 535 Step 6: Compound 40 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 40, Step 5 instead.

'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.07-1.11 12H), 1.26-1.30) 10H), 1.46-1.48 1I), 1.87-1.91 1H), 2.21-2.34 2H1), 2.62-2.66 1H), 2.94-2.99 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 4.06-4.11 IH), 4.264.28 1H), 4.46-4.56 2H1), 5.15 J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.29 J=17.0 Hz, 1I), 5.72-5.79 1iH), 5.89 1H), 6.63 J=9.0 Hz, S1H), 7.08-7.09 IH), 7.18 1H), 7.34 1iH), 8.08 J=9.5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.99 min, method MS m/z 748 0 SExample 41: Preparation of Compound 41.

00 o :N o

HNO

Compound 41 Step 1: 0 0-0 N OH This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 30, Step 1, p except using the product of Example 40, Step 3 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.85 min, method MS m/z 455 Step 2: 0 0 .N N o H N 0 148 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4 as O a foam, except using the product of Example 41, Sitep 1 instead.

ID

c LC-MS (retention time: 1.88 min, method MS m/z 667 o0 5 Step 3: SHI

HCI

HCI H H ,o d'-V This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 41, Step 2 instead.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.38 min, method MS m/z 567 Step 4: .ompouno 41 was preparea oy me same memnoa as aescnDea in example 1 1, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 41, Step 3 instead.

'H NMR (CD30D) S 0.99-1.04 12H), 1.22-1.31 10H), 1.43-1.45 IH), 1.87-1.89 IH), 2.22-2.24 1H), 2.30-2.34 1H), 2.65-2.68 1H), 2.93- 2.96 1H), 3.92 3H), 4.11-4.14 1H), 4.28-4.30 1H), 4.38-4.42 1 H), 4.53-4.55 1H), 5.12 J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.29 J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.77 (m, 1H), 5.99 1H), 6.61 J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.98 1H), 6.99-7.02 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.44 1H), 7.57 J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 8.03 J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 8.14 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.92 min, method MS m/z 780 Example 42: Preparation of Compound 42.

Prepared following the procedures used in the preparation of Example 11.

Compound 11, except that 6-ethoxy cinnamic acid was used in place of 6-methoxy cinnamic acid as starting material for the P2 element.

00

IN

m m

\O

H "I X\ V A o N-

NV

Compound 42 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) ppm 0.98-1.09 (rn, 15H), 1.24-1.31 10H), 1.42- 1.46 1H), 1.85-1.90 1H), 2.19-2.32 2H), 2.57-2.63 1H), 2.91-2.97 (m, 1H), 4.03-4.09 1H), 4.17 J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.42 J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 4.49-4.54 1H), 5.12 J=17.4Hz, IH), 5.72-5.78 1H), 5.83 1H), 7.07-7.10 IH), 7.15 1H), 7.22 J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.87 J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.08 J=8.8 Hz, 1H); MS: (M+H) 728.

Section C: Example 45: Preparation of Compound H 0 O.0

NUO

BocHN OO Ho 4- (1R,2S) and (1S,2R), 1:1 Mixture at P1 Compound Scheme 1 C)8r- Stepi1 N -1.r I.,4 HNyO Cu upowde rj~. 14 0NH 2

K

2 C0 3 DMF MeO OH'I 00 N I

Q

N MeO' Bo EANTF m Step 1: To a solution of 2-bromo-5-methoxybenzolic acid (1.68g, 7.27mmol) in DMF (5OmL) in a medium pressure flask (Chemglass) was added benzamidine (1.25g,

K

2 C0 3 (6.0g, 43.6mmol), and copper powder (336mg, l.45mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 180C' for Ilh. Copper and excess K 2 C0 3 Were and the resulting crude was purified by flash column chromatography (SiO 2 MeOH in DCM) to give a light green solid (1.55g, 84% yield): 'H NMR (DM50-cl 6 8 3.84 3H), 7.26 J 7. 8 Hz, I 7.46 (br s, 5H), 7.57 1I 8.3 8 (br s, 1 MS m/z 253.

Step 2: To a 0 'C slurry of Boc-cis-Hydroxyproline-OMe (2.0g, 8. l5mmol) and the product from Example 45, Step 1 (2.26g, 8.97mmol) in THF (82m.L) was added Ph 3

P

and diisopropyl azocarboxylate (1.98 g, 8.97mmol). After stirring at rt for 17h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (1O0mL) and washed with H 2 0 The aqueous layer was separated and back-extracted with EtOAc (2 x 5OmQ). The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give a viscous oil which was redissolved in minimal amount of EtOAc and hexanes was added to effect the precipitation of most of the Ph 3 PO by-product.

C0 Ph 3 PO was removed by vacuum filtration and the liquid filtrate was concentrated.

IND The resulting viscous oil was purified by a flash column chromatography (Si02, 4:1 hex:EtOAc) to give a white solid product (1.76g, 45% yield): 'H NM(60140 00 5 rotomers, CDCI 3 8 1.47 9H), 2.49-2.55 (in, I11), 2.73-2.83 (in, I1H), 3.80 (s, 1.8H), 3.81 3.96 3H), 4.03-4.09 (in, IH), 4.54 J 8.0 Hz, 0.6H1), 4.66 J1=7.8 Hz), 4.96-5.06 (in, 1H), 5.97 (br s, 0.611), 6.04 (br s, 0.4H), 7.33 (dd, J IND 6.1, 2.7 Hz, IN), 7.46-7.51 (in, 4H), 7.91 J 9.2 Hz, IH), 8.49 J 8.5Hz, 2H); 1 3 C NMR (rotomers, CDC1 3 8621.7, 22.0,-28.3, 28.4, 35.8, 36.8, 52.3,52.4,52.6, 55.8, 55.9, 57.9, 58.3, 74.5, 74.9, 80.6, 101.2, 101.3, 115.7, 125.8, 126.0,128. 1, 128.5, 129.7, 130.2, 137.9, 147.8, 153.8, 157.7, 158.0, 158.0, 164.8, 173.1, 173.3; MS n/z 480.

O

IND

Scheme 2

N

MOee

N

Boc 0

~NC

TFAH9Y H 0 Step 3 N TFA DCM O0, TFA C H 0 Step 4 Boc-Tbg-OH or BOC-L-EuGly HIATU, DIPEA CH 3

CN

"I N

N

NY

BN OO 0, BocHN.)g

N

M

eBocHNV 0 0, BocN~j 0 0 ~)1N~ Step NaOH, HO 2

THF

Step 3: The product from Example 45, Step 2 (760.0mg, 1.59mmol) was dissolved in TFA in DCM and stirred at rt for 2h. The solvent was concentrated and the resulting brown viscous oil was dried in vacuo overnight. The product was used directly for the next reaction.

Step 4: To a solution of the brown viscous oil product from Example 45, Step 3 (963mg, 1.59 mmol) and DIPEA (1.23g, 9.54mmol) in DCM lmL) were added N- BOC L-tBuGly (440mg, 1.90mmole), HBTU (902mg, 2.38mmole) and HOBt O (364mg, 2.38mmole). After stirring at rt for 14h, the solvent and excess DIPEA was IN concentrated and the resulting brown viscous oil was purified by flash column (SiO 2 4:1 hex:EtOAc) to give a white solid (0.922mg, 98% yield for the two steps): 'H 00 5 NMR (CDC3/MeOD) 5 0.94 9H), 1.15 9H), 2.38-2.42 1H). 2.60-2.73 (m, 1H), 3.61 3H), 3.83 3H), 4.08-4.17 2H), 4.25 J 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.69 J S 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (br s, IH), 7.13 1H), 7.38 5H), 7.80 J =9.0 Hz, 1H), IN 8.32 J 5.5 Hz, 1H); 3 C NMR (CDCI3/MeOD) 6 29.6, 31.4, 31.6, 33.04, 38.2, 39.0, 55.8, 56.9, 59.2, 61.5, 62.1, 78.3, 83.1,105.0, 119.0, 129.4, 131.5, 131.9, 132.6 ,133.8, 141.2, 151.0, 161.4, 161.6, 168.2, 175.2, 175.7; MS m/z (MIW) 593.

Step To a solution of the product from Examplle 45, Step 4 (409mg, 0.69mmol) in THF (10mL) was added IN NaOH (2mL). After stirring at rt for 19h, the reaction was acidified with concentrated HCI to about pH 5 and extracted with DCM (3 x The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give a yellow solid product (370mg, 92% yield) which was used directly in the next reaction after drying in vacuo: 'H NMR (CDCI 3 6 1.05 9H), 1.25 9H), 2.76- 2.83 2H), 3.94 3H), 4.23-4.27 2H), 4.41 J= 11.6 Hz, 1H), 4.92 J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 5.20 J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (br s, 1H), 7.31 1H), 7.46-7.50 (m, 7.93 J 9.15 Hz, IH), 8.51 J 7.3 Hz, 2H); MS m/z (MII) 579.

Schemne 3 BOH2Step 6 EdW ;r Step 7 NFH 2 DBU, THF 00 iSOPrMPyIsuffcrnmid ORMIS2K 11)(0R2VS/2R, 1:1) N N -N Me DIPEA. HBRh. HOR W 2 ~k 0 H 91 TA H (1R21R)and(1S2R),) 1:1 Cm matP 4 Step 6: To a solution N-Boc-vinylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid (IR, 2S/1S, 2R 1: 1 mixture) (1.Olg, 4.46mmol) in THF (20 mL) and DMS0 (2mL) was added CDI (1.08g, 6.69mmol) and DMAP (817mg, 6.69mmol). After stirring at 70 'C for lh, Mr, 1--aa%.L'JII JIUIALUIC Wab aiiUWVU tU LVUI LU I L anu -Nab ticatlcU wUI isopropylsulfonamide (1.1g, 8.92mmol) and DBU (1.36g, 8.92mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at r1 for 16h and it was concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (SiO 2 5% MeQH in DCM) to give a brown viscous oil (1.4g, 98% yield): 'H NMR (Methanol-d 4 8 1.25 (in, 111), 1.3.3 J 6.7 Hz, 1.36 J 6.7 Hz, 311, 1.45 9M1, 1. 84 (dd, J 7.6, 5.2 Hz, I 2.16 J 7.6 Hz, 111), 3.58 (br s, 1H4), 5.08 J 11.6 Hz, 1H1), 5.27 15.6 Hz, 111), 5.58-5.66 (in, I MS m/lz 332.

Step 7: The product from Example 45, Step 6 (113mg, 0.34mmoI) was treated with a solution of trifluoroacetic acid in DCM (1OmL.) and stirred at rt for 1.4h.

Solvent and excess trifluoroacetic acid were removed in vacuo. The resulting brown viscous oil was dried in vacuo (1.3g, 99% yield) and used without further purification: 'H NNM (DMSO-d 6 8 1.24 J 6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.26 J 6.7 Hz, 155 3H1), 1.54 (dd, 1= 9.6, 6.6 Hz, 111), 1.99 J =6.9 Hz, 2.24 J =8.5 Hz, IM), O) 3.

5 8 3 6 3(m, 1H),5.18 10.4Hz, 17.1 Hz, I H),5.61-5.69(rn, INDIH), 8.83 (br s, 3H); 3 C NMR (DMSO-d 6 6 15.2, 15.9, 16.5, 29.9, 41.6, 52.1, 116.0, 118.9, 132.0, 158.2, 167.3; MS m/z (MHW)233.

00 Step 8: To a mixture of the product from Example 45, Step 5 (117mg, O.338mmo1) and DIPEA (I174mg, 1.35mmol) in DCM (5mL) was added HBTU (1 28mg, 0.338minole), HOBt (52m-, 0.33Smmole) and the: product from Example 45, Step 7 (130mg, 0.225inmol) After stirring at rt for 16h, the mixture was concentrated and the resulting brown viscous oil was purified by flash column chromatography (Si0 2 1:3 hex:EtOAc then 95:5 DCM:MeOH) to give an off white solid product (IS0mg, 84% yield) The final product, Compound 45, is a mixture of isomers; the variation occuring at the P1 vinylcyclopropyl portion of the molecule (IR, 2SIIS, 2R 1: 1 mixture): 'H NMR (Methanol-d 4 860.92 (br s, 2H), 1.03 9H1), 1. 17 91H), 1.27- 1.38 (in, 9H), 1.42-1.46 (in, 111), 1.83 (dd, J 8.1, 5.3 Hz, 0.4H), 1.90 (dd, J 7.9, Hz, 0.6M1, 2.24-2.31 (mn, 1ff), 2.37-2.45 (in, 11-1), 2.67-2.75 (in, IH), 3.73-3.79 (in, 111), 3.90 3H), 4.21 (dd, J 9.3, 6.0 Hz, 4.48 J =1 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.61 J= 8.9 Hz, 111), 5.14 J= 9.0 Hz, 111), 5.33 J= 17.9 Hz, 111), 5.70-5.76 (in, 11H), 6.06 J1=11.9 Hz, 111), 6.61 J1=8.9 Hz, I1H), 7.34 J1=2.8 Hz, 111), 7.49 (br s, 5H1), 7.87 J 8.9 Hz, 1H1), 8.46 J 4.3 Hz, 211); 1 3 C NMR (Methanoi-d 4 8 15.7, 16.1, 16.5, 16.8, 23.9, 27.1, 28.6, 35.8, 36.0, 36.2, 36.3, 36.4, 42.6, 42.8, 54.7, 54.8, 55.5, 56.4, 61161.2,80.5, 102.9, 117.0, 118.8, 118.9, 126.8, 129.4, 129.6, 130.2, 131.5, 134.4, 139.2, 148.8, 158.0, 159.3, 159.8, 166.3, 171.1, 175.1, 184.3; MSm/z 793.

Example 46: Preparation of Compound 46 00 BocHN 0 INO (1 R,2S) and (1 S,2R), 1:1 Mixture at P1 Compound 46 Compound 46 was prepared by following Steps I through 5 and Step 8 of Example except that the following modifications were made: Stepi: Modifications: 2 -bromo-4,5-dimethoxyberizoic acid and cyclopropylcarbami dine hydrochloride were utilized as starting materials.

Product:

A

MeUN MeO

N

OH

Data: 'H NMR (DMSO-d6) 8 0.97-1.01 (in, 21H), 1.03-1.06 (in, 211), 1.90-1.94 (in, 1H), 3.84 3.87 311), 6.93 7.37 3H1), 12.28 1H1); 3 C NMR (DMSO-46) 8 9.03, 13.17, 55.47, 55.73, 104.8 1, 1 C17.27, 113.26, 145.16, 147.48, 154.44, 157.21, 160.89 MSm/z 247.

Step 2: Modifications: The product from Example 46, Step I was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 1.

Product: MeO

N

0~ OMe 00NY Boc c) c-IData: 'H N-M (CDCI 3 81.00-1.04 (in, 2H), 1.07- 1.11 (mn, 2H), 1.43 5.4H), 1.46 3.6M, 2.17-2.21 (mn, 1H), 2.37-2.43 (in, IH), :2.62-2.69 (in, IH), 3.75 1.8H), 3.78 1. .2W, 3.92 J 2.8 Hz, I 4.00 3.6H), 4.01 2.4H), -4.48 J Hz, 0.6H), 4.59 J 7.6 Hz, 0.4H), 5.7 (br s, 0. 6M, 5.74 (br s, 0.4F), 7.18 I H), 7.20 I 1 3 C NMR (CDCI 3 869.6, 9.7, 18.1, 28.3, 28.4, 35.8, 36.7, 52.2, 52.4, 56.3, 57.8, 58.2, 74.0, 74.5, 80.5, 80.6, 101.0, 101[.1, 106.3, 108.6, 148.8, 149.1, 153.8, 155.4, 164.4, 165.9, 172.9, 173.2; LC-MS m/z (Mfi-) 474.

Steps 3 and 4: The product from Example 46, Step 2 was3 used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 2.

Product: Meo N MeO N 01, OMe BocHN0 Data: 'H NM (Methanol-cl 4 8 1.04 9H), 1.08-1.21 (in, 4H), 1. 14 9H), 2.17- 2.21 (mn, IH), 2.39-2.41 (in, 1H), 2.74-2.77 (mn, 3.77 311), 3.92 3H), 3.98 (mn, 31H), 4.09 (dd, J 11.4, 3.8 Hz, IH), 4.17 J 8.9 Hz, 111), 4.42 J 11.3 Hz, I1H), 4.76 J 8.2 Hz, I 5.81 (br s, I 6.43 J 8.6 HIz, I 7.14 J 6.1 Hz, I 7.27 J =5.8 Hz, I 1 3 C NMR (Methanol-cl 4 8 10.0, 10.3, 18.6, I r158

O

26.9, 28.5, 28.8, 35.8, 36.1, 38.9, 52.8, 54.9, 56.7, 59.6, 60.5, 76.6, 80.4, 102.7, O 106.2, 109.9, 149.8, 150.7, 157.6, 166.0, 167.3, 173.5, 173.6; MS m/z 587.

Step 00 5 The product from Example 46, Step 4 was used as starting material in place ^e of the product from Example 45, Step 4.

Product: MeO N MeO N 0,, a OH BocHN O 0 Data: 'H NMR (Methanol-d 4 8 1.03 9H), 1.13 9H), 1.20-1.23 4H), 2.15- 2.19 1H), 2.40-2.45 1H), 2.70-2.76 IH), 3.90 3H), 3.96 3H), 4.08 (uu, J= 11.4, 3.8Ho 4.17 Iu, J= 5.8 4.37 J- 11.3 Hz. 4.7I J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (br s, 1H), 7.09 1H), 7.20 IH); 13C NMR (Methanold 4 5 10.2, 10.5, 18.6, 26.9, 28.5, 28.8, 36.0, 36.3, 54.9, 56.8, 59.7, 60.4, 76.8, 80.4, S 15 102.6, 105.9, 109.9, 126.9, 127.9, 149.3, 150.8, 157.65, 157.8, 166.1, 167.3, 173.3, 175.1; MS m/z (MIH) 573.

Step 8: The product from Example 46, Step 5 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 5. The final product, Compound 46, is a mixture of isomers; the variation occuring at the PI vinylcyclopropyl portion of the molecule (1R, 2S/IS, 2R 1:1 mixture).

Product: oMeO

N

o

NS

NOMeO"" 00 QN 1 N ~N'S BocHN0 INO R,2S) and (1 S,2R), 1: 1 Mixture at P1 Compound 46 Data: 'H NM.R (Methanol-cl 4 8 1.03 9H), 1.0-5-1.09 (mn, 1. 16 4.5H), 1. 17 4.5H), 1. 19-1.22 (in, IN), 1.31 J= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.33-1.38 (in, 1.18-1.89 (in, IH), 2.15-2.20 (in, 2H), 2.35-2.44 (in, 1H), 3.23 J= 7.4 Hz, I 3.70-3.75 (in, IH), 3.91 3.98 3H), 4.08-4.13 (mn, 2H), 4.16 (dd, J 8.9,3.1 Hz, 111), 4.38 J =13.1 Hz, 111), 4.58-4.62 (in, 1H), 4.06 (in, IH), 5.29 J 15.2 Hz, IH), 5.83 (br s, I 7.15 iN), 7.27 J 4.3 Hz, J MS m/z (M1-I) 787.

Example 47: Preparation of Compound 47

N

N

N \E

NN

BocHN,,),, 0 Compound 47 Compound 47 was prepared by following analogous steps used to procure Compound 45 of Example 45 .ortho-bromobenzoic acid used as starting material as was cyci opropanesulfonic acid (1 R-ami no-2S-vin yl-cyclopropanec arbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt.- Compound 47: MiH+=761 Example 48: Preparation of Compound 48 00MeO"' 001 N N NLs c-i BocHN), 0 a c-i Compound 48 Compound 48 was prepared by following Steps I through 5 and Step 8 of Example except that the following modifications were made: Step 1: 161 Modifications: Acetamidi ne hydrochlIoride and Q acid were utilized as starting materials.

INO Product: 00 MeO c-i

OH

INO Data: 'HNMAR (DMSO) 8 2.31 3H), 3.85 3H), 7.36 J =6.2 Hz, IH), 7.37 1H), 7.51 (di, J 7.8 Hz, IH), 12.15 IH); 1 3 C NMR (DMSO) 8 21.11, 55.41, 4 ~105.57, 121.22, 123.59, 128.12, 143.34, 151.68,1j57.00, 161.45; LC-MS m/e (MHW) 191.

Step 2: Modifications: The product from Exam-ple 48, Step 1 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 1.

Product: MeO 04, 15 Boc cj Data: 'H NMR (CDC1 3 8 1.43 5.4H), 1.45 3.6H), 2.38-2.45 (in, III), 2.62- 2.71 (in, 1H), 2.66 1.8H), 2.68 1.2H), 3.77 (1.8H1), 3.79 1.2H), 3.92 3H), 3.93-3.98 (in, 2H), 4.49 J 8.0 Hz, 0.6H), 4.61 J 7.8 Hz, 0.4H), 5.82 J 2.1 Hz, 0.614), 5.89 J 2.3 Hz, 0.414), 7.26 (cdd:, J 4.7, 3.2 Hz, I1H), 7.42 (cid, J 6.3, 2.8 Hz, IH), 7.75 (di, J 9.15 Hz, I1H); 3 C NMR (CDCI 3 8 26.1, 28.3, 28.4, 35.8, 36.7, 52.2, 52.2, 52.4, 52.5, 55.755.8, 57.9, 58.2, 74.1, 74.7, 80.6, 101.0, 101.2, 114.9, 125.6, 125.9, 128.6, 147.3, 153.8, 154.5, 157.6, 157.6, 161.2, 164.6, 173.0, 173.3; LC- MSm/e 418.

Steps 3 and 4: 162 Modifications: The product from Example 48, Step 2 was used as starting o material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 2.

IN Product: 00

N

MeO 0,, N

O

M

e BocHN, O 0 4 Data: 'HNMR (MeOD) 5 1.03 9H), 1.07 9H), 2.38-2.42 IH), 2.68 3H), 2.80 J 7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.76 3H), 3.89 3H), 4.07 (dd, J 11.9, 3.4 Hz, IH), 4.13 (br s, 1H), 4.55 J 12.2 Hz, IH), 4.78 J 8.7 Hz, IH), 5.93 1H), 7.37 J 2.75 Hz, IH), 7.48-7.51 2H), 7.70 J 5.7 Hz, 1H); "C NMR (MeOD) 8 25.6, 26.9, 28.4, 28.8, 35.9, 52.8, 55.0, 56.4, 59.7, 60.6, 77.2, 80.4, 102.9, 111.6, U A A A .7 L V TLA, A Step Modifications: The product from Example 48, Step 4 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 4.

Product: MeON 01" 0OyOH N

Y

BocHN O 0 Data: 'H NMR (MeOD) 8 1.03 9H), 1.08 9H), 2.41-2.46 1H), 2.68 3H), 2.81 J 8.1 Hz, IH), 3.89 3H), 4.07 (dd, J 11.8, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.18 J Hz, 1H), 4.52 J 11.9 Hz, 1H), 4.74 J 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (br s, IH), 7.37 J 2,81 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J 9.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.71 J 9.2 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR O (MeOD) 6 25.7, 26.9, 28.5, 36.1, 55.0, 56.4, 59.7, 60.5, 77.1, 80.4, 103.0, 116.5, IN 127.0, 128.5, 147.7, 157.8, 159.6, 162.7, 166.4, 173.5, 174.9; LC- MS m/e (MIW) 517.

00

O

SExample 48: Preparation of Compound 48 1 MeO H 0 H2N O Compound 48 Step 8: To a solution of the product from Example 48, Step 5 (45.8 mg, 0.089 mmol), cyclopropanesulfonic acid (IR-amino-2S-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt (21.0 mg, 0.089 mmol) and DIEA (34.5 mg, 0.267 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added HATU (44.0 mg, 0.116 mmol). After stirring at rt overnight, the reaction mixture was washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO 3 (1 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted was 2x2 mL DCM. The organic layer was washed with 5% aqueous citric acid (1 mL), brine, dried over MgSO4, concentrated and purified by reversed prep-HPLC. This purification step resulted in: the loss of the N-BOC protecting group at the P3 tert-leucine portion of the molecule: 'H NMR (MeOD) 8 1.07-1.12 2 H) 1.14 2 H) 1.14-1.16 2 H) 1.17 9 H) 1.20-1.30 3 H) 1.45 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49.Hz, 1 H) 1.56 1 H) 1.92 (dd, J=:8.20, 5.60 Hz, 1 H) 2.25-2.31 1 H) 2.39-2.45 1 H) 2.73 1 H) 2.76 3 H) 2.93-2.97 1 H) 3.94 1 H) 3.96 3 H) 4.07 1 H) 4.21 J=3.97 Hz, 0.4 H) 4.23 J=3.97 Hz, 0.6 H) 4.31 1 H) 4.73 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, 1 H) 5.15 (dd, J=10.38, 1.52 Hz, 1 H) 5.32 (dd, J=17.1, 1.52 Hz, 1 5.71-5.78 1H) 6.11 J=3.51 Hz, I H) 7.46 J=2.75 Hz, 1 H) 7.67 J=3.06 Hz, 0.4 H) 7.69 J=3.05 Hz, 0.6 H) 7.82 0.6 1-1) 7.84 0.4 o H).

(N

Example 49: Preparation of Compound 49 00 MeO

N

INDN

0".

H 0 00

N

Compound 49 Compound 49 was prepared by the same method as described for the preparation of Compound 48, except the product from Example 46, Step 5 and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (lR-amino- 2 S-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl).amide hydohlrd saIt Were ued as s Anin t pepaaw M tir i step resulted in the loss of the N-BOC protecting group at the P3 tert-Ieucine portion of the molecule: 1H NMR (MeOD) 8 1.09 (in, 2 M) 1.14 J=3.97 Hz, 2 H) 1.17 (s, P 9 H) 1.25 (mn, 3 H) 1.37 (in, 3 H) 1.44 (dd, 1=9.3 1, 5.65 Hz, 2 H) 1.57 1 H) 1.92 (dd, J=8.09, 5.65 Hz, I H) 2.28 (dd, 1= 17.70, 8.55 1h, I H) 2.32 (in, I H) 2.68 (dd, J=14.19, 7.78 Hz, I H) 2.95 (in, 1 H) 3.98 3 H) 4.06 3 H) 4.08 I H) 4.22 (d, J=2.75 Hz, 1 H) 4.70 (dd, 1=9.77, 7.32 Hz, 1 H) 5.15 (dd, J=10.38, 1.53 Hz, I H) 5.32 (dd, J=17.40, 1.22 Hz, I H) 5.74 (in, I H) 6.04 (in, 1 H) 7.24 I H) 7.37 I

H)

Example 50: Preparation of Compound 00 N

CIH

2 N HI Compound Compound 50 was prepared by the same method as described for the preparation of Compound 48, except the product from Example 45, Step 5 and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 R-amino-2S--vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl )-amide hydrochloride salt were used as starting material. The preparative L{PLC purification step resulted in the loss of the N-BOG protecting group at the P3 tert-leucine portion of the molecule: 'H NMIR (MeOD) 61.10(in, 2 H)1.14 1H) 1.15 1=3.36 Hz, 1 H) 1. 17 J=3.05 Hz, 9 H) 1.22 (in, I H) 1.27 (mn, 2 1.46 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 H) 1.56 I H) 1.93 (dd, 1=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I H) 2.29 J=8.55 Hz, 1 H) 2.48 (in, I H) 2.78 (dd, J=13.89, 8.09 Hz, I H) 2.97 (in, I H) 3.96 2 H) 4.07 I HI) 4.32 (d, J=2.14 Hz, 2 H) 4.76 J=7.02 Hz, I H) 4.78 (in, I H) 4.86 J=3.05 Hz, 1 H) 5.32 p (dd, J=17.09, 1.22 Hz, 1 H) 5.75 (in, I H) 6.24 J=2.44 Hz, I HT) 7.45 J=2.75 Hz, 1 H) 7.52 (in, 3 H) 7.61 (dd, J=9.16, 2.75 Hz, I H) 7.96 J=9.16 Hz, I H).

Example 51: Preparation of Compound 51 166 MeG N CF 3 C0 MeG -N

INN

N

00 BocHN) O H (1 R,2S) and (1 S,2R), 1: 1 Mixture at P1 Compound 51 Compound 51 was prepared by following Steps I through 5 and Step 8 of Example except that the following modifications were made: Stepi:.

Modifications: 2-bromo-4,5-di methoxyben zoic acid and trifi uoroamidine were utilized as starting materials.

Product: MeG,

OH

P Data: 1H NN4R (DMSO) 8 3.92 3H), 3.94 3H), 7.33 111), 7.50 IH), 13.40 (br s, I 3 C NNvR (DMSO) 8 55.8, 56.1, 104.9, 108.7, 150.2, 155.0; LC- MS m/e (I"fl 275.

Step 2: Modifications: The product from Example 51, Step I was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 1.

Product: SMeO N CF3

N

N MeO N 0,, 00 y OMe (N NBoc 0 N Data: 'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 1.42 3.6H), 1.44 5.4H), 2.42-2.49 1H), 2.67- O 5 2.73 1H), 3.37 1.2H), 3.78 1.8H), 3.97 J 6.5 Hz, 1H), 4.02 2.4H), 4.04 3.6H), 4.48 J 7.9 Hz, 0.6H), 4.60 J 7.7 Hz, 0.4H), 5.86 (br s, 0.6H), 5.90 (br s, 0.4H), 7.27-7.29 1H), 7.38-7.44 (in, 1H); 3 C NMR (CDCI 3 8 8.2, 28.3, 35.7, 36.7, 52.1, 52.2, 52.4, 56.5, 57.8, 58.2, 75.5, 76.0, 80.7, 100.8, 107.6, 111.0, 119.7, 148.2, 150.2, 151.4, 153.8, 154.5, 156.4, 165.1, 172.7, 173.0; LC-MS m/e (MIT) 502.

Steps 3 and 4: Modifications: The product from Example 51, Step 2 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 2.

Product: M eON C

F

0,, 168 Data: 'H NMR (MeOD) 8 1.03 9H1), 1.08 911), 2.41-2.45 (in, 2.80-2.84 O (in, 1H), 3.76 3H), 3.96 3H), 4.00 311), 4.10-4.14 2H), 4.52 J 11.6 Hz, 111), 4.80 J 8.7 Hz, 1Hi), 5.92 (hr s, I1i), 7.35 (br s, 2H); 13C NNM (MeOD) 0 26.9, 28.4, 28.8, 35.7, 36.0, 52.8, 54.8, 56.9, 59.6, 60.7, 77.9, 80.3, 102.2, 005 107.9, 112.4, 120.3, 149.3, 153.2, 157.8, 158.3, 173.5; LC- MSnm/e (MIEH+) 615.

Step Modifications: The product from Example 51, Step 4 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 4.

410 Product: meo N CF 3 Meo

.N

aCVOH BocHN~~ 0 Data: 'H NMR (MeOD) 8 1.03 9H1), 1.09 9H1), 2.44-2.49 (in, 111, 2.80-2.84 (in, 111), 3.97 311), 4.01 311), 4.10-4.24 (in, 3M), 4.50 J 11.9 Hz, 111), 4.76 J 7.9 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (br s, 111, 7.36 (br s, 211); 1 3 C NMR (MeOD) 5 26.9, 28.4, 28.8, 36.0, 36.1, 54.8, 56.9, 57.0, 60.6, 77.9, 80.3, 102.3, 108.0, 112.5, 120.3, 149.3, 151.3, 153.2, 158.2, 158.3, 166.7, 173.5; LC- MS Ink/ 601.

Step 8: Modifications: The product from Example 51, Step 5 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 5. The final product, Compound 51, Is a mixture of isomers; the variation occuringy at the P1 vinylcyclopropyl portion of the molecule (I1R, 2S13, 2R 1: 1 mixture).

169 4-4 Product: C0 MeO N I rCF 3 MeO

N

BocHN 0H (1 R,2S) and (1IS,2R), 1: 1 Mixture at Pi Compound 5*1 Data: 'H NI4R (DMSO) 8 0.23 4.5H), 0.23 4.5H), 0.35 4.5H), 0.36 (s, 0.45-0.59 (in, 0.63-0.66 (mn, 1H), 1.04 (dd, J= 8.2, 5.2 Hz, I1H), 1.10 (dd, J 8.2, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 1.47-1.53 (in, 1H), 1.58-1.61 (in, IN), 1.87-1.90 (mn, 1W), 2.95- 3.01 (in. 1W), 3.17 1.5H), 3.18 1.5H), 3.22 3Hi), 3.37 (br s, 2H), 3.68 J= 5.9 Hiz, IH), 3.82 J 8.6 Hz, 1W), 4.334.37 (in, 1W), 4.54 J 16.5 Hz, 1Wf), 4.93 J 8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.17 J 15.9 Hz, 1H), 6.53 111), 6.58 1W); 1 3

C

NUR (DMSO) 8 12.8, 13.2, 13.7, 13.9, 19.5, 20.6, 21.1, 24.3, 25.6, 32.9, 33.1, 33.4, 33.6, 36.1, 39.7, 39.9, 51.8, 51.9, 52.4, 54.0, 54.2, 57.7, 57.7, 58.1, 58.3, 75.1, 75.3, 77.5, 84.1, 99.2, 105.2, 107.9, 109.5, 116.0, 116.1,118.7, 123.9, 127.4, 131.5, 146.5, p 148.6, 150.3, 155.1, 155.5, 163.7, 164.7, 168.2, 168.3, 170.7, 172.2; LC-MS m/e (MWlf) 815.

Example 52: Preparation of Compound 52 Meo NICF IDMeOO

N

00 N1- H H2N 0 IND Compound 52 Compound 52 was prepared by the saine method as described for the preparation of Compound 48, except the product from Example 51, Step 5 anid cyclopropanesul fonic acid (IR-amino-2S-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-ai de hydrochloride salt were used as starting material. 'The preparative 1{PLC purification step resulted in the loss of the N-BOC protecting group at the P3 ter-t-leucine portion of the molecule: 'H NMR (MeOD) 8 1. 11 (in, 3 H) 1. 17 9 H) 1.25 (in, 3 H) 1 .46 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H) 1.92 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, 1 H) 2.28 J=8.95 Hz, I H) 2.42 (in, 1 H) 2.72 (dd, J=14.19, 7.17 Hz, 1 H) 2.96 (in, I H) 4.01 3 H) 4.04 (in, M T474(pl, 14) 4 71 Mdd. 1=10.2. 7.17 H7. 1 H) 5.15 (dd.J[10.53. 1-37147. 1 M-T 5.32 J= 17.09 Hz, 1 H) 5.75 (in, 18H) 6.07 1 '11) 7.41 1 H) 7.47 I H).

S Example 53: Preparation of Compound 53 H s'

N.

BoHN a H 0j0 It Compound 531 Scheme 1 FmnocHN /7OH Boc 0 Step 1 D!PEA, HATt

DCM

FmocHN CN N N' 'I P1 Mixture of Diastereomers

H

2

N

TEA

Boc 0 (1 R,2S/1 S,2R) P1 Mixture of Diastereomers FmocHN Step 2-- TEA, DGM H 0

TFA

H

N N S

H

(lR,2S/1 S,2R) P1- Mixture of Diastereomers Step 1: To a solution of (IR, 2S/IS, 2R 1: 1 mnixture) cyclopropanesulfonic acid (Iamino-2-vinyl -cyclopropanecarbonyl)-ami de trifi uoroacetic acid salt (626mg, 1.82mmoI) in DCM (17mL) was added and DIBA. (555mg, 4.29mmoI) in DCM (1 7mL), HATU (754mg, 1 .98mmole), and (2S, 41t)Fmoc-4-amin o- I -boc-pyrrol i dine- 2-carboxylic acid (747mg, 1 .65mmol). After stirring at rt for 24h, the mixture was washed with 1N HCI (lOmL), 5% aqueous NaHC'D 3 (4mL). Each aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (25 mL). The combined DCMv was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The resuling brown viscous oil was purified by flash column chromatography (SiO 2 95:5 DCM:MeOH) to give a yellow solid 822mg, 75% yield): 'H NMR (DMSOAd) 5 1.04-1.09 (in, 3H1), 1.15-1.27 (in, 41H), 1.38-1.44 (in, 7H), 1.47 1.84 (dd, J=8.2, 5.2 Hz, 111), 2.01-2.30 (in, 4H), 2.90-2.98 (in, IH), 3.64-3.71 (in, 111), 4.16-4.22 (in, 414), 4.39 (bs, 211), 5.13 (dd, J= 10.7, 0.9 Hiz, I H), 3.31 J= 17.1 Hz, 111), 5.72-5.79 (in, 111), 7.31 J=7.3 Hz, 311), 7.38 J=7.5 Hz, 3H1), 7.64 J=7.02 Hz, 3H1), 7.79 J=7.63 Hz, 3H1); LC-MS in/e (Na+MWI) 687.

Step 2: 0 The product from Example 53, Step I (500mg, O.7S2mmoI) was treated with IND 50% TFA in DCM (IOrnL). After stirring at rt for 'D.5h, the resulting brown reaction mixture was concentrated to give a brown solid (4E;9mg, 84%yield): 'H NUMR 00 5 (DMSO0-d 6 8 1.03-1.19 (in, 411), 1.24-1.26 (in, 111), 1.35 (dd, J=9.5, 5.5 Hz, 1H), N 1.91-1.96 (in, 111), 2.22-2.30 (mn, IH), 2.40 (bs, IH), 2.93-2.98 (in, 111), 3.60 (bs, IHf), 4.21 J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.47 (bs, 311), 5.17 J=9.2 Hz, 1H1), 5.32 J=17.1 IND Hz, 11H), 5.64-5.67 (in, I 7.31 J=7.3 Hz, 314), 7.39 J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 7.63 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.80 J=7.3 Hz, 2H); (LC-MS rne (NvH 4 565.

Schemne 2 FrrocHl FrmcHN f H 0 0000 NiL Step 3

S

H 0 N-Boc-L-I-BuGly BoH TFA DIPEA, HATU, DOMBoN (1 R,2S/I S,2R) 2/SR P1 Mi~xture of liastereomers 1R,25/1S,2of Diastereomners FmnocHN H 00 R H 00 HNNNN V Step 4 N N N S H "7 1*o~piperidine N H0 (1 R,2SIS,2R) single isomer P1 Mixture of separted Diastereomers Step 3: To a solution of the product from Example :53, Step 2 (260mg, 0.383mmo1) in DCM (4 inL) was added DLPEA (218mg, 1.69mrnol), HATU (165mg, 0.422mmol), and N-BOC L-tBuGly (100mg, 0.422rnmol). After stining at rt for 16h, the reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 0 (3inL), acidified with IN HCJ to pH=1.

The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x 15rnL). The combined organic layer was washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (3inL), brine (5mnL), dried over MgSO4 and S concentrated. The resulting brown viscous oil was purified by flashed column chromatography (SiO 2 95:5 DCM:MeOH) to giv'e a brown foamy solid (281mg, 94% yield): 'H NMiR (DMSO-d 6 8 0.96-1.08 (mn, 4Hf), 1.05 9Hf), 1.15-1.26 (in, 2ff), 1.35-1.38 (in, 5ff), 1.42 9Hf), 1.85 (dd, 5.5 Hz, IffH), 2.07 (bs, 1fH), 2.22 J=8.7 Hz, 1ff), 2.92-2.95 (in, 1ff), 3.90 (bs, 1ff), 4.20 J=6.4 Hz, 3ff), 4.29-4.39 (in, 5ff), 5.13 J= 10.7, 1ff), 5.31 (dd, J= 18.0, 5.8 Hz, I1H), 5.70-5.77 (in, 1H), 7.30 J=7.3 Hz, 3ff), 7.39 1=7.3 Hz, 4Hf), 7.63 (dd, J=6.7, 2.8 Hz, 3Hf), 8.80 J=7.63 Hz, 3ff); LC-MS m/z WMH) 678.

Step 4: The product from Example 53, Step 3 was treated with 10% piperidine in DMF (3.3mL). After stirring at rt for 14hr, solvent was removed and the res ulting brown viscous oil was purified by flash column chromatography (Si02, 95:5 DCM:MeOH) to isolate the pure highest Rf IR,2.3 P1 diastereoiner as a pale yellow solid (3 1mg). The other isomer was isolated in a mixture and was not used: LC-MS rnlz (vW) 556.

Scheme 3 FmocHN H 0 00 Step N DMF, polyvinyopynidine N' 1) Fmoc-isothiocyanate HV2) piedline BXcHN

BOCHN,,

H

2

N

HN

H 0 0,0 Step 6

BOHN.Q

0 H- "V7 ToHN Br H 00

H

N 04~ 00 E V

IN

Compound 53 174 0 Steps 5and 6: N To a solution of the product from Example 53, Step 4 in DMF (2mL) was added polyvinylpyridine (13mg) and Fmoc-isothiocyanate. After stirring at rt for 00 5 14h, the reaction mixture was treated with piperidine (172mg, 2.O2mmol). The reaction was stirred at rt for an additional 6h after wvhich it was concentrated and dried under vacuo overnight. The crude residue was re-dissolved in DMF (2mL) and IND treated with 2-bromoacetophenone and stirred at II for another 14h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified by flash column 410 chromatography (SiO 2 95:5 DCM:MeOH) to give Compound 53 as a light yellow solid (2 1.9mg, 50% yield): 'H NUIR (DMSO-4) 8i 0.87-0.92 (mn, 1H1), 1.05 (bs, 13H), 1. 16-1.25 (in, 4H1), 1.34-1.38 (in, 2H), 1.42 9H), 1.87 J=6.6 Hz, 111), 2.22-2.25 (mn, 2H), 2.48 J=10.7 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (bs, 1H), 3.04 J=7.3 Hz, 1H-) 3.30-3.31 (in, 3.43-3.49 (mn, 111), 4.01 J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.074.12 (in, 1Hi), 4.27 J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.44 1=7.0 H, 1H), 4.53 (bs, 1H), 5.11 1=10.1 Hz, IlH), 5.3 0 (dd, J= 16.8, 9.6 Hz, I 5.73 -5.7 8 (mn, I 6.69 J= 8.2 Hz, I1-H), 6.8 6 114), 7.25 1=7.3 Hz, 111), 7.35 J=7.63 Hz,. 21H), 7.82 J=8.2 Hz, 2H); LC- X9MI-l (MT4 '71 Reversed Phase Prep-ILPLC conditions for Compound 55 through 155 as indicated: Waters Xterra. Prep MS C18 column, 5 mm (this means 5 micron particle size), x 100mm Solvent A: 10% MeOH, 90% H 2 0, 10 mM NH 4 OAc Solvent B: 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 10 mM N7H 4 OAc flow rate Gradient: 0%B to 100%B for 10 min, hold at IOQ%7B for 4 min Example 55: Preparation of Compound Scheme 1 0-01 -N 1 -N N o~Stepi H 0 ~NV~ N S ~2HCI N 00 H "V50 N CE 4 H BocHN.-J, 0C I Compound 11 N N N-0 -N 0 0 0 0St2 Ste o1:te aJouino opud1(. .0mo)i C 2 L a adde TF92 L.Atrsirn ti o 5mterato itr a concentrated.~ Th rslrdvsosolwsr-dsovdi C 5 L n reconcentrated.V twathnedsovd i DCA (1 n tetdwthaslto of~ HN HH nE 2 2 L.Tersligsseso a hle t0 0 ,vcu 3.9 (s 3 outo H) 4.09n 1 (s1H)44(dJ 1.5, .1 Hz, 4.32-4.3 1H) 4.69 (ddd F (205 6.87 Hz, e strrn H) 5.1 for0.8 15 Hz, th H) cto 5.31ur (dw=7.0 s12 Hz, 1ht H)li 5.0-.7 i, 17 Hil): 5.90 50 H) 4727( 1.07-17.2 d,H JHz,2 HzI H) 7.-239 I1=4 .8 Hz, J=H)3.903(.6.10, H, .9H)2.198 (in, I H) 9.22 I H).

Step 2: 0 To a solution mixture of product from step 1 of Example 55 (70.0 mg, 0.108 IND mmol) and DIIEA (41.8 mg, 0.323 rnmol) in DGM (2 mL) was added acetic anhydride (33.0 mg, 0.323 mmol). After stirring at rt for 14 h, solvent was removed 00 5 and product was purified by reversed phase prep-]HPLC to give Compound 55 (39.1 mg, 14% yield): 'HNMvR(CD 3 OD, 500 MM~) 5 1.00-1.03 (in, I 1.06 9 H), 1.07-1. 10 (in, 1 1.21-1.28 (in, 2 1.43 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 1.88 (dd, IND J=8.55, 5.49 Hz, 1 2.23 J=8.85 Hz, 1 2.27-2.32 (mn, I 2.59 (dd, J= 13.7 3, 7.02 Hz, I 2.92-2.97 (in, I 3.93 3 4.12 (dd, J= 11.90, 3.97 Hz, 410 1 4.35 J=I 1.60OHz, 1 4.51 (dd, J=10.38,7.02 Hz, 1 4.61 (dd, J=5.80, 3.05 Hz, I 4.80 J=4.27 Hz, I 4.88 J::3.96 Hz, I 5.12 (dd, .1=10.38, 1.83 Hz, I 5.29 (dd, J=17.24, 1.37 Hz, I 5.73-5.78 (mn, 1 5.84 J=3.66 Hz, I 7.15 (dd, J=8.8 5, 2.44 Hz, I 7.19 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.25 J=6.10 Hz, 1 7.889 10 Hz, I 8.06 J=9.16 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.49 min.), MS miz 656 Example 56: Preparation of Compound 56

N

H 9Y H Compound 56 Compound 56 was prepared by the same method as Compound 55 with the following modifications: Modifications: Cyclopentanecarbonyl chloride was used as a starting material to give 2 5 Compound 56 (18.0 mg, 24% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 ,OD, 500 MI-Lz) 8 1.00-1.03 (in, 177 1 1.05 9 1.06-1.10 (in, 2 1.24-1.27(in, 2 1.25-1.61 (in, 9 1.80- Q 1.83 (in, 1 1.88 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, 1 2.22-2.31 (mn, 2 2.58-2.65 2 IND, 2.93-2.98 (in, I 3.92 3 4.10 (dcl, J::I 1.90, 3.66 Hz, 1 4.35 (d,

(N

J=11.91 Hz, I 4.52 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, 1 4.65 J=9.46 Hz, I 4.80 00 5 J=5.49 Hz, I 4.88 J=5.19 Hz, 1 5.1[3 (dd, 1=10.37, 1.83 Hz, I 5.30 N (dd, J= 16.80, 1.22 Hz, 1 5.73-5.78 (in, I H),.5.84 J=4.27 Hz, I 7.11 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 7.19 J=2.44 Hz, I H),'7.25 1=5.80 Hz, 1 7.88 (d, IND J=6.10 H~z, I 8.05 J=9.16 Hz, I H) LC-MS (retention time: 1.71 min.), MS m/z 7l10vllfl.

4 Example 57: Preparation of Compound 57 01,I Hk0o0 0 N N 0 1 CompoDund 57 Compound 57 was prepared by the same method as Compound 55 with the following modifications: Modifications: 2-Ethylbutyryl chloride was used as a starting material to give Compound 57 (20.7 mg, 27% yield): 'H NMR(CI) 3 0D, 500 Mliz) 8 0.66 J=7.32 Hz, 3 0.85 J=7.32 Hz, 3 1.02-1.05 (in, I 1.07 9 1.10-1.12 (in, I 1.24-1.33 (in, 4 1.36-1.39 (in, I 1.43 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I 1.48- 1.51 (in, I HM, 1.88 (dcl, J=8.24, 5.19 Hz, I 2.12-2.14 (in, I 2.22 J=8.85 Hz, I 2.26-2.30 (in, 1 2.59 (dd, J= 13-73, 6.71 Hz, I 2.94-2.97 (in, I H), 3.92 3H), 4.11 (dcl, 1=1 1.90,3.66 Hz, I 4.40 1=1 1.90 Hz, I 4.50 (dd, J= 10.68, 7.02 Hz, I 4.75 J=9.46 Hz, 1 4.81 1=9.16 H, I 4.89 (d, W 1=9.16 Hz, I 5.12 (dcl, 1=10.38, 1.53 Hz, 1 5.29 (dd, J=17.09, 1.22 Hz, I H), 5.72-5.79 (in, I1-H), 5.85 1=3.66 Hz, I 7.08 (dd, 16, 2.44 Hz, I 7.19 (d, o) 1=2.44 Hz, I 7.25 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.88 J=6. 10 Hz, IH), 7.98 J=9.16 INO Hz, I 8.02 J=9.16 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.73 min.), MS m/z 712 00 Example 58: Preparation of Compound 58 N -N

.N

00, 0I00 HHC01,110 HATU, DIEA, DCMH 000 pNxi Nro s-ep0IoHNyN& O Poduc Examplep Compound 58 To a solution mixture of product from step 1 of example 55 (70.0 mg, 0. 108 minol), DIBA (41.8 mg, 0.323 mmol) and cyclopropaneacatic, acid (16.2 mg, 0.162 mrnol) in DCM (2 mL) was added HATU (61.6 mg, 0. 162 mmol). After stirring the reaction mixture at rt overnight, it was washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO 3 (1mL). The ajuevus I Iayer was e Aurateud wiuah 4x4A- SIL.L. I IC; j~~IUh~UyFII. vva washed with 5% aqueous citric acid (2 mL), brine, dried over MgSQ 4 and concentrated. Product was purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 58 (21.9 mg, 29% yield): 'H NMR(C1D 3 OD, 500 MIHz) 8S 0. 11-0. 14 (in, 2 ED, 0.43-0.47 (in, 2 0.87-0.09 (in, I 1.01-1.04 (in, 1 1.07 9 ED, 1.09- 1. 12 (in, 1 1.23-1.27 (mn, 2 H)D, 1.45 (dd, 1=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 ED, 1. 88 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I 2.03 J=7.32 Hz, 2 2.23 J=:8.75 Hz, 1 H)D, 2.27-2.31 (in, 1 H), 2.59 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 2.92-2.96 (in, I HED, 3.93 (in, 3 4.13 (dd, 1=1 1.90, 3.97 Hz, I 4.34 1=1 1.90 Hz, I 4.53 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, I H), 4.66 J=9.46 Hz, I 4.81 1=6. 10 Hz, I 4.89 1=6. 10 Hz, I 5.12 (dd, J= 10. 37, 1.52 Hz, I H)D, 5.30 (dd, J= 17.09, 1.22 Hz, I 5.75-5.81 (in, 1 H), 5.86 I 7.12 (dd, J=9.16,2.44 Hz, 1 7.19 J=2.44 Hz, 1 7.81 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 1H), 7.89 1=5.80 Hz, I 8.06 J9.16 HIz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.63 min.), MS mn/z 696 Example 59: Preparation of Compound 59 000 N H 00 C1 0 Compound 59 Compound 59 was prepared by the same method as Compound 58 with the following modifications: Modifi cations: Methoxyacetic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 59 (23.5 mg, 32% yield): 'HNNM(CDOD, 500 MHz) 8 10.99-1.04 (in, 2 1.06 9 1.09-1.12 (in, 1 1.22-1.27 (mn, 2 1.45 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I 1.88 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I 2.22 1=3.85 Hz, 1 2.29-2.32 (mn, 11H), 2.60 (dd, 1=1 3.89, 6.87 Hz, 1 2.92-2.97 (in, I 3.35 3 3.70 J= 15.26 Hz, 1 3.84 1= 15.26 Hz, 1 3.93 3 4.13 (dd, J= 1.90, 3.97 Hz, 1 H), 4.32 J1I 1.60 Hz, 1 4.54 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, 1 4.65 I 4.81 (d, J=7.32 Hz, I HD, 4.89 J=7.32 Hz, 1 5.12 1=10.38 Hz, 1 5.30 (d, J= 16.79 Hz, 1 5.74-5.81 (in, 1 5.86 J=-3.36 Hz, I 7.14 (dd, J=9.00, 2.59 Hz, I 7.19 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.26 10Hz, I 7.89 J=6. I 8.04 J=9.16 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.54 min.), MS m/z 686 Example 60: Preparation of Coinpond 00 I I H H V 04N Compound Compound 60 was prepared by the same method as Compound 58 with the following modifications: Modifications: (+)-Methoxyacetic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 60 (23.8 mg, 27% yield): 'HNMR (CD 3 OD, 500 MIHz) 8 0.78 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 3 0.83-0.88 2 0.92 J=7.17 Hz, 6 0.94-0.98 1 H), 1.00-1.03 2 1.06 9 1.

0 7 -1.11(m, I 1.22-1.26 2 1.31-1.36 .0 2 1.45 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 1.63-1.68 2 1.89 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, 1 2.01-2.04 1 2.17-2.21 I 2.24 J=9.00 Hz, 2 2.28-2.33 1 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I 2.93-2.98 I 3.15-3.20 1 H), 3.77 J=15.26 Hz, I 3.87 J=15.26 Hz, I 3.93 3 4.12 (dd, J=11.90, 3.66 Hz, I 4.32 J=l1.90 Hz, 1 4.56 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, 1 H), 4.65 J=9.77 Hz, 1 4.81 J=5.80 Hz, 1 4.89 J=5.80 Hz, 1 5.13 (dd, J=10.22, 1.68 Hz, 1 5.30 (dd, J=17.09, 1.53 Hz, I 5.75-5.79 (in, I H), 5.85 J=3.66 Hz, I 7.14 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 7.19 J=2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 J=5.80 Hz, 1 7.52 J=9.77 Hz, I 7.89 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.03 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 LC-MS (retention time: 2.043 min.), MS m/z 810 (MEW).

Example 61: Preparation of Compound 61 00 H LI V Compound 61 Compound 61 was prepared by the same method as Compound 58 with the following modifications: Modifications: (-)-Methoxyacetic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 61 (26.4mg, 30% yield): 'HNNR(C'D 3 OD, 500 MHz) 5 0.78 J=7.02 Hz, 3 0.82-084 (in, 1 0.88 (dd, J=8.39, 3.81 Hz, I 0.91 1=7.01 Hz, 3 0.92 J=6.41 Hz, 3 0.94-0.99 (in, 2 1.00-1.03 (in, 2 1.06 9 H), 1.08- 1. 10 (in, 1 1.23-1.26 (in, 2 1.30-1.37 (mn, 2 1.44 (dd, J=9.61, 5.34 Hz, 1 1.62-1.68 2HM, 1.89 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, 1iH), 1.98-2.02 I H), 2.13-2.16 (in, 1 2.24 J=8.85 Hz, 1 2.28-2.32 (in, I 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 2.94-2.98 (in, 1 3.08-3.13 (mn, I 3.63 J= 15.56 Hz, I H), 3.93 3H), 4.11 (dd, J=12.05, 3.81 Hz, 1 4.32 1=1 1.90 HIz, I 4.56 (dd, p J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, I 4.62 J=9.46 Hz, 1 4.81 J=6.41 Hz, I 4.89 (d, J=6.72 Hz, 1 5.13 (dd, J=10.38, 1.83 Hz, 114), 5.30 (dd, J=17.09, 1.23 Hz, I H), 5.76-5.80 (in, I 5.85 J=3.51 Hz, I 7. 14 (dd, J=9.00, 2.59 Hz, I 7.20 (d, 1=2.44 Hz, I 7.26 1=5.80 Hz, I 7.52 1=9.77 Hz, I 7.89 J=6. Hz, 1 8.04 J=9.16 Hz, 1 LC-MS (retention time: 2.05 min.), MS in/z 810 Example 62: Preparation of Compound 62 N 0 IND Compound 62 Compound 62 was prepared by the same method as Compound 58 with the following modifications: Modifications: Bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane-2-carboxylic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 62 (35.1, 45% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MvHz) 1.03 J=5.49 Hz, I 1.06 9 1.08-1.11 (in, 3 1.23-1.29 (in, 3 1.37 (dd, J=7.02, 3.36 Hz, 13 1.46 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 1.65 (dd, J=9.77, 2.14 Hz, I 1.69 J=2.14 Hz, I 1.72 (dd, J=7.32, 3.05 Hz, 1 1.88 (dd, J=8.09, 17z, I Z.1 (aQ, J=!9.I U: AiZ, I L-Za ka, J=6.5 liz, I I..L I 3 (in, I 2.60 J=6.87 Hz, 1 2.63 J=1.83 Hz, 2 2.68 1=7.63 Hz, 1 2.93-2.96 (mn, I 3.23 J=7.43 Hz, 2 3.70-3.75 (in, 2 3.93 3 H), 4. 11 (dd, J=1 1.90, 3.66 Hz, 1 4.35 J=1 1.90 Hz, 1 4.53 (dd, J=10.53, 6.87 Hz, 1 4.71 J=9.46 Hz, I 4.79 1=5.E80 Hz, 2 4.87 J=5.49 Hz, 2 5.13 (dd, 1=10.38, 1.83 Hz, 1 5.30 (dd, J=i 7.24, 1.37 Hz, 1 5.74-5.79 (in, 1 5.86 J=3.20 Hz, I 7.12 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 7.19 J=2.44 Hiz, I 7.25 1=5.80 Hz, I 7.72 J=9.46 Hz, I 7.88 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.05 J=9.16 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1. 16 rai.), MS in/z 708(M) Example 63: Preparation of Compound 63 183 00 H N V (N7 IND Compound 63 Compound 63 was prepared by the same methodL as Compound 58 with the following modifications: Modifications: pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 63 (42.3, 54% yield): 'HNMR (CDOD, 500 M]Fz) 8 1.00- 1.04 (in, 3 H), 1.05-1.09 (in, 1 1. 10 9 1. 15 I 1. 18-1.22 (in, 2 1.43 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I 1.88 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I 2.17 J=8.65 Hz, 1 2.37-2.42 (in, I 2.64 (dd, J= 13.73, 7.32 Hz, 1 2.9 1-2.95 (mn, I 3.8 8 3 3.93 (d, J=3.35 Hz, 1 4.13 (dd, J=1 1.90, 3.36 H~z, I 4.46 1=1 1.90 Hz, I 4.61 (dd, J=10.07, 7.32 Hz, I 4.76 I 4.80 J=7.63 Hz, 1 4.88 J=7.93 Hz, I 5.09 J=10.38 Hz, I 5.27 J=17.09 Hz, I 5.77-5.83 (mn, 1I) P 5.85 1 6.85 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 7.08 1=2.14 Hz, 1 7.23 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 7.87 J=8.85 Hz, I 7.90 J=6.10 Hz, I 8.57 J=1.53 Hz, I 8.73 J=2.44 Hz, 1 8.81 I H).

Example 64: Preparation of Compound 64 0 00 00 0 4/N o4N1 of example To a solution mixture of product from step I of exa.mple 55 (70.0 mg, 0. 108 mmol) and DIEA (41.8 mg, 0.323 mmol) in DCM (2 m.L) was added benzyl chloroformate (55.1 mg, 0.323 mxnol). After stiring at ii for 14 h, solvent was removed and 00 5 product was purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC, to give Compound 64 (26.9 mg, 3 1% yield): 'HNMR (CD 3 OD, 500M1{z) 8 1.00 (di, J=2.14 Hz, I 1.02 J5.80 ~~K1 Hz, I 1.04 9 1.08-1.14 (in, 1 1. 16 J=6.71 Hz, I 1. 18-1.22 (mi, 2 1.43 (dd, J--9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 1. 87 (cid, J=8-09, 5.34 Hz, I 2.17-2.22 (in, I ri 2.30-2.35 (in, I 2.62 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz-, 1 2.90-2.95 (in, I 3.88 (s, 3 4.08 (dci, 1=1 1.90, 3.66 Hz, I 4.31 I 4.43 1=1 1.60 Hz, 1 4.55 (dd, J=10.07, 7.32 Hz, 1 4.74 (di, J= 12.21 Hz, I 4.81 1=6. 10 Hz, I H), 4.89 (ci, J=5.79 Hz, 1 5.10 (di, J=9.16 Hz, I 5.16 1 5.28 1=17.09 Hz, I 5.75-5.81 (mn, I 5.83 I 7.07 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I 7.17 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I 7.20 1=7.32 Hz, 2 7.25 .1=5.65 Hz, 3 7.30-7.33 (in, 1 7.34-7.37 (in, 2 7.89 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.07 J=9.16 Hz, I LG-MS (retention time: 1.79 min.), MS m/z 748 (MiHr).

~IPWVrlo 4C. Pi-anornfo*,ln jf CdMMnInA~,~ Ar H 00 Compound Compound 65 was prepared by the same method as Compound 64 with the following modifications: N%.IeModifications: (+)-Methyl chioroformate was used as a starting material to give NI Compound 65 (28.8 mg, 36% yield): 'H NN4R(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) 8 0.72 (d, J=6.71 Hz, 3 0.80 J=5.80 Hz, 6M1, 0.87 J=7.02 Hz, 4 0.90-0.95 (in, 6 00 HM, 0.98-1.02 (in, 5 1.05 9 1.07-1.12 (in, 2 1. 18-1.23 (in, 2 1.32- 1.38 (in, 3 1.41 (dcl, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 1.46-1.48 (in, 1 1.63-1.71 ci 1.85 (dcl, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 1.89-1.93 (mn, I 2.00-2.03 (in, I 2.15 (q, J=8.70 Hz, I 2.34-2.3 8 (in, 1 2.61 (dd, 13.73, 7.33 Hz, 1 2.89-2.93 (in, Ni I 3.73 2 3.92 3 4.10 (dcl, J=1 1.60, 3.36 Hz, I 4.33 1 4.41 J=1 1.29 Hz, I 4.46-4.52 (mn, 1 4.54 1=9.76, 7.90 Hz, I 4.81 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I 4.89 (in, I 5.08 1=1 1.60 Hz, 1 5.26 J=17.09 Hz, 1 H), 5.77-5.81 (in, I 5.83 J=3.97 Hz, I 7.11 (dd, J= 11.29, 1.83 Hz, I 7. 18 J=1.83 Hz, I 7.24 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.88 (d,-J=6.10 Hz, 1 8.08 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 LC-MS (retention time: 2.06 min.), MS m/z 796 (MWH).

Example 66: Preparation of Compound 66 0//I H H,00 N 0 00 Compound 66 Compound 66 was prepared by the same method as Compound 64 with the following modifications: Modifications: (-)-Methyl chioroforinate was used as a starting material to give Compound 66 (26.9 mg, 31% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MfH) 8 0.35 (d, J=6.41 Hz, 1 0.51 J=6.71 Hz, 2 0.68 J=6.71 Hz, I 0.73 J=7.02 186 Hz, 2 0.77-0.82 (in, 4 0.88-0.98 (in, 10 1),1.0-1.03 1.05 9 H), O) 1.09-1.18 (in, 3 1.25-1.29 (in, 1 1.3-1.41 (i,3 1.60-1.71 (mn, 311), 1.82- IND 1. 89 (mn, 3 2.00-2.04 (in, J=2.14 Hz, 1 2. 10 J=8.24 Hz, I 2.39-2.43 (in, 1 2.61 (dd, J= 14.04, 7.32 Hz, I 2.87-2.91 (in, I 3.73 1 3.92 (s, 00 5 3 4.13 (dd, 1=1 1.75, 3.51 Hz, 1 4.22-4.27 (mn, 2 4.30 1 4.39 (d, Nl J= 11.90 H.z, I 4.484.55 (mn, 1 4.79 1=5. 19 Hz, 1 4.87 J=4.27 Hz, 1 rnH), 5.05 (di, 1=10.07 Hz, I M, 5.22 J=16.79 Hz, 1 5.78-5.85 (in, 2 7.09 IND(dd, 1=9. 16, 1.83 Hz, 1 7.17 (di, J= 1.83 Hz, I 7.23 J=5.80 Hz, I 11), 7.88 J=5.80 Hz, 1 H) 8.09 J=9.16 Hz, 1 LC-MS (retention time: 2.05 min.), MS in/z 796(MW).

Example 67: Preparation of Compound 67 0, Tx Compound 67 Compound 67 was prepared by the same method as Compound 64 with the following modifications: Modifications: Di-tert-amyl dicarbonate was used as a starting material to give Compound 67 (35.3 mg, 41% yield): 'H NMiR(CDOD, 500 MHz) S 0.78 1=7.17 Hiz, 3 0.89-0.95 (in, 6 1.04 9 1.005-1.09 (in, 3 1.15 I 1.22 J=12.51 Hz, 6 1.40 2 1.42-1.46 1.48 3 1.56-1.66 (in, 2 1.78 J=7.63 Hz, I 1.84 J=7.53 Hz, I 1.88 1=5.80 Hz, I 2.22 J=8.5 5 Hz, 1 2.27-2.3 1 (in, I 2.61 (dd, J= 13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 2.9 1-2.96 S 25 (in, 1 3.92 3 4.08 J=12.21 Hz, 1 4.26 1=9.16 Hz, 1 4.42 (di, J=11.29 Hz, I 4.52 J=7.93 Hz, 1 5.12 1=10.07 Hz, I 5.29 (d, 0 J=17.09 Hz, I 5.73-5.80 (in, 11-H), 5.84 I 6.57 J=8.85 Hz, I 7.09 J=8.54 Hz, I 7.18 I 7.25 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.89 1=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.08 J=9.16 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.82 min.), MS m./z 728 (I-Ir).

0 N Example 68: Preparation of Compound 68 H 00 0 N

N

0N0 Compound,68 Compound 68 was prepared by the same method as Compound 64 with the following modifications: Modifications: 2,2,2-Trichloro-1,1-dimethyl chioroformate was used as a starting material to give Compound 68 (30.5mg, 37% yield): 'H NMvR (CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) 8 0.99 9 1.04 6 1.08-1.09 (mn, 3H), 1.23-1.26 (in, 3 1.44 2 H), 1.46 J=5.80 Hz, I 1.71 2 2.23-2.33 (in, 2 2.60-2.64 (in, I 2.93- 2.96 (in, I 3.70 (in, 1 3.71 3 3.93 3 4.04-4.06 (in, 2 4.27 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I 4.41 1= 11.60 Hz, I 4.57 1=1 0.98, 6. 11 Hz, I 5.14 (d, J=12.21 Hz, 1 5.32 J=17.70 Hz, 1 5.7'5-5.80 (in, I 5.84 I 7.10 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I 7.19 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.26 J=6. 10 Hz, I 7.90 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.07 J=9.16 Hz, I H) LC-MS (retention time: 1.95 min.), MS m/z 816(M Example 69: Preparation of Compound 69 0,,D 0V 1. DSC, DIEA, 0/, c'KN F\H THF, MW 0 W VNH T H H~f N 0 0 Product from step 1 ompoud6 of example Copond6 To a solution mixture of product from step 1 of example 55 (102 mg, 0.149 mmol) 4 and DJIEA (48.2, 0.373 mmol) in THE (2 was added N,N'-dissucinimfidyl carbonate (57.1 mg, 0.223 mnmol). The resulting suspension was irradiated in a microwave to 80 *G for 15 min. Then was added a slurry solution of sodium 1methyl cyclopentoxide which was prepared by treating a 0 'C solution of 1-methyl cyclopentanol (149.2 mg, 1.49 mmol) in THE (I rrL) with NaH (60% in oil, 59.6 mg, 1.49 mrnol) for 15 min at rt. After stirring at ii 15 min, thee reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (3 mL) and extracted with EtOAc mL). The organic layer was then passed through a celite hydromatfix column, LUzILrIuateCu wiu puliiiu Ljy 1evziscu pidb1e VICF-fr~I-r. LU give kUipuiuO mg, 1H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MIHz) 8 0.95-0.98 (in, 3 0.99-1.01 (n 1=12.51 Hz, 1 1.03 9 1.14-1.18 (in, 2 1.30 3 H,1.40-1.47 (in, 3 H), 1.50-1.56 (in, 3 1.60-1.64 (in, I 1.76-1.81 (in, I 1.83-1.85 (in, 1 2. 2.19 (in, I 2.36-2.43 (mn, I 2.63 (dd, J=14.530, 7.17 Hz, I 2.86-2.90 (in, I 3.92 3 4.09 J=12.51 Hz, 1 4.25 J=1.53 Hz, 1 4.43 (d, J=10.99 Hz, I 4.51-4.55 (in, I 5.06 J=:11.60 Hz, I 5.23 J=16.78 Hz, I 5.80-5.85 (mn, J=12.67, 12.67 Hz, 2 7.09 J=8.55 Hz, I 7.17 1 7.24 J=5.49 Hz, 1 8.07 J=9.16 Hz, 1 H) LC-MS (retention time: 1.87 min.), MS m/z 740 (MWff).

Example 70: Preparation of Compound 189 01 0//H 0

N'S"N

Y 0 0 IND Compound

C']

4Compound 70 was prepared by the same method as Compound 69 with the following modifications: Modifications: Cyclopentanol was used as a starting material to give Compound (85.1 mg, 40% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 8 0.98 I 1.00 J=4.88 Hz, I 1.03 9 1.06-110 2 1.24-1.29 3 1.36-1.40 2 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.31, 5.04 Hz, 2 1.57-1.62 5 IH), 1.69-1.73 2 1.88 (dd, J=8.09, 5.65 Hz, I 2.22-29 2 2.59-2.62 I 2.92-2.96 1 3.93 3 4.07 (dd, J=10.99, 2.44 Hz, 1 4.29 I 4.42 (dd, J=12.51, 1.53 Hz, I 4.55 (dd, J=9.77, 7.93 Hz, I 4.68-4.71 (mi, I 4.81 J=8.55 Hz, 1 H), 4.89 J=9.46 Hz, 1 5.13 J=10.68 Hz, 1 5.30 J=16.48 Hz, I 5.73- 5.78 5.84 I 7.12 (dd, J=9.15, 1.83 Hz, I 7.20 J=2.14 Hz, 1 7.27 J=5.80 Hz, 1H), 7.89 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.09 J=8.85 Hz, I LC- MS (retention time: 1.81 min.), MS m/z 726 (ME).

190 o) Example 71: Preparation of Compound 71 00 N1P H 00 0 N 41 I, c-iN

N

4 k H NH~4 c 0 f~ Nl- 0 Compound 71 Compound 71 was prepared by the same method as Compound 69 with the following modifications: Modifications: Cyclobutanol was used as a starting material to give Compound 71 (16.2 mg, 39% yield): 'H1 NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) 6 0.97 3 1.03 9 H), 1 06f(-1 1 P 1 1 2Ln1 17-1AA n N 1 5Z!-!95 ,nI( M I~T' 2.08 (in, 1 2.15-2.21 (in, I 2.30-2.36 1 2.49-2.54 (in, 0.4 2.59- 2.67 (in, 0.6 2.90-2.94 (in, 1 3.93 31T), 4.09 (dd, J=8-09, 4.73 Hz, I TH), 4.20 J=10.68 H~z, 0.4 4.38 J=10.68 Hz, 0.6 4.46 (dd, J=10.22, 7.17 H-z, W 15 0.4 4.48-4.56 I 5.07-5.11 (in, 1 5.26 J=17.24 Hz, 0.4 5.28 (d, J= 17.24 Hz, 0.6 5.71-5.79 (in, 1 H),5.84 I1I), 7.07 (dd, J=8.39, 2.90 Hz, 1 H), 7.14 J=2.14 Hz, 1 7.20 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.25 J=5-80 Hz, 1 7.59 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I 7.88 (in, I 8.00 J=9.16 Hiz, 0.4 8.07 J=8.85 Hz, 0.6 LC-MS (retention time: 1.25 min.), MS m/z 712(vI-) Example 72: Preparation of Compound 72 00 H II CI Compound 72 Compound 72 was prepared by the same method as Compound 69 with the following modifications: Modifications: 2-Phenyl-2-propanol was used as a starting material to give Compound 72 (19.0 mg, 42% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MvfU) 8 0.97 (in, I H), 1.03 9 1.06-1.09 (in, 3 1.16-1.22 (in, 4 1.41-1.44 (in, I 1.57 3 1.86 J=7.80 Hz, 1H), 2.14-2.18 (in, 1 2.30-2.35 (in, I 2.57-2.61 (mn, I 2.90-2.94 (in, 1 3.92 J=4.27 Hz, I 3.94 3 4.04 (dd, J=10.99, 3.66 Hz, I 4.18 I 4.24 J=10.99, Hz, I 4.52 I 5.09 (d, 1=10.07 H-z, 1 5.26 J=14.95 Hz, 1 5.78-5.82 (in, 2 7.07-7.12 (in, 2 H), 7.16-7.20 (in, 3 7.23 J=5.19 Hz, 1 7.29 1=7.02 Hz, 2 7.84 (d, p J=5.80 Hz, 1 8.03 J=9.46 Hz, 1 H) LC-MS (retention time: 1.84 min.), MS in/z 776 (MIH+).

Example 73: Preparation of Compound 73 F3C 000,NA,%k. ~-iK Compound 73 192 Compound 73 was prepared by the same method as Compound 69 with the IND following modifications: 00 5 Modifications: 4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl dimethyl carbinol was used as a starting material to give Compound 73 (22.1 mg, 45% yield): 'H NMR(GDOD, 500 MhEz) 8 0.91 1 0.97-1.00 (in, J=15.56 Hz, 4 1.04 9 1.07-1.10 (mn, 2 H), IND1.16-1.20 (in, 3 1.30-1.31 (in, I 1.41 (dd, J=9.61, 5.34 Hz, I 1.55 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 6 1.83-1.87 (in, I 2.11-2. 14 (rn, I 2.34-2.39 (in, I 2.57- 2.62 (mn, I 2.89-2.92 (in, J= 11.60, 4.27 Hiz, .1 3.92 2 3.94 3 H), 4.02-4.05 (in, 1 4.17 I 4.26 J=1 1.90 Hz, 1 4.53 .1=8.85 Hz, I H), 5.07 1=10.07 Hz, I 5.24 J=18.01 Hz, I 5.78-5.83 (in, 2 7.08 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 7.19 I 7.22 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.45 (dd, J=13.74, 7.63 H~z, 3 7.60 J=6.41 Hz, 1 7.67 1=7.63 Hz, 1 7.84 J=5.80 Hz, IH) 8.02 1=8.54 Hz, I H) LC-MS (retention time: 1.92 min.), MS m/z 844 Example 74: Preparation of Compound 74 0. 9N 0 2HCIH2N NN 200 To a solution mixture of the product from step Iof example 55 (70.0 mg, 0.108 inmol) and DIiEA (41.8 ing, 0.323 innol) in DCM (2 inL) was added tbutylisocyanate (32.0, 0.323 mmol). After stirring at rt overnight, the reaction was concentrated and purified by reversed-phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 74 (42.3 mg, 55% yield): 'H NMIR(CD 3 OD, 500 M4Hz) 8 0.96-1.00 (in, I H) 1.04 9 H) 1.08-1.10 (in, 3 H) 1.19 9 H) 1.22-1.31 (in, 2 H1) 1.30 (in, I H) 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I H) 2.20-2.29 (in, 2 H) 2.61 (dd, J=14.04, Co 6.72 Hz, I H) 2.92-2.97 (mn, 1 H) 3.92 3 H) 4.08 (dd, 1=1 1.60, 3.97 Hz, I H) 4.36 INO(s, I H) 4.47-4.52 (in, 2 H) 4.81 1=3.36 Hz, I H) 4.88 J=8.85 Hz, I H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.22, 1.68 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 (dd, J=17.09, 1.53 Hz, I H) 5.72-5.76 (in, I H) 5.85 00 ~5 I H) 7.08 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I ED 7.18 1= 2.14 Hz, I H) 7.24 J=5.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.88 J=6.10 Hz, 1 ED 8.12 J=9.16 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.70 min.), MS m/z 713 (H)

(NO

Example 75: Preparation of Compound 1 0 H~ H 0 00 Compound Compound 75 was prepared by the same method as Compound 74 with the following modifications: Modifications: Cyclopentyl isocyanate was used as a starting material to give Compound 75 (38.5 mg, 'H1 NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MAHz) 5 0.92 J=7.63 Hz, I ED 0.96 9 H) 0.98-1.02 (mn, I ED 1.05 9 H) 1.07-1.10 (in, 2 H) 1.21-1.25 (mn, 3 H) 1.28-1.34 (in, 1H) 1.36-1.55 (in, 8 H) 1.58-1.65 (in, 13 H) 1.81 (in, 1 H) 1.88 (in, 6 H) 2.23 (dd, J= 18.01, 8.85 Hz, I H) 2.29 (mn, I H) 2.59 (dd, J= 13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 H) 2.94 (in, 1 H) 3.27 1=1.83 Hz, I ED 3.35 J=1.53 Hz, I H) 3.75 (in, I H) 3.92 3 H) 3.95 J=6.41 Hz, I H) 3.97 1 H) 4.09 (in, 2 ED 4.40 1 H) 4.45 (d, 1= 11.90 Hz, 1 ED 4.52 (dd, J= 10.07, 7.02 Hz, I H) 4.81 J=7.02 Hz, I H) 4.89 (d, J=7.02 Hz, I H) 5.11 (in, I H) 5.29 J=17.40 Itz, I H) 5.75 (mn, I H) 5.85 1 H) 7.11 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H) 7.18 J=2.44 Htz, I H) 7.25 J=5.80 Hz, I H) iii)7.88 J=6.10 Hz, I H) 7.95 (in, 1 H) 8.12 J-=9.16 Hz, 1 H) );LC-MS (retention time: 1.67 min.), MS m/z 725 Example 76: Preparation of Compound 76 00 ID0,o DSC, DIEA, 2HCI.H2N 0 H 9>7 the IAIO..NHZTHF N N_, Product from step 1 Compound 76 of example To a solution midxture of the product from step 1 of example 55 (70 mng, 0.102 mrmol) and DIBA (33.0 mg, 0.255 minol) in THF (2 mL) was added N,N'-dissucinimidyl carbonate (39.2 mg, 0.153 inmo]). The resulting suspension was irradiated in a icrowave to 80 'C for 15 min. Then it was treated with tert-amylamine (88.9 mg, reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 761(51 mg, 'H NUR (CD 3

OD,

500 MI-z) 0.76 J=7.48 Hz, 4 HM, 0.97 1 1.04 9 1.13 6 1.22- 1.25 (in, 2 1.41 (dd, J=9.61, 5.34 Hz, 1 1.53 (dd, J=13.89, 7.48 Hz, 1 H), 1.58-1.62 (mn, 1 1.87 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I11H), 2.20 J=8.65 Hz, I 2.27- 2.31 (in, I 2.60 (dd, J= 13.73, 7.32 Hz, I 2.92-2.96 (in, I 3.92 3 H), 4.08 (dd, J=11.75, 3.81 Hz, I 4.36 I 4.46 J= 11. 90 Hz, I 4.50 (dd, J=10.22, 7.17 Hz, 1 5.10 (dd, 1=10.22, 1.37 Hz, 1 5.27 (dd, J=16.94, 1.07 H~z, I 5.73-5.77 (in, I 5.84 J=3.51 Hz, 1 7.09 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I 7.18 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.24 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.88 J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.11 J=9.16 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: AI.753 min.), MS m/z 727 Example 77: Preparation of Compound 77 00 I H NN "r Z""N IND Compound 77 Compound 77 was prepared by the same mnethod as Compound 76 with the following modifications: Modifications: tert-Butyl methylamine was Used as a starting material to give Compound 77 (160.7 mg, 74% yield): 'HNMR('CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) 8 0.96- 1. 10 (in, I 1.06 9 HM, 1.08-1.12 (in, J=5.80 Hz, 3 1.26 9 1.46 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 1.87 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 2.21 J=8.75 Hz, I 2.26-231 (mn, 1 2.57-2.62 (in, I 2.86 3 2.9 1-2.95 (in, I 3.92 3 4.09 (dd, 1=1 1.90, 3.66 Hz, 1 4.43 1 4.46 1=1 1.90 Hz, I 4.52 (dd, J=10.68, 7.02 Hz, I 5.11 (dd, J=10.22, 1.37 Hz, I 5.29 J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.75-5.82 (in, 1 5.86 1 7.09 (dd, J=9.16, 2.14 Hz, I 7.18 J=2.44 Hz, 1 7.24 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.88 J=5.80 Hiz, I 8.09 J=8.85 Hz, 1 H)) LC-MS (retention time: 1.76 min.), MS in/z 727 (MHr).

Example 78: Preparation of Compound 78 H 0 00 N iYKNv N~ 0- 0 0 cINDI Compound'78 4 Compound 78 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following modifications: Modifications: NO-Dirnethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride was used as a starting material to give Compound 78 (62.1 mg, 60% yield): 'HNMiI(CDOD, 500 MHz) 0.99 J=6.10 Hz, 1 1.07 111-H), 1.22-1.26 (in, J=3.97 Hz, 2 1.47 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I 1.88 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, 1 2.22 J=8.54 Hz, I 2.3- 30-2.33 (mn, I 2.60 (dd, J=13.43, 7.02 Hz, I 2.92 3 2.93-2.96 (mn, 1I) 'I AA T (c'IP IQ)l 'I M A 191~ (rd-1I1 001 AAT-T- 7 I W'T)AIA (A 7- V I )T-T-Y I 4.44 J=9.46 Hz, I 4.54 (dd, 1=10.53,.6.87 Hz, 1 5.12 J=10.38 Hz, I 5.30 J=17.09 Hz, 1 5.75-5.83 (in, 1 5.86 J=3.97 Hz, I 6.70 (d, J=9.77 Hz, I 7.13 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I 7.19 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.25 (d, 1=-6.10 Hz, 1 7.88 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.07 J=9.16 Hz, I H) LC-MS (retention time: 1.59 min.), MS in/z 701 (MIHW).

Example 79: Preparation of Compound 79 N SI 00~~ 000 00N 0 N H N Compound 79 Compound 79 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following modifications: Modifications: Diethylamine was used as a starting material to give Compound 79 (56.5 mg, 54% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) 8 1.03 J= 15.6 Hz, 4 1.06 J=1.53 Hz, 9 1.05-1.10 (in, 3 1.13-1.23 (in, 4 1.46 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 1.86 (dd, J=7.93, 5.30 Hz, I 2.17 J=8.85 Hz, I 2.32-2.36 (mn, I 2.60 (dd, J= 14.04, 7.32 Hz, I 2.89-2.93 (in, I 3.16-3.24 (in, 4 3.92 (S, 3 4.14 (dd, 1=1 1.90, 3.66 Hz, 1 4.37 J=l11.60 Hz, 1 If), 4.51-4.55 (mn, 2 5.09 J=10.07 Hz, I 5.27 J=17.09 Hz, I 5.55 J=9.46 Hz, I H), 5.79-5.84 (in, I 5.86 I 7.11 (dd, J=8.135, 2.44 Hz, 1 7.18 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.24 J=5.80 Hz, 1 7.88 J=5.80 Hz, 1 8.08 J=9.16 Hz, 1 H)) LC-MS (retention time: 1.68 min.), MS m/z 71:3 Example 80: Preparation of Compound oND 011, 00 0 00 H~ 2N N

H

2 N N k 0 H V IND Compound Compound 80 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following modifications: Modifications: Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride was used as a starting material to give Compound 76 (12.2 mg, 32% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) 8 1.00- 1.03 3H), 1.06 9H), 1.20-1.25 1.42 (dd, J=9.31, 5.34 Hz, I H), 2.22 1=9.77 Hz, I 2.29-2.35 (in, I 2.59 (dd, J=13.28, 6.87 Hz, I 2.92- 2.96 (in, 1 3.92 3 4.14 (dci, J= 11.75, 4.12 Hz, 1 4.38-4.43 (in, 1 H), 4.51 (dd. J=9.92, 6.87 Hz, 1 5.11 J=1 1.90 Hz, I 5.28 (ci, J=17.70 Hz, I 5.72-5.79 (mn, I 5.84 1 7.15 J=2.44 Hz,' I 7.17 J=2.75 Hz, I 7.23 (di, J=5.80 Hz, IH), 7.87 J=7.87 Hz, IH), 8.10 (ci, J=8.85 Hz, IM); LC- MS (retention time: 1.43 mmLi.), MS m/z 657 (MH).

Example 81: Preparation of Compound 81 00 6 II v '4' Compound 81 N Compound 81 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following- modifications: Modifications: tert-Octylamnine was used as a starting material to give Compound 81 (16.1 mg, 48% yield): 'HNMvR(CD 3 OD, 50'0 MHz) 8 0.88 9 1.00 (d, J=9.77 Hz, 5 1.04 9 1. 17 3 1. 18-1.20 (in, I 1. 21 3 1.35 J=2.44 Hz, I 1.40-1.43 (in, 11-1), 1.57 J=14.95 Hz, 1 1.67 J=14.65 Hz, I 1.85 (dd, 1=8.09, 5.34 Hz, 1 2.15 1=8.24. Hz, I 2.34-2.43 (in, I 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I 2.89-2.93 (in, 1 3.92 3 4.13 (dd, 1=1 1.60, 3.97 Hz, I 4.38 I 4.43 1=1 1.90 Hz, 1 4.50 (dd, 1=9.77, 7.32 Hz, I 5.07 1=10.38 H-z, I 5.24 J=17.09 Hz, I 5.75-5.81 (in, I 5.84 1 7.09 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 7.17 J=2.44 Hz, 1 7.23 (d, 1=5.80 Hz, I 7.88 J=5.80 Hz, 1 8.10 J=9.16 Hz, I H) LC-MS (retention time: 1.92 min.), MIS m/z 769 (MH 4 f).

Example 82: Preparation of Compound 82 200 H 0 0 0 H H 9 n A ^7 0N N O 0 Compound 82 Compound 82 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following modifications: Modifications: 1-(4-fluorophenyl)- 2 -methyl-2-propylamine was used as a starting material to give Compound 82 (14.8 mg, 42% yield): 'HNMR (CD 3 OD, 500 MIHz) 6 0.88 9 1.00 J=9.46 Hz, 6 1.04 9 1.17 3 1.21 3 H), 1.32-1.37 2 1.39-1.43 1 1.57 J=14.65 Hz, 1 1.67 J=14.96 Hz, 1 1.82-1.86 1 2.15 J=9.46 Hz, 1i 2.33-2.43 2 2.58-2.62 kUU, J=1.tj, 1.10 fl, i 2.6Y-2..3 i 3.72 3 4.1i2. UU, J-i i.7V, 3.97 Hz, 1 4.38 1 4.43 J=12.82 Hz, 1 4.49-4.52 (in, 1 5.24 (d, J=16.48 Hz, 1 5.76-5.82 1 5.83-5.85 (rn, 1 7.09 (dd, J=9.00, 2.59 Hz, p 1 7.17 J=2.14 Hz, 1 7.23 J=5.80 Hz, 1 7.88 J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 J=9.16 Hz, 1 LC-MS (retention time: 1.40 min.), MS m/z 807 Example 83: Preparation of Compound 83 201

C)

o NN 0 Compound 83 Compound 83 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following, modifications: Modifications: Cumylamine -was used as a starting material to give Compound 83 (64.6 mg, 57% yield): 'HNMR (CDOD, 500 II-Iz) 8 0.87-0.9 1 (in, I 0.98 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 2 1.01 9 1.02-1.05 (in, I 1.17-1.21 (in, 3 1.29 2 H), 1.40 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I 1.51 J=3.05 H1z, 5 1. 85 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, I 2.17 1=8.85 Hz, 1 2.30-2.33 (in, I 2.58 (dd, J= 13.58, 7.48 Hz, 1 H), 2.91-2.94 (in, I 3.92 J=2.14 Hz, I 3.93 3 4.05 (dd, 1=1 1.60, 3.66 Hz, I 4.32 J19.77 H~z, I 4.51 (dd, J=9.92, 7.17 H-z, I 5.09 (dd, J=11.59, 1.52 Hz, I 5.27 (dd, J=16.71, 1.22 Hz, 1 5.74-5.78 (in, 1 5.82 (s, p 1 7.05-7.09 (in, 1 7.18 1=2.44 Hz, IH), 7.19 J=7.33 Hz, 114), 7.22 (d, 1=5.80 Hz, I 7.33 J=7.63 Hz, 1 ?.84 J=5.80 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.76 mini.), MS in/z 775 Example 84: Preparation of Compound 84 2HCI Product of step of example 11 Compound 84 To a solution of the product of step 5 of example 11 (77.0 mg, 0.136 mmol), DIBA

C)

IND (43.4 mg, 0.177 mmol). After stirring at rt for 14 hr, the reaction mnixture was washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO 3 (1 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with 00 5 Wx mL DCM. The combined organic layer was washed with 5% aqueous citric acid (2 mL), brine, dried over Mg0 4 concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (SiO 2 97:3 DCM:MeOH-) to give Compound 84 (68.4 mig, 69% IND yield): 1H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 IHz) 5 0.89 J=7.32 Hz, 3 H) 0.94 (dd, J=5.95, 4.43 Hz, 3 H) 1.07 J=7,.63 Hz, 3 11)1. 13 H) 1. 16-1.20 (in, J=4.88 Hz, 2 H 1.23 3 H) 1.28 (in, 1 H) 1.34-1.38 (mn, 1 H) 1.41-1.47 (mn, I H) 1.55-1.60 (n J=7.63 Hz, 1 H) 1.87-1.9 1 (mn, 1 H) 2.22-2.26 2 H) 2.36-2.38 (in, 1 H) 2.56-2.62 (in, I H) 2.81 J=1 1.30 Hz, 2 H) 2.94-2.99 (mn, 1 H) 3.92 3 H) 4.05-4.12(m, 2 H) 4.48-4.57 (in, 2 H) 5.12 J=10.07 Hz, I H) 5.32 (in, 1 H) 5.75-5.82 (in, 1 H) 5.84-5.88 (in, 1 H) 7.09-7.13 (in, I H) 7.16-7.20 (in, 1 H) 7.23-7.27 (in, 1 11),7.88 (dd, J=5.95, 2.29 Hz, I H) 8.04 J=9.16 Hz, 0.6 H) 8.09 J=9.46 Hz, 0.41H); LC- MS (retention time: 1.83 min.), MS in/z 728 (MIH').

Example 85: Preparation of Example 0> Compound 203 CQ Compound 85 was prepared by the same method as Compound 84 with the IND following modifications: 00 5 Modifications: Boc-MeVal-QH was used as a starting material to give Compound N- 84 (72.1 mg, 74% yield): 'H NM(CD 3 OD, 500 MvHz) 8 0.84 J=5.80 Hz, 3 H), 0.96 J=6.41 Hz, 3 1.08 J=7.32 Hz, 2 1. 13 6 1. 16 4 1. 18- IND1.21 (in, I 1.23-1.29 (mn, 1 1.44 (dd, J=9.61, 5.34 Hz, I 1.88-1.92 (mn, I 2.24 1=10.07 Hz, 1 2.32-2.39 (in, 2 2.58 (dd, J=13.89, 6.26 Hz, IH) 2.80 3 2.93-2.98 (in, I 3.93 3 4.01 (dd, 1=1 1.90, 3.36 Hz, 0.6 H), 4.12 (dd, J=1 1.90, 3.66 Hz, 0.4 4.16 J=11.29 Hz, 0.6 4.38 J=10.99 Hz, 0.4 4.45 1=10.68 Hz, I 4.47 J=1[0.69 Hz, 0.6 4.53 (dd, 1=10.38, 7.02 Hz, 0.4 4.58 (dd, 3=10.07, 7.02 Hz, I 5.12 J=4.28, 0.6 5.14 (d, J=4.27 Hz, 0.4 5.30 J=7.32 Hz, 0.6 5.34 J=7.32 Hz, 0.4 5.78-5.85 (in, I 5.88 1=3.05 Hz, 0.6 5.96 J=3.97 Hz,. 0.4 7.13 (dd, J=9.00, 2.29 Hz, 0.6 7.16 (dd, J=9.46, 2.44 Hz, 0.4 7.19 (in, I Hf), 7.24 J=6. 10 Hz, 0.6 7.26 J=6. 10 Hz, 0.4 7.88 J=5.80 Hz, 1 8.02 J-=9.16 Hz, 0.6 H) 8.05 J=9.16 Hz, 0.4 M).

Example 86: Preparation of Compound 86 Compound 86 204 Compound 86 was prepared by the same method as Compound 84 with the following modifications: Modifications: Boc-MeLeu-OH was used as a st~arting material to give Compound (56.5 mg, 57% yield): 'H NMIR (CDOD, 500, MHz) 860.94-0.96 (in, 6 1.04- 1.13 (in, 2 1.17 (s,4.5 1.18 4.5 1.26-1.31 (in, I 1.42 (dd, 1=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 1.46-1.51 (in, 2 1.56-1.60 (in, 0.5 1.69-1.72 (in, 0.5 1.75- 1.81 (in, 0.5 1.90 1=7.50 Hz, I 2.27 (dci, J=13.89, 7.78 Hz, I 2.32-2.38 (in, I HM, 2.5 8 (dd, J= 14.80, 7.48 Hz, I 2.7 5 3 2.95-2.99 (mn, 1 3.93 (s, 3 HM, 4.03 J=12.21 Hz, 1 4.11-15 (in, 0.5 4.28 J=12.21 Liz, I 4.53 1=8.50 Hz, 0.5 4.59 J=8.55 Hz, 0.5 4.83-4.87 (in, J=6.41 Hz, 0.5 H), 4.96 (in, 0.5 5.14 (dd, J= 11. 14, 4.73 Hz, I 5.32 (dd, 1= 17.70, 6.41 Hz, I H), 5.75-5.82 (in, 1 5.90 0.5 5.92 0.5 7.13-7.18 m, I 7.20 I H), 7.25-7.27 (in, 1 7.87 J=4.40 Hz, 1 H) 8.05 J=8.85 Hz, 11H).

Example 87: Preparation of Compound 87 H 000\ N' N

N,

Compound 87 Compound 87 was prepared by the same method as Compound 84 with the following modifications: Modifications: Boc-MeNle-OH was used as a stalting material to give Compound 87 (82.3 mg, 83% yield): 'H NMiR(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) 8 0.90-0.96 J=7.63 Hz, 3 O (i 205 N_ H) 1.05-1.10 (in, 2 H) 1.18 4.5 H) 1.20 4.5 H) 1.24-1.30 (in, 3 H) 1.31-1.38 (in, o I H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 2 H) 1.72-1.81 (in, 2 H) 1.88-1.92 (in, I H) 2.22-2.29 IND I H) 2.32-2.38 (in, I H) 2.58 (dd, J= 13.89, 7.17 Hz, I H) 2.72 3 H) 2.94-2.99

(N

(mn, I H) 3.93 3 H) 4.02 (dd, J=9.77, 4.27 Hz, I H) 4.12 (dd, J= 11.90,3.35 Hz, 005 H) 4.24 (dd, J=11.90, 0.6 Hz, 0.5 H) 4.51-4.60' (mn, 1 H) 5.14 J=10.38 Hz, 1 H) 5.33 (dd, J=17.24, 4.73 Hz, I H) 5.75-5.82 (in, I H) 5.91 I H) 7.15 (dd, J=14.34, 7.63 Hz, I H) 7.20 J=2.44 Hz, 11-H) 7.25 .1=5.80 Hz, I H) 7.87 J=4.37 Hz, 1 INDH) 8.05 J=8.85 Hz, 1I) 410 Example 88: Preparative of Compound 88 N4 k /I/ N 0

H

0 r Comnpound 88 Compound 88 was prepared by the same method as Compound 84 with the following modifications: Modifications: Boc-N-Me-NVa-OH was used as a starting material to give Compound 88 (70.5 mg, 73% yield): 'H NMR(CDOD, 500 MHz) 8 0.96 (d, J=6.41 Hz, 3 H) 1.06-1.10 (in, 2 H) 1.18 9 H) 1.27-1.30 (in, 4 HI) 1.42 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 H) 1.66-1.80 (in, 2 H) 1.88-1.92 (in, I H) 2.23-2.29 (in, I H) 2.30-2.37 (mn, I H) 2.5 8 (dd, 1= 13.5 8, 7.17 Hz, I 2.73 3 H) 2.94-2.98 (in, I H) 3.93 3 H) 4.00-4.04 (mn, I H) 4.12 J= 12.82 Hz, 0. 5 H) 4.25 J= 12-21 Hz, 0. H) 4.51-4.60 (mn, I H) 5.13 J=10.68 Hz, I H) 5.32 J=17.09 Hz, I H) 5.75-5.81 (mn, 1 H) 5.90 1 H) 7.13-7.18 (in, I H) 7.20 J=2.14 H, I H) 7.25 J=5.80 Hz, I H) 7.87 I H) 8.05 J=9.16 Hz, I H).

206 o Example 89: Preparation of Compound 89 00 00D 0,00~ 0 0o \S"1 HATU, DIA 1C k\ 21N JN 0 N. 8"V% B1- CN-J 211C OH- N BCN 0 H Product from step 5 Compond 8 of example 11Copud8 To a solution of the product from step 5 of example 11 (66.0 mg, 0.123 mnmol), DIEA (63.7 mg, 0.492 mmol) and HATU (70.0, 0.184 mmol) was added 2S-ter-tbutoxycarbonylamino-3-hydroxy-3-methyl-butynic: acid (34.0 mg, 0.147 mnmol).

After stirring at rt for 14 hr, the reaction mixtUre was washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO 3 (0 mL). The aqueous layer was extr-acted with 2x2 mL DCM. The combined organic layer was washed with 5% aqucous citric acid (2 rnL), brine, dried over Mg0 4 concentrated and purified by reversed phase prep-HLPLC to give J=7.93 Hz, 2 1. 18 1 1.20 9 1.24- 1.27 (in, J=l11.60 Hz, 3 1.30 3 1.43-1.48 (in, 10 1.59 1 1.65 1 1.87 (dd, J=8.24, 5.19 Hz, p I 2.24 J=9.16 Hz, I 2.33-2.36 (in, 1 2.63 (dd, J= 12.97, 6.56 Hz, 1 H), 2.94-2.99 (in, 1 3.92 3 3.93 I 4. 12 (dd, J= 11.60, 3.05 Hz, 1 H), 4.274.31 (in, 1 4.54 J=9.77 Hz, I 5.12 (dd, J=10.53, 1.37 Hz, I 5.30 J=17.09 Hz, I 5.79-5.83 (in, I 5.85 I 7.11 (dd, J=8.55, 1.83 Hz, 1 7.18 J=2.24 Hz, 1 7.24 J=5.49 H~z, I 7.88 (in, 1 8.10 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H) LC-MS (retention time: 1.637 mmii.), MS m/z 716 (MiHW).

Example 91: Preparation of Compound 91 207 00 6 V Compound 91 Compound 91 was prepared by the same method as Compound 89 with the 4 following modifications: Modifications: Boc-L-Thr-OH was used as a starting material to give Compound 91 (80.5 mg, 66% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 Iv]lIz) 8 0.93 (dd, J=8.24, 2.14 Hz, 2 1.08-1.18 (in, 4 1.20 J=6.10 Hz, 3 11), 1.29 9 1.32 (dd, J=9.61, 5.04 Hz, I 1.45 J=4.27 Hz, 1 1.84 (Id, J=7.63, 5.19 Hz, I 2.15 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I 2.42-2.48 (in, I 2.64 (dd, 14.04, 7.63 Hz, I 2.85-2.89 (in, I 3.92 3 4.1-4.14 (in, 2 4.30 J=4.8 8 Hz, I 4.3 8 J= 11 .60 Hz, I 4.60 J=8.55 Hz, I 5.04 (dd, J=10.22., 1.68 Hz, I 5.80-5.84 (in, 2 H), 7. 11 J=9.16 Hz, I 7.17 J= 1.83 Hz, 1 7.23 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.87 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I 8.10 J=8.85 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.560 min.), MS 15 m/z 702 Example 92: Preparation of Compound 92 MeO H N N

N

0~, Compound 92 208 0 Compound 92 was prepared by the same method as Compound 89 with the IND following modifications: 00 5 Modifications: Boc-L-Thr(Me)-OH was usecd as a starting material to give N Compound 92 (47.1 mg, 69% yield): 'H NMR.(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) 5 0.95 (d, J=4.27 Hz, 2 1.11-1.16 (in, 3 1.18 J=:6.10 Hz, 6 1.32 9 1.38 IND (dd, J=9.31, 5.04 Hz, 1 1.45 1 1.85 (dd, J=7.78, 5.04 Hz, 1 2.13 (d, J=9.15 Hz, I 2.46-2.51 (mn, 1 2.63 (dd, J= 14.19, 7.78 Hz, 1 2.81-2.9 1 (mn, I 3.68-3.73 (mn, 1 3.92 4 4.14 J=12.21 Hz, I 4.35 J=5.80 Hz, I 4.42 1=11.29 Hz, I 4.60 J=8.70 Hz, I 5.05 1=10.68 Hz, 1 5.24 (dcl, J=16.79, 0.92 Hz, I 5.81-5.85 2 7.11 (dd, J=9.16, 0.92 Hz, 1 7.17 I 7.24 J=5.80 Hz, 1 7.88 1=5.80 Hz, I 8.11 J=8-55 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.660 min.), MS mlz 716 (MII').

Example 93: Preparation of Compound 93 Ne 00 0//YN/ 0 0 0HN 0 Compound 93 Compound 93 was prepared by the same method as Compound 89 with the following modifications: Modifications: Boc-L-Thr(tBu)-OH was used as a starting material to give Compound 93 (52.7 mg, 53% yield): 'H NMR(C'D 3 OD, 500 MHz) 8 1.09 (dd, J=8.24, 2.44 Hz, 2 1.

2 01.24.(m, 3 1.28 9 1.45 9 1.89 (dd, 209 J=7.93, 5.19 Hz, I 2.25 J=8.34 Hz, I 2.32-2.36 (in, I 2.59 (dd, C0 J=12.82, 6.41 Hz, I 2.95-3.00 (in, I 3.71 2 3.92 3 Hf), 3.93-3.99 (in, IND H) 4. 10 J=7.02 Hz, I 4.15 1= 11.90 Hz, 1 4.22 (dd, J=6.10, 2.44 Hz, 2 H,4.40 J=1 1.60 Hz, I 4.54 (dd, J=10.01, 6.71 Hz, 1 5.13 Kd J=10.38 00 5 Hz, 1 5.31 J=17.09 Hz, I 5.76-5.833 (mn, 1 5.87 1 6.06 (d, riJ--9.46 Hz, I 6.36 J=7.02 Hz, 1 7.11 J=8.85 Hz, 1 7.18 I H), 7.24 1=5.49 Hz, 1 7.88 (in, 1 8.08 J=9.16 Hz, 1 H).

Example 94: Preparation of Compound 94 MeO 00 0 H N 0 Compound 94 Compound 94 was prepared by the same method as Compound 89 with the following modifications: Modifications: Boc-(2S,3S)-2-amino-3-methoxyb-utanoic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 94 (150.2 mng, 80% yijeld): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 Mijz) 8 1.04-1.13 (mn, 3 1.17 J=6.10 Hz, 3 1.20-1.24 (in, 2 1.27 9 H), 1.44-1.48 (in, 2 1.86 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I 2.24 J=8.65 Hz, 1 2.34- 2.37 (in, 1 2.61 (dd, J= 14.19, 7.17 Hz, I 2.94-2.99 (mn, I 3.66 (in, I H), 3.92 3 4.13 (dd, J=12.36, 3.81 Hz, I 4.37 (dd, J=22.58, 10.99 Hz, 2 H), 4.54 (dd, 1=10.38, 7.63 Hz, 1 5.12 1=10.68 Hz, I 5.31 J=17-40 Hz, I 5.77-5.82 (in, I 5.85 I 7.12 1=9.16 Hz, I 7.18 1 7.25 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 1 7.89 J=5.80 Hz, 1 8.10 J=8.85 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.673 min.), MS rn/z 716 (MIH 4 210 Example 95: Preparation of Compound N Scheme 1.

00 ON 0 ~Setp 10

O

y (Boc),0, OIEA f C1 HON 0CM H OHO O N Steri 2 0/ r.K1H 0 00 r0- -b 4YN 'HI ATU, IEA, N 'sI~ 2HV H H V >r

HYNV

Produci of step 50 of example 11 Compound Step I To a mixture of H--allo-TI-r-OH (5.0 g, 41.98 mmol) and DLEA (10.9 g, 83.96 rnmol) in DCM (150 mL) was added di-tert-butyl clicarbonate (13.7 g, 62.97 mmol).

After stirring at ii for 14h, the reaction mixture was washed with3x 100 mL DOM.

I u i. ne comoinea organic layer was dnied over MgSU 4 arnd conentrated. LC[N4S indicated most product stayed in the H 2 0 layer. Thus the water layer was Concentrated. The product was purified by a flash column chromatography (SiO2, p 90:10 DCM:MeOH) to give Boc-allo-THr-OH; LC--MS (retention time: 0.727 min.), MS m/z 242 (MNa+).

Step 2 To a solution of the product from step 5 of example 11 (100.0 mg, 0.174 mmol), DIEA (67.6 mg, 0.522 mmol) and HATU (106.0 mg, 0.278 mmol) was added the product from step I above (57.3 mg, 0.262 mmol). After stirring at 11 for 3 hr, the reaction mixture was washed with 5% aqueous Na.HCO 3 (I ML). The aqueous layer was extracted with 2x mL DCM. The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous citric acid (2 mL), brine, dried over Mg0 4 concentrated and purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 95 (39.1 mg, 32% yield): 'H1

NM(CD

3 OD, 500 M~fz) 8 1.02 J=8.55 Hz, I 1. 18-1.23 (in, 3 1.25 9 1.38 (dd, 6.30 Hzl 1.84 (dd, J-=7.93, 5.19 Hz, 1 2.19-2.24 1 O 2.38-2.43 1 2.65 (dd, J=14.19, 6.87 Hz, 1 2.92-2.96 1 3.92 (s, D 3 3.93 2 4.16-4.19 1 4.23 J=8.24 Hz, 1 4.44 J=12.21 Hz, 1 4.57-5.81 1 5.09 J=10.68 Hz, 1 5.29 J=17.09 Hz, 1 H), OO 5 5.75-5.81 1 5.83-5.85 (rn, 1 7.11 J=10.38 Hz, 1 7.18 J=1.83

O

N Hz, 1 7.24 J=6.41 Hz, 1 7.88 J=5.80 Hz, 1 8.11 J=9.16 Hz, 1 LC-MS (retention time: 1.583 min.), MS m/z 702 (MHW).

SExample 96: Preparation of Compound 96 Scheme 1.

HCl OH SP OH S (BOC) 2 DIEA I o DCM o\ 2 2 0 o, 0 N H 0 0 0 H HA'tU, DIEA, N 0 H V

HCH

Product of step 5 0 of example 11 Compound Compound 96 p Compound 96 was prepared by the same method as Compound 95 with the following modifications: Modifications: 212 Step I 0 (2S,3S)-2-Amino-3-ethoxybutanoic acid hydrochloride was used as a starting IND material in step I to give Boc-(2S,3S)-2-Aminio-3-ethoxybutanoic acid; LC-M4S (retention time: 1.067 min.), MS m/z 270 (Mi-Na').

00 Step 2 The product from step I was then coupled the same way with the product IND from step 5 of example 11 to give Compound 96 (55.3 mg, 44% yield): 'H

NMR(CD

3 OD, 500 MHz) 8 0.94 J=6.87 Hz, I 0.97-1.03 (in, 2 1.08-1.11 lo1 (in, 2 1. 13-1.15 (in, 2 1. 17 J=6. 10 Hz, 6 1.29 9 1.41-1.45 (in, 3 1.85 (dd, 1=7.48, 5.34 Hz, I 2.12-2.19 (in, I 2.43-2.49 (in, 1 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 6.80 Hz, I 2.89-2.93 (mn, 1 3.50-3.57 (in, 2 3.73-3.78 (in, I H), 3.92 3 4.18 J=8.85 Hz, 1 4.35 JT=12.21 Hz, I 4.39 J=8.55 Hz, 1 4.53 J=7.78 Hz, I 5.07 J=9.16 Hz, 1 5.25 J=18.01 Hz, 1 5.82 J=9.85 Hz, I 5.88 J=9.80 Hz, IHR), 7.11 J=5.19 Hz, I 7.18 J=2.14 Hz, I 7.24 J=5.49 Hz, I 7.8 8 J=6. 10 Hz, I 8. 10 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 LG-MS (retention time: 1.743 min.), MS in/z 730 (MIHW).

Example 97: Preparation of Compound 97 Scheme 1.

MNON Setp 1 H" OH (~0(Boc)2. DIEA 0O 0CM0 Mao 'f I 3 II N H ON Step?2 0/, 0/,000 0 Y H 0o0 \K HATU, DIEA.

Y

NHI 0 0C 00N~0 C N Product of step 5 0 o of exa ple 1 C om pound 97 Compound 97 was prepared by the same method as Compound 95 with the following modifications: 213 Modifications: Step 1 H-allo-Thr(t-Bu)-OH was used as a starting material in step 1 to give Boc- (2S,3S)-2-Amino-3-ethoxybutanoic acid; LC-MS (retention time: 1.363 min.), MS m/z 298 (M+Na).

Step 2 The product from step 1 was then coupled the same way with the product from step 5 of example II to give Compound 97 (48.2 mg, 37% yield): LC-MS (retention time: 1.820 min.), MS m/z 758 (MH~l.

Example 99: Preparation of Compound 99 2HCI- HN Compound 99 Compound 99 was prepared by the same method as step 1 of Example 55 with the following modifications: Modifications: Compound 84 was used as a starling material to give Compound 99 (60.3 mg, 98% yield): 'H NMR(CD3OD, 500 MHz) 8 1.00 J=7.12 Hz, 3 H) 1.10-113 5 H) 1.20-1.31 3 H) 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 H) 1.61-1.68 1 H) 1.92 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, 1 H) 2.04-2.09 1 H) 2.28 J=8.55 Hz, 1 H) 2.34- 2.39 1 H) 2.57 3 H) 2.64-2.70 1 H) 2.94-2.97 1 H) 3.93 3 H) 4.07- 4.14 (dd, J=12.05, 3.81 Hz, 1 H) 4.13 J=6.10 Hz, 1 H) 4.18 J=5.80 Hz, 1 H) 214 4.25 J=12.21 Hz, 1 H) 4.66-4.73 (in, 1 H) 5.15 J=10.68 Hz, 1 5.32 (d, 0 1J=17.09 Hz, I H) 5.70-5.79 (mn, 1 H) 5.92 J=:3.66 Hz, 0.4 H) 5.95 J=3.66 Hz, IND 0.6 ID) 7.17 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 H) 7.22 J=2.14 Hz, I H) 7.28 (dd, J=5-80, 3.36 Hz, 1 H) 7.91 (dd, J=5.80, 4.27 Hz, 1 H) 8.03 1=8.85 Hz, 0.6 H) 8.07 (d, 00 5 1=9.16 Hz, 0.4 LC-MS (retention time: 1.33 rwn.), M S m/z 6.28 (lvllf.

Example 100: Preparation of Compound 100 MeO

M(

0 00 000o &Y H 50% TFA, DCEN," 'k \S 0 M HCI, Bt 2 O 2HCI.H2Ncj 0 Compound 94 Compound 100 To a solution of Compound 94 (0.600 g, 0.838 minol) in DCE (3 mL) was added TFA (3 mL). After stirring, at it for 15 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated.

1 11r, 1r-ULIIAg V1lbtUU 11JI Yvab 1c-usaui v%.u mI J..L k- tILL, asiLL A L VV "a.

then redissolved in DCM (2 mL) and treated with a solution of IN HCI in Et 2 O The resulting suspension was chilled at 0 00, vacuum filtrated, washed with p Et 2 O and dried in vacuum oven to give the product as a bis-hydrochioride salt as a white solid (527.1 g, 91% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD), 500 MlHz) 8 1.08-1.15 (in, 2 H), 1.21 J=6.71 Hz, 4 1.28-1.33 (in, I 1.41 (dd, 1=-9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 1.91 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I 2.28 J=8.65 Hz, I 2.34-2.37 (in, I 2.68 (dd, J= 13.12, 7.02 Hz, I 2.81 3 2.93 -2.9 8 (mn, I 3.45 3 3.94 3 H), 3.96-4.00 (mn, I 4.16 (dd, 1= 11.90, 3.66 Hz, I 1H), 4.27 1=1 1.60 Hz, I 4.59 J=4.58 H~z, I 4.69 (dd, 1=10.07, 7.02 Hz, I 5.14 (dd, J=10.53, 1.37 Hz, 1 5.32 J=17.09 Hz, I 5.70-5.77 (in, I 5.94 J=3.66 Hz, I 7.19 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I 7.24 1 7.32 I 7.91 1=5.80 Hz, I 8.09 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.213 min.), MS m/z 616 WMH).

Example 101: Preparation of Compound 101 IDmo MeO 00 DSC, THF, MW H~ ~H I hen H 5 V 2HCIH 2 0 t-uH 2 N N 0 I Compound 100 Compound 101 To a solution mixture of Compound 100 (80 mg, 0. 116 mmol) and DIEA (31.5 mg, 0.244 mnmoI) in THE (2 mL) was added N,N'-dissucinimidyl carbonate (44.6 mg, 0.174 mmol). The resulting suspension was irradiated in a microwave to 80 'C for min. Then it was treated with tert-arnylamine (84.8 mg, 1.16 inmol). After stirring at rt 15 min, the reaction was concentrated and purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 101 (65.1 mg, 7917): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MH) 8 1.03-1.08 (in, 3 1. 16 (di, J=6.41 Hz, 3 1.19 9 1.21-1.25 (in, 2 1.27 (di, J=6. 10 Hz, I 1.45 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 11-H), 1.85 (dd, J=8.24, 5.19 Hz, I H), 2.23 J=9.46 Hz, 1 2.34-2.41. (in, I 2.6]i (dci, J=14.34, 7.32 Hz, 1 2.94- 2.97 (in, I 3.58-3.63 (mn, 1 3.92 3 4.15 (dd, J=12.05, 3.81 Hz, I H), 4.39 (di, J= 11.60 Hz, I 4.55 (cid, J=9.92, 7.48 Hz, I 5.11 J=1 0.68 Hz, I 5.29 J=17.40 Hz, 1 5.77-5.83 (in, I 5.86 I 7.12 (dci, J--9.00, 2.29 Hz, 1 7.18 (ci,-J=2.14 Hz, I 7.24 J:=5.80 Hz, I 7.88 (di, J=5.80 Hz, I 8.10 (di, J=9.16 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.617 min.), MS m/z 715 Example 102: Preparation of Compound 102 m H 00 0 00 H H NIj N'7 N 0H CI I Compound 102 Compound 102 was prepared by the same method as Compound 101 with the following modifications: Modifications: tert-amylamine was used as a starting material to give Compound 102 (62.5 mg, 74% yield): 'H NNM(CDOD, 500 MHz) 8 0.77 J=7.48 Hz, 2 H), 0.84 J=7.48 Hz, 1 1.04-1.08 (in, 2 1.13 (d;'J=1.22 Hz, 9 1.16 (d, J=6.41 Hz, 3 1.21 I 1.22-1.28 (mn, 2 H)I, 1.44 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I HI), 1.52-1.57 (mn, 1 1.58-1.62 (mn, I 1.85 (dd, J=7.93, 5.19 Hz, I 2.21-2.25 3.59-3.64 (in, I 4.15 (dd, 1=1 1.75, 3.81 Hz, 11-1), 4.38 J=12.51 Hz, I 4.50 J=7.63 Hz, I M, 4.55 (dd, 1=9.92, 7.78 Hz, I 5.11 J=9.77 Hz, I 5.29 1=16.79 Hz, I 5.77-5.83 (in, I 5.86 J=4.73 Hz, I 7.12 (dd, J=8.85, 2.44 Hz, I 7.18 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.24 1=6).10 Hz, I 7.8 8 1=5.80 IU, 1 8.10 J=9.16 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.690 mmi.), MS m/z 729 Example 103: Preparation of Compound 103 MeO

INN

00 H H NH 0 0 I Compound 103 Compound 103 was prepared by the same method as Compound 101 with the following modifications: Modifications: cyclopentylamine was used as a starting material to give Compound 103 (56.4 mg, 67% yield): 'H NMR(CDOD, 500 M~iz) 8 1.01-1.08 (in, 2 1.07 J=6. 10 Hz, I 1. 16 J=6. 10 Hz, 3 1.21-1.25 (in, 3 1.30-1.33 (in, 1 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.77, 5.19 Hz, 1 1.51-1.56 (in, .2 1.60-1.65 (in, 2 1.71-1.75 (in, 1 1.80-1.84 (mn, 1 1.86 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, 1 2.20-2.25 (in, I H), 2.37-2.41 (mn, I 2.61 (dd, J=14.04, 7.32 Hz, .L 2.93-2.98 (in, I 3.60-3.65 (in, I 3.75-3.80 (mn, 1 3.92 3 4.17 (dd, J1=12.05, 3.81 Hz, 1 4.37 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I 4.55-4.59 (in, 2 5.10 J=11.60 Hz, 1 5.29 J1=16.48 H~z, I 5.78-5.83 (in, 1 5.85 J=2.44 H~z, I 7.13 (dd, J1=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 7.18 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.24 J=5.80 Hz, 1. 7.88 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.09 J=9.16 Hz, 1 LC-MS (retention time: 1.607 min.), MS in/z 727 (MW).

Example 104: Preparation of Compound 104 Compound 104 Copound 100 To a solution mixture of Compound 100 (80 mg, 0. 116 nunol) and DIEA (31.5 mg, IND0.244 mmol) in THFf (2 mL) was added N,N'-dissucinimidyl carbonate (44.6 mg, 0.174 mnmol). The resulting suspension was irradiated in a microwave to 80 0 C for 00 5 15 min. Then was added a slurry solution of sodium cyclopentoxide which was prepared by treating a 0 'C solution of cyclopentanol (110 mg, 1.28 mnmo]) in THF (1 niL) with NaH (60% in oil, 46.4 mg, 1.16 mmol) for 15 min at rt. After stirrng at rt min, thee reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (1 niL and extracted with EtOAc (5 niL). The organic layer was then passed through a celite hydromatrix column, concentrated and purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 104 (38.2 mg, 'H NMR(CD 3 QD, 500 MHz) 8 1.03-1.09 (in, 3 1.16 J=6.10 Hz, 3 1.201.25 (in, 1 1.25-1.30 (in, J=10.22, 5.34 Hz, I 1.40-1.45 (in, J=10.83, 3.81 Hz, I 1.46 (dd, J=9.61, 5.34 Hz, 1 H), 1.58-1.63 (mn, 3 1.70-1.75 (in, 2 MH, 1.86 (dd, J=7.63, 5.49 Hz, I 2.22-2.26 (in, I 2.34-2.39 (in, I 2.59-2.64 (in, 1 H1), 2.94-2.98 1 3.67 (dd, J=7.78, 6.56 Hz, I 3.92 3 4.13 (dd, J=10.83, 4.12 Hz, 1 4.37-4.42 (in, I 4.56 (ddn .1=10.07, 7-32 T-Iz. 1 141), 4.71-4-76 (in, I M- S. 12 J!=10.69 Hz, I 5.31 J -i 6.79 Hz, 1 5.80 (in, 1 5.85 1 7.i 3 i= 10.68 Hz, I Hi), 7.19 1=1.83 Hz, 1 7.25 J=6.10 Hz, I 7.89 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.09 (d, 1=9.16 Hz, 1 LC-MS (retention time: 1.697 mina.), MS m/z 728 (MlHi).

Example 105: Preparation of Compound 105 0 00 H000 N DIEA,ODCMN 2HCIH2:/(l O IrxN or,~ij~ 0 Compound 100 Compound 105 To a solution mixture of Compound 100 (80.0 mng., 0.116 inmol) and DIEA (31.5 mg, 0.244 inmol) in DCM (2 m.L) was added di-tert-amyl dicarbonate (57.1mg, 219 0.232 mmol). After stirring at rt for 14 h, solvent was removed and product was o) purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 105 (62.5 mg, 74% yield): IND'H NMR(CDOD, 500 UMI~) 8 0.79 J=7.48 HFz, 3 1.04-1.08 (in, 3 1.17 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 3 1.19-1.23 3 1.24 3 1.39-1.43 (in, 1 1.46 (dd, 00 5 J=9.61, 5.34 Hz, 1 1.60-1.65 (in, 2 1.86 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I 2.22 (q, N J=8.85 Hz, I 2.35-2.40 (mn, 1 2.61 (dd, J= 14.04, 7.15 Hz, I 2.94-3 .00 (mn, I 3164-4.00 (mn, I H1), 3.92 4 4.14 (dd, 1= 11.90, 3.05 H, I 4.35 (d, IND~ J=7.93 Hz, 1 4.40 J= 11.90 Hz, I 4.55 (dd, J=9.31, 7.7 8 Hz, I 5.11 (d, 1=10.68 Hz, I 5.30 J=16.79 Hz, I 5379-5.83 (in, I 5.85 1 7.12 J=9.16 H, I 7.18 I 7.25 J=5.80 Hz, 1 7.86-7.90 (mn, I 8.09 J=9.16 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.740 min.), MS m/z 730 M{) Example 106: Preparation of Compound 106 Me0 :9 H 00 0 H NH l O 00 0 Ow/ 1 Compound 106 Compound 106 was prepared by the same method as Compound 105 with the following modifications: Modifications: Carbonic acid pyridin-2-yl ester 2,2,2-trifluoro- 1,1-diinethyl-ethyl ester was used as a starting material to give Compound 106 (58.1 ing, 65% yield): 'H

NMR(CD

3 OD, 500 MHz) 6 1.04-1.08 (in, 3 1.17 J=6. 10 Hz, 3 1. 19.1.23 (in, I 1.23-1.27 (in, 1 1.28 3 1.46 (dd, 1=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 2 1.49 2 1.86 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, I 2.21 1=8.95 Hz, I 2.36-2.40 (in, I H), 2.62 (dd, J= 13.74, 7.32 Hz, I 2.93-2.98 (mn, I 3.65-3.70 (mn, I 3.92 3 220 4.12 (dd, J= 11.90, 3.66 Hz, 1 Hf), 4.31 J=-8.24 Hz, I 4.42 (d J=I1.90 Hz, 0 1 4.57 (dd, J=10.07, 7.32 Hz, I 5.11 1=10.38 Hz, I 5.30 J=16.79 Hz, I 5.78-5.83 (in, I 5.84 I 7.12 (dd, J=9.00, 2.29 Hz, I 7.19 (d, J=2.14 Hz, 1 7.25 J=5.80 H~z, 1 7.89 1=6.10 Hz, I 8.09 1=8.85 00 5 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.770 MS m/z 770 W1fH).

Example 107: Preparation of Compound 107 N ~HATU, DIE.A, DCMN "S 2HCI.- H 0 H Boq-AIlo-Thr-OH 9Yc 0 0 sB cHp/ 0 Product from stl 30~ opon 0 of Example 25 nV Cmon 0 To a solution of the product from step 3 of Example 25 (100.0 mg, 0.116 mmrol), allo-Thr-OH (43.5 mg, 0. 177 mmol). After stirring- at rt for 3 hr, the reaction mixture was washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO 3 (1mL. The aqueous layer was extracted 15 with 2x mnL DCM. The combined organic layer was washed with 5% aqueous citric acid (I brine, dried over MgO 4 concentrated and purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 107 (62.5 mng, 52% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 QD, 500 MHz) 0.8-1.02 (in, 1 1.04-1.08 (in, 2 1.23-1.27 (in, 12 1.42 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I 1.86 J=6.26 Hz, I 2.23-2.27 (in, 1 2.46-2.50 (in, I 2.76 (dd, J= 14.04, 6.71 Hz, 1 2.95-2.99 (in, I 3.94-3.98 (mn, I 4.28 J=7.32 Hz, 2 4.52 J=12.51 Hz, I 4.63 J=9.00 Hz, I 5.12 J= 10.07 HZ, I 5.31 J=16.79 Hz, I 5.77-5.83 (in, I 6.09 1 7.36-7-41 1 H), 7-47 1=7.17 Hz, 3 7.52 J=7.63 Hz, I 7.70 J=7.17 Hz, I 7.85 I 7.88 1=8.24 Hz, 1 8.17 1=7.93 Hz, 2 H1), 8.22 J=7.63 Hz, I LC- MS (retention time: 1.937 min.), MS iniz 748 221.

Example 108: Preparation of Compound 108 00 N H 0 00 N- NNN' BocHNJ Compound 108 Compound 108 was prepared by the same method as Compound 107 with the following modifications: Modifications: Boc-(2S, 3S)-Amino-3-methoxybtitanoic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 108 (75.1 mg, 51% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MSHZ) 8 0.80-1.02 (in, 4 1.18 1=6.10 Hz, 3 1.28 911'), 1.44 (dd, J=9.77, 1.30 Hz, I 1.45-1.50 (in, I 1.85-1.90 (in, I 14-2.18 (in, 1 2.55-2.59 (in, I 2.72-2.76 (in, I 2.91-2.95 (in, 1 3.34 3 3.65-3.69 (in, I 4.32 (d, J=10.68 Hz, I 4.40 J=7.93 Hz, I 4.46 J=13.12 Hz, I 4.60 (t, P J=8.24 Hiz, I 5.07 J=9.46 Hz, I 5.26 J=17.40 Hz, I 5.82-5.86 (in, 1 6.08 I 7.38 (dd, J=7.32, 6. 10 Hz, I 7.47 J=7.02 Hz, 3 7.51 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I 7.69 J=6.56 Hz, I 7.69 J=6.56 Hz, I 7.85 I H), 7.88 1=7.63 Hz, 1 8.18 J=8.24 Hz, 3 8.21 J=9.16 HIz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.973 min.), MS in/z 762 (Mill).

Example 109: Preparation of Compound 109 00 0 cIN Compound 109 Compound 109 was prepared by the same method as Compound 107 with the following modifications: Modifications: Boc-(2S, 3 S)-Amijno-3-ethoxybutanoic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 109 (57.2 mg, 47% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 M[Rz) 8 1.02-1.08 (in, 4 1.17 J=6.10 Hz, 6 1.19 I 1.19-1.24 (in, 1 H), 1.23-1.27 (in, J=3.97 Hz, 1 1.30 9 1.44 i(dd, J=9.77, 5.50 Hz, I 1.46 (s, 1 1.88 (dd. J=7.78, 5.95 Hz, I 2.20-1.25 (6m, I 2.49-2.54 (in, I 2.69- 2.73 (in, 1 2.93-2.97 (mn, 1 3.53-3.57 (in, 2 3.75-3.80 (ini, iI 4.34 (ddU J= 11.75, 3.20 Hz, I 4.42 J=8.390Hz, 2 4.57 J=8.09 Hz, 1 5.11 (d, 1=10.38 Hz, I HM, 5.29 J=17.40 Hz, I 5.78-5.83 (in, I 6.09 I 7.38 P J=7.32 Hz, 1 7.47 J=7.63 Hz, 2 7.52 (di, J=7.02 Hz, 1 7.70 J=7.93 Hz, I 7.86 I 7.88 J=7.93 Hz, I 8.18 J=7.32 Hz, 2 Hf), 8.22 (d, 1=8.24 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 2.030 min.), MS mn/z 776 Example 110: Preparation of Compound 110 223 MeO H 0 00 00 BnO Comjpound 110 Compound 110 was prepared by the same method as Compound 89 with the following modifications: Modifications: Boc-L-Thr(Bn)-OH was used as a starting material to give Compound 110 (49.8 mg, 48% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 1.857 min.), MIS m/z 792 Section D: Example 120: Preparation of Compound 120 0 11 Compound 120

IND

C

0 224 Scheme 1

I-

0

-NH

Step 1 TFA, DCM H 0 0 _HO 0 V2M^ Compound 23 Step 2 p-totyl chloroformate H 0 DCE, DIPEA H6>" fl1/ H 0 0 H~O N fl" an vUMU-;: Step 1: A solution of Compound 23 (see Example 23) (1.50g, 2.19 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (50 mL) was stirred for 3 h at rt. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a viscous residue, and was then dissolved in 1,2dichloroethane and again concentrated in vacuo to give the desired bis-trifluoroacetic acid salt product as an off-white glassy solid (quantitative). The material was used directly in the next step without purification.

Step 2: To a solution of the product from Example 120, Step 1 (118 mg, 0.146 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (3 mL) was added p-tolyl chloroformate (32.4 mg, 0.190 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (94.5 mg, 0.731 mmol). The mixture was agitated at rt for 72 h. The reaction mixture was washed with pH 4 buffer solution GO, 225 (3 x 3 m1L), and the washes were back-extracted with 1,2-dichloroethane (3 The 0 organic phases were combined and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was IND then dissolved in MeDOl and purified by reverse phase preparative HIPLC to give the title compound (Compound 120) as a yellow glassy solid (64.2 mg, 6 1.1% yield): 005 'H NMR (CDOD) 5 1.06-1.10 (in, 3 Hl), 1.12 9 1.24-1.28 (in, 2 1.44 (dd, c-i J=9.31, 5.34 Hz, I 1.89 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I 2.21-2.28 (in, 2 2.31 3 2.62-2.66 (in, I 2.93-2.99 (in, I 4.12 1=1 1.90, 3.66 Hz, I 4.42 (d, IND J=1 1.60 Hz, I 4.57 (dd, J=10.22, 7.17 Hz, 11H), 5.13 1=1 0.38 Hz, 1 5.30 J= 17.09 Hz, I 5.76 (ddd, J=17.09, 9.77, 9.46 Hz, I 5.87 I 6.79 (d, 4 10 J=8.24 Hz, 2 7.07 J=8.24 Hz, 2 7.30 J=6. 10 Hz, 1 7.40 J=7.63 Hz, I 7.68 J=7.63 Hz, 1 7.79 J=8.24 Hz, I 7.93 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.17 J=8.24 Hz, I MS m/z 718(M Example 121: Preparation of Compound 121 ogN

'S

Compound 121 Compound 121 was prepared by following Scheme. I of Example 120 except that phenyl chioroformate was used in place of p-tolyl chloroformate in step 2.

Step 2: Modifications: 30 mng (0.19 inmol) phenyl chioroformate used, 89.0 mg product obtained as a yellow glassy solid (50% yield): MSnVz 704 (MJ{f).

Example 122: Preparation of Compound 122 CompoN 1 11 Compound 122 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 120 except that 4fluorophenyl chloroformate was used in place of p-tolyl chloroformate in step 2.

Step 2: Modifications: 33 mg (0.19 mmoi) 4-fluorophenyl chioroformate used, 83.1 mg product obtained as a sticky yellow oil (78.8% yield): MS rn/z 722 (MI 4 Example 123: Preparation of Compound 123 0 >/4-NH 0+ H 0 0 N &V.

H~ 0 Compound 123 Compound 123 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 120 except that 4- O) methoxyphenyl chioroformate was used in place of p-tolyl chioroformnate in step 2.

Step 2: 00 5 Modifications: 35 mg (0.19 mmol) 4-methoxyphenyl chioroformate used, 70.2 mg product obtained as a yellow glassy solid (65.4% yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 QD) 8 1.06- 1.10 3 1. 11 9HM, 1.24-1.28 (in, 2ff), .1.44 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 1.89 IND (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 2.24 J=8.85 Hz, 1 2.31 (ddd, J= 13.81, 10.30, 3.97 Hz, 1 2.62-2.66 (in, 1 2.94-2.98 (in, 1 3.77 3 M, 4.12 (dd, J=1 1.60, 3.66 Hz, I 4.42 1=1 1.60 Hz, 1 4.57 (cid, J=10.07, 7.32 Hz, I 5.13 (d, J=10.68 Hz, 1 5.30 J=16.79 Hz, I 5.72-5.80 (in, I 5.87 I 6.80 J=2.44 Hz, 4 7.30 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.42 J=7.48 Hz, I 7.69 (t, J=7.63 Hz, I 7.80 J=7.93 Hz, I 7.93 (cd, J=5.80 Hz, 1 8.18 J=8.24 Hz, I1H); MSm~z 734 (ME).

Example 124: Preparation of Compound 124 H00 NH NN\V~ I

II

Compound 124 Compound 124 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 120 except that chloroformnic acid 2-methoxyethyl ester was used in place of p-tolyl chloroformate in step 2.

Step 2: 228 Modifications: 26 mg (0.19 mmol) chioroformic acid 2-methoxyethyl ester used, C0 87.4 mg product obtained as a sticky yellow oil yield): 'H NM (CD 3 OD) 8 0i .96-1.02 (mn,3H), 1.05 9H), 1. 16-1.18 2H), 1.40 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I H), 1.85 (dd, J=7.93, 5.19 Hz, I 2.15 J=8.75 F~z, I 2.40 (ddd, J=13.89,10.07, 00 4.12 Hz, 1 2.65 (dd, J13.58, 7.17 Hz, 1 2.90 (ddd, J1I2.89, 8.16,4.88 Hz, 1 ),3.27 3 3.36-3.44 (in, 2 3.81-3.84 (mn, 1 3.92-3.96 (in, 1 4.12 Ni (dd, J= 11.60, 3.36 Hz, 1 4.44 1=1 1.60 Hz, 1 4.57 (dd, J=9.46, 7.93 Hz, 1 5.07 J= 10.3 8 Hz, I 5.25 J= 17.09 Rz, I 5.80 (ddd, J= 17.32, 9.77, 9.54 Hz, 1 5.87 I 7.32 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.55 1=7.32 Hz, I 7.70 1=7.48 Hz, 1 7.80 J=7.93 Hz, 1 7.96 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.19 (d, 1=8.24 Hz, I MS mnlz 686 (W Example 125: Preparation of Compound 125 Step2 Modifications: 29 mg (0.19 minol) neopentyl chloroformate used, 57.4 mg product obtained as a yellow glassy solid (56.2% yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.83 9 H), 1.05 J=2.44 Hz, 9 1.07-1.09 (in, 2 1.23-4.27 (in, 2 1.43-1.46 (in, I H), 1.87-1.90 (mn, 1 2.21-2.25 (mn, I 2.29-2.33 (in, I 2.61-2.65 (in, 1 2.92- 229 2.96 (in. I 3.42 J=10.07 Hz, 1 3.56 1=10.07 Hz, I 4.09-4.11 (mn, I C0 4.33 1i=9.16 Hz, I 4.43 J= 11.29 H~z, I 4.54-4.57 (in, I Hf), 5.12 (d, IND1= 10.07 Hz, I 5.30 J=17.40 Hz, 1 5.33-5.80 (in, I 5.88 I 7.33

(N

J=5.49 Hz, I 7.53 (in, I 7.71 J=6.137 Hz, I 7.81 J=7.93 Hz, I 0C) 5 7.97 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.19 J=7.63 Hzi, 1 MS m/z 698 (MW).

Example 126: Preparation of Compound 126

IND!

~~~~~~~Compound 126 wspeae yfloigShm fEape10ecp ht2 fluoroethyl chioroformate was used in place of p--toly) chioroformate in step 2.

Step 2: Modifications: 24 mng 19 mmol) 2-fluoroethyl chioroformate used, 58.9 mg product obtained as a yellow glassy solid (59.8% yield): 'H NMIR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.05 1=2. 14 Hz, 9 1.07-1.09 (mn, 2 1.22-1.27 (in, 2 1.42-1.45 (in, I H), 1.87-1.90 (in, 1 2.24 J=8.75 Hz, 1 2.28-2.33 (in, I 2.63 (dd, J=1 3.43, 6.41 Hz, 1 2.92-2.96 (in, I 3.92-4. 10 (in, :3 4.31-4.3 7 (in, 2 4.42-4.46 2H), 4.54-4.57 I 5.12 J=10. 3 8Hz, I 5.29 J= 17.09 Hz, I H), 5.71-5.79 (in, 1 5.88 I 7.33 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.55 J=7.17HRz, 1 H), 7.71 (in, I 7.81 J=7.93 Hz, I 7.96 J=5.80 Hz, 11-H), 8.19 J=7.63 Hz, I MS Wz 674 (MH).

230 Example 127: Preparation of Compound 127 0

IN

HO

Compound 127 Compound 127 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 120 except that 2methoxyphenyl chloroformate was used in place of p-tolyl chloroformate in step 2.

Step 2: Modifications: 35 mg (0.19 mmol) 2-methoxyphenyl chloroformate used, 97.6 mg product obtained as a sticky yellow oil (91.0 yield): MS m/z 734 (MIf).

Example 128: Preparation of Compound 128 O

N

1110 o H 0 0 SNH N Compound 128 Compound 128 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 120 except that 2- C(-)-(JR)-menthyl chioroformate was used in place of p-tolyl chioroformate in step 2.

Step 2: 00 5 Modifications: 42 mg (0.19 mmol) (-)(IR)-menthyl chioroformate used, 69.1 mg product obtained as a white glassy solid (61.7 -yield): MS m/z 766 Example 129: Preparation of Compound 129 0

N

0. N H 0 0 N 00 Compound 129 Compound 129 was prepared by following Schem-e I of Example 120 except that hexyl chioroformate was used in place of p-tolyl chloroformate in step 2.

Step 2: Modifications: 31 mg (0.19 mmol) hexyl chloroformate used, 66.7 mg product obtained as a yellow glassy solid (64.1 yield): 11H NMvR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.87-0.99 (in, 1.05 9 1.07-1.09 (in, 2 1.22-1.28 (rri, 6 1.43-1.48 (in, 3 1.88 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I 2.24 1=8.85 Hz, I 2.28-2.33 (in, I 2.63 (dd, J=1434, 7.63 Hz, I 2.92-2.97 (in, 1 3.72 (cdt, J=1 0.61, 6.60 Hz, I 3. 81 3.86 (in, I 4. 10 (dd, J= 11.60, 3.36 Hz, I 4.32 (dI, J=8.85 Hz, I 4.43 (dI, 1= 11.90 Hz, I 4.55 (cdd, J=9.77, 7.32 Hz, I 5. 13 J=10.3 8 Hz, I 5.30 1= 17.09 Hz, I 5.76 (ddd, J= 17.09, 10.07, 9.16 Hz, I 5.8 9 1 7.33 (d, 232 J=5.80 Hz, 1 7.54 J=7.48 Hz, i 7.69-7.72 (in, 1 7.81 J=8.24 Hz, I 7.97 J=6. 10 Hz, I 8.20 J=8.24 Hz, I MS m/z 712 (MIHf.

Example 130: Preparation of Compound 130 Compound 130 Scheme 1 (1N g Step 1 0 HH0 0 TFAi DCM Compound Z3 H 0 Step 2 2 TFA

H!

2

N

HO 00 Ni t-butyl acetic acid -IATU, NMM. DCE 0 N' s Compound 130 233.

SStep 1: A solution of Compound 23 (see Example 23) (1.50g, 2.19 mmol)in DCM mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (50 mL) was stirred for 3 h at rt. The mixture was 0 5 concentrated in vacuo to a viscous residue, and was then dissolved in 1,2dichloroethane and again concentrated in vacuo to give the desired bis-trifluoroacetic acid salt product as an off-white glassy solid (quantitative). The material was used Sdirectly in the next step without purification.

Step 2: A mixture of the product from step 1 (118 mg, 0.146 mmol), tern-butyl acetic acid (22 mg, 0.19 mmol), HATU (72 mg, 0.19 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (59 mg, 0.58 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was stirred for 24 h at rt. The reaction mixture was washed with pH 4 buffer solution (3 x 3 mL), and the washes were backextracted with 1,2-dichloroethane (3 mL). The organic phases were combined and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was then dissolved in MeOH and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give the title compound (Compound 130) as a slightly yellow glassy solid (43.4 mg, 43.5% yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.82 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 9 1.06 J=2.14 Hz, 9 1.07-1.10 2 1.22-1.28 2 H), 1.43-1.46 1 1.87-1.90 1 1.99 =:1.83 Hz, 2 2.20-2.26 1 H), 2.27-2.33 1 2.59-2.64 1 2.93-2.97 1 4.12-4.14 I 4.42 J= 1.60 Hz, 1 4.51-4.55 1 4.67 (dd. J=9.31, 1.98 Hz, 1 5.11-5.14 1 5.29 J=17.40 Hz, 1 5.72-5.80 I 5.89 J=1.83 Hz, I H), 7.32 (dd, J=5.80, 2.14 Hz, 1 7.52-7.55 1 7.69-7.72 1 7.81 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 1 7.96 (dd, J=5.80, 1.83 Hz, 1 8.17 J=8.24 Hz, I MS n/z 682 (MIH-).

Example 131: Preparation of Compound 131 234 00 00 HO0 0 NH (N _N H 0 Compound]131 Compound 131 was prepared by following Schemne 1 of Example 130 except that methoxyacetic acid was used in place of tert-butyl acetic acid in step 2.

Step 2: Modifications: 17 mg (0.19 mmol) methoxyacetic acid used, 49.9 mg product obtained as a slightly yellow glassy solid (52.0 yield): 'H NMvR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.05- 1.08 (in, I1I 1.24-1.26 (in, 2 1.45 (ddd, J=9.31, 5.34, 3.66 H1z, I 1.88 (ddd, 53 ~1 Q ~R IT47 1T-U) 17(T". 1H M. W)I5ft- 1.T AIA(rn I 2.91-2.97 (mn, I 3.34 J=3.66 H-z, 3 3.69 (dd, J=15.26, 3.66 Hz, 11-H), 3.81-3.85 (mn, 1 4.15 (dt, J=1 1.67, 3.62 Hz, 1 4.35 J1I1.90 Hz, 1 4.55 p(ddd, J10.30, 6.94, 3.20 Hz, I 4.66 (dd, J9.61, 3.51 Hz, I 5.11-5.14 I 5.28-5.32 (in, I 5.73-5.81 (in, I 5.90 J=3.36 Hz, I 7.33 (dd, J=5.65, 3.20 Hz, I 7.54-7.58 (in, I 7.69-7.73 (in, 11H), 7.80-7.82 (in, I H), 7.95-7.97 (in, 1 8.15 (dd, J=8.39, 2.59 Hz, I MS m/z 656 (MH).

Example 132: Preparation of Compound 132 235 00 KP\N H 0 0 0 N' 0 H O Compound 132 Compound 132 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 130 except that methoxypropionic acid was used in place of tert-butyl acetic acid in step 2.

Step 2: Modifications: 20 mg (0.19 mmol) methoxypropionic acid used, 50.0 mg product obtained as a yellow glassy solid (51.1 yield): 'H NMR (CD30D) 8 1.06 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 9 1.07-1.09 2 1.23-1.27 (mn, 2 1.44 (ddd, J=9.38, 5.26, 1.83 Hz, 1 1.87-1.90 1 2.21-2.27 1 2.29-2.33 2 2.40-2.46 1 2.59-2.64 1 2.92-2.97 1 3.25 J=1.83 Hz, 3 3.45-3.54 2 4.12-4.16 1 4.37 J=11.60 HI, I 4.52-4.55 1 4.65 (dd, pJ=9.16, 1.83 Hz, 1 5.12 J=10.38 Hz, 1 5.30 J=17.40 Hz, 1 5.72- 5.80 1 5.89 1 7.33 (dd, J=5.65, 1.98 Hz, 1 7.54-7.58 1 H), 7.69-7.73 1 7.81 J=8.24 Hz, 1 7.96 (dd, J=6.10, 1.83 Hz, I 8.18 J=8.24 Hz, 1 MS m/z 670 (MIH).

Example 133: Preparation of Compound 133 236 NH N H O I

'I

0

H

1 oj Compound 133 Compound 133 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 130 except that (S)-1,4-benzodioxane-2-carboxylic acid was used in place of tert-butyl acetic acid in step 2.

Step 2: Modifications: 35 mg (0.19 mmol) 4 -benzodioxane-2-carboxylic acid used, 54.0 mg product obtained as a slightly yellow glassy solid (49.5 yield): 'H NMR I? r n-nn (9 n 5 w 7 t-ri 11io(.

n i Ac-1 no t 7 i i n I-iT 1.31 1 1.45-1.49 1 1.86-1.90 1 2.21-2.25 1 2.28-2.34 1 2.59-2.65 1 2.90-2.94 1 4.12-4.17 2 4.32 (d, p J=1 1.90 Hz, 1 4.35-4.39 1 4.55-4.61 3 5.11-5.14 1 5.28- 5.32 1 5.75-5.83 1 5.90 J=3.66 Hz, 1 6.80-6.89 3 7.03- 7.07 1 7.32-7.34 1 7.55-7.58 1 7.68-7.72 1 7.80-7.82 1 7.96-7.98 1 8.15-8.18 I MS m/z 746 (MIH).

Example 134: Preparation of Compound 134 237

OO

o 0

O

C)

IND

00 .0 N CI XNH N N 0.H 0

N

Compound 134 Scheme 1 1 0 0

O

N

O

Step 1 H 0 0 Ob 00 HN H 0 BOC-Phg-OH -NH N H 2H N HATU, NMM, DMF 2 HCI 0 0 H 0 Product of Example 11, Step 5 Compound 134 Step 1: A mixture of the product from Example 11, Step 5 (100 mg, 0.172 mmol), Na-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-phenylglycine (45.3 mg, 0.180 mmol), HATU (84.9 mg, 0.223 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (87.0 mg, 0.859 mmol) in DMF (1.0 mL) was stirred at rt for 18 h. The mixture was purified directly by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give 29.7 mg (23.6% yield) of Compound 134 as a white powder: 'H NMR (CD30D) 80.97-1.07 2 1.12-1.17 1 1.22-1.32 2 1.38 (s, 9 1.90 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, 1 2.20-2.28 (in, 2 2.54 (dd, J=13.58, 6.56 Hz, 1 2.85-2.89 J=8.24 Hz, 1 3.50 J=10.99 Hz, 1 3.93 3 4.11 238 J 11.60 Hz, 1 4.63 (dd, J=9.46, 7.32 Hz,]1 5.13 (dd, J= 10. 38, 1.53 Hz, 1 5.32 J=17.09 Hz, 1 5.47 I 5.74-5.84 (in, 2 7.16-7.19 I H), 7.25 J=5-80 Hz, I 7.32-7.43 (mn, 6 7.86 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.13 (d, 1=-9.16 Hz, 1 MS m/z 734 (MHII).

Example 135: Preparation of Compound 135 d

NH

Compound 135 Compound 135 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 134 except that Nax-ter-butoxycarbony-erythro-DL--methylphenyla lanine was used in place of N-aXtert-butoxycarbonyl-L-phenylglycine in step 1. Compound 135 was prepared from a mixture of N- a-tert-butoxycarbonyl-erythro DL 0-methylphen yl alani ne and the resulting two diastereomners were separated by reverse phase preparative HPLC. This compound is the single isomer which eluted first frorn the preparative HPLC column.

The exact stereochemistry at the f3-methyl phenylalanine portion of the molecule is unknown.

Step 1: Modifications: 50.4 mg (0.180 mmol) N-ox-tert-butoxycarbonyl-eryth ro-DL-03methyiphenylalanine used, 29.7 mng product obtained as a white powder (22.7 239 yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 81.11 J=7.93 Hz, 2 1.15 J=6. 10Hz,3 H), C0 1.24-1.32 (in, I1I 1.44 (dd, J=9.16, 5.19 Hz, I 1.90-1.94 (in, 1 2.25-2.29 c- (in, I 2.36 J= 13.28 Hz, I 2.62 (dd, J=.L3.5 8, 7.17 Hz, I 2.98-3.02 (in, I 3.20-3.24 (mn, I 3.91 3 4.11 (dd, 1:=I1.60,3.05 Hz, 1 4.51 (d, 00 5 J= 10.68 Hz, 1 4.57 (dd, J= 10.07, 7.32 Hz, 11IT), 4.63 J= 12.21 Hz, 11-1), 5.14 J= 10.07 Hz, I 5.32 1= 16.79 Hz, I 5.76-5.84 (in, 1 5.88 1 H), c-i 7.08 (dd, J=8.70, 1.68 Hz, I 7.16-7.18 (mn, 2 1Ff), 7.23-7.27 (in, 5 H,7.89 (d, IND J=5.80 Hz, I 8.09 J=9.46 Hz, I MS nt/z 762 410 Example 136: Preparation of Compound 136 0 H C) 0 N _N 0 0 N1/ Compound 136 Compound 136 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 134 except that Na-terr-butoxycarbon yl -erythro-DL-0-meth ylpheny lalanine was used in place of N-atert-butoxycarbonyl-L-phenylglycine in step 1. Compound 136 was prepared from a mixture of N-tert-butoxycarbon yl-erythro DL IP-methylphenylal ani ne and the resulting two diastereomers. were separated by reverse phase preparative HPLC. This compound is the single isomer which eluted second from the preparative HPLC column. The exact stereochemistry at the P-methy] phenylalanine portion of the molecule is unknown.

Step 1: 240 Modifications: 50.4 mg (0.180 mo]) N-c-tert-buitoxycarbonyl-erthroD.4V 0 methylphenylalanine used, 26.3 mg product obtained as a white powder (20.1 ri yield): 'H NNMI (CD 3 OD) 8 1.04 I 1. 13 J=6.71 Hz, 3 1. 12-1.17 (in, 2 1.30 9H), 1.33-1.36 1 1.41 (dd, J=!).46,5.19 Hz, I 1.87 (dd, 00 5 J=7.78, 5.34 Hz, 1 2.29 J=8.85 Hz, I 2 36 (ddd, J=13.81, 9.99, 4.27 Hz, I 2.54 (dd, J=13.58, 7.17 Hz, 1 3.00-3.04 (in, 1 3.05-3.08 (mn, 1 3.80 (d, 1=1 1.90 Hz, 1 3.94 3 4.10 (dd, J=12.05,,3.81 Hz, I 4.53-4.57 (in, I H), 4.59 J=8.24 Hz, 1 5.14 J=10.38 Hz, I 5.34 J=17.09 Hz, 1 5.7 8ri 5.85 (in, 2 6.75 J=7.32 Hz, I 7.03 J='7.48 Hz, 2 7.12 I 7.14 1 7.19 (dd, J--9.31, 1.68 Hz, I 7.22 I 7.28 J=6. 10 Hz, I 7.8 9 J=5.80 Hz, 1 8.03 J=8.85 Hz, I MS rn/z 762 Example 137: Preparation of Compound 137

ON

NH N H 0

N

Compound 137 Scheme 1 /1 0 C) 0 00 0 C' ,>Step 1 Y MH 0 0 BOG-Asp (BI-iIN-0 H(N HO0 0 (OzINO

N

2HCI, 0 N 0 H T MM, DCMA 0 H 0 IIO Product of Example 11, Step 5 Compound 137 Step 1: A mixture of the product from Example 11, Step 5 (100 mg, 0. 172 mmol), Nct-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-benzyl ester (59.5 mg,, 0. 180 mmol), HATU (84.9 mg, 0.223 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (87.0 mg, 0.859 mmol) in DCM m.L) was stirred at rt for 18 h. The reaction mixture was washed with PH 4 buffer solution (3 x 3 mL), and the washes were back-extracted with DCM (3 rniL).

The organic phases were combined and concentrated in vacuc. The crude product was then dissolved in MeOH and purified by reverTse phase preparative HPLC to give Compound 137 as a slightly off-white glassy solid (26.0 mg, 18.8% yield): 'H NMvR

(CD

3 OD) 8 0.95- 1.01 (in, 2 1. 16 9 1.22-1.29 (mn, 2 1.44 (dd, 1=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I 1.86 (dd, J=7.93, 5.19 Hz, 1 2.26 J=8.85 Hz, I 2.32-2.37 (mn, I 2.61 (dd, J=13.73, 7.32 Hz, 1 2.66 J=16.48, 6. 10 Hz, I 2.89 (ddd, J=12.67, 8.09, 4.88 Hz, I 3.05 (dd, 1=16 63, 8.39 Hz, I 3.92 3 H), 4.04-4.07 (mn, 1 4.47 J= 11.90 Hz, I 4.52-4.56 (in, I 4.75 (dd, J=8.24, 6.41 Hz, I 5.12-5.14 (mn, 1 5.14 2 5. 31 J= 17.09 Hz, I 5.75 -5.82 (in, 2 7.12 J=9.16 Hz, I 7.18 J=2.14 Hz, I 7.24 1=5.80 Hz, 1 7.3 1-7.33 (mn, I 7.36 J=7.32 Hz, 2 7.39 I Hi), 7.41 I 7.88 (d, J=6. 10 Hz, I 8. 10 J=9.16 Hz, 1 MS nV,, 806 (MI-rb).

242 Example 138: Preparation of Compound 138

CIN

000 M000 0 H C0 0 -NH N

N

Compound 1318 Compound 138 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 137 except that Ntert-butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4.-methyl ester was used in place of N-aX-tertbutoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-benzyl ester in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 45.5 mg (0.180 mmol) N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4methyl ester used, 93.5 mg product obtained as an off-white gl~assy solid (74.6 yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 5 1.07-1.09 (in, 2 1.17 9 1.20-1.29 (in, 2 H), 1.41-1.44 (in, I 1.84-1.86 (in, 1 2.26 J=8.85 Hz, 1 2.33-2.38 (in, I1 H), 2.58-2.64 (in, 2 2.92-3.02 (in, 2 3.69 3 3.92 3 4.15 (dd, 1=1 1.44, 2.29 Hz, 1 4.494-56 2 4.72-4.76 (mn, 1 5.13 .1=10.3 8 Hz, I HM, 5.32 J=17.09 Hz, I 5.74-5.82 (in, I 5.87 I 7.12 J=9.16 Hz, I 7.18 I 7.24 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.88 (dd, J=5.80, 0.92 Hz, I H), 8. 10 J=8.8 5 Hz, I MS mlz 730 (Nlii).

Example 139: Preparation of Compound 139 00 cIN 00 o c-YI 0 ~H 0 0 NH N 1 0l 0H0 Compound 139 Compound 139 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 137 except that Ntert-butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-tert-butyl ester was used in place of N-crX-tertbutoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-benzy] ester in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 52.2 mg (0.180 mmol) N-tert-butoxycarbon yl -L-aspartic acid 4-tentbutyl ester used, 125 mg product obtained as an off-white glassy solid (99.8 yield): 'HI NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.08- 1. 10 (mn, 2 1. 17 9 1.21-1.29 (in, 2 1.46 (s, 1.82 (dd, J=7.78, 5.34 Hz, I 2.26 J=:8.75 Hz, I 2.32-2.38 (in, I H), 2.51 (dd, J=1 6.33, 7.17 Hz, I 2.63 (dd, J= 14104, 7.02 Hz, 1 2.89 (dd, J=16.48, 7.63 Hz, I 2.92-2.98 (in, I 3.92 3 4.15 (dci, J=I 1.60, 3.05 Hz, 1 4.50-4.57 (mn, 2 4.704.75 (in, 1 5.13 (dci, J= 10.3 8, 1.5 3 Hz, I 5.32 (di, 1=1 7.40 Hz, I 5.76-5.83 (mn, I 5.87 I 7.13 (dci, J=8.85, 1.53 Hz, I 7.18 (di, J=2.14 Hz, I 7.25 (di, J=5.80 Hz, .1 7.88 J=5.80 Hz, I 8. (di, J=9.16 Hz, I MS mlz 772 (Iff).

Example 140: Preparation of Compound 140 S244

O

00 0 N 0 NH N H C) 0O cN HO Compound 140 Scheme 1 0 0 o ^N Step1 H 0 0 0 H 0 0 6 6V

V

-o= -0

HO

Compound 138 Compound 140 Compound 138 (50.0 mg, 0.0685 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (1 mL), MeOH (1 mL), and 1.OM aqueous NaOH (0.137 ml., 0.137 mmol). After 3 h, the reaction mixture was neutralized by the addition of l.OM aqueous HCI (0.137 mL, 0.137 mmol). The crude mixture was concentrated in vacuo, then pH 4 buffer solution (3 mL) and DCM (3 mL) were added and the mixture was shaken. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with DCM (2 x 1 mL). The organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 48.0 mg (97.9% yield) of Compound 140 as an off white glassy solid: 'H NMR (CD3OD) 6 1.04-1.07 2 1.17 9 1.22-1.25 2 1.38 (dd, J=9.31, 5.34 Hz, 1 1.78 (dd, J=7.78, 5.34 Hz, 1 2.30 (q, 245 J=8.75 Hz, 1 2.37-2.42 (in, I 2.48 (dd, J-15.87, 4.58 Hz, 1 2.72 (dd, C0 1= 13.12, 7.63 Hz, I 2.88 (dcl, J= 15.72, 10.53 Hz, I 2.90-2.95 (in, I 3.92 IND(s, 3 4.21 (dcl, J=I 1.44, 2.90 Hz, I 4.57 J=8.70 Hz, 1 4.62-4.65 (in, 2 5. 10 J= 10.68 Hz, I 5.34 J= 17.09 Hz, I 5.69-5.76 (in, I 5.83 (s, 0C) 5 1 7. 10 J=9.16 Hz, I 7.17 I 7.2 3 J=6.I10 Hz, I1-H), 7.88 (d, J1=6. 10 Hz, I 8.12 J=8.8 5 Hz, 1 MIS un/z 716 IND Example 141: Preparation of Compound 141 Compound 141 246 Scheme 1 0 /1 00 0 N o0> N 2 HCI Step 1 30 H 0 0 N,N-d~sucrnimiciyI 6 0 HNN s carbonate N N-7THF, DIPEA0N Product of Example 55, Step 1 0 0 N L..VaI-OMe 11 6 0THF, DIPEA HN H 0 0 NHH N(N0 -NH (NNNN Step 1: The product of Example 55, Step 1 (65 mg, O.0947mmo1), NN'disuccinimidyl carbonate (41.0 mg, 0.142 mmol) and NN-diisopropylethylamine (30.6 mg, 0.237 mmol) were combined with anhydrous THF (I mL) and the resulting suspension was heated to 80 'C in a microwave reactor for 15 mm-i. Upon cooling to rt, this crude mixture was used directly in the next step.

Step 2: The crude reaction mixture from step I was treated with a mixture of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride (159 mg, 0.947 mmol) and N, N-di isopropyl ethyl amnine (122 mg, 0.947 mmol) in anhydrous THF (2 mL). Trhe resulting mixture was stirred for 18 h at rt. Solvent was removed in vacuc, and tie residue was taken up in DCM (2 mL) and washed with pH 4 buffer solution (3 x 2 The buffer washes were 247.

combined and back-extracted with DCM (2 mL). The combined DCM phases were 0 concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was dissolved in MeOH and purified IND by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give 38.1 mg (52.2% yield) of Compound 141 as awhite powder: 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) S .83 (dd,J.=6.87, 3.81 Hz, 6H), 1.06 11 005 1.21-1.26 (in, 2 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I 1.87 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, I 1.95-2.02 (in, 1 2.21 J1=8.85 Hz, I 2.29 (ddd, J1=13.89, 9.92, 4.27 Hz, I 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 2.9 1-2.97 (mn, 1 3.67 3 3.93 3 H), IND ~4.00 J=5 .49 Hz, I 4.09 (dd, J=1 1.90, 3.97 Hz, 1 4.40-4.43 2 4.52 (dd, J=10.07, 7.02 Hz, I 5.11 (dd, J=10.38, 1.53 Hz, I 5.28 (dd, J=17.09, 4 10 1.22 Hz, 1 5.75 (ddd, J=17. 17, 10.15, 9.00 Hz, 1 5.83 1 7.11 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 7.18 J1=2.44 Hz, I H),'7.24 J=5.80 lHz, 1 7.87 (d, 1=-6.10 Hz, 1 8.10 J=8.85 Hz, 1 MS nz/z 771 (B) Example 142: Preparation of Compound 142 0~' 0= ,NH H 0 0 /K-NHN N hydrochloride in step 2.

Step 2: Modifications: 159 mg (0.947 mmol) D-valine metthyl ester hydrochloride used, 23.0 C0 mg product obtained as a white powder (31.5 yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.88 (dd, J= 13.89, 6.87 Hz, 6 1.06 9 1.07-1.09 (in, 2 1.23-1.27 (in, 2 H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I 1. 88 (dd, J=7.93, '5.49 Hz, I 2.01-2.07 (in, I H), 00 5 2.23 J=9 .05 Hz, I1H), 2.31 (ddd,J= 14.11, 9.99, 4.27 Hz, I1H), 2.63 (dd, J= 13.8 9, 0N N 7.17 Hz, I 2.93-2.98 (in, 1 3.62 3 3.96 3 4.03 J=5.19 Hz, 1 4.09 (dd, J=11.75, 3.81 Hz, 1 4.3 8 1 4.48-4.54 (in, 2 5.12 (dd, INDJ1= 10. 38, 1.22 Hz, I 5.29 (dd, 1= 17.24, 1.07 Hz, 1 5.70-5.77 (in, I 5.83 (s, I 7.22 (dd, J=9.00, 2.59 Hz, 1 7.25 J=2.44 Hz, 1 7.35 J=6. 10 Hz, I 410 7.87 J=6. 10 Hz, I 8.16 J=9.16 Hz, I MS m/z 77 1 (MNfH).

Example 143: Preparation of Compound 143 01*' r','S 0 Compound 143 Compound 143 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 137 except that Ntert-butoxycarbonyl-L-cyclohexylglycine was used in place of N-a-tertbutoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-benzyl ester In step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 46.2 mg (0.180 mmol) N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-cyclohexylglycine 0 used, 93.9 mg product obtained as a white powder (73.8 yield): IH NNvI

(CD

3 OD) 5 1.04-1.08 (dd, 1=7.78, 2.29 Hz, 4 1.I.1- 1.26 (in, 4 1.25 9 H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 1.63-1.82 (in, 711M, 1.88 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), o) 2.22 1=9.05 Hz, I 2.32-2.37 (mn, 1 2.59 (dd, J=13.58, 6.87 Hz, I IT), 2.91- IND2.96 (in, I 3.92 3 4.05 (dd, J=1 1.75,1320 Hz, I 4.09 1=8.85 Hz, I 4.47 J= 1.90OHz, I 4.53 (dd, J=10.22,7.17 Hz, I 5.11 J=10.38 Hz, 00 5 1 5.29 J= 16.79 Hz, 1 5.79 (ddd, 1= 16.86, 9.92, 9.54 Hz, 1 5.84 I 7.10 J=8.85 Hz, I 7.17 1=1.53 Hz, I 7.24 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.88 J=6. 10 Hz, I 8.09 J=8.85 Hz, 1 MS m/z 740 (MIH').

Example 144: Preparation of Compound 144 0 0

N

Ho H C) 0 Compound 144 Compound 144 was prepared by following Scheme: I of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that glycine methyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2.

Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg(0.146mimol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 6 2 .2mg (0.219 inmol) N.N'-disuiccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mig (0.364 mmrrol) NNdiisopropylethylamine used.

Step 2: 250 Modifications: 183 mg (1.46 mmol) glycine methyl ester hydrochloride,' 188 mig C0 (1.46 mnmol) NN-diisopropylethylamnine used, 56.3 mg product obtained as a white powder (52.9 yield): 'H NMR (CDOD) 8 1.01-1.04 2 1.05 9 1. 17- 1.21 (in, 2 1.40 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 1.8 5 (dd, .1=7.78, 5.34 Hz, I 2.18 0C) 5 J=8.55 Hz, 1 2.33 (ddd, J1=13.89, 9.92, 4.27 Hz, 1 2.61 (dd, J=13.73, 7.32 Hz, 1 2.89-2.94 (in, 1 3.65 3 3.69-3.77 (in, 2 3.92 3 4. (dd, 1=1 1.75, 3.81 Hz, I 4.404.42 (mn, 2 4.53 (dd, 1=9.92, 7.17 H~z, I 5.08 IND 1=10.38 Hz, 1 5.26 J=17.09 Hz, 1 5.77 (ddd, J=17.09, 10.22, 9.00 H4z, I 5.83 1 7.13 (dd, 1=8.85, 2.44 Hz, 1 7.17 1 7.23 1=5.80 Hz, 410 1 7.87 J=5.80 Hz, 1 8.09 J=8.85 Hz, I MS m/z 729 Example 145: Preparation of Compound 145 07 HN H 0 0 NH N 00-N Compound 145 Compound 145 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2.

Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 inmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg (0.2 19 mmol) NfN'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 (0.364 mmol) NNdiisopropylethylamirie used.

251 0 Step 2: IND Modifications: 203 mg (1.46 mmol) L-alanine mnethyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) N.N-diisopropylethylamine used, 64.3 mg product obtained as a white 00 5 powder (59.3 yield): 'H NMiR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.97-1.02 (in, 2 1.05 9 1.19 N J=7.02 Hz, 3 1. 18-1.22 (in, 2 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 1. 86 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, 1 2.19 J=8.85 Hz, 1 2.32 (ddd, J=13.81, 9.84,4.43 Hz, 1 IND 2.61 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I 2.93 (ddd, J=12.82, 8.09, 4.73 Hz, 1 3.65 3 Hf), 3.93 3 3.99 J=7.22 Hz, I 4.08 (dd, J= 11.75, 3.81 Hz, I H), 410 4.38 1 4.42 J=1 1.60 Hz, 1 4.53 (dd, J=10.07, 7.32 Hz, 1 5.09 (dd, J= 10.3 8, 1.53 Hz, 1 5.27 (dd, J= 17.09, 1.22 Hz, 1 5.77 (ddd, J= 17.09, 10.07, 9.16 Hz, I 5.82 I 7.13 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I 7.18 J=2.44 Hz, 1 7.24 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.87 J=5.80OHz, I 8. 10 J=9.16 Hz, 1 MS rn/z 743 (MI-l).

Example 146: Preparation of Compound 146 0~ H H 0 0 Compound 146 Compound 147 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-tert-leucine methyl est~er hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2.

252 Step 1: o Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the produIct of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg INO(0.2 19 mmol) N.N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) NNdiisopropylethylarnine used.

00 Step 2: Modifications: 265 mg (1.46 mmol) L-tert-leucine methyl ester hydrochloride, 188 (Ni mg (1.46 mrnol) N.N-diisopropylethylamine used, 68.3 mg product obtained as a white powder (59.6 yield): 'H NMvR (CD 3 OD) 8i 0.88 9 0.97-1.03 (in, 2 HI), (i 10 1.06 9 H)D, 1. 18-1.24 (in, 2 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H)D, 1.86 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 H)D, 2.19 J=8.75 Hz, I 2.30 (ddd, J= 13.89, 10.07, 4.43 Hz, I ED, 2.60 (dd, J= 13.73, 7.32 Hz, 1 2.91-2.96 (in, I 3.65 3 3.91 I 3.93 3 ED, 4.09 (dd, J=1 1.60, 3.97 Hz, I ED, 4.38 11L 4.43 1=1 1.60 Hz, I H), 4.51 (dd, 1=10.07, 7.32 Hz, 1 5.10 (dd, J=10.38, 1.53 Hz, I 5.27 (dd, 1=17.24, 1.37 Hz, 1 5.76 (d~dd, J=17.09, 10.07,9.16 Hz, I 5.82 1 7.12 (dd, 1=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I 7.18 J=2.14 H, I Fr), 7.24 J=6. 10 Hz, I 7.87 J=5.80 Hz, I 8.11 J=9.16 Hz, I FID; MS rn/z 785 WMH).

Example 147: Preparation of Compound 147 ON' NH 0 N

HO

HN

N

C-

N

Compound 147 253 Compound 147 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 141 except that the O scale was increased and that L-histidine methyl ester hydrochloride was used in place Iof L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2, and the amount of N,Ndiisopropylethylamine used in step 2 was doubled.

00 SStep 1: n Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg N (0.219 mmol) N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) NNdiisopropylethylamine used.

Step 2: Modifications: 352 mg (1.46 mmol) L-histidine methyl ester hydrochloride, 377 mg (2.91 mmol) N,N-diisopropylethylamine used, 51.0 mg product obtained as a white powder (43.2 yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 6 1.04 11 1.20-1.22 2 1.41 (ddd, J=9.46, 5.34, 1.07 Hz, 1 1.86-1.88 I: 2.23 J=8.75 Hz, 1 2.28- 2.33 1 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 2.92 J=6.41 Hz, 2 2.92-2.96 1 3.64 3 3.91 J=1.53 Hz, 3 4.04 (dd, J=11.90, 3.66 Hz, I H), 4.35 1 4.36-4.41 2 4.53 (dd, J=9.77, 7.63 Hz, 1 5.10 J=10.38 Hz, I 5.28 J=17.40 Hz, 1 5.73-5.78 1 5.81 1 6.82 I H), 7.06-7.09 1 7.15 1 7.23 J=5.80 Hz, 1 7.63 1 7.87 (dd, J=5.80, 1.22 Hz, 1 8.08 J=9.16 Hz, 1 MS m/z 809 (MIH).

Example 148: Preparation of Compound 148 254 00

HN

NH N H 0 0 CKI ~00 L HO> Compound]148 Compound 148 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-valine ethyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2.

Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 narnol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg kV .7 2 I J J A V,1 V U. L,1 I IILA.7y WLPnjlL,' -r v I13 lJ.-.Pk I &I Ill.J1I vj.3 diisopropylethylamine used.

p Step 2: Modifications: 265 mg (1.46 mmol) L-valine ethyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine used, 69.2 mg product obtained as a white powder (60.4 yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 OD)5~0.83 (dd, J=6.7 1, 5.19 Hz, 6H), 1.01- 1.03 (in, 2 1.06 9 HI), 1.17-1.22 (in, 2 1.2.3 J=7.17 Hz, 3 1.40 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I 1.86 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, I Hf), 1.95-2.02 (in, I 2.18 (q, J=9.05 Hz, I 2.33 (ddd, J= 13.89, 9.92, 4.27 Hz, 1 2.60 (dd, J= 13.89, 7.17 Hiz, 1 2.92 (ddd, J= 12.82, 8.09, 4.73 Hz, I 3.93 3 3.98 J=5.19 Hz, I H), 4.08-417 (in, 3 4.41 I 4.41-4.43 (in, I 4.52 (dd, J=10.07, 7.32 Hz, I 5.09 (dd, J=10.38, 1.53 Hz, I 5.26 (dd, 1=1 7.09, 1.22 Hz, 1 5.77 (ddd, 1= 17.09, 10.07, 9.16 Hz, 1 5.82 I 7.12 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I 7.18 (d, 255 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.23 J=6. 10 Hz, I 7.87 J=6. 10 Hz, I 8. 10 J=9.16

C.)

IND

N Example 149: Preparation of Compound 149 005 0 N ,NH N

H

00H0 Compound 149 Compound 149 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 137 except that Ntert-butoxycarbonyl-L-cyclopentylglycine dicyclohecxylamine salt was used in place of N-a-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-benzyl ester in step 1.

p Step 1: Modifications: 76.2 mg 180 mmol) N-tert-butoxycarbon y[-L.cyc I open tylgi yci ne dicyclohexylarnine salt used, I111 mg product obtained as a white powder (89.3 yield): 'H NMN'R (CD 3 OD) 8 0.98 1=8.24 Hz, 2 1.15-1.18 (in, 2 1.24 9 1.29-1.32 (in, J=18.01 Hz, 2 1.38-1.40 (in, I 1.44 (dd, J=4.88, 1.53 Hz, I 1.49-1.55 (in, 2 1.62-1.67 (in, 2HM, 1.74-1.80 (in, I 1.85-1.88 (in, I H), 2.16 J=8.75 Hz, 1 2.21-2.26 (in, 1 2.42 J=11.90 Hz, 1 2.60-2.64 (mn, I 2.89-2.93 (in, I 3.92 J=1.53 Hz, 3 4.06-4.11 (in, 2 4.51-4.57 (mn, 2 5.07 1=10.38 Hz, I 5.25 J=17.09 Hz, I 5.78-5.85 (in, 2 7.10 J=8.85 Hz, I 7.17 I 7.23 J=4.27 Hz, I 7.88 (dd, J=5.95, 1.68 H-lz, I 8. 10 J=9.16 Hz, I MS m/z 726(M 47o

C.)

0 256 Example 150: Preparation of Compound 150 Compound 150 Compound 150 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-valine benzyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2.

Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg (0.219 mmol) N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) N,Ndiisopropylethylamine used.

Step 2: Modifications: 356 mg (1.46 mmol) L-valine benzyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine used, 41.0 mg product obtained as a white powder (33.2 yield): MS m/z 848 (MH).

Example 151: Preparation of Compound 151 257

C.)

0 0 N 00 H~ ,H 4i ri Compound 151 Compound 151 was prepared by following Scherne I of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-isoleucine methyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2.

Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg 146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 6 2 2 mg (0.2 19 mmol) NN'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mimol) NNdiisopropylethylarnine used.

Step 2: Modifications: 265 mg (1.46 mmol) L-isoleucine rnethyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-dilisopropylethylamine used, '75.5 mg product obtained as a white powder (65.9 yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.78-0.80 (in, 3 0.83-0.84 (in, 3 0.90-0.95 (in, I 1.01-1.03 (mn, 2 1.06 J=3.05 Hz, 9 1.17-1.21 (in, 2 1.32-1.42 (in, 2 1.68-1.72 (in, I 1.84-11.87 (in, I 2.14-2.20 (mn, I H), 2.30-2.36 (mn, I 2.57-2.62 (in, I 2.90-2.95 (rn, I 3.66 J=2.75 Hz, 3 H), 3.92 J=2.75 Hz, 3 4.05-4.12 (in, 2 4.39-4.42 (mn, 2 4.504.53 (mn, I H), 5.07-5.10 (in, I 5.23-5.28 (mn, I 5.73-5.79 (in, I 5.81-5.83 (in, I 7.10- 7.13 (in, I 7.17 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.22-7.24 I 7.85-7.87 (mn, 1 8.10 (dd, J=9.16, 2.75 Hz, I MS m/z 785 (M1H').

Example 152: Preparation of Compound 152 Compound 152 Compound 152 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-valine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2.

Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg (0.219 mmol) N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) N,Ndiisopropylethylamine used.

Step 2: Modifications: 306 mg (1.46 mmol) L-valine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) N,N-diisopropylethylamine used, 93.5 mg product obtained as a white powder (78.8 yield): MS m/z 814 (MH).

Example 153: Preparation of Compound 153 259 00 /.,4111 HNH 0 0 c-IN

H'N

0 0N1 0 H OII CI Compound 153 Compound 153 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that (S)-(+)-l-mnethoxy-2-propylamine was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2.

Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 6 2.2 mg (0.2 19 niol) NN'-disuccinimiddyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mnmol) NNdiisopropylethyl amine used.

Step 2: Modifications: 130 mg (1.46 mmol) hoxy-2-propylami ne, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylaine used, 50.3 mg product obtained as a white powder (47.3 yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 5 0.96 J=7.02 Hz, 3 0.99-1.01 (in, 2 1.04 9 1. 15-1.18 (in, 2 1.39 (dd, J=:9.61, 5.34 Hz, I 1.84 (dd, J=7.93, 5.19 Hz, I 1.93 3 H 2.15 J=9.05 Hz, I 2.37 (ddd, J=13.96, 9.84, 4.58 Hz, I 2.61 (dd, J=14.04, 7.32 Hz, 111), 2.90 (ddd, J=12.89, 8.16, 4.88 Hz, I 3.19-3.28 (in, 2 3.64-3.67 (in, 11-H), 3.92 3 4.12 (dd, J= 11. 3.97 Hz, I 4.40 I 4.44 J= 11.90 Hz, I 4.53 (dd, J=9.77, 7.32 Hz, I 5.07 (dd, J= 10.22, 1.68 Hz, I 5.24 (dd, J= 17.24, 1.37 Hz, 1 5.76-5.81 (mn, 1 5.83 I 7. 10 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I 7.17 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.23 (d, 260 J=5.80 Hz, 1 7.87 J=5.80 Hz, I 8. 10 (di, J=9.16 Hz, I MS rn/U 29 o) (mH).

Example 154: Preparation of Compound 154 00 0 -N H 0 0 0 00N'J~ Compound 1541 Compound 154 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 141 except that the WuIC4 VI URL.t O A L; kM I U t L 511t .Y A T .L A 113 f AS &Z-1IIt. a1 Ra in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2.

Step 1: Modifications: 100 ma (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg (0.2 19 mmol) NN'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) NNdiisopropylethylamine used.

Step 2: Modifications: 265 mg (1.46 mmol) N-methyl L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine used, 68.2 mg product obtained as a white powder (59.5 yield): 'H NMvR (CD 3 OD) 8i 0.70 (dd, J=6.71, 2.14 Hz, 3 H), 0.89 (dd, J=6.41, 2.44 Hz, 3 0.96-0.98 (in, I 1.02-1.04 (in, 2 1.07 (d, J=2.14 Hz, 9 1. 18-1.22 (in, 2 1.43-1.47 (in, 1 1. 84-1.87 (in, I 2.11 2.19 (in, 2 2.31-2.37 (in, I 2.58-2.63 1 2.87 J=2.44 Hz, 3 2.90- 2.94 (in, 1 3.65 1=2.14 Hz, 3 3.92 1=2.14 Hz, 3 4.10-4.14 (in, I H), C0 4.25 (dd, J=10.07, 1.22 Hz, I 4.48 J=2.44 Hz, I 4.504.54 (in, I 5.08- IND 5. 10 (in, I 5.25-5.28 (dd, J= 17.09, 1.53 Hz, I 5.78-5.85 (mn, 2 7.10-7.13 (in, I 7.18-7.19 (in, I 7.24 (dd, J=5.95, 2.59 Hz, 1 7.87-7.89 (mn, 1 H), 00 5 8. 10 (dd, J=9.00, 2.59 Hz, I1-H); MS m/z 7 85 (MH-1).

Example 155: Preparation of Compound 155 0~ F ON 0 H 0 0 Compound 155 Schem 1 7F F 0 0

J

Ste 1: Se TP asltono h roduct of Example 55, Step 1(100mgun 016mm5 )i 15 anhydrous THF (2 mL) was added carbonic acid py.6din-2-yl ester 2,2,2-trifluoro- 262 1, 1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (44.0 mg, 0. 175 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (59 mg, 0.58 mmcl). The mixture was agitated at rt for 24 h. The reaction mixture was INDwashed concentrated in vacuo and the residue was' dissolved in DCM (2 mL). The N solution was washed with pH 4 buffer solution (3 x 3 mL), and the washes were 00 5 back-extracted with DCM (3 mL). The organic phases were combined and concentrated in vacuc. The crude product was then dissolved in MeOH and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give Compound 155 as a white powder (38.5 mg, 34-3% yield): 'H NMvR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.04 I11 1.19-1.22 (in, 2 1.23 3 1.43 (dd, J--9.31, 5.34 Hz, I 1.46 3 1.87 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I H), 2.19 J=8.85 Hz, I 2.34 (mn, I 2.62 (dd,.J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 2.92 (ddd, J=12.67, 8.09, 4.88 Hz, I 3.92 3 4.06 (dd, J=1 1.90, 3.36 Hz, I 4.23 (s, I 4.43 J=1 1.60 Hz, 1 4.56 (dd, J=10.38, 7.32 Hz, I 5.10 J=10.38 Hz, 1 5.27 J= 17.09 Hz, I 5.75-5.80 (in, I 5.82 I 7. 10 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I 7.18 J=2.44 Hz, 1 7.2 5 J=6. 10 Hz, I 7.8 9 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I 8.07 J=9.16 Hz, 1 MS 768(M Section E: I.C-MS conditions for section E "method A" is 3.OX5Omm Xterra @4mmi gradient and 4 rn~min flow &I "method B" is 3.OX5Omm Xterra @3mmn gradient and 4 inin flow "method C" is 4 .6X5Oinm Xterra @4mm gradient and 4 mL'min flow "1method D" is 4.6X50mmn Xterra @3min gradient and 4 mliinin flow 263 Example 180: Preparation of Compound 180 General Synthetic Scheme H OH Nm o 0 Example 180a

F

N F KOtBu In DMF Room Temp.

F

0, Hn OH Example Example 180b 0 0 It H

H

Example 180c HATU, Et 3 N in CH 2

CI

2 Room Temperature

F

N

F 0 Example 180d

HO

O N 0 Example 1801 HATU, HUnlg's Base in CH 2 Cl 2 at Room Temp.

1 3 v/v mix of TFA: CH 2

CI

2

F

F

F

0/ H N

HH

TFA H 0

H

Example 180e

F

0 HN N 0 0 H 52-98% 0 0 Example 1180 Compound 180 to 183 were prepared by the general synthetic scheme as depicted above. These individual reactions were described in detail elsewhere. With the exception of the first alkylation step for which potassium tert-butoxide in THF (as supplied by Aldrich Chemicals) in DMF offered a more convenient work up procedure: most of the DMF solvent was washed away with water once the alkylation was complete.

264 Thus Compound 180: BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)..P2[(4R)..(2..tnfluoromethyI quinoli n-4-oxo)-S-prolinej-PI1(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -CYClopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 61 yield. LCIMS Rt-min (M4Na~) [method 3.35 (774). 'H NMR (400 Illz, CD 3 OD) 8ppm 1.05 13 H) 1.21 9H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.17, 5.26 Hz, I H) 1. 86 (dd, J= 8.07, 5.3 8 Hz, I H) 2.21 (in, 1 H) 2.33 (mn, I H) 2.64 (dd, J= 13.94, 6.60 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (mn, I H) 4.09 (cid, J= 11.49, 2.69 Hz, I H) 4.21 I H) 4.52 (in, I H) 4.56 (di, J=12.23 Hz, I H) 5.10 (dd, J=I0.39, 1.59 Hz, I H) 5.27 J=16.87 Hz, I H) 5.58 I H) 5.72 (in, I H) 7.36 1 H) 7.61 (t, J=7.70 Hz. I H) 7.83 J=7.34 Hz. I H) 8.07 (di, J::8.56 Hz. I H) 8.26 J=8.56 Hz.

i Example 181: Preparation of Compound 181

F

F F

F

N

F

F 0 0

HS

H

H N _0 265 N- BOCNH-P3(L-ter-BuGly)P2[(4R)(28bi stifl oromethyl quinolin-4-oxo)-Sproline]-PI (1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONISO 2 CYClopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 52% yield. LC/MS Rt-min (IvNa~) [method 3.60 (843). 'H N ~~NUR (400MNHz,

CD

3 OD) 8ppm 1.05 I1IH) 1. 16 9HM 1.22 2H) 1.42 00 5~ (dd, J=9.29, 5.3 8 Hz, I H) 1. 86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.3 8 Hz, I H1) 2.21 J=8.97 Hz, I H) 2.33 (in, 1 H) 2.65 (dd, 1=1 3.94, 6.85 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (in, I H) 4.07 (dd, J=l 1.98, 2.69 Hz, I H)4.17 I H) 4.52 (dd, J=10.52, 6.85 Hi, 1 H) 4.58 J=I 1.98 Hz, 1I H) c-I 5. 10 1=1 0.27 Hz, 1 H) 5.27 J=17.12 Hz, 1 H) 5.60 I H) 5.72 (in, I H) 7.46 1 H) 7.69 J=7.83 Hz, I M) 8.18 J=7.34 Hz, I H) 8.50 J=8.31 Hz, IH) c-I Example 182: Preparation of Compound 182

F

0 F F N F ~NZ F 0

H\

00 I0 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)..p2[(4R)(2-trifluoromethyl, 8-tfifuoromethoxy quinolin- 4 -oxo)-S-prolinel-P1 (1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-C0NHSO 2 CYClopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 99% yield. LCIMS R,min (1vNa') [method 3.62 (858). 'H NUR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5 ppm 1.05 (mn, I1I H) 1.21 (in, I1I H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.05, 5.14 Hz, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.3 8 Hz, 1 2.21 J=8.64 Hz, I H) 2.33 (in, 1 H) 2.64 (dd, J=13.94, 6.60 Hz, I H) 2.93 (in, I H) 4.08 (dd, J= 11.98, 2.69 Hz, I H) 4.18 1 H) 4.51 (dd, J=10.52,6.85 Hz, I H) 4.57 J=12-23 Hz, I H) 5.10 (dd, J=10.52, 1.22 Hz, I H) 5.27 J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.59 I H) 5.72 (mn, 1 H) 7.44 (s, I H) 7.63 J=8.07 H-z, I H) 7.78 J=7.5 8 Hz, 11H) 8.24 J=8.56 Hz, I H).

266 Example 183: Preparation of Compound 183 N

F

F 0 00 N.~H 0

H

BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(2-trifluoromethyl, 8-chioro quinolin-4-oxo)-Sprolinel-Pi (1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclop ropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 64% yield. LC/MS Rt-min (MNa~) [method 3.52 (808). 'H NMvR (400 NvLiz, CD 3 OD) 6 ppm 1.04 (in, 11I H) 1. 21 (in, I11 H) 1.41 (dd, J=9.4 1, 5.50 Hz, I H) 1.86 (dd, 1=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H) 2.20 J=8.80 Hz, 11 H) 2.32 (in, I H) 2.63 (dd, J= 13.82, 6.72 Hz, I H) 2.92 (in, 11-H)4.07 (dd, J= 12.10, 2.81 Hz, I H) 4.19 I H) 4.50 (dd. J=10.52. 6.85 Hz. I H) 4.56 J:1 1.98 Hz. I H) 5.10 (dd. 1=10.27.

j.47 Hz, i H) 5.26 j= i7.12 Hz, i H) 5.5 7 1 5.72~ (in, i ff) 7.41i i 7.52 J=8.07 Hz, 1 H) 7.93 J=7.58 Hz, I H) 8.19 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H).

Example 184: General procedure for alkylation with the tripeptide (Compound 184) and P2 General Scheme Preparation of Example 184 (Compound 184) The preparation of the tripeptide component, Example 184 was achieved by a sequential amide coupling using HATU as the coupling agent. It is understood that many standard coupling agents could be employed for the following scheme.

267 O C base HO H ,ng's HA O- H H O 0 TFA Example 180a Example 180c H OH Example 184a HO, o

HO

o o O O 0 H Example 180f O I O HATU, Hinig's base 0 O OTf Example 184b Example 184 Preparation of intermediate Example 184a: To a mixture of HATU (820 mg, 2.2 mmol), Example 180a (Boc-4Rhydroxyproline, 417 mg, 1.8 mmol) and Example 180c (cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 (R)-amino-2(S)-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt, 490 mg, 1.8 mmol) in a flame dried flask at room temperature was added dry CH 2

C

2 (8 mL).

The mixture was kept under dry N 2 before it was chilled to -78 Hunig's base (diisopropylethylamine, 625 ;tL, 3.6 mmol) was added slowly over a period 5 min and the mixture turned into a pale orange suspension. Stirring was continued for an hour while temperature was allow to raise to ambient. LC/MS showed complete conversion into the desired product 184a. The crude reaction was worked up as usual, washed with three portions (5 mL) of water, organic residues were extracted into ethyl acetate (3 X 5 mL). The crude product was obtained by removal of organic solvents in vacuo. The material was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of intermediate Example 184b: The dried solid from the previous step was taken into 9 mL of CH 2 C12 at room temperature. To this solution was added 3 mL of trifluoroacetic acid forming a pale yellowish solution. Stirring was continued for 2 hours at room temperature. LC/MS showed no starting material 184a while the desired product 184b was the major signal along with a signal correponding to a side product carried over from HATU in the step earlier. The solvents were evaporated and the solid residue was used in the C) next step immediately without further purification.

(N

Preparation of the tripeptide, Compound 184: 00

O

(N HO H O O H N O No oA.

BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-hydroxy-S-proline]-Pl(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)- CONHSO2-Cyclopropane [Notebook 46877-128] The crude product from the previous step (Example 184b, 1.8 mmol) was mixed with HATU (700 mg, 1.8 mmol) and BOC-L- tert-leucine (Example 180f, Fluka Chemicals, 420 mg, 1.8 mmol) in CH 2

C

2 (10 mL) at room temperature. To this suspension was treated Hiinig's base (1 mL, excess) forming a somewhat thinner, orange suspension. LC/MS showed some conversion into compound 184. Complete conversion into the desired product 184 was observed after stirring was continued for two days at room temperature. Crude reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness.

p The residue was taken into ethyl acetate. Most of HATU residue was removed by extractions with half saturated, freshly prepared sodium bicarbonate solution. The last traces of HATU residue (1-hydroxy 7-azabenzotriazole) was removed by washing with deionized water. Evaporation of solvents gave 990 mg of the desired product as white foam. This material is suitable for the subsequent alkylation with electrophiles such as quinolines and isoquinolines directly without further purification. LC/MS Rt-min (MNa) [method 2.65 (579). 'H NMR (400 MHz, 8 ppm 0.95 2 H) 0.99 9 H) 1.05 2 H) 1.21 1 H) 1.39 9 H) 1.84 (dd, J=8.31, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 1.96 1 H) 2.11 1 H) 2.20 1 H) 2.91 1 H) 3.80 2 H) 4.28 J=9.78 Hz, 1 H) 4.35 (dd, 1=9.90, 6.97 Hz, 1 H) 4.47 1 H) 5.11 I H) 5.29 J=17.12 Hz, 1 H) 5.75 1 H).

269 SAlkylation of the tripeptide (compound 184) with electrophiles:

O

O To a flame-dried 25 mL round bottom flask was charged with Compound 184, (0.5 1.0 mmol), substituted 4-chloroquinoline (1.0 equivalent) and lanthanum 00 5 chloride (LaCl3 anhydrous beads, used as supplied by Aldrich, M.W. 245 g/mol; C, equivalent. Note: the inclusion of such additive was found to be helpful in some cases c especially with those less reactive electrophiles. This reagent can, at times, be ION omitted if the electrophiles are sufficiently reactive towards anionic alkylation) in 2 0 mL dry DMF. The inorganic salt was only sparingly soluble in DMF at room temperature. The mixture was chilled to -78 °C (dry-ice/acetone bath) with stirring under nitrogen. To this chilled mixture was added a THF solution of potassium tertbutoxide (1.0 M, used as supplied by Aldrich, 5.5 equivalents) and the color of mixture changed from colorless to pale yellowish or greenish. It was stirred at -78 °C for a period dependent upon the 4-chloroquinoline reactivity (a few hrs. at -78 OC to overnight at room temperature). The inorganic salt was also found to change into a fine emulsion at the end. It was quenched with a half saturated NH 4 CI aqueous solution (2 mL). Organic materials were extracted into ethyl acetate (10 mL X 3).

Organic layers were combined, back washed with deionized water (10 mL X 2).

Evaporation of the organic fraction gave a crude mixture rich in the desired product as determined-by LC/MS. The desired product was isolated by preparative HPLC p using standard separation parameters (typically: 3.0X50mm Xterra column @4min gradient and 4 mlJmin flow rate) to give the analytically pure desired product. The alkylation of 1-halo isoquinoline series was carried out in exactly the same way.

Example 185: Preparation of Compound 185 270 0

H

Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure as described in Example 184, BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)(7-tifluoromethyI quinolin-4-oxo)-S-proline] PI (1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -CYclopropane was obtained as a white foam in yield. LCIMS R 1 -min (method 2.32 (752). 'H NMR (400 MHz,

CD

3 OD) 8 ppm 1.02 9 H) 1.06 (in, I11 H) 1.22 (mn, 2 H) 1.43 (dd, J=9.41, 5.26 Hz, 1 H) 1.88 (dd, J=8. 19, 5.50 Hz, 1 H) 2.23 J=8.80 Hz, I H) 2.42 (in, I H) 2.75 (dd, J=14.06, 6.48 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (in, I H) 4.10 (in, 2 H) 4.61 (mn, 2 H) 5.12 (dd, J=10.39, 1.59 Hz, I H) 5.29 J= 17.12 Hz, I H) 5.72 (in, 2 H) 7.61 J=6.36 Hiz, I H) 7.96 (di. j=8.80 H1-z. 114H) 8.38 11-) 8.59 1=9. 56 R% 1 1 9-14 J=6.36 Hz. I H).

Example 186: Preparation of Compound 186 0

H

Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure as described in Example 184, BOCNH-P3 (L-tert-BuGI y)-P2[(4R)-(:3-tri fluoroineth yl q uinolin-4oxo)-S-proline]-P1 (IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CQNHSC) 2 -CYClopropne: the desired product was obtained as a white foam in 50% yield. LCIMS Rt-min (MIW) [method B3]: 2.48 C) H NMvR (400 MlHz, CD 3 OD) ppm 1.02 9 H) 1.05 (in, 2 H) 1. 13 9 H) L.23 (mn,2H) 1.42 (dd, J=8.68, 5.50l 11-1I 1. 87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H) 2.21 (q, J=8.80 Hz, 1 H) 2.36 (in, 1 H) 2.69 (dd, J= 14.06, 6.97 Hz, I H) 2.93 (in, 1 M) 4.08 00 (dd, J=1 1.98, 2.93 Hz, I H) 4.15 1 H) 4.54 (dd, J=10.52, 7.09 Hz, I M)4.60 (d, J=12.47 Hz, 1 H) 5.11 (dd,J=10.52, 1.71 Hz, I H) 5.28 J=15.90 Hz, IH) 5.58 (s, (71 I H) 5.72 (in, 1 H) 7.32 J=5.87 Hz, I M) 7.69 J=7-95 Hz, 1 H) 8.22 J=7.09 Hz, 1 H) 8.55 J=8.07 Hz, I H) 8.88 J=5.62 Hz, 1 H).

Preparation of isoquinoline intermediates for 6-F, 6-Ethy), 6 -isopropyl and 6tert-butyl isoquinoline P2* building blocks.

In general, the 6-fluoro and 6-alkyl isoquinolines used in the following experiments were prepared via a Pomeranz-Fritsch synthesis Typical procedure: Preparation of optically active 8,8-disubstituted l,I-biisoquinoline, K. Hirao, R.

Tsuchiya, Y. Yano, H. Tsue, Heterocycles 42(l) 1996, 415-422) as outlined below.

The products were converted into the 1-chioro derivatives via N-oxide intermediates as described elsewhere.

General Synthetic Scheme ROWe a Re

R~

R R N N ci Reagents and reaction conditions: reflux in benzene, azeotropic removal of water; first step: ethyl chloroformate, trimethyl phosphite in THF, second step: titanium tetrachloride in chloroform; MCPBA in CH 2

CI

2 POC1 3 in benzene 272 R Isoquinoline, Yield 1-Chloride, combined yield F 20 43 Et76 i-Pr 14 18 t-Bu 47 Example 187: Preparation of Compound 187 BOCNT4-P3(L-terl-BuG~y)-P2[(4R)-(6-fluoro isoquinolin-lI-oxo)-S-proline]rik.i4a.. v Iziyl LI 111- wvaa vvaiaa.,u a. u white foam in 12% yield. LCIMS R,-min (MNa+) (niethod 3.81 (724)- 'H NM4R (400MfHZ, CD 3 OD) 8ppm 1.05 (in, 13 H) 1.22 9H) 1.42 I1-H) 1.86 I M) 2.21 (in, 2 H) 2.61 (dd, 1= 13.69, 6.60 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (in, 1 H) 4.05 1= 13.69 Hz, 1 H) 4.21 1 H) 4.49 (mn, 2 H) 5.11 J=10.03 Hz, I H) 5.28 J=17.61 Hz, I H) 5.72 (in, 1 H) 5.86 J=4.40 Hz, I H) 7.31 (mn, 2 7.48 J=8.31 Hz, 1 H) 7.97 J=6.36 Hz, I H) 8.26 J=6. 11 Hz, 1 H).

Example 188: Preparation of Compound 188 00 H 7 N o 0

INDI

c

\O

N The alkylation described above gave the 1-chloroisoquinoline as the major product: BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 1-chloro isoquinolin-6-oxo)-S-prolineJ- PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO2-Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 40.2% yield. LC/MS R,-min [method 3.81 (718). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.00 9 H) 1.06 2 H) 1.25 11 H) 1.41 1 H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 2.25 2 H) 2.54 (dd, J=12.96, 6.60 Hz, 1 H) 2.92 1 H) 4.06 (dd, J=11.98, 2.69 Hz, 1 H) 4.20 1 H) 4.31 J=11.74 Hz, 1 H) 4.45 (dd, J=9.78, 7.58 Hz, 1 H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 (dd, J=17.36, 1.47 Hz, 1 H) 5.36 1 H) 5.74 1 H) 7.35 J=9.29 Hz, 1 H) 7.40 1 H) 7.70 J=5.87 Hz, 1 H) 8.13 J=5.87 Hz, 1 H) 8.25 J=9.29 Hz, 1 H).

Example 189: Preparation of Compound 189 I 0 N -N 0 H S H N 0 io BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(6-ethy isoquinclin-I-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(1IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHS02-Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 4.6 mg of yellow solid was obtained (4.2%).LCMS ri-min [method 2.70 274 (712). H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.01 9 H) 1.07 2 H) 1.22(m, 11 O H) 1.28 J=7.91 Hz, 3 H) 1.41 1 H) 1.85 I H) 2.25 2 H) 2.60 (dd, DJ= 13.69, 6.85 Hz, 1 H) 2.80 J=7.66 Hz, 2 H) 2.93 1 H) 4.02 J=31.06 Hz, 1

(N

H) 4.23 1 H) 4.42 1 H) 4.54 1 H) 5.10 J= 10.27 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 (d, 00 5 J=17.12 Hz, 1 H) 5.74 1 H) 5.84 I H) 7.25 J=5.87 Hz, I H) 7.38 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H) 7.59 1 H) 7.90 J=6.24 Hz, 1 H) 8.09 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H).

D Example 190: Preparation of Compound 190 O0 N O H NS" oHI

H

N 0 ioo 100 0 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(6-isopropyl isoquinolin- -oxo)-S-prolinel- PI(iR,2S Vinyl acca)-COHTiSuC 2 -Cyciopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 69% yield. LC/MS R,-min (MNa+) [method 2.76 (749). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.05 13 H) 1.20 9 H) 1.31 J=6.85 Hz, 6 H) 1.42 I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 H) 2.26 2 H) 2.62 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 1 H) 3.07 1 H) 4.06 1 H) 4.21 1 H) 4.52 2 H) 5.11 J=10.27 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 J=17.12 Hz, 1 H) 5.74 1 H) 5.84 1 H) 7.32 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 1 H) 7.46 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H) 7.64 1 H) 7.90 J=6.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.13 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H).

Example 191: Preparation of Compound 191 275 Ii 0 00~ N 000

H

BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGI y)-P2[(4R)-(6-iert-butyl isoquinolin-lI-oxo)-S-proline]- PI(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CON'HSO 2 -GYClopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 81% yield. LCIMS Rr-min (MWfI) (method 2.84 (740). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD)) 8 ppm 1.01 9 H) 1.06 (in, 2 H) 1.18 9 H) 1.22 (in, 2 H) 1.39 91H) 1.43 (mn, I H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 H-z, I H) 2.27 (in, 2 H) 2.63 (dd, J= 13.57, 6.97 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (mn, 1 H) 4.06 (in, 1 E) 4.20 I ED 4.52 (in, 2 H) 5. J=1 1.49 Hz, I H) 5.28 J=17.12 Hz, I E) 5.73 (in, I H) 5.84 I H) 7.36 (d, J=6.1 1 Hz, I H) 7.66 (dd, J=8.80, 1.22 Hz, I H) 7.78 I H) 7.91 1=5.87 HIz, 1 H) 8.15 1=8.80 Hz, I H).

Preparation of 6-isopropoxyl and 6-tert-butoxyl isoquinoline intermediates: Some 6-alkoxy-1-chloro isoquinolines wer,- prepared by a direct, ipso displacement of the 6-fluoro-l1-chloroisoquinoline with the corresponding alkoxide metal ions such as potassium teri-butoxide and sodium isopropoxide General Synthetic Scheme FO~ RO A N I ~N C1 C1 R alkoxide anions such as iert-Bu, iso-Pr 276 The 6-fluoro-1-chloroisoquinoline was subjected to an aromatic nucleophilic 0 displacement with sodium isopropoxide and potassium tert-butoxide in DMF to give the corresponding 6- isopropoxyl 'H NMR (400 M&z, CHLC)ROFORM-d) 8 ppm 1.43 (d, 00 5 J=6.1 1 Hz, 6 H) 4.76 (in, J=6.1 1 Hz, 1 H) 7.08 J2.45 Hz, 1 H) 7.29 (dd, J=9.29, 2.45 Hz, 1 H) 7.50 J=5.62 Hz, I H) 8.18 1=5.87 Hz, 1 H) 8.24 J--9.29 Hz, I H) and 6-tert-butoxyl-l-chloro isoquinolines 'H NMR (400 NEHz, INDCHLOROFORM-d) 5 ppm 1.48 9 H) 7.31 (in,2 H) 7.47 J=5.62 Hz, I HM 8.18 J=5.62 Hz, 1 H) 8.21 J=9.78 Hz, 1 H) as the major product respectively. These 6-alkoxyl-1-chloro isoquinolines, were alkylated with the tripeptide as described in Example 184 to give the desired products shown below.

Example 192: Preparation of Compound 192 0 -N0 ~N

U

H

N

BONHP3L-er-B~l)-2[4R-(-iopopH Nsqioi-I-x)Spoin] P1(RS iny Aca-COHS 2 -yclprpae: hemaeril asobtind s fomi'9 il.LISR-N UI~H)[ehdC:38 72.' M 40Mi~,C 3 O)Spm099s, J ,H 10m H)12(s9 .3(dJ58 1=108 (40 Hz, CD3H) .7 (in, 10).9 1H1.25 2 H) .07 9 .1.3 6 d, z,-8 1 H) 7.18 J=2.20 Hz, I H) 7.26 (d,1J6.11 Hz, 1 H) 7.85 J=6-11 Hz, 1 H) 8. b 1=9.05 Hz, I H).

277 o Example 193: Preparation of Compound 193 IND1 000 H

/I

0 H1 It

H

HN "0 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)..(6-tet -butoxy isoquinol in-I -oxo)-S-proline]- PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHS02-Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 39% yield. LCIMS R,-min WMH) [method 3.99 (756). 'H NM4R (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5 ppm 1.03 (br s, 13 H) 1. 19 9 H) [.42 (in, 10 H) 1.86 (dd, 1=7.83, 5.62 Hz, 1 H) 2.24 (in, 2 H) 2.60 (dd, J= 13.69, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.93 (in, I H) 4.04 (dd, J=l 1.49, 2.93 Hz, I H) 4.23 I H) 4.49 (in, 2 H) 5.10 J=1 1.25 Hz, 1 H) 5.27 J=16.87 Hz, I H) 5.73 (mn, I H) 5.81 I H) 7.13 (dd, J=8.80,1.47 Hz, I H) 7.25 J=5.87 Hz, I H) 7.33 J=2.20 Hz, H) 7.87 J=6.11 Hz, I H) 8.10 J=9.05 Hz, 1 H).

I Preparation of phtbalazine P2* derivatives: In general, both 1-chlorophthalazine and I 4 -dichlcrophthalazine undergo alkylation smoothly to give the desired products. However, the commercially available Ichlorophthalazine and I ,4-dichlorophthalazine are often contaminated with some hydrolyzed materials. A pre-treatment with POC1 3 Followed by alkylation immediately afterward furnished more consistent results.

General Synthetic Scheme OH

CI

N a

-N

N

'N

OH C1 R

,N

C

Reaction Conditions: POCbI in DE; (bI Aikyiaiu~i wihr pe 1 iuue; SidjO derivatives of imidazole (R CH), triazole (R N) Example 194: Preparation Compound 194 "N 0 N' 0

H

H N 0H N

N

0 N BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(phthalazine- -oxo)-S-prolinel-Pl(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 41% yield. LCJMS Rr-min (MNa~) [method 2.07 (707). 'H NMR (400 MIHz, CD 3

OD)

o Sppm 1.03 9H) 1.06 4H) 1. 14 9 H) 1.20 1 H) 1.43 (in, I H) L.87 (dd, IND J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H) 2.24 J=8.80 Hz, I H) 2.3 8 (in, 1 H) 2.76 (dd, 1= 14.18, 7.09

(N

Hz, I H) 2.92 (in, 1 H) 4.11 (in, 2 H) 4.62 (mn, 1 H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, I H) 0C) 5 5.29 (dd, J=17.12, 1.22 Hz, 1 H) 5.72 (in, 1 H) 5.96 I H) 8.26 (mn, 2 8.46 (mn, 2 H) 9.84 I H).

IND Example 195: Preparation of Compound 195 C1 00 Nk,

H

H

100 BOCNi-I-P3(L-tert-B uGly)-P2f(4R)-(4-chloro ph tliaIazine-lI-oxo)-S-proline- P1(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 23% yield. LCIMS R,-inin (MINa~) Imethod 3.52 (742). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.0 1 I11 H) 1.06 (mn, 2 H) 1. 14 9 H) 1.22 (mn, 1 H) 1.43 (mn, I H) 1.87 (mn, 1 H) 2.21 (in, 1 H) 2.35 (in, J=10.27 Hz, 1 H) 2.70 (in, I Hf) 2.93 (in, 1 H)4.05 J=3.42 Hz, I H)4.58 (mn, 2 H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.39, 1.10 Hz, I H)5.28 J=17.36 Hz, I H) 5.73 (mn, 1 H) 5.93 I H) 7.99 (mn, I H) 8.07 1=7.70 Hz, 1 H) 8.26 (dd, J=8.19, 2.32 Hz, 2 H).

Preparation of 4-(imidazo-1.yl)phthalazine and 4 -(1,2,4-triazo- 1-yl)phthalazine P2* derivatives: The product, compound 195 from above, B0CNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)b 25 P2[(4R)-(4-chloro phthalazine-lI-oxo)-S-proline]-P 1(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONH-S0 2 Cyclopropane, was subjected to displacement by ihe anions of typical azoles such as imidazole and triazole to give 4-azole substituted phthalazine derivatives shown below: 5 Example 196: Preparation of Compound 196 This was made by displacing the 4-chioro phthalazine (Compound 195) with the sodium salt of imidazole in DMF at 55-65 'C.

00 0

H

BOCNH4-P3 (L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4-(imidazo- i-yl)phthalazine-l1-oxo)-S-proline]- P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -CYClopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 23% yield. LCIMS R,-min (MNa') [method BI: 1.94 (773). 'H NMVR (400 Mffz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.03 9 H) 1.07 (in, 2.H) 1.20 (in, 9 H) 1.24 (in, 1 H) 1.41 (in, 2 H) 1.88 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, 1 H) 2.23 (irn, I H) 2.41 (in, I H) 2.75 (in, J= 14.92 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (in, I H) 4.14 (mn, 2 H) 4.60 (dcl, J= 10. 15, 6.97 Hz, 2 H) 5.12 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, I H) 5.29 (dd, 1=17.24, 1.35 Ifiz, I H) 5.74 (in, 1 H) 6.09 I H) 7.85 I H) 7.94 (in, I H) 8. 10 (mn, 2 H) 8.43 (mn, I H) 9.17 I H) 9.46 I H).

During the displacement reaction, small amount of de-BOC by-product (Compound 197) was also isolated: N 0 00 o/ H N-

HN

N o0

H

NH

2 -P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4-(imidazo-1-yl)phthalazine- -oxo)-S-proline]- PI(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 17% yield. LC/MS R-min (MIW) [method 1.22 (651). 'HNMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.16 9 H) 1.23 2 H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.41, 5.50 Hz, I H) 1.89 1 H) 2.26 J=8.97 Hz, 1 H) 2.43 (mn, 1 H) 2.78 (dd, J=14.06, 7.21 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 1 H) 3.74 1 H) 4.11 I H) 4.22 (dd, J=12.23, 3.91 Hz, 1 H) 4.47 2 H) 4.71 (dd, J=10.27, 7.09 Hz, 1 H) 5.12 (mi, 1 H) 5.29 J=17.36 Hz, I H) 5.71 1 H) 6.13 J=3.67 Hz, 1 H) 7.87 1 H) 7.97 I H) 8.14 3 H) 8.41 I H) 9.47 I H).

Example 198: Preparation Compound 198 This was made by displacing the 4-chloro phthalazine (Compound 195) with the sodium salt of 1,2,4-triazole in DMF at 55-65 OC.

BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGi 1,2,4-triazo- 1-yl)phthal azine-lI-oxo)-Sproline]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopi-opane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 62% yield. LCIMS Rt-min (MNa') [method 3.35 (774). 'H NMvIR (500 MiHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 0.97 911 1.01 (in, 2 H) 1. 10 9) 1. 16 (in, I H) 1.37 (mn, 2 H) 1.82 (in, 1 H) 2.18 J=8.55 Hz, I H) 2.32 (mn, I H) 2.69 (dd, J=13.58, 6.87 Hz, I H) 2.88 (br s, 1 H) 4.06 J=1 1.60 Hz, I H) 4.13 1 H) 4.53 (mn, J=9.16 Hz, I H) 4.61 J=1 1.90 Hz, 1 H) 5.06 J=10.07 Hz, I H) 5.23 (d, H) 8.44 J=7.63 Hz, 1 H) 9.14 I H).

Preparation of 4-hydroxy and 4-alkox-Y phthalazine P2* derivatives 0 a

OR

5:,1 N .N 0 0~ N 0

H

NN 283 N_ Reaction Conditions: sodium alkoxides such as methoxide, ethoxide and o isopropoxide Example 199: Preparation of Compound 199 005 MCI 0JI N -N o ~N KN 0 %N I 10 H N K-N

H

HI HN PrONa 0/ H N N 0 reflux Hn'PO HPrH N 0 The 4-chioro phthalazine (Example 195) was dissoved in dry isopropyl alcohol at room temperature and 1.0 eq of sodium isoproxide was added, the resulted suspension was brought to reflux. The desired product, 4.5 ma of yellow solid was obtained (20.0%).LCIMS rt-min (MEr): 2.68 (743) [method 'H NMR (400 NE&, CD3OD) 8 ppm 1.02 (in' 1I H) 1.20 I1I H) 1.42 (in, I H) 1.49 J=6 Hz, 6 H) p 1.87 (dd, J=7.95, 5.50 Hz, 1 H) 2.21 (in, 1 H) 2.23 (in, I H) 2.66 (in, I H) 2.93 (mn, I H) 4.08 J=7.09 Hz, I H) 4.19 1 H) 4.5 5 (in, 2 H) 5.11 J= 10. 27 Hz, I H) 5.28 J=17.61 Hz, I H) 5.48 (mn, I H) 5.70 J=10.03 Hz, I H) 5.81 (in, I H) 7.90 (in, 2 H) 8.16 (mn, 2 H).

Example 200: Preparation of Compound 200 Likewise, the 4-ethoxy derivative was prepared: BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)- 4-ethoxyphthalazine -1 -oxo)-S-prolinel-PI(1R,2S VinylAcca)-

CONHSO

2 CYClopropane.

284 0O N 0

H

mg of yellow solid was obtained (16.0%).LC/MS rt-min 2.52 (729) [method 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 5 ppm .01 9 H) 1.06 2 H) 1.16 (s, 9 H) 1.24 2 H) 1.43 (dd, J-9.78,5.14 Hz, 1 H) 1.53 J=6.97 Hz, 3 H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, I H) 2.22 J=8.97 Hz, I H) 2.32 I H) 2.67 I H) 2.93 (m, 1 H) 4.06 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H) 4.19 1 H) 4.56 4 H) 5.10 1 H) 5.30 1 H) 5.74 I H) 5.82 I H) 7.94 2 H) 8.16 J::7.83 Hz, I H) 8.21 1 H).

Example 201: Preparation of Compound 201 N 0N N N O HH N N 0 0 o

BOCNH-P

3 (L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4-methoxyphthalazine-1-oxo)-S-proline]-Pl(1R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane was prepared in 30.2% yield. LC/MS rt-min (M 2.42 (715) [method B] 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 ppm 0.96 9 H) 1.07 2 H) 1.20 11 H) 1.43 (dd, J=9.29,5.38 I-z, I H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H) 2.22 J=8.80 Hz, I H) 2.31 I H) 2.66 J=8.07 Hz, H) 2.93 I 285 H) 4.06 (dd, J= 11.98, 3.18 Hz, 1 H) 4.19 J=3.42 Hz, 4 H) 4.54 (in, 2 H) 5. 11 (in, o) 1 H) 5.28 J=17.36 Hz, I H) 5.73 (in, 1 H) 5.83 I H) 7.95 (in, 2 H) 8.19 (in, 2 IND

H).

(N

00 5 Example 202: Preparation of Compound 202 An attempt was made to displace BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4- INDchioro phthalazine-lI-oxo)-S-prolinej-PI (1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane (Example 195) with the sodium salt of tetrazole gave mostly the 4hydroxy, hydrolyzed material.

OH

N 0 N

C)

HH

BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4-h ydroxyphthil azine -1 -oxo)-S-proline] P1(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 CYClopropane was obtained as a pale creamy solid. LCIMS rt-min 4 2.18 (701) [method 11H NMR (400 Ivthz, CD3OD) 5S ppm 1.01 9 H) 1.05 (in, 2 H) 1.23 (mn, I11 H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.29, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 2.21 (in, 2 H) 2.63 (in, I H) 2.93 (in, I H) 4.00 I H) 4.20 1 H) 4.50 (in, 2 H) 5.11 (dd, J= 10.27, 1.47 H-z, 1 H) 5.29 J= 16.87 Hz, I H) 5.59 I H) 5.73 (mn, I H) 7.86 (dd, J=5.75, 3.30 Hz, 2 H) 8.01 (dd, J=5.87, 3.42 Hz, I H) 8.29 (dd, J=5.87, 3.42 Hz, 1 H).

Preparation of 5,6-disubstituted isoquinoline P2*- derivatives via an alkylation protocol.

286.

General Synthetic Scheme IN SillSR F F C R 2 0 00 cl C1 -N Example 203 Example 205 (Idj R, n-Propyl n-Propyl

R

2 =EthYl IDHO 0 F eC

R

2 0 ClCl C1 Example 208 F2=MethYl Reaction Conditions: LDA in THF; Alkyl di sulfide such as (n-PrS) 2 (c) Sodium alkoxide such as MeONa; Thiophene 2-carboxaldehyde; MnO 2 in benzene Example 203: Preparation of 1-chloro-5-propyltliio-6-fluoro isoquinoline: in

F

N

C1 To a chilled (-78 'CQ solution of 1-chloro-6-fluoro isoquinoline (59mg, 0.32 mrnol) in 2 mL of THF was added LDA solution in cyclohexane (1.5 Molar, 0.23 mL, 0.35 rnmol). The orange solution was stirred for 2 hrs before it was treated with n-propyl disulfide (60 jIL, neat material, excess). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over 30 min. It was quenched with a solution of half saturated NH4 4

CI,

the organic residues were extracted into ethyl acetate. LC-MS analysis indicated 287 about 50% conversion into the desired product along with mainly starting material.

C.)

IND eluted with 5% ether in hexanes, 29mg (36% yiel1d) of the desired product was obtained. LCJMS Rt-min (MV) [method 3.79) (256). 'H NMR (400 Mfz, 005 CHLOROFORVI.D) 8 ppm 0.96 J=7.34 Hz, 3 H) 1.52 (in, 2 H) 2.86 (in, 2 H) 7.45 (dd, J=9.29, 8.56 Hz, 1 H) 8.34 1=-0.73 Hz, 2 H) 8.37 (mn, I This compound was alkylated with the tripeptide by way of the procedure described in Example 184 IND to give the following compound: Example 204: Preparation of Compound 204 BOCNH-P3(L-r-BuGly)P2 1 -Chloro-5-propylthi o-isoqui noli n-6-oxo)-Sproline]-P1 (1R,2S Vi nylAcca)-CONHSO 2 CYClopropane, Shown below N CI 0 0 S H

HH

Following the general procedure, 4.6 mg of yellows:olid was obtained (3.2%).LCIMS rt-min 2.73 (792) (method 'H4 NMvI (400) MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 0.93 (t, J=7.34 Hz, 3 H) 0.97 9 H) 1.08 (in, 2 H) 1.24 (in, I1I H) 1.43 (in, 3 H) 1.86 (in, 1 H) 2.24 (mn, 2 H) 2.56 (in, 1 H) 2.78 J=7.09 H) 2.92 (in, I H) 4.01 (d, 1=9.29 Hz, 1 H) 4.22 I H) 4.29 I)M 4.59 j'=-6.85 Hz, I H) 5. 11 J= 10.76 Hz, I H) 5.28 1=1 7.36 Hz, I H) 5.49 I H) 5.74 (in, I H) 7.66 J=9.29 Hz, I H) 8.18 J=6.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.41 (in, 2 H).

SExample 205: Preparation of 5-propylthio-6-ethoxy isoquinoline P2* 0 derivatives.

\0

S/C/

N

CI

IND The following procedure is equally applicable to other 5-alkylthio-6-alkoxy isoquinolines by changing the reagents shown here. To a solution of 1-chloro-6fluoro isoquinoline (88mg, 0.48 mmol) in 2.0 mL THF under nitrogen at -78 *C was added LDA (1.5 Molar in cyclohexane, 0.42 mL, 0.63 mmol) forming a dark brownish solution. Neat n-propyl disulfide (85 pL, excess) was introduced after it was stirred at -78 oC for 30 min. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over a period of 30 min. It was quenched with a solution of half saturated

NH

4 CI, the organic residues were extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and dried under vacuum to 50 microns(Hg). The crude product was taken into 2 mT. of THF, cooled to -78 O°C added with excess potassium ethoxide The isoquinoline intermediate was finally purified by a silica gel column (type-H, Merck) eluted with ether-hexanes mixture, 32.2mg of the pure compound was obtained. LC-MS showed l-chloro-5-propylthio-6-ethoxyl isoquinoline at rt-min (MH) [method 3.77 (282). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 5 ppm 0.94 J=7.34 Hz, 3 H) 1.46 2 H) 1.55 J=6.97 Hz, 3 H) 2.83 J=7.21 Hz, 2 H) 4.32 J=6.85 Hz, 2 H) 7.36 J=9.29 Hz, 1 H) 8.22 J=6.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.32 J=9.29 Hz, 1 H) 8.3.5 J=6.11 Hz, 1 H).

Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure (Example 184), this 1-chloro- 5-propylthio-6-ethoxy isoquinoline was alkylated with the tripeptide (compound 184) to give 40.7 mg of the desired product shown below.

Example 206: Preparation of Compound 206 289 00

H

BOCNI--P3(L-t-BuG~y)-P2[(4R).( 6-ethox y-5-propylthio-isoquinoine-I -oxo)-S- 4 prolinel-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHS0 2 CYCiopr-opane. LC/MS rt-min (Miflt): 2.93 (803) [method 'H NMR (400 MfHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.93 J=7.34 Hz, 3 H) 1.01 9 H) 1.07 (in, 2 H) 1.21 (in, 11I H) 1.41 (in, 3 H) 1.48 J=6.85 I-z, 3 H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H) 2.25 2 H) 2.60 (dd, J= 13. 69, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.81 J=6.97 Hz, 2 H) 2.93 (in, I H) 4.05 1 H) 4.21 I H) 4.27 J1=7.09 Hz, 2 H) 4.43 (d, 1=1 1.74 Hz, I H) 4.52 (in, I H) 5. 10 J= 10.76 Hz, I H) 5.28 J= 17.12 Hz, I H) 5.74 (mn, I H) 5.82 I H) 7.30 J=9.05 Hz, I H) 7.92 J=6.36 Hz, I H) 7.97 (in, I H) 8.22 J=9.05 Hz, I H).

Example 207: Preparation of Compound 207 Likewise the same procedure was applied to the preparation of BOCNH-P3(L-t-.

B uGI 6 -inethoxy-5-methy thi o-Isoq ui noin.I -oxo)-S -pro]i ne] -P I (I R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 CYClopropane.

00 N -N

H

Q) To the solution of 100 mg l-Chloro-6-fluoro-isoquinoline (0.55 mmoie) in 2 ml dry INOTHF at -78 'C was added LDA in THF (1.3 eq). Dark brown solution was formed, then disulfide was added and the color of solution changed to greenish, then light 00 C brown. The reaction was quenched with 2 mLJ of water and 2 mL of NI- 4 C1, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum and the resulted residue was used as crude. LCIMS rt-min 2.23 (228) INO [method The crude material was redissolved in 2 ml of dry THIF at -78*C and 1.3 eq. of KOMe was added then the reaction mr-ixture was allowed to warmed up to RT, 410 stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate. 104 mg was; obtained LC/MS rt-min 2.04 (240) [method The intermediate, l-chloro-5-methylthio..6-methoxy isoquinoline was subjected to the tripeptide alkylation protocol described previously.

Following the general procedure, 70.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained LCIMS rt-min (760) [method 'H INNvR (400 MI-Z, GHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 0.94 (in, I11 H) 1. 17 9 H) 1.26 (mn, 2 H) 1.39 (mn, 1 H-) 1.83 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H) 2.01 (mn, 2 H) 2.23 3 H) 2.45 (in, I H) 2.79 (in, I A3 A. ±IP J I %LA, J-.J Y AL 11I) -T.I a~ .1 LI) -T Uk, Jk1 I. I A (dd, J=9.66, 7.21 Hz, I H) 4.99 J=10.27 Hz, I 5.12 J=16.87 Hz, I H) 5.69 (in, I H) 5.74 I H) 7.08 J=9.05 Hz, I H) 7.8.3 (in, 2 8.06 J=9.05 Hz, I

H).

Example 208: Preparation of 1 -chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoin5yithiophen.2 yl-methanone 0 S 0 C1 Following the same LDA deprotonation protocol (preparation of Example 203) of I- C0 chloro-6-fluoro isoquinoline described previously, the initial anion was quenched IND with 2-thiophenecarboxaldehyde instead, to give 1-chloro-6-fluoro thi ophen-2-yI -methanol. The material was oxidized to the 1-chloro-6-fluoro- 00 5 isoquinolin-5-yl-thiophen-2-yl-methanone using MnO 2 in benzene in 49.6% overall yield after chromatographic purification. LCIMS rt-min (NM) [method 2.98 (292). 'H NMR (400 M&z, CHLORQFORM-D) 8 ppm 7.12 (dd, J =4.89, 3.91 Hz, I IND H) 7.40 (in, I H) 7.53 (in, I H) 7.56 (dd, J=5.87, 0.73 Hz, 1 H) 7.82 (dd, J=5.0 1, 1. Hz, I H) 8.27 J=5.87 Hz, I H) 8.54 (ddd, J=9.29, 5.3 8, 0.73 Hz, I Ipso nucleophilic aromatic displacement of the fluorine atom was accomplished in a solution of excess of potassium methoxide to give, mainly l-chloro-6-methoxyisoquinolin-5-yl-thiophen-2-yJ-methanone along with 25-33% of 1 ,6-dimethoxyisoquinolin-5-yl-thiophen-2-yl-methanone. The crude material (77mg) was used in the alkylation step with the tripeptide without further purification.

Example 209: Preparation of Compound 209 0 S- 0 N0 1% N H

S

HH

N 0 Following the general procedure of tripeptide alkyltion (Example 184), 35.3 mng of BOCNH-P3 (L-t-BuGI y)-P2 4

R)-

6 -methoxy-5-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-isoq ui noh ne- 1 -oxo)-S-prolime] -P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONIISO 2 Cyclopropane was obtained as pale solid (26.5%).LCIMS rt-inin 2.54 (825) [method 'H NMvR (400 a MHz, MDOD) 8 ppm 1.02 9 H) 1.06 (in, 2 H) 1.22 (in, 2 H) 1.26 9 H) 1.43 292 S(m, I H) 1.87 (dd, J=7.95, 5.50 Hz, 1 H) 2.28 2 H) 2.62 (dd, J=13.82, 6.97 Hz, 1 O H) 2.93 1 H) 3.90 3 H) 4.07 (dd, J= 11.62, 3.06 Hz, 1 H) 4.23 1 H) 4.43 (m, N 1 H) 4.55 (dd, J=9.78, 7.34 Hz, 1 H) 5.09 1 H) 5.29 J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.74 1 H) 5.86 1 H) 6.93 J=6.11 Hz, 1 H) 7.11 I H) 7.32 (dd, J=3.91, 0.98 0O 5 Hz, 1 H) 7.46 J=9.29 Hz, 1 H) 7.86 J=6.72 Hz, 1 H) 7.91 (dd, J=4.89, 1.22 Hz, 1 H) 8.39 J=9.29 Hz, 1 H).

N Preparation of P2* by way of cinnamic acid derivatives. The general procedure 0 depicted below has been described extensively elsewhere.

General Synthetic Scheme R R R

R

2 OH DPPA Benze 2 (PhhCH 2 2 2

E

3 N, Benzune xreflux IR _OH R2 POCI 3 reflux

R

1

R

2 H, Methyl for Example 210 N N R 1

R

2 OCH20 for Example 211 OH Cl Example 210: Preparation of Compound 210 S10.0 g of meta-tolyl-acrylic acid (61.7 mmole) was suspended in 50 ml of benzene, 12.6 mL of DPPA (0.95 eq) was added followed by 10.3 ml of triethylamine (1.2 eq).

The resulted solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The volatile was removed under vacuum and the meta-tolyl-acryloyl azide was purified by flash chromatograph to yield 11.5 g of pure compound (quantitative). This material, in 100 mL of diphenylmethane, was introduced dropwise into 100 ml of diphenylmethane previously heated up to 200 °C over a period of an hr. The resulted solution was kept at this temperature for another 4 hour then cooled clown to room temp.. White precipitate was formed, it was filtered off. The solid was washed with hexanes three times and dried. The filtrate was diluted with 200 ml of hexanes, the solution was left standing overnight to allow for separation of the second crop. The materials were 0 combined to give 4.2 a of 6 -methyl-isoquinolin-1-ol LC/MS rt-mrn (MW): IND 1.31 (160) [method 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD.

3 OD) 8 ppm, 2.49 3 H) 6.61 (d, J=7.32 Hz, I H) 7.13 J=7.02 Hz, I H) 7.36 (di, J=8.24 Hz, I H) 7.45 1 H) 8.18 00 5 J=8.24 Hz, I The material was suspended in 15 Ml Of POC1 3 and brought to c~i reflux for 3 hours. After removal of the POC1 3 in vacuo, the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and cold aqueous NaOH (generated from 1LON 200 mnL NaOH IND and 20 mL 10.0 N NaOH) and stirred for 15 min. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 200 mL), brine (200 mL), dried (MgS04), and concentrated in vacuo to supply l-chloro-6-methyl-isoquinoline LC/MS rt-min (MIW): 1.92 (178) [method 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORMv-D) 8 ppm 2.53 3 H) 7.47 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 2 H) 7.56 I H) 8.18 (in, 2 The final alkylation of 1-chloro-6methyl-isoquinoline with the tripeptide was carried out using the protocol described previously (Example 184).

H N 0

HO

1 H

H

H cl HLad 3 KO'BuH N 0 BOCNH-P3(L-terr-BuGy)-P2[(4R).(6..methyI isoq uinolin-1 -oxo)-S-proline]- PL(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONIHSO 2 -CYClopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 18% yield. LCIMS Rg-min (MiNa~) [method 2.64 (720). 'H NlvlR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) B ppm 1.05 (in, 13 H) 1.23 (mn, 9 H) 1.42 (mn, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=7.95, 5.50 Hz, I H) 2.25 (mn, 2 H) 2.49 3 H) 2.61 (dd, 1= 13.8 2, 6.48 Hz, I H) 2.93 (mn, I H) 4.05 (dd, J 11.86, 3.30 Hz, I H) 4.23 I H) 4.43 1=1 1.49 Hz, 1 H) 4.52 (mn, I H) 5. 10 J=11.49 Hz, I H) 5.28 J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.74 (in, 1 M) 5.83 I H) 7.24 J=5.87 Hz, I H) 7.35 J=8.07 Hz, I H) 7.58 1 H) 7.89 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H) 8.07 J=8.56 Hz, I H).

294 Example 211: Preparation of Compound 211 0

I%

0

H

Following the general procedure described previouIsly, BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)- I ,3-Dioxa-7-aza-cyclopentafa] naphthale~n-6-oJ)-S-prolinej-P I(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CQNHSO 2 CYClopropane, 51.0 mg was obtained as a pale solid (64.9%).LCIMS rt-min (M1IH): 2.57 (728) [method 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8 ppmn 0.99 9 H) 1.07 (in, 2 H) 1. 18 (mn, 1 H)M 1.42 (in, I H) 1. 86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 H) 2.23 (in, 2 H) 2.59 (dd, J= 13.69, 6.85 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (in, I H) 4.04 (dd, j=l1.74- 2-20-Hz. 1 H)4-22( 4-I H)4.3 (d-J=I1.74Hz47. I H)Th4-1 I4 H'5.10(d.

J=10.27 R-z, I H1) 5.28 J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.73 (mn, 1 H) 5.82 6.18 2 H-) 7.13 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H) 7.19 J=6.11 Hz, 1 H) 7.81 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H) 7.85 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 1 H).

Preparation of 5,6,7-trisubstituted isoquinoline P2* derivatives: 0 a

CI

/-0 0 bN

E)

f-0 0 R

N

Reaction Conditions: LDA in TI-F; N-fluorobenzenesulfonimide (NFSI) for R F, or diinethyl sulfide (MeS) 2 for R SMe.

295 The 5,6-methylenedioxy-1-chloroisoquinoline prepared above was deprotonated directly in the presence of strong base such as LDA to provide the corresponding 7- INDanion without interferring with the 1-chloro functionality. The 7-anion was quenched with electrophiles such as NFSI (N-fluorobenzenesulfonimide) and dimethylsulfide 00 5 to produce the corresponding 7-substituted isoquinoline ring system.

Example 212: Preparation of Compound 212

\O

Step 1: Preparation of 5,6-methylenedioxy-7-fluoro- I-chloro isoquinoline.To a solution of 5,6-methylenedioxy-1-chloro isoquinoline (126mg, 0.61 mmol) in 4 mL of THF under nitrogen at -78 *C was added LDA solution in cyclohexane Molar, 0.65 mL, 0.98 mmol). The light brownish solution was stirred for 15 min before it was treated with N-fluorobenzenesulforiimide (NFSI, 0.3g, 1.5 equivalents).

TLC analysis showed the formation of a new spot, in addition of the unchanged starting material. Aqueous work up followed by extractions with ethyl acetate furnished an oily crude product which was purified by preparative HPLC to give 52mg LC/MS rt-min (MHW) [method 3.09 (226). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 6.33 2 H) 7.52 J=5.87 Hz, 1 H) 7.71 J=10.51 Hz, 1 H) 8.16 J=5.87 Hz, I Step 2: The alkylation of 5,6-methylenedioxy-7fluoro-1-chloro isoquinoline with the tripeptide was carried out as described previously (Example 184) to provide the major product as a result of fluorine displacement.

BOCNH-P3(L--BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 6-Chloro-1,3-clioxa-7-azacyclopenta[a]naphthalen-4-oxo)-S-proline]-Pl(1R,2S VinylAcca)-

CONHSO

2 Cyclopropane, Shown below 296 H

N

H

oS p H,

\O

c N I Following the general procedure, 24.3 mg of yellow solid was obtained (24.3%).LC/MS rt-min 2.54 (763) [method 'H NMR (400 MHz, 8 ppm 1.00 9 H) 1.06 2 H) 1.20 2 H) 1.29 9 H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.41, 5.26 Hz, 1 H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 2.24 2 H) 2.54 (dd, J=13.57, 6.48 Hz, 1 H) 2.92 1 H) 4.04 (dd, J=12.10, 2.81 Hz, 1 H) 4.20 J=7.34 Hz, 1 H) 4.33 (d, J=12.23 Hz, I H) 4.47 (dd, J=10.52, 6.85 Hz, 1 H) 5.10 (dd, J=10.39, 1.59 Hz, I H) 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 1.22 Hz, 1 H) 5.46 J=5.87 Hz, I H) 5.74 1 H) 6.29 2 H) 7.40 1 H) 7.56 1 H) 8.01 J=5.62 Hz, I H).

Example 213: Preparation of Compound 213 To a solution of 5,6-methylenedioxy-l-chloro isoquinoline (84mg, 0.41 mmol) in 4 mL of THF under nitrogen at -78 OC was added LDA solution in cyclohexane Molar, 0.60 mL, 0.9 mmol). The light brownish solution was stirred for 15 min at 78 oC before it was treated with methyl disulfide (50 pgL of neat reagent, 1.4 equivalents). TLC analysis showed the formation of a new spot, in addition of the unchanged starting material. Aqueous work up followed by extractions with ethyl acetate furnished an oily crude product which was purified by preparative HPLC to give 51mg LC/MS rt-min (MW) [method 3.39 (254). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 2.64 3 H) 6.29 2 H) 7.49 J=4.89 Hz, 1 H) 7.71 1 H) 8.11 J=5.87 Hz, 1 The alkylation of 5,6-methylenedioxy-7methylthio-1-chloro isoquinoline with the tripeptide was carried out as described previously (Example 184) to provide the desired product shown below: 297 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 4-meth ylthi o- 1,3-di oxa-7-azacyclopentafa~naphtlhalen-6-yloxy)Sproline..P1(IR,2S VinylAcca)-

CONIHSO

2 CYClopropane Following the general procedure, 59.6 mg of yelow solid was obtained (42.2%).LCIMS rt-min (lviii): 2.70 (774) [method 'H NMIR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 1.02 (mn, I1I H) 1. 16 9 H) 1.32 2 H) 1.45 (in, I H) 1.94 (in, 1 H) 2.12 J=8.56 Hz, I H) 2.56 3 H) 2.62 (mn, 2 H) 2.90 J=4.40 Hz, I H) 4.15 (di, J=7.83 Hz, 2 H) 4.48 (di, J=12.47 Hz, I 4.62 J=7.83 Hz, I1 H) 5.13 J=10.52 Hz, I H) 5.26 J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.74 (di, J=16.38 Hz, I H) 5.95 I H) 6.28 2 H) 7.41 1 H) 7.59 1 H) 7.85 J=6.11 Hz, I H).

Preparation of 3,4-disubstituted isoQuinoline P2* derivatives Example 215: Preparation of Compound 215 Example 215 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[( 2,3-dihydro- yloxy)-S-proline]-P 1 (IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONIISO2CYCiopropane, shown below was prepared as depicted in the following scheme: General Synthetic Scheme of the isoquinoline component compound 214 DPPA, Et3N K) Tol., Denzene,rn 0 0 POC1 3 reflux p N

OH

compound 214a reflux Pb(OACM 0=0 NH 2

OCN

fluorination

N

Uri compound 214 Notes: The synthesis of the novel I -fluoro P2* was made successful by the technologies cited below: 299 IND Rigby, James Holsworth, Daniel James, Kelly. Vinyl Isocyanates In Synthesis. [4 2] Cycloaddition Reactions With Benzyne Addends.

005 Journal Of Organic Chemistry (1989), .54(17), 4019-20 Uchibori, Umeno, Yoshi okai, Heterocycles, 1992, 34 IND 1507-1510 Example 214: Preparation of Compounds 214, 5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-;1H-4-azacyclopenta[alnaphthalene, and Compound 2.15 of Example 215 HO H11 N 0MF 0Cto Exapl 214 Exml 184 l Example 215 2,3-Dihydro-1H-4-aza-cyc1opeflta[a]naphthalenl-5-oI was prepared in accordance to the method of Rigby described in (reference 1) cited above. Using POC1 3 as I described elsewhere, Compound 214, was synthesized in 59.8% (430mg). LC/MS itmin (MIT': 2.29 (204) [method 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 0 ppm 2.28 (in, 2 H) 3.19 J=7.74 Hz, 4 H) 7.58 (in, 1 H) 7.71 (in, 2 H) 8.32 J=8.56 Hz, I The chloride is sufficiently reactive to be alkylated with the tripeptide according to the procedure of Example 184, to g~ive the desired product Compound 215. However the overall yield could be doubled if the chloride was exchanged into the fluoride by the method of Uchibori described in (reference Thus 17.0 mg of Compound 215, isolated as a pale yellow solid LC/MS rt-min (lvIii): 2.80 (724) (method 'H NMR (500 CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.03 9 H) 1.09 (in, 2 H) 1.24 (in, I11 H) 1.44 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I1-1) 1.88- (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I H) 2.25 Ilk 4 H) 2.63 (dd, J= 13.7 3, 7.02 Hz, I H) 2.94 I H) 3.05 (in, 2 H) 3. 10 (in, 2 H) 300 4.08 (dd,J=l1.60, 2.75 Hz, 1 H) 4.24 (d,J=20.45 Hz, I H) 4.45 (d,J=11.90 Hz, 1 H) 4.54 (dd, 1=9.46,7.63 Hz, 1 H) 5.11 (in, 1 Ii) 5.30 J=17.09 Hz, 1 H) 5.75 (in, 1 H) 5.87 1 H) 7.44 J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 7.69 (mn, 2 H) 8.18 J=8.24 Hz, 1

H).

Preparation of 3,4-dihydrofuranyl and furanyl isoquinoline P2* components, Examples 217 and 218, General Synthetic Scheme 00 0 TFAA, Pyr.

K)

CHCI

3 RT C/

F

0 0 0 C Toluene q 0 N 3 refl ux N== KOH, Benzen~e, reflux 0 2 drops of H 2 0

O

0 DPPA, BI 3

N

benzene, rI Pb(OAC) 4

N

NH-

2

N

BU

4 PHi" N Microwave .Z -N 12000"

F

PoC1 3 reflux

OH

Only Example 217 was converted into 1 -fluoro cenvative ior alKyletion.

Example 218 was reactive enough to be alkylated directly without Fluoride activation Example 217 Example 218 Example 217: Preparation of Compound 217, 5;-chloro-2,3-dihydro-1-oxa-4-azacyclopentafa]naphthalene and Compound 218, 5-chloro-1-oxa-4-azacyclopenta~alnaphthalene.

This synthesis made use of the technologies described, in part, in the following references: Hojo, Masaru; Masuda, Ryoichi; Sakagizchi, Syuhei; Takagawa, Makoto, Synthesis (1986), 1016-17 Rigby, James Holsworth, Daniel D.;.James, Kelly. Vinyl Isocyanates

C.)

IND Journal Of Organic Chemistry (1989), 54(1'7), 4019-20 00 5 Uchibori, Umeno, Yoshiokai, H-eterocycles, 1992, 34 1507-1510 INDBoth 2,3-dihydro-l1-oxa-4-aza-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5-ol and 1 -oxa-4-aza were produced together when the procedures (references 1 and 2) cited above were followed. Conversion of the pair into their chloro derivatives was accomplished by P00I 3 as usual: The crude hydroxy products (about 2g, pale yellow oil) was treated with 15 mnL Of POC1 3 and the mixture was brought to reflux for 3 hours. After removal of the POC1 3 in vacuo, the residue was stirred with EtOAc and cold aqueous NaOH (220 m.L, 1.0 N) for 15 min. The organic layer was separated, washed with water (2 x 200 mL), brine (200 mL), and dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo to supply 300 mg of Example 217, chloro-2,3-dihydro-1-oxa-4-aza-cyclopentafalnaphthalene and 100 mg of Example 218, 5-chloro-l-oxa-4-aza cycl opentallaj)naphthalene as light brown solids after silica gel chromatographic separation. Compound 217: LC/MIS rt-min (MWH): 2.05 (206) [method 'H NMvR (400 M~z, CHLOROFQRM-D) 8 ppm 3.46 p J=9.05 Hz, 2 H) 4.82 1=9. 17 Hz, 2 Hf) 7.58 (in, 1 H),7.66 (mn, 1 H) 7.85 (d, 1=8.3 1 Hz, 1 H) 8.21 J=8.56 Hz, 1 Compound 218: LCIMS rt-min (NMW).

2.16 (204) [method 'H NMR, (400 MHz, CHALOROFORM-D)) 0 ppm 7.15 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 M) 7.70 (mn, I H) 7.89 (in, 2 H) 8.27 J=8.3 1 Hz, 1 H) 8.44 J=8.80 H~z, IH).

Preparation of 5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-lI-oxa- 4 -azra-cyclopenta[alnaphthalene, and final P2* coupling products.

The chloride/fluoride exchange was achieved by the method (reference 3) cited above. Thus 90 mg of 5-chloro-2,3-dihydro- l-oxa-4-aza-cyclopenta[alnaphthalene (Example 217) was suspended in 1.5 mL of Bu 4

'PHF

2 and was irradaited under 302 microwave (Smith Reactor) to about 120 *C for 2 hours. After aqueous work up and o) column purification, 22 mg of fluoride product was obtained LCJMS rt-min IND (Mnft): 1.91 (190) [method The furan derivative (Example 218), 4-aza-cyclopenta[alnaphthalene was sufficiently reactive to be alkylated with the 00 5 tripeptide directly without fluoride activation.

Example 219: Preparation of Compound 219 00 SI 0 H N N H F

H

H NLaC1 3 KOtBu H N DMF, 0 0 C to RT BOCNH-P3 (L-t-Bu Gly)-P2 hydro- I -oxa- 4 -aza-cyclIopen ta[ajjnaphthal en- 5-yloxy)-S-proline]-P1 (1R,2S Vin ylAcca)-CONHSO 2 CYClopropane. Following the rt-min (MH 4 2.65 (726) [method 'H NNvIR (400 Mffz, CD3OD) 8 ppm 0.99 9 1.07 (in, 2 H) 1.20 (in, 11I H) 1.40 (mn, I H) 1. 86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 H) 2.21 (dd, J1I7.48, 8.93 Hz, 2 H) 2.60 (dd, J=13.45, 6.85 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (in, I H) 3.34 (in, 2 H) 4.04 (dd, J= 11.74, 3.18 Hz, 1 H) 4.24 I IH) 4.41 J= 11.49 Hz, I H) 4.5 1 (in, I H) 4.74 J=9.05 Hz, 2 H) 5.11 J=10.27 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 J=17.36 Hz, 1 H) 5.73 (mn, 1 H) 5.78 I H) 7.43 (in, 1 H) 7.65 J=7.46 Hz, 1 H) 7.74 J=8.31 Hz, I H) 8.12 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H).

Example 220: Preparation of Compound 220 303 o o U HCK1 H N H0 N N H OClO

N

00 HN 0 H LLaCI 3 KO'Bu H N 0 DMF, O*C to Rr N 0

\O

BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuG y)-P2[(4R)-(1-oxa- 4 proline]-P1(1R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane. Following the general alkylation procedure, 13.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (20%).LC/MS rt-min 2.70 (724) [method 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 6 ppm 1.01 9 H) 1.09 2 H) 1.22 9 H) 1.27 2 H) 1.46 1 H) 1.89 (dd, J=7.78, 5.65 Hz, 1 H) 2.24 J=8.55 Hz, 1 H) 2.33 J=9.92 Hz, 1 H) 2.68 (dd, J=13.73,7.02 Hz, 1 H) 2.95 1 H) 4.14 1 H) 4.26 1 H) 4.50 J=11.90 Hz, 1 H) 4.57 J=17.09 Hz, 1 H) 5.12 J=10.07 Hz, 1 H) 5.30 J=17.40 Hz, I H) 5.75 1 H) 5.93 1 H) 6.97 J=2.14 Hz, 1 H) 7.51 J=7.32 Hz, 1 H) 7.81 J=7.48 Hz, 1 H) 7.92 (s, 1 H) 8.13 J=7.94 Hz, 1 H) 8.28 J=8.24 Hz, 1 H).

Preparation of 3-halo and 3-heteroaryl 4-alkoxy and 4-hydroxy isoquinoline P2* derivatives General Synthetic Scheme Br W~e OMe 1 2 Br N N N N Example 222a Example 222b W~e

OH

W~e Br 4 O r Bz r K Cl Cl Example 222c Example 222d Example 222e 0 6 B-I r C1 Example 222 Reaction conditions: MeOK in DMiPU; NBS in dichloroethane; MCPBA in CH 2

CI

2 POC1 3 in dichioroethane; BBr 3 in CH 2

CI

2 SEM-Chloride and Hunig's Base in CH 2

CI

2 by a novel and convenient procedure using ordinary laboratory equipments and reagents. A regioselective NBS bromination gave :3boo4mtoyisoquinoline (Example 222b) in good yields. MCPBA oxidation proceeded uneventfully to furnish the corresponding N-oxide (Example 222c), which was isomnerized into 1chloro-3-bromo-4-methoxy isoquinoline (Example 222d) using the usual P00 3 procedure. The 4-methoxy isoquinoline was alkylated with the tripeptide to give the corresponding 3-bromo4-methoxy P2* derivative suitable for Stille and Suzuki coupling. Alternatively the 4-methoxy isocjuinoline was de-methylated in BBr 3 to give the 4-hydroxy-3-bromo-I-chloro isoquinoline (Example 222e). The 4-hydroxy group was re-protected with SEM-chioride to give the 4-SEM protected intermediate Example 222. The 4-hydroxy compound was re-generated once the coupling was achieved by either an acid induced, or a fluoride induced deprotection protocol.

D 305

O

SExample 222d: Preparation of 1-chloro-3-bromo-4-methoxy isoquinoline

O

I Step 1: A solution of 4-bromo isoquinoline (15g, 73 mmol, commercial material) in 00 5 200 mL dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2(IH)-pyrimidinone (DMPU, Aldrich) was N added solid potassium methoxide (5.6gm, 80 mmol). The reaction vessel was Simmersed in an oil bath at 105 OC for 20 min. The color of mixture changed rapidly s from its initial very pale to dark greenish brown immediately after warming. The Sreaction vessel was removed from the oil bath and was diluted with water, the organic residues were partitioned into ether by multiple extraction with portions of ether. TLC analysis showed two new, spots (1:1 v/v mixture of hexanes and ethyl acetate as eluent) of roughly equal size. These were separated on silica-gel (Merck, type-H) column eluted with straight hexanes, followed by gradual addition of ether into the mobil phase. The desired product, 4-mehoxy isoquinoline (4.1gm, 35.3%) was isolated after evaporation of solvents. The other product was also isolated as the reduction by-product isoquinoline. The identity of the by-product was confirmed by NMR comparison with authentic material. Example 222a: LC/MS Ri-min (MH') [method 1.16 (160). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 8 4.07 3 H) 7.61 1 H) 7.69 1 H) 7.93 J=8.07 Hz, I H) 8.08 1 H) 8.19 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H) 8.89 1 [Note: this compound was previously prepared in Zoltewicz, John Oestreich, Terence Sale, Alan A, Journal of the American Chemical Society (1975), 97(20), 5889-96 in a "Monel Bomb", and later by a "focused microwave" initiated procedure in Cherng, Yie-Jia, Tetrahedron (2002), 58(6), 1125- 1129. The present procedure required neither special high pressure apparatus nor preparative scale microwave equipment].

Step 2: The material (Example 222a) was subjected to NBS bromination, thus 4methoxy isoquinoline (Example 222a, 2.1gm, 13.2 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (DCE, 150 mL) was treated with N-bromosuccinimide (NBS, 1.5gm, 8.4 mmol, 0.6X) at 70 0 C for an hr followed by addition of second portion of 1.5gm NBS. The dark brownish mixture was stirred for another hr before the addition of third portion N 306 of 1.0gm NBS. The bromination was monitored by LC-MS until there was no starting O material left. The crude mixture was evaporated to dryness and the desired product 0 was filtered over a short bed of silica-gel (Type-H, Merck, 3cm diameter by height) eluted with straight hexanes first followed by gradually increasing the amount 00 5 of ether. The desired product, (Example 222b), was isolated as an oily material

O

IN (1.7gm, LC/MS Rt-min (MI [method 2.65 (238). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 6 ppm 4.04 3 H) 7.64 1=7.58 Hz, 1 H) 7.76 J=7.09 Hz, D 1 H) 7.99 J=8.31 Hz, 1 H) 8.11 J=8.31 Hz, 1 H) 8.85 1 [3-Bromo-4methoxy isoquinoline was previously prepared by a different procedure: Finkentey, Christel; Langhals, Elke; Langhals, Heinz. Chemische Berichte (1983), 116(6), 2394- 7. NMR of the product was identical to that reported].

Step 3: The product from NBS bromination was subjected to MCPBA oxidation in methylene chloride at room temperature. Thus MCPBA (1.80gm, 77% pure, mmol) was added into a solution of 3-bromo-4-methoxy isoquinoline (Example 222b, 1.65gm, 6.9 mmol) in 35 mL of CH 2 C1 2 The solution was stirred for 4 hrs forming a white suspension. Sodium bicarbonate solution freshly prepared. mL) was added into the mixture, organic residues were extracted into CH 2

CI

2 (10 X 25 mL). Multiple extraction in organic solvent was necessary to recover the somewhat water solution N-oxide product. The crude material obtained after evaporation of solvents was further purified by a filtration over silica-gel to give 1.36gm (5.4 mmol, 78%) of the N-oxide (Example 222c) as a ceraceous solid.

LC/MS Rt-min (MH) [method 1.79 (254). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 4.07 3 H) 7.63 2 H) 7.72 1 H) 8.00 1 H) 8.86 1 H).

Step 4: The final N-oxide rearrangement was done as usual in POCI 3 using procedure described elsewhere. Yield of Example 222d was essentially quantitative. LC/MS R,-min (MH [method 2.69 (272). 'H NMR as HCI salt, (400 MHz, SCHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 4.07 3 H) 7.81 1 H) 7.92 1 H) 8.17 J=8.31 307 Hz, I H) 8.34 J=8.31 Hz, I 'H NMvR as free base, (400 MiHz, U CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 4.03 3 H) 7.72 (in, I H) 7.81 (mn, I H) 8.12 J=8.56 IND Hz, I H) 8.28 J=8.56 Hz, I H).

00 5 Example 223: Preparation of Compound 223 W~e W~e Br 0 Br 0-

N

H

N

HN 0 LaCl 3 KOtBuH N 0 DMF, -78 0 C to O 0

C

The free base (Example 222d) obtained in the previous step was alkylated with the tripeptide fragment using the alkylation protocol (Example 184) described elsewhere to give 79% of the desired product as a paper-white solid. LCIMS Rt-min (MNa~) [method 3.91 (814). 'H NMAR (400 MHz, CD:IQD) 8 ppm. 1.02 9 H) 1.06 (dd, 1=8.07, 1.47 Hz, 2 H) 1.22 (in, I1I H) 1.42 (dd, J=:9.78, 5.14 Hz, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H) 2.22 (dd, 1=1 8.10, 9.29 Hz, I H) 2.28 (in, 1 H) 2.61 (dd, p 15 J= 13.57, 6.97 Hz, I H) 2.93 (mn, I H) 3.92 3 4.06 (dd, 1=1 1.86, 2.81 Hz, I H) 4.22 I H) 4.43 J=1 1.49 Hz, I H) 4.51 (mn, 1 H) 5.10 J=1 0.52 Hz, I H) 5.28 J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.74 (mn, I H) 5.81 1 H) 7.56 1=7.58 Hz, I H) 7.78 (t, J=7.58 Hz, I H) 8.00 1=8.31 Hz, I H) 8.16 1=8.56 Hz, I H).

Example 224 and 225: Preparation of Compounds 224 and Compound 225 The 4-inethoxy group in l-chloro-3-bromo-4-methoxy isoquinoline (Example 222d) described previously was converted into xc-trimethylsilyl ethoxy methyl (SEMI) moiety by the following procedure. l-Chloro-3-bromo-4-methoxy isoquinoline (Example 222d) was deinethylated using BBr 3 (final adjusted reaction concentration was 0.2-0.3 Molar BBr 3 at room temperature for 12 hrs. The high BBr- 3 Sconcentration for such de-methylation was found to be necessary and efficient. The O crude reaction mixture was diluted with 50 volumes of anhydrous methanol prior to N0 evaporation to dryness. The demethylation was essentially quantitative. Example 222e: LC/MS R,-min (MH) [method 2.32 'H NMR of free HCI salt (400 00 5 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 6 ppm 5.83 (br. s, 1 H) 7.73 J=7.70 Hz, 1 H) 7.79 (t, NC J=7.58 Hz, 1 H) 8.22 2 The 4-hydroxy-3-bromo-l-chloro isoquinoline (Example 222e) was re-protected with 2-(trimethylsilyl) ethoxy methyl chloride ND (SEM-CI). The crude free base from the previous preparation was dried to O microns(Hg) at room temperature prior to re-protection with SEM-chloride. To a solution of the 4-hydroxy compound (Example 222e, 1.33gm, 5.2 mmol) in methylene chloride (50 ml) at 0°C was added sequentially diisopropylethyl amine (2 mL, 11.5 mmol) and SEM-chloride (1.8 mL, 10 mmol). The mixture was stirred for min before it was washed with a freshly prepared NaHCO 3 solution 100 mL). The organic residues were extracted into several portions of methylene chloride, the combined organic layers were back-washed with 20 mL deionized water before it was concentrated in vacuo. The SEM protection was essentailly quantitative.

Example 222: LC/MS R,-min [method 3.40 (410). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) ppm 0.03 9 H) 0.99 2 H) 3.98 2 H) 5.33 2 H) 7.72 1 H) 7.80 1 H) 8.17 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H) 8.27 J=8.07 Hz, 1 H).

Alkylation of 4-SEM protected isoquinoline with tipeptide: Compound 224 and Compound 225 were generated from the same tripeptide alkylation reaction. The 4hydroxy compound (Compound 224) was produced most probably as a result of the TFA present during the preparative HPLC purification.

309 0

~N

0 N.IU OR 0 t% 0 00 0 H LaC13 KO t Bu N 'N J -_0DMF, -78'C to 0 0

C

OR OH (Example 224) or CI OCH 2

OCH

2

CH

2 SIMe 3 (Example 225) Example 224 LCIMS Rrmin (MlNa~) [mnethod 2.87 (800). "H NMR (400 M1Hz, CD 3 OD) 5 ppm 1.02 9 H) 1.06 J=8.31 Hz, 2 H) 1.25 911) 1.42 2 H) 1.86 (in, 1 H) 2.23 (in, 2 H) 2.60 (dd, J1.]3.21, 7.34 Hz, I H) 2.93 (in, I H) 4.06 J=1 1.00 Hz, I H) 4.24 (mn, 2 H) 4.38 J1=1 1.98 Hz, 111) 4.49 (dd, J=9.78, 7.09 Hz, 1 H) 5.10 1=10.03 Hz, I H) 5.28 .1=17.36 Hz, 1 H) 5.72 (mn, I H) 5.76 1 H) 7.52 J=7.46 Hz, I H) 7.71 J=7.09 Hz, I H) 8.09 J=4.40 Hz, 1 H-) 8.11 J=4.16 Hz, 1 H).

Example 225 LCJMS R,-min [method 3.46 (808). 'H NMR (400 M4Hz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 0.01 9 H) 0.96 (in, 2 H) 1.02 11I H) 1.06 J=6.60 Hz, 2 H) 1.24 9 H) 1.42 (in, 1 H) 1.86 (dd, 1=7.83, 5.38 Hz, 1 M) 2.25 (mn, 2 H) 2.62 (dd, J= 13.69, 7.34 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (in, 1 H) 3.97 (in, 2 H) 4.07 (dd, 1=10.88, 3.55 Hz, 1 H) 4.23 I H) 4.43 1= 11.25 Hz, I H) 4.50 1 H) 5.10 1=1 0.76 Liz, I H) 5.25 (mn, 3 H) 5.74 (mn, I H) 5.82 I H) 7.57 1 H) 7.77 J=7.83 Hz, I H) 8.06 1=8.56 Hz, 1 H) 8.16 1=8.31 Hz, I H).

Preparation of 4H-[1,3]dioxino[5,4-c]isoquinolinI P2* derivatives General Synthetic Scheme 310 Br OMe N N11 4 Example 226b o 0 N NN

F

Example 226 OMe OMe 2 0e Example 222a Example 226a OH 0o N N 5

N

Cl

CI

Example 226c Example 226d 3 6 Reaction Conditions: MeOK in DMPU; MCPBA in CH 2 C1 2 POC1 3 in DCE; BBr 3 in CH 2 C0z; HCHO solution in 40% H 2 S0 4 by procedure of Synthesis of 1,3-oxazino[5,6- c]isoquinolines and related compounds. Miyoko Toyamna and Hirotaka Otomasu, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 33(12), 5543-5546, 1985; (6) Fluororinajion procedure by Ucijiboui, Uiciv, Yo'Shioka, nH., Heicrucycles, 1992, 34 1507-1510 10 Example 227: Preparation of Compound 227 0 0 H H 0 0 N Is 6-Chloro-1 ,3-Oxazino[5,6-c]isoquinoline was prepared by the procedure of Miyoko Toyama and Hirotaka Otomasu starting from 1-chloro-4-hydroxy isoquinoline. The starting material: I-chloro-4-hydroxy isoquinoline (Example 226c) was prepared by the synthetic sequence shown above. MCPBA oxidation of 4-methoxy isoquinoline IND (Example 222a) was carried as usual to give 79.1% of the corresponding N-oxide N (Example 226a). The material was converted into the 1-chloro derivative 00 5 immediately afterward in POC1 3 to give the chloride (Example 226b) in essentially quantitative yield. The crude 1-chloro-4-methoxy isoquinoline was de-methylated in BBr 3 at room temperature to give the corresponding 1-chloro-4-hydroxy isoquinoline (Example 226c) after treating the crude BBr 3 mixture with anhydrous methanol at room temperature, followed by evaporation to get rid of excess of borate residues.

The reaction of Miyoko Toyama and H-irotaka O'tomasu gave 266mg of 6-chloro-1 ,3oxazino[5,6-c]isoquinoline (Example 226d, overall yield from 300mg of 4methoxy isoquinoline in 4 steps. LC/MS Rt-min ([M-HCHO]W) [method 2.45 (192). 'H NMvR (400 MHz, CHLORQFORM-D) 5 ppmn 5.02 2 H) 5.41 2 H) 7.68 (in, I H) 7.77 (ddd, J=8.25, 6.91, 1.22 Hz, I H) 8. 10 J=8.31 Hz, I H) 8.26 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H).

The chloride was found to be unreactive under the alkylation protocol of Example 184. The corresponding 6 -fluoro-l,3-oxazino[5,6-c]isoquinoline (Example 226) was prepared by the method of [Tichibori, Umeno, Yoshiokai, Heterocycles, 1992, 34 1507-15 10] cited earlier. The reaction was not allowed to go to completion, and the crude reaction mi~xture was recovered as a mixture of ratio of 1:2.4 (Cl Without further purification, the chloride/fluoride mixture was alkylated with the tripeptide using the procedure of Example 184 to give 66mg of BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2 1,3 -oxazino[5,6-c]isoqui noli ne-6oxo)-S-proline]-PI (1R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 CYClopropane after preparative HIPLC purification. LCIMS R,-min (MNa") (method DI: 3.03 (764). 'H NMR (400 MIHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.0 1 9 H) 1.06 (dd, J=8.07, 1.96 Hz, 2 H) 1. 22 10 H-) 1.34 J=6.11 Hz, I H) 1.42 (in, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H) 2.23 (mn, 2 H) 2.59 (dd, J= 13.82, 6.97 Hz, I H) 2.93 (mn, I H) 4.03 (dd, J= 11. 86, 3.06 Hz, I H) 4.23 1 H) 4.41 J= 11. 98 Hz, I H) 4.50 (dd, J=9.66, 6.97 Hz, I H) 4.87 2H) 5. 11 J=10.52 Hz, I H) 5.28 J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.3.4 2 H) 5.74 (in, 2 7.51 (t, J=7-46 Hz, I H) 7.70 J=7.58 Hz, I H) 7.95 J1=8.31 Hz, 1 H) 8.12 J=8.31 o Hz, IH).

Preparation of 4-methoxy-3-heteroaryl and 3--azoyl isoquinoline P2* derivatives 00 5 via Suzuki and Stille coupling reactions The coupling technologies shown below demonstrated the general ultility with the IND bromo derivative of Example 223. It is understood that a similar protocol is equally applicable to other combinations coupling reagents and catalysts other than boron and tin.

Example 229: Preparation of Compound 229 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGI 3-furan-3-yl-4-methoxy-isoquinolin-lI-oxo)-Sprolinel-PI1(1R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHS02Cyclop ropane via a Suzuki coupling shown below: BrSuzukiCoupling 0 Or Pd(pph 3 4

N~

9. CS 2

CO

3

DMF

HH 0 0 0H 0 0 NH HO, B 2 0O NA 0 HLl~ OH 0 N H 22 mg (0.028 mmole) of Example 223 was dissolve in 1 ml of DMF, 9.4 mg of the commercial boronic acid (3 eq), 3 mg of catalyst rnmole) and 18 mg of cesium carbonate were added. The mixture was degassed twice, and then heated up to 110 *C for 3 hours.The final product was purified by prep-B-PLC, 13.6 mg of yellow solid was obtained (64.0%).LCJMS rt-min (MH: 2.85 (780) (method 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8ppm 1.09 I1I H) 1.26 12 11) 1.68 1 H)2.27 I H) 2.64 (mn, 2 H) 2.97 (in, I H) 3.86 3 Hf) 4.15 J1=10.3 8 Hz, 1 H) 4.28 I H) 4.43 (d, .313 I I J=10.99 Hz, 1 H) 4.56 (in, I H) 5.11 (mn, 2 H) 5.63 (in, I H) 5.99 I H) 7.20 1 o H) 7.51 (mn, I H) 7.61 (in, I H) 7.75 J=7.17 Hiz, I H) 8.03 J=8.24 Hz, 1 H) 8.16 IND J=8.24 Hz, I H) 8.27 I H).

00 5 Example 230: Preparation of Compound 230 MBOCNI--P3(L-t-BuGI 3-furan-2-yI-4-methoxy-isoquinoli n-1-oxo)-S-

(N

IND proline]-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONiSO0 2 CYCIO propane was synthesized via a Stille coupling reaction shown below: OMe ome Br Still Coupling/\ Or Pd(PPh 3 4 N ~Toluene

N

N H N 0 S/BUH 0 0 N s 0 -IBu

N

mg (0.05 mrnole)of Example 223, 4 mg of catalyst.(5% iniole) and 100g]I (4 eq) of the commercial tin reagent was dissoled in 1 nml of toluene, the mixture was degassed twice and then heated up to 90 *C for overnight. After prep HPLC separation, 19.6 mg of greenish solid was obtained (50.0%).LCIMS ut-mm (iHn 2.76 (780) [method 1 H NMR (400 MH, CDOD) 8 ppm 0.94 (in, 2 H) 0.98 9 H) 1.09 (mn, 2 H) 1.25 9 H) 1.39 (in, I H) 1.60 (in, I H) 2.35 (in, I H) 2.48 (mn, I H) 2.74 (in, I H) 2.95 I H) 3.87 3 H) 4.14 (in, 1 H) 4.22 J=4.16 Hz, I H) 4.41 1 H) 4.69 (mn, I H) 5.26 (in, I H) 5.35 (in, I H) 5.93 1 H) 6.03 (in, I H) 6.61 (in, I H) 7.16 J=3.18 Hz, 1 H) 7.50 J='7.58 Hz, I H) 7.67 I H) 7.73 (t, J=7.34 Hz, I H) 8.04 (mn, I H) 8.17 J=8.31 Hz, I H).

Example 231: Preparation of Compound 231 314 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 3 -pyrazine-2-yl1-4-methoxy-isoquinolin- -oxo)-Sproline]-P1(IR,2S Viny]Acca)-CONHSO 2 CYCIOPI-opane was similarly prepared by a Stille coupling reaction in 7.1% yield. LCJMS rt-rnin (NO)lf: 2.51 (792) [method B].

'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 D) ppm 0.98(m, 9H) 1. 11(m2 H) 119(s9H)1.27 (in, 2 H) 1.42 (in, 1 H) 2.37 (in, I H) 2.48 (in, 2 H) 2.81 (mn, 1 H) 2.97 (in, 1 H) 3.83 3 H) 4.07 1 H) 4.20 1=4.16 Hz, 1 H) 4.54 J=1 1.49 Hz, I H) 4.72 (in, 1 H) 5.27 (in, I H) 5.39 (mn, 1 H) 5.96 I H) 6.04 (in, 1 H) 7.63 I H) 7.83 1 H) 8.17 1 H) 8.26 1 H) 8.60 J=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.76 J=2.20 Hz, I H) 9.33 (s, I1H).

Example 232: Preparation of Compound 232 o0 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGI 4-methoxy-3-thi azol-2-yI -isoquinoli n-I -oxo)-S proline]-P I( 1R,2S VinylAcca)-CQNHSO 2 CYClopropane was similarly prepared by a Stille coupling reaction in 32.2% yield. LCJMS rt-min (NUIi): 2.42 (797) [method B].

'H NMR (400 A&z, CD 3 OD) 8 PPM 1.03 9 H) 1.07 (mn, 2 H) 1. 13 9 H) 1.22 315 (in, 2 H) 1.43 (dci, J=9.78, 5.14 Hz, 1 H) 1.88 (cid, J=8.07, 5.3 8 Hz, I H) 2.23 (q,

C.)

IH) 4.18 I H) 4.53 (di, J=25.92 Hz, I H) 4.59 (dci, J=1 0.27, 7.09 Hz, 1 H) 5.12 (in, 1 H) 5.29 J=17.36 Hz, I H) 5.73 (mn, 1 H) 6.09 1 M) 7.74 J=7.58 Hz, I H) 005 7.91 J=7.70 Hz, 1 H) 8.00 J=3.42 Hz, 1 H) 8.18 (di, J=3. 18 Hz, I H) 8.22 (di, J=8.3 1 Hz, 1 H) 8.29 J=8.3 1 Hz, I H).

IND Example 233: Preparation of Compound 233

N

oH of 04i4 Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with the commercial 4chlorofuro(3,2-c]pyridine, 5.7 mg of yellow solid was obtained (8.2%).LCIMS rt-mrin 2.32 (674) [method 'H NMR (400 Mffz, CD 3 OD) 6 ppm 1.00 9 H) 1.07 (in, 2 H) 1.21 (in, I1I H) 1.41 (in, 1 H) 1. 86 (cid, J=8.07, 5.3 8 Hz, I H) 2.22 (dci, 1=17.6 1, 9.05 Hz, 2 H) 2.54 (dci, J=13.69, 7.09 Hz, 1 H) 2.92 (in, I H) 4.06 (mn, I H) 4.21 (mn, I H) 4.32 I H) 4.49 (mn, 1 H) 5.11 (dci, 1=10.27, 1.47 Hz, I H) 5.29 (dd, J=17.36, 1.22 Hz, I H) 5.74 (in, 1 H) 5.81 I H) 6.83 (di, J=1.22 Hz, I H) 7.19 (di, J=5.87 Hz, 1 H) 7.76 (ci, J=1.22Hz, I H) 7.97 (ci, J=5.87 Hz, I H).

Example 235: Preparation of Compound 235 316 s

O

N o

\O

00 H N oA o Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with the commercial 4chlorothieno[3,2-c]pyridine, 20.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (28.1%).LC/IMS rt-min (MHI): 2.50 (690) [method 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.01 9 H) 1.06 2 H) 1.21 11 H) 1.42 I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, 1 H) 2.24 2 H) 2.57 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 1 H) 4.05 (dd, J=11.98, 3.18 Hz, 1 H) 4.22 I H) 4.39 J=11.74 Hz, 1 H) 4.50 (dd, J=9.90, 7.21 Hz, 1 H) 5.10 (dd, J=10.39, 1.34 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 J=17.12 Hz, 1 H) 5.73 1 H) 5.81 1 H) 7.45 (d, J=5.62 Hz, 1 H) 7.53 2 H) 7.94 J=5.87 Hz, 1 H).

Example 236! Prpnartinn of Cnmnnpunl 2T6 C1 pNS 0 N o H

NN

Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with the commercial dichloro-1 ,2,4-thiadiazole, 8.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (11.9%).LC/MS rtmin 2.37 (697) [method 'H NMR (400 lMHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.00 9 H) 1.06 2 H) 1.22 2 H) 1.36 9 H) 1.42 1 H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 2.25 2 H) 2.60 (dd, J=14.18,6.85 Hz, 1 H) 2.92 1 H) 4.03 (dd, J=12.47, IND 317 3.18 Hz, 1 H) 4.17 1 H) 4.42 2H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, 1 H) 5.29 (dd, O) J=17.12, 1.47 Hz, 11-H)5.68 1 H-U 5.74 (in, I H).

Example 237: Preparation of Compound 237 00 BOCNII-P3(L--BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(quinoxaline-2-oxo)-S..proline].P 1(1 R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane, Shown below

(NN

N

HON~ H 0 V N S Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with commercial 2chloroquinoxaline, 113.0mg of yellow solid was obtained (19.2%).LCIMS rt-min 2.48 (707) [method 'H NMR (400 MEz, GD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.01 911) 1.06 (in, 2 H) 1. 22 (in, I11 H) 1.42 (in, I H) 1. 87 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, I H) 2.24 (in, 1 H) 2.31 (in, 1 H) 2.57 (dd, J= 13.57, 6.97 Hz, I H) 2.93 (in, 1 H) 4.09 (dd, J= 11.98, 3.18 Hz, I H) 4.17 I H) 4.3 8 J= 11.74 Hz, I H) 4.50 (dd, J= 10. 27, 7.09 Hz, 1 H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, I H) 5.29 (dd, J=1'7.12, 1.47 Hz, I H) 5.74 (in, I H) 5.87 1 H1) 7.62 J=7.46 Hz, 1 H) 7.73 J=7.70 Hz, I H) 7.87 (in, I H) 7.96 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H) 8.42 I H).

Example 238: Preparation of Compound 238 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2 [(4R)-(2-tinfluoro-6-flu oroquinoline-4-oxo)-S-prolinel- P1(1 R,2S Viny]Acca)-CONHSO 2 CYClopropane, Shown below 318 H 0 00 H N NN '1S 0~> Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with the commercial 2- 4 trifluoromethyl-4-chloro-6-fluoro quinoline, 17.0 ing of yellow solid was obtained (23.2%).LCIMS rt-min 2.66 (792) (method 'H NMR (400 MHz,

CD

3 OD) 8 ppm 1.02 9 H) 1.06 2 H) 1.17 9 H) 1.23 2 H) 1.42 I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 2.21 1=8.64 Hz, 1 H) 2.32 I H) 2.63 (dd, J=13.94, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.93 1 H) 4.08 I H) 4.18 I H) 4.53 2 H) 5.10 1 H) 5.27 J=17.12 Hz, 1 H) 5.58 I H) 5.72 I H) 7.39 1 H) 7.65 (m, 1 H) 7.83 (dd, J=9.29, 2.69 Hz, 1 H) 8.12 (dd, J=9.29, 5.14 Hz, 1 H).

BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(6-fluoroquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-P 1(R,2S VinylAcca)-CQNHS0 2 Cyclopropane, Shown below

N

HH F H LaC; KO'Bu H DMF, -78C to 0C sH Following the general tripeptide aikylation procedure with the commercial 4-chioro- 6-fluoro quinoline, 26.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (39.0%).LCIMS rt-min 1.98 (702) [method 'H NMR (400 MI-z, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.04 11 H) 319 1. 14 91H) 1.23 (in, 21H) 1.42 (in, 1 H) 1. 87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 2.23 (q, C0 J=8.80 Hz, I H) 2.41 (in, I H) 2.75 (dd, J= 14.43, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.93 (in, 1 H) 4.09 (s, IND I H) 4.12 J=2.69 Hz, I H) 4.61 (mn, 2 H) 5.1.1 (dd, J=10.39, 1.59 Hz, I H) 5.28 (dd, J= 17.24, 1.34 Hz, I H) 5.70 (in, I H) 5.75 I H) 7.62 J=6.60 Hz, I H) 7.93 00 5 (in, I H) 8.06 (dd, J=8.68, 2.57 Hz, I H) 8.20 (dd, J=9.29, 4.40 Hz, I H) 9.06 (d, J=6.60 Hz, I A small amount of the by-product due to F-displacement was also isolated-from the same reaction and was separated by preparative HPLC.

Example 240, Isolation of Compound 240 BOCN}I-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4Ry.(4chloroquinoline-6-oxo)..S-proline.P I (IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONISO 2 Cyclopropane, Shown be'low

N_

0

H

By-product, 8.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (1 1.7%).LC/MS rt-min (MNa): 2.240 (740) [method 'H NMvR (400 MI-z, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.00 9 H) 1.06 (mn, 2 H) 1.23 (in, 11I H) 1.42 (in, 1 H) 1.86 (dd, J=8. 19, 5.50 Hz, I H) 2.22 (in, 1 H) 2.29 I1 H) 2.55 (in, 1 H) 2.92 (in, I H) 4.09 (mn, I H, 4.21 I H) 4.30 (in, 1 H) 4.46 (dd, J=10.27, 6.85 Hz, I H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, I H) 5.28 (dd, J=17.36, 1.47 Hz, I H) 5.43 I H) 5.74 (mn, I H) 7.60 (dd, 1=9.29, 2.45 Hz, I H) 7.64 J=2.45 Hz, 1 H) 7.81 J=4.89 Hz, I H) 8.06 J=9.29 Hiz, I H) 8.72 J=5.14 Hz, I H).

Example 241: Preparation of Compound 241 320 I IBOCNIH-P3(L-t-B uGI y)-P 2 4 R)-(8fluoroquincline4-oxo)S.proline]-II1R,2S o Viny)Acca)-CONHS0 2 CYClopropane, Shown below

INF

FF

%I IN N H 0 It.~ HO H H 00 M ci H O LaCI 3

K%

DMF. -78*C to O*C Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with the commercial 4-chioro- 8-fluoro quinoline, 10.3 mg of yellow solid was obtained (14.7%).LCIMS rt-n

(MH

4 1.95 (702) [method B31. 'H NMIR (400 Mfl-z, CD 3 QD) 8 ppm 0.98 9 H) 1.06 (in, 2 H) 1. 14 9 H) 1.22 (in, 2 H) 1.42 I H) 1. 87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 H) 2.22 J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 2.41 (mn, 1 H) 2.74 (dd, J=14.06, 6.97 H~z, 1 H) 2.93 (in, 1 H) 4.11 (in, 2 H) 4.57 (dd, J=10.39, 6.97 Hz, 1 H) 4.66 J=12.23 Hz, I H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.22 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 J=17.12 Hz, 1 H) 5.71 (mn, 2 H) 7.59 1--6.36 Hz.7 111 H7.75(m- 1 H)7-86 1 8.23 56H1z7. 1 M. 9 02 J.=,36 T47 During the preparative HPLC purification, a by-product was also isolated. The 4chloroquinoline-8-oxo- quinoline derivative was formed as a result of displacement of the fluorine atom instead of the chlorine leaving group.

Example 242, Isolation of Compound 242 BOCNH-P3(L-t-B uGI y)-P2[(4R)-(4-ch loroquinolinie-8-oxo)-S-prol mel-P 1(IR,2S Vi nylAcca)-CON}ISO 2 CYClopropane, Shown below 321 N_ IN o 1 0 0 Thus the by-product, 9.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (13.2%).LC/MS rt-min 2.37 (718) [method B1. 'H NMR (400 M{z, CD30D 8 ppm 1.00 9 H) 1.06 2 H) 1.12 9 H) 1.23 2 H) 1.43 (ddl, J=9.41, 5.50 Hz, 1 H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, 1 H) 2.25 1 H) 2.35 1 H) 2.67 (dd, J=13.94, 7.09 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 I H) 4.10 1 H) 4.13 1 H) 4.43 J=11.98 Hz, 1 H) 4.65 (dd, J=10.03, 7.09 Hz, I H) 5.12 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, 1 H) 5.30 (dd, J=17.12, 1.22 Hz, I H) 5.51 I H) 5.75 1 H) 7.61 J=7.83 Hz, 1 H) 7.88 J=8.19 Hz, 1 H) 8.04 2 H) 8.91 J=5.38 Hz, 1 H).

Example 243: Preparation of Compound 243 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(3-hydroxyquinoxaline-2-oxo)-S-proline]-P (1 R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane, Shown below

N_

HO o-: N D/ 0 iIi Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with commercial 2,3dichloroquinoxaline, the mono alkylation product was spontaneously hydrolyzed to 322 give 8.0 mg of pale yellow solid LOfMS ri-mmn 2.42 (723) [method oB]. 'H NMR (400 Mfz, CD 3 OD) 8ppmo .99 9 H) 1.05 2H) 1.24 9H) IND1.40 (in, 3 H) 1.86 (in, I H) 2.24 (in, 2 H) 2.53 I H) 2.92 (in, I H) 4.06 (in, 1 H) N4.16 1 H) 4.40 (in, I H) 4.55 (dd, 1=10.39, 6.97 liz, I H) 5.11 (in, I H) 5.29 (in, I 00 5 H) 5.73 (in, I H) 5.78 I H) 7.15 I H) 7.26 (in, 2 H) 7.36 J=7.83 Hz, 1 H) 7.61 J=8.07 Hz, I H).

IND Example 244: Preparation of Compound 244 Using a combination of PdO coupling scheme and a step by step procedure starting from 6-bromo-lI-chioro isoquinolime, BOCNH-P3(,L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(6..caboxyl ic acid diinethylanideisoquinoline-l1-oxo)-S-proline]-P 1(1R,2S Vi nylAcca)- CONlISO2CYClopropane, was prepared.

0

N--

N 0 o 0i LCJMS rt-inin (MNa): 2.34 (777) [method 'H NMVR (400 MHz, CDOD) 8 ppmn 0.98 (in, I11 H) 1.23 (mn, I1I H) 1.35 (mn, I H) 1.91 (in, I H) 2.29 (in, 2 M) 2.47 (in, I H) 2.58 (in, 1 H) 2.97 3 H) 3.11 3 H) 4.09 (mn, 1 H) 4.24 1 4.44 (in, 1 H) 4.61 (in, 1 H) 5.16 (mn, 2 H) 5.57 (in, I H) 5.90 I 7.3 8 1=5.87 Hz, I H) 7.50 J=8.07 Hz, I H) 7.86 I H) 8.03 J=5.87 Hz, I H) 8.27 J=8.56 Hz, I H), Example 245: Preparation of Compound 245 323 00 During one of the P catalyzed Stille coupling preparations (Example 230), a side product was isolated as a minor product which wias subsequently identified as: BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuG~y)-P2[(4R)-(3-chloro4-me-thoxyisoquinoline- I-oxo)-Sproline]-PI R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclo propane, shown below OMe N 0 LCJMS rt-min (MNa 2.62 (770) [method B1. 'H NMR (400 MEHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1 .0 1 9 H) 1.08 (in, 2 H) 1. 18 9 H) 1.27 (in, 2 H) 1.37 (in, I H) 1.62 (mn, 1 H) 2.36 (in, 2 H) 2.73 (in, 1 H) 2.97 (mn, 1 H) 3.92 3 H) 4.02 (in, 1 H) 4.18 I H-) 4.48 (mn, I H) 4.66 (mn, I H) 5.30 (mn, 2 H) 5.78 I H) 6.04 (in, I H) 7.53 J=7.70 Hz, I H) 7.77 J=7.58 Hz, 1 H) 8.00 1± 8.56 Hz, 1 H) 8.19 1=8.07 Hz, I H).

Section F: Example 250: Preparation of Compound 250

N~

01 0 Compound 250 324 Scheme 1

O

OH step 1 (PhO) 2

PON

3 N N. step 2 S NH POCi 3 0

N

CI

Step 3 KOtBu/DMSO H 0, OH N OH Boc Boc 1. TFA 2. PYBOP, SH OH N O rN

O

0, O N ocN Step BO d, 0 Boc 0 Step 4 PyBOP HCI -H 2 d'

N,

3ocHN

N\

P-P

uvlll~VUIIU ~r)V Step 1: A solution of 3-phenyl-but-2-enoic acid (16.2 diphenylphosphoryl azide (27.5 and triethylamine (10.1 g) in benzene (100 mL) was stirred for I h. After filtration through a silica gel plug washing with benzene and concentration, the residue was dissolved in diphenylmethane (80 mL) and refluxed for 3 h. After cooling to rt, solids were collected through a plug washing with benzene and dried to give 10 g of the desired product as a solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 2.30 3 7.00 1 7.54 1 7.77 2 8.33 J=7.34 Hz, 1

H).

Step 2 325 A solution of 4-methyl-2H-isoquinolin-1-one (4.8 g) in POCI 3 (50 mL) was

C.)

O refluxed for 3 h. After cooling and concentration, the residue was based with 5 N ND NaOH and extracted with CH 2

CI

2 The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO 4 After concentration, purification by flash chromatography of OO 5 Biotage with 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes gave 4.8 g of the desired product as Sa solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 8 ppm 2.59 3 7.68 J=7.70 Hz, 1 H), m 7.78 1 7.94 J=8.31 Hz, 1 8.11 1 8.35 J=8.31 Hz, 1 H).

O IND SStep 3: A solution of Boc-Hyp-OH (231 mg) and tert-BuOK (336 mg) in DMSO mL) was stirred for 0.5 h. To the solution was added 1-chloro-4-methyl-isoquinoline (178 mg) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 day. The reaction was quenched with 5% citric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO 4 Concentration gave 350 mg of the desired product as a solid which was used in the next step without further purification. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.39,1.43 (2s, 9 H, rotamers), 2.40 (dd, J=17.97, 4.52 Hz, 1 2.48 3 2.68 1 3.84 2 4.46 1 5.71 1 7.58 J=7.70 Hz, 1 7.75 2 7.91 J=8.31 Hz, 1 8.19 1 H); MS: (M+Na) 396.

Step 4: A solution of 4-(4-methyl-isoquinolin- -yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-ter-butyl ester) (74 mg), cyclopropanesulfonic acid (l(R)-amino-2(S)-vinylcyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride (59 mg), PyBOP (114 mg) and i-PrzNEt (0.2 mL) in CH 2

CI

2 (2 mL) was stirred for 2 h. Purification by flash chromatograph of Biotage with 5% MeOH in ethyl acetate gave 105 mg of the desired product. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-D4) 6 ppm 1.18 5 1.39 9 1.87 (dd, J=8.2, 5.3 Hz, 1 2.28 2 2.54 4 2.95 1 3.86 2 H), 4.40 (dd, J=9.8, 6.9 Hz, 1 5.12 J=10.5 Hz, 1 5.31 J=17.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.79 2 7.60 J=7.5 Hz, 1 7.78 2 7.93 J=8.3 Hz, 1 8.20 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I MS: 607.

326 Step o A solution of 2-(1 -cyclopropanesulfonylarninocarbony-2-vinyl.

INDcyclopropycarbamoy1)-4-(4-methyk-soquinoin.1 -yloxy)-pyrrolidi ne-i -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester 00 5 (100 mg) and TFA (3 mL) in CH 2 C1 2 (3 m.L) was stirred for I h. After concentration, the residue was dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (2 miL), and EBoc-L-tert-leucine (40 mg), PyBOP (104 mg) and i-Pr 2 NEt (0.2 mL) was added. The midxture was stirred for I h. After IND work-up, purification Prep HIPLC gave 60 mg (52o) of the desired product compound 250 as a solid. 'H NMIR (400 lz, CD3OD) 8 ppm 1.04 (in, 12H), 1.26 (mn, 10 1.44 (dd, J=9.5, 5.1 Hz, 1 1.88 (dd, 5.4 Hz, I 2.26 (in, 2 H), 2.49 3 2.62 (dd, J= 13.7, 7. 1 Hz, I 2.94 (in, I 4.06 (dd, J= 12.0, 3.4 Hz, I 4.25 (in, I 4.45 J= 11. 3 Hz, I 4.53 (dd, J= 10.3, 6.6 Hz, I 5.12 (d, 1= 10.0 Hz, I 5.29 J=1 7.1 Hz, I 5.77 (in, 2 6.63 J=8.6 Hz, I 7.53 J=7.8 Hz, 1 7.76 J=8.1 *Hz, I 7.80 1 7.91 J=8. 1 Hz, 1I) 8.22 J=8.3 Hz, I MS: 720.

Example 251: Preparation of Compound 251 (N H BocHN. H N o 0 Compound 251 Compound 251 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 3methoxy-3-phenyl-acrylic acid was used in place of 3 -*phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step I Step 1: Modifications: 15 g 3-methoxy-3-phenyl-acrylic: acid used, 250 mg product obtained o yield).

IND Product: 11 0 00 0 IND 5 'H NMvlR (400 MHz, CD 3

COCD

3 8 ppm 3.85 3 6.96 1 7.54 (in, I H), 7.71 (in, I 7.86 J=8.07 Hz, I 8.31 .1=8.07 Hz, I H).

Step 2: Modifications: 200 mg 4 -methoxy-2H-isoquinoliin-1I-one used, 150 mg product obtained (68% yield).

Product:

N

0

CI

'H NMvR (400 M]iz, CDCI 3 8 ppm 4.05 2 7.71 (in, 11-1), 7.72 (in, 2 7.80 1 8.23 (dd, J=l 8.71, 7.70 Hz, 2 H).

Step 3: Modifications: 122 mng Il-chloro-4-methoxy-isoqui noline used, 218 mg product obtained (89% yield).

Product:

N

0 0, 0 Boc k MS: 411.

328 Step 4: IND Modifications: 194 mg 4 4 -methoxy-isoquinolin..I-yloxy)-pyrrolidine1,2dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 298 mg product obtained (99% yield).

0C) 5 Product: W~e

N

H 'DO0O N N N~J I 'H NMR (400 M]Fz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1. 17 (in, 5 If), 1.42 9 1. 87 (dd, J=8.2, Hz, I 2.27 (in, 2 2.54 (dd, J= 13.3, 6.2 Hz, 1 2.95 (in, 1 3.85 (in, 2 4.00 3 4.39 (dd, J=9.8, 6.9 Hz, I 5.12 J= 10.5 Hz, I 5.31 J= 17. 1 Hz, 1 5.76 (in, 2 7.52 1 7.62 J=7.6 Hz, 1 7.74 J=7-2 Hz, 1 H), 8.12 J=8.3 Hz, 2 H).

Step Modifications: 190 mg 2-(1 -cyclopropanesulfonylami nocarbonyl -2-vinyl- P 15 cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(4-methoxy-isoquinolin. I-ylox y)-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 270 mg. product obtained (51 yield).

Product: 329 00 Compound 251 Data: 'H NMR (500 MIHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppmn 1.06 (mi, 12 1.26 (in, 10 1.43 (dd, J=8.6, 4.6 Hz, I 1. 88 (dd, J=7.9, 5.5 Hz, 1 H)F, 2.24 (mn, 2 2.61 (dd, J= 13.6, 6.9 Hz, I 2.94 (mn, I 4.00 3 4.06 (dd, J= 11.3, 3.1 Hz, I 4.25 (d, J=8.9 Hz, I 4.43 J= 11.3 Hz, I 4.52 (in, I 5.12 J= 10. 1 Hz, I H), 5.29 J=17.1 Hz, I 5.75 (in, 2 6.60 .1=8.6 Hz, I 7.55 (in, 2 7.71 J=7.3 Hz, 1 8.09 J=8.2 Hz, I 8.14 1=8.2 Hz, I MS: (M+Na) 4 736.

Example 252: Preparation of Compound 252 Compound 252 Compound 252 was prepared by fol lowing Scheme I of Example 250 except 2methylcinnainic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl1-but-2-enoic acid in step 1.

Step 1: 330 Modifications: 20 g 2-methylcinnamic acid used, 14.3 g product obtained (72% o yield) INO Product: 00

NH

0 Data: 'H NNvR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 2.54 1s 6.69 J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.23 1=7.3 Hz, I 7.39 J=7.8 Hz, 1 7.50 J=7.1 Hz, 1 8.30 (d, 1=8.1 Hz, 1 11.62 1 MS: 160.

Step 2: Modifications: 14.4 g 5-methyl-2H-isoquinolin-1-one used, 10.6 g product obtained (66% yield).

Product: Data: 1'H NNM (400 MI-Iz, CDCI 3 8 ppm 2.67 :3 7.55 (mn, 2 7.70 (dd, J=5.9, 1.0 Hz, I 8.19 (in, 1 8.28 1=5.9 Hzt, 1 MS: 178.

Step 3: Modifications: 533 mg 1-chloro-5-methyl-isoquinoline used, 1116 mng product obtained (100% yield).

Product: o0. 0 Data: MS: (M+HY+ 373.

CI Step 4: Modifications: 372 mg 4 -methyl-i soqui no] n -I -yl oxy)-pyrrol idine- 1,2dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 551 mg product obtained (94% yield).

Product: 00 -ZI

N

S -N N A,

.S

N N' 4 Data: MS: 607.

Step Modifications: 551 mg 2-(1 -cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbony[2vinylcyclopropyIcrbamoyi)4(5-methyI..isqui noli n-I. -yl ox y)-pyrrolidi ne-I -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 274 mg product obtained (44% yield).

Product: N- N, BocHN.. H N 0 Compound 252 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.00 (in, 12 1.23 (mn, 10 1.44 (in, I H4), 1.87 (dd, J=8.1, 5.4 Hz, I 2.26 (mn, 2 2.62 (in, 4 2.94 (mn, I 4.07 (dd, J=I1.9, 3.3 Hz, 1 4.25 J=9.5 Hz, I 4.46 J=1 1.5 Hz, I 4.53 (dd, J=10.3, 7.1 Hz, I 5.12 J=10.5 Hz, I 5.29 J=1 6.9 Hz, I 5.75 (mn, I 5.86 I 6.62 J=9.3 Hz, I 7.39 J1=7.7 Hz, I 7.44 J=5.9 Hz, 332 11114 7.53 J=7.1 Hz, 1 8.00 1=6.1 Hz, I 8.06 J=8.3 1-iz, I MS: o 698.

Example 253: Preparation of Compound 253 00 "0 N" H BocHN~I H Compound 253 Compound 253 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except 2methoxy cininamic acid was used in place of 3-phertyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1.

Modifications: 10 g 2-methoxy cinnamic acid used, 5.3 g product obtained (53%f yield).

Product: 1111 NH 0 Data: 'H4 NMR (400 M}Lz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 3.95 3 6.94 J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.08 J=8.1 Hz, 1 7.14 J=7.3 Hz, I 7.43 J=8.1 Hz, I 7.99 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I 10.92 I MS: 176.

Step 2: Modifications: 5.3 g 5-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-l-one- used, 5.38 g product obtained (92% yield).

333 (N Product: IN O 'o N N 00C Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ppm 4.01 3 7.04 J=7.8 Hz, I 7.57 J=8.1 Hz, I 7.88 J=8.6 Hz, 1 7.97 J=5.9 Hz, 1 8.25 J=5.9 Hz, 1 MS: 194.

NO

Step 3: Modifications: 581 mg 1-chloro-5-methoxy-isoquiinoline used, 1163 mg product obtained (100% yield).

Product:

N

0 O N OH Boc Data: MS: 389.

S Step 4: Modifications: 117 mg 4 -(5-methoxy-isoquinolin- I -yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 180 mg product obtained (100% yield).

Product: OMe 7N 01 H 0 00 N

N'N

oc 0 H Ilk 334 Data: MS: 601.

INO Step Modifications: 177 mg 1-.cyclopropanesulfonylan-inocarbonyl2vinyl.

0C) 5 cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(5-methoxy.isoquinoliA.1 -yloxy)-pyrrolidi ne-i -carbox yIic acid tert-butyl ester used, 63 mg product obtained (44% yield).

Product:.

1N 0~

H

BocHN,,..4O H yN, 0 0

-T

Compound 253 1C ThP~n 'T-T NAAR (400?vfW7 ('T)WM Anrn, 1 00 (m 12T4), 1.21 10 MI 1 IR R(m.n 1 1.82 (dd, J=8.1, 5.6 Hz, I 2.20 (in, 2 2.56 (dd, J=13.6, 6.7 Hz, I 2.88 (in, I 3.08 (in, 2 3.93 3 4.01 (dd, J= 11.9, 3.3 Hz, 1 4.20 J=9.1I Hz, I 4.39 J=12.2 Hz, 1 4.47 (dd, J=9.7, 7.0 Hz, 1 5.06 1=10.0 Hz, I 5.23 J=16.9 Hz, I 5.70 (in, 1 5.79 I 6.55 1=9.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.08 J=7.6 Hz, 1 7.37 1=8.0 Hz, 1 7.54 J=5.9 Hz, 1 7.68 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 7.89 J=5.9 Hz, I MS: 714.

335 Example 254: Preparation of Compound 254

CI

INON

01 000 BocHN~J 0N V0 INjN Compound 2541 Compound 254 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 2chlorocinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 25 g 2-chiorocinnamic acid used, 14.6 g product obtained (59% yield).

Product:

CI

NNF

00 Data: 'H NMR (400 MIz, CD 3 0D 8 ppm 7.22 J=7.3 Hz, 1 7.42 J=7.8 Hz, I 7.73 1=7.8 Hz, I 8.34 1=8.1 Hz, I 10.61 I MS: 180.

Step 2: Modifications: 14.2 g 5-chloro-21-isoquinolin- I-one used, 8.28 g product obtained (53% yield).

Product: 336 o I N

CI

00Data: 'H NMIR (400 Mi~z, CDC] 3 8 ppm 7.60 (dd, J=8. 6, 7.6 Hz, I 7.83 (in, I 8.00 J=5.9 Hz, 1 8.29 (dt, 1=8.9, 1.0 Hz, I 8.38 J=5.9 Hz, I H); MS: 198.

Step 3: Modifications: 594 mg 1,5-dichloro-isoquinoline used, 1174 mg product obtained (100% yield).

Product:

CI

N N Data: MS: 393.

Step 4: Modifications: 118 mg 4-(5-ch loro-isoqui nol in- I-y] ox y)-pyrroli dine- I ,2-dicarbox yl ic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 154 mng product obtained (85% yield).

Product: Data: MS: 605.

Step o Modifications: 150 mg 2-(1 -cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl.

I-yloxy)-pyrroli dine-I -carboxyl ic acid tert-butyl ester used, 91 mg product obtained (51 yield).

00 5 Product:

CI

cIN N N1- H 0 '1 Compound 254 Data: 'H NUvR (400 MIhI, CDOD) 8 ppm 0.97 (in, 12 1. 17 (in, 10 1.38 (dd, 1=9.4, 5.3 Hz, I 1.82 (dd, J=8.0, 5.5 Hz, I 2.21 (in, 2 2.58 (dd, J=13.8, 7.0 Hz, I 2.88 (in, I 4.01 (dd, 1=1 1.9, 2.81h~, 1 H, 4.16 J=9.3 Hz, I H), 4.47 (in, 2 5.06 J= 10.3 Hz, I 5.24 J1=16.9 Hz, I 5.70 (in, I 5.82 1 6.52 J=9.3 Hz, 1 7.42 J=8.0 I 7.57 1=6.1 Hz, I H), 7.76 J=7.6 Hz, I 8.05 J=6.1 Hz, I 8. 13 J=8.3 Hz, I MS: 718.

Example 255: Preparation of Compound 255

F

X N N 4' Compound 255 338 o Compound 255 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 2- INO fluorocinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl1-but-2-enoic acid in step 1.

00 5 Stepl1: ri Modifications: 16.6 g2-fluorocinnamic acid used, 8.55 g product obtained (51% yield).

INO Product:

F

N

0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MiHz, CD 3

COCD

3 8 ppm 6.62 J=7.3 Hz, I 7.32 (d, J=7.3 Hz, I M-1, 7.47 (mn, 2 8.09 (in, I H).

Step 2: Modilhcations: ZSA g 3-1111uo-ZH-soqulnoan-i-once usea, i.g proaiuct ootainec yield).

Product:

F

NN

CI

Data: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC] 3 8 ppm 7.43 (ddd, J=9.7, 7.8, 0.9 Hz, I 7.62 (td, J=8-2, 5.4 Hz, 1 7.84 J=5.6 Hz, I 8.14 J=8.6 Hz, 1 8.33 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1 MIS: 182.

Step 3: Modifications: 203 mg 1-chloro-5-fluoro-isoquinolinie used, 384 mng product obtained (90% yield).

Product: 339

F

o N N 0, 0 0' AN 00 N OH Boc Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3

SOCD

3 8 ppm 1.34, 1.36 (2s, 9 H, rotamers), 2.35 (I I 2.61 I 3.65 J=12.23 Hz, I HM), 3.80 1 4.35 I 5.70 1 7.48 J=6.11 Hz, 1 7.63 2 7.99(m, I 8.10 J=5.87 Hz, 1 MS: 399.

Step 4: Modifications: 76 mg 4-(5-fluoro-isoquinolin- I -yloxy)-pyrrolidine- i ,2-dicarboxylic acid I-tert-butyl ester used, 116 mg product obtained (99% yield).

Product:

F

N

0- H 0 O0O N I/' 0 H7 Step Modifications: 110 mg 2-(1 -cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyIyloxy)-pyrrolidine- I-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 39 mg product obtained (30% yield).

Product: 340 Compound 255 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5 ppm 1.05 12 1.25 10 1.44 (dd, 5.4 Hz, 1 1.88 (dd, J=8.1, 5.4 Hz, 1 2.28 2 2.63 (dd, J=13.8, 7.0 Hz, 1 2.94 I 4.07 (dd, J=11.9, 3.1 Hz, 1 4.23 J=9.3 Hz, I H), 4.52 2 5.12 (dd, J=10.3, 1.5 Hz, I 5.29 J=17.4 Hz, 1 5.75 1 5.89 1 6.59 J=9.1 Hz, 1 7.47 3 8.02 J=8.1 Hz, I 8.06 J=6.1 Hz, 1 MS: 724.

1 0 Fyvlmnnnh 2;6 Prpnratuin rf rmrnnatund i2;

OH

Q,..Ko H

I.

Compound 256 Compound 256 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 250 except 2difluormethoxycinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 10.7 g 2 -difluormethoxycinnami; acid used, 2 g product obtained o (18% yield).

INO Product: N

F

00 F<O11

NH

Data: 'H NMR (400 MiHz, CD 3

SOCD

3 8 ppm 6.06 (in, 2 6.42 (in, 2 6.71(s 2 7.35 I MS: 212.

Step 2: Modifications: 300 mg 5-difluoromethoxy-2H-isoquinoinI-one used, 300 mg product obtained (92% yield).

Product:

F

;4

C'

Data: 'H NMR (400 MlHz, CDCI 3 8 ppm 6.70 J=72.87 Hz, I 7.48 (in, -1 H), 7.64 (in, I 7.92 J=5.87 Hz, I 8.21 J=8.56 Hz, 1 HI), 8.3 5 J=5.62 Hz, 1 H).

Step 3: Modifications: 230 mg 1-chloro-5-difluoromethoxy-isoquinoline used, 360 mg product obtained (96% yield).

Product:

OH

00 N 0H Boc Step 4: Modifications: 37 mg 4-(5-h ydroxy-isoquinolin- 1 -yl oxy)-pyrrolidine- 1,2dicarboxylic acid I-tert-butyl ester used, 57 mg product obtained (99% yield).

Product:

OH

0, Ste Moiiatos 57 m2(1-ylroaeufnam I/oabnIvnI cMcoificas:a7mgyl-(-ydloropyi suinon- yloxy)-pcrronlidine-1-cbolc acid tert-butyl ester-used, 10 mg product obtained (15% yield).

Product: \343 NI

OH

C)

N

00, N Q BocHN H NH c- 0 O Compound 256

O

Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDO3D) 8 ppm 0.93 4 1.13 9 1.31 1 1.49 9H), 1.89 (dd, J=7.8, 5.4 Hz, 1 2.16 J=8.8 Hz, 1 2.40 1 H), 2.81 I 2.90 1 3.76 2 4.30 1 4.59 (dd, J=10.2, 7.7 Hz, 1 5.07 (dd, J=10.3, 1.7 Hz, I 5.26 (dd, J=17.2, 1.3 Hz, 1 5.77 (dt, J=17.2, 9.6 Hz, 1 5.93 1 7.24 J=8.6 Hz, 1 7.51 2 7.63 J=8.0 Hz, 1 7.98 J=6.1 Hz, I 8.24 J=8.3 Hz, 1 MS: 700.

Example 257: Preparation of Compound 257 F N.

S0, N0.

0

H

BocHN H -N 0 0 V Compound 257 Compound 257 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 250 except 4fluorocinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl.-but-2-enoic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 16.6 g 4-fluorocinnamic acid used, g product obtained (49% yield).

f Product: 344

(NNH

Data: 'H NMIR (400 MIHz, CD 3

COCD

3 6 ppm 6.57 J=7.09 Hz, 1 7.21 (d, 00 J=7.09 Hz, I 7.50 (in, 1 7.72 (dd, J=8.68, :5.26 Hz, 1 7.90 (dd, .1=9.54, N- 2.93 Hz, I H).

INO Step 2: Modifications: 8.15 g 7-fluoro-2H-isoquinoli n-1I-one used, 7.6 g product obtained (84% yield).

Product: Fj( C1 Data: 'H NMR (400 M]Iz, CDCI,) 8 ppm 7.52 (td, J=8.6, 2.6 Hz, I 7.59 J=5.6 Hz, I 7.86 (dd, 5.4 Hz, I 7.95 (dd, 2.5 Hz, 1 8.26 J=5.6 Hz, I MS: 182.

Step 3: Modifications: 191 ma I -chloro-7-fluoro-isoquinoli ne used, 350 mg product obtained (93% yield).

Product:

N

F

Boc Data: MS: 399.

Step 4: Modifications: 75 mg 4-(7-fluoro-isoquinolin- 1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine- 1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 100 mng product obtained (85% yield) Product: 00 (0 c-I~2 H 0 Data: NMIR (400 MiHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.16 (in, 4 1.41 (in, 10 1.88 (dd, J=8.1, 5.4 Hz, I 2.28 (in, 2 2.56 (in, I 2.94 (in, I 3.87 (mn, 2 4.41 (dd, 7.0 Hz, I 5.12 J=10.8 Hz, I 5.31 1=1 7.1 Hz, I 5.78 (in, 2 7.36 J=5.9 Hz, I 7.54 (in, I 7.78 (dd, 2.5 Hz, I 7.90 (dd, J=9.1, 5.1 Hz, I 7.96 J=5.9 Hz, I MS: 611.- Step Modifications: 95 mg 2 -(l-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2..vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(7-fluoro-isoquinolin-I -ylox y)-pyrroli dine- I -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 55 mg product obtained (44% yield).

Product:

FCN

S BocHNI r-N 0~ 0cr7 Compound 257' Data: 'H NMR (400 Mi~z, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.05 12 1.22 (in, 10 1.44 (dd, J=9.3, 5.4 Hz, 1 1.88 (dd, 1=8.2, 5.5 Hz, I 2.27 (in, 2 2.63 (dd, J=13.8, Hz, I 2.94 (in, I 4.07 (dd, J= 11.5, 3.2 1Hz, I 4.22 J--9.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.47 J= 11.7 Hz, I 4.55 (dd, 1=10.6, 7.5 Hz, 1 5.12 J=I 0.3 Hiz, 1 H), 5.29 1=17.1 Hz, 1 5.75 (in, I 5.87 I 6.61 J=9.5 Hz, I 7.36 346 J=5.9 Hz, I 7.52 (td, 1=8.9, 2.5 Hz, 1 7.79 (dd, 1=9.4, 2.6 Hz, 1 7.88 o) (dd, J=8.7, 5.5 Hz, I 7.96 J=5.9 Hz, 1 MS: 724.

Example 258: Preparation of Compound 258 00

N

NN Nis

NN

N Nil. H Compound 258 Compound 258 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 250 except that 4chiorocinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl.*but-2-enoic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Product:

NH

0 Data: 'H NMIR (400 MIHz, CD 3

SOCD

3 8 ppm 6.58 J=7.1 Hz, I 7.20 (dd, J=7.1, 5.9 Hz, 1 7.72 (in, 2 8.10 (mn, 1 H).

Step 2: Modifications: 3.5.g 7-chloro-2H-isoquinoli'n-l-one used, 2.8 g product obtained (72% yield).

Product: ci' 1 'N

CI

347.

Data: 'H NMR (500 MiHz, CDC1 3 8 ppm 7.59 (di, J=5.5 Hz, I 7.69 (dd, J=8.9, o 2.1 Hz, 1 7.80 J=8.6 Hz, 11-1), 8.29 J=:5.5 Hz, I 8.34 I MS: INO 198.

00 5 Step 3: Modifications: 208 mgl,7-dichloro-isoquinoline used, 350 mg product obtined (89% yield).

INO Product: 0, 0 Q 'OH Boc Data: MS: 415.

Step 4: Modifications: 79 mg 4-(7-chloro-isoquinolin-1 -yloxy)-pyrrolidine- 1,2-dicarboxylic acid I1-tert-butyl ester used, 119 mg product obtai ned (99% yield).

Product: 01 N N N~ Data: 'H NUR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm, 1.17 (in, 4 1.43 (in, 10 1.88 (dd, J=8.31 5.4 Hz, 1 2.29 (in, 2 2.57 (dd, J=13.7, 6.9 Hz, I 2.95 (in, I H), 3.87 (in, 2 4.42 (dd, J=9.9, 6.9 Hz, I 5.13 J= 10.3 Hz, 1 5.31 (dd, J= 17.1, 1.2 Hz, 1 5.78 (in, 2 7.35 J=5.9 Hz, I 7.69 (dd, J=8.7, 2.1 Hz, I 7.84 J=8.8 Hz, I 7.99 J=5.9 Hz, 1 8.12 J=1.7 Hz, I MS: 627.

Step Modifications: 115 mg 2 -(l-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl NOcyclopropycarbamoy)-4- (7-chloro-isoquinoin I-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-I-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 36 mg product obtained (25% yield).

00 5 Product: NO 0 iN H BocHN4 H I0 Compound 258 Data: MS: 740.

Example 259: Preparation of Compound 259 I- ii -I C00 BoOcN,, 0 0 Oc V -T Compound 259 Compound 259 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 4methylcinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl--but-2-enoic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 25 g 4 -methylcinnamic acid used, 15.3 g product obtained (62% yield).

Product: 349 C)

NH

N Data: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 2.50 3 6.54 J=7.1 Hz, I H), 00 7.13 J=7.1 H~z, I 7.49 (in, 2 8.22 1. 11.49 I MS: (M+H) 4 160.

Step 2: Modifications: 15.3 g 7 -methyl-2H-isoquinolin-:[-one used, 5.15 g product obtained yield).

Product:

N

CA

Data: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 8 ppm 2.58 3 7.56 (in, 2 7.73 J=8.3 Hz, I 8.09 I 8.20 J=5.6 Hz, I MS: 178.

Step 3: Modifications: 205 mg l-chloro-7-methyl-isoquinohine used, 350 mg product obtained (89 yield).

Product: N NH CsC Data: MS: 373.

Step 4: Modifications: 75 mg 4-(7-methyl-isoquinolin- 1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine. I,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 107 mg product obtained 95% yield).

Product: 00 1 Boc O '4 rnf Data: MS: 607.

NO

O Step Modifications: 107 mg 2-(1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(7-methyl-isoquinolin -1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine--carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 53 mg product obtained (41% yield).

Product: BocHN, I i Compound 259 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.02 (rn, 12 1.18 9 1.24 1 1.45 (dd, J=9.4, 5.5 Hi, 1 1.88 (dd, J=8.2, 5.5 Hz, 1 2.28 2 2.50 3 2.61 (dd, J=13.8, 6.7 Hz, 1 3.34 1 4.09 (dd, J=11.7, 3.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.23 I 4.42 J=12.0 Hz, I 4.57 (dd, J=10.0, 7.1 Hz, I 5.12 (dd, J=10.3, 1.5 Hz, 1 5.30 J=17.1 Hz, I 5.76 1 5.87 1 7.28 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1 7.55 J=8.3 Hz, 1 7.71 J=8.3 Hz, 1 7.89 J=5.9 Hz, 1 7.93 1 MS: 698.

351 Example 260: Preparation of Compound 260

INO~

00I

Q

0N N BocHN~A H- Ni0 00>

INON

Compound 260 Compound 260 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 250 except that 4methoxycinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 33 g using 4-methoxycinnamfic acid used, 7 g product obtained (33% yield).

Product:

NH

MeO.-"N 0 Data: 1H NMR (500 MIHz, CD 3

COCD

3 8 ppm 3.90 3 6.49 J=7.0 Hz, 1 H), 7. 10 J=7.3 Hz, I 7.28 (dd, J=8.6, 2.8 Hz, I 7.57 J=8.9 Hz, I 7.71 J=2.8 Hz, I H).

Step 2: Modifications: 4 g 7-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-I -one used, 3 g product obtained (68 yield).

Product:

N

C

Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 6 ppm 3.98 3 7.38 (dd, J=8.9, 2.6 Hz, 1 H), O 7.52 2 7.73 J=8.8 Hz, I 8.16 J=5.4 Hz, 1 H).

cIN Step 3: 00 5 Modifications: 533 mg 1-chloro-7-methoxy-isoquinoline used, 1115 mg product obtained (100 yield).

Product:

IO

00 0, 0 N

OH

13oc Step 4: Modifications: 78 mg 4-(7-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 108 mg product obtained (99 yield).

Product: MeO d~lr H 0 0 0

H

Bo O Data: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.17 4H), 1.40(m, 1 1.43 9 H), 1.85 (dd, J=8.1, 5.4 Hz, 1 2.21 2 2.51 (dd, J=13.7, 6.6 Hz, 1 2.93 1 3.80 2 3.94 3 4.41 (dd, J=10.0, 6.6 Hz, I 4.57 1 5.11 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1 5.29 J=17.1 Hz, 1 5.77 2 7.01 J=7.8 Hz, I H), 7.22 J=5.6 Hz, 1 7.32 J=8.1 Hz, I 7.58 J=8.0 Hz, I 7.87 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1 MS: 601.

353 Step 0 O Modifications: 100 mg 2 -(1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl- O cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(7-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 30 mg product obtained (25% yield).

oO 5 Product: 0 IN N 01 INO 0, BocHN O 0 0oHN oc 0 Compound 260 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3

SOCD

3 8 ppm 0.90 2 0.95 9 1.05 (in, 1 1.12 9 1.35 2 1.70 I 2.18 I 2.92 1 3.86 3 4.00 2 4.27 J=12.0 Hz, 1 4.45 J=8.6 Hz, 1 5.09 (d, J=10.8 Hz, I 5.23 J=16.9 Hz, 1 5.62 (mi, 1 5.79 1 6.55 J=8.1 Hz, 1 7.35 J=6.6 Hz, I 7.39 J=2.5 Hz, 1 7.43 (dd, J=8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1 7.84 J=8.8 Hz, 1 7.88 J=5.9 Hz, 1 ED; MS: 714.

Example 261 and 262: Preparation of Compounds 261 and 262

I

N "O

CI

0 ()0 N N<NN BocHN O N BocHN H N 0 O 0 0 06'>7

VT

Compound 261 Compound 262 Compounds 261 and 262 were prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 250 except that 4 -fluoro-3-methoxycinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl-but-2- INO enoic acid in step 1.

(N

00 5 Stepl1: Modifications: 19.6 g 4 -fluoro-3-methoxycinnamic acid used, 9.5 g product obtained (48% yield).

Product: MeOo )I D!5 NH Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3

COCD

3 8 ppm 4.00 I 6.49 J=7.34 Hz, I 7.19 J=7.09 Hz, I 7.29 J=8.07 Hz, 1. 7.86 1=1 1.74 Hz, I H).

Step 2: Modifications: 9 g 7 -fluoro- 6 -methoxy-2H-isoqu~inolin-I one used, 7 g product obtained (70% yield).

Product:

FEIN

Data: 'H NMvR (400 MiHz, CDC1 3 8 ppm 4.04 3 7.17 1=8.07 Hz, I H), 7.48 J=5.62 Hz, 1 7.94 1=1 1.49 Hz, I 8.20 J=5.62 Hz, 1 H).

Step 3: Modifications: 222 mg I -chloro-7-fluoro-6-methoxy-isoqu noli ne used, 406 mg products obtained.

Products: 355 N c 00(4 OH N OH CIBoc Boc IND Step 4: Modifications: 400 mg mixture of 4-(7-tluoro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)pyrrolidine-1I,2-dicarboxylic acid 1 -tert-butyl ester and 1-Chloro-6-methox yisoqui nolin-7-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1I,2-dicarboxylh'c acid 1 -tert-butyl ester used, 700 mg products obtained.

Product:

-~N

F

N

0 00 0 N Hoi.

Boc HO 0 0"7 Step Modifications: 700 mg mixture of 1-cyclopropanesulfonylami nocarbonyl-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(7-fl uoro-6-methoxy-is;oquinolin- 1-ylox y)-pyrroldine-lIcarboxyl ic acid tert-butyl ester and I-chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinol in-7-yloxy)-2- (1 -cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-:yclopropy Icarbamoyl)-pyrrolildine-1I-carboxylic acid tert-bUtyl ester used, 79 mg of compound 261 and 80 mg compound 262 obtained.

Product: 356 00// "N H"NH CIBocHN H I0BcI, 0NII 0 e- 0 6

/NV

Compound 261 Compound 262 Data of compound 261: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5 ppm 1.07 (in, 12 1.25 (in, 10 1.44 (in, 1 1.88 (dd, J=8.1, 5.6 Hz, 11-H), 2.25 (mn, 2 2.60 (dd, J=13.7, 6.9 Hz, I 2.94 (mn, I 4.02 (in, 4 4.22 I 4.43 1=12.2 Hz, I 4.53 (dd, J=10.3, 6.6 Hz, 1 5.12 J=10.5 Hz, 1 5.30 J=16.6 Hz, I 5.75 (mn, I 5.84 I 7.28 J=5.9 Hz, I 7.37 J=8.1 Hz, I 7.75 J=1 1.7 Hz, I 7.91 J=5.9 Hz, I MS: i(M+Na)' 754.

Data of compound 262: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 ppm 1.07 (mn, 12 1.25 Iv kill, JJ 11), kill, J=7.t I, J.'4U 111, I flj, 1.0 1 Uti, Ji-0.3lI J.JO rL, I 11j, I-Lht v J=8.72 H~z, 2 2.57 (dd, J=13.82, 7.21 Hz, I 2.94 (mn, 1 3.97 J=5.14 Hz, 3 M, 4.09 (in, J=1 1.00 Hz, I 4.24 I 4.32 (mn, 1 4.50 (in, 1= 16.87 Hiz, 1 5.12 (dd, J=10.52, 1.71 Hz, 1 5.30 (dd, J=17.12, 1.47 Hz, 1 5.38 1 H), 5.76 (mn, 1 7.39 I 7.63 I 7.66 (d,.1=5.87 Hz, 1 8.07 1=5.62 Hz, I MS:- 732.

Example 263: Preparation of Compound 263 BocHN'7 H H 0 0 Compound 263 357 Compound 263 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except stepI and step2.

Step 3: Modifications: 176 mg 1-chloro-8-methyl-isoquinoline used, 370 mg product obtained (100mg yield).

Product:

NN

0 0 Step 4: Modifications: 149 mg 8-methyl-isoquinolin- l-y Ioxy)-pyrrolidine-1I,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-teri-butyl ester used, 230 mg product obtained 99% yield) Product: 0

'I

>7 Data: 1H IN4 (400 M[Hz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1. 13 (mn, 4 1.42 (in, 10 1.87 (dd, J=8.2, 5.3 Hz, I 2.25 (in, 2 2.58 (dd, J=13.19, 6.9 Hz, I 2.83 3 H) ,2.96 (mn, 1 3.85 (in, 2H), 4.38 (dd, J=10.2, 6.7 Hz, 1; 5.12 (dd, J=I0.4, 1.6 Hz, I 5-30 (dd, J=17.1, 1.2 Hz, 1 5.76 (in, 2 7.28 J1=5.9 Hz, I 7.36 (d, J=6.9 Hz, I 7.53 .1=7.7 Hz, I 7.62 (in, I 7.88 J=5.6 Hz, I MS: 607.

358 Step o ~Modifications: 220 mg I-cyclopropanesulfon l aminocarbonyl-2-vi nyl- INO cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(8.methyl-isoquinolin- J -yloxy)-pyrroildine- I -carboxylic*

(N

acid tert-butyl ester used, 90 mg product obtained (35% yield).

00 5 Product: 0 0~ 41

H-

0 0 Compound 263 Data: 'H NMR (400 MI-z, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.05 (mn, 12 1.24 (in, 10 1.44 (dd, J=9.3, 5.4 H-z, 1 1. 87 (dd, J=8.1, 5.4 Hz, 1 2.25 (in, 2 2.60 (dd, J= 13.9, 7.3 Hz, I 2.77 3 2.94 (in, 1 4.04 (dd, J= 11.9, 3.1 Hz, 1 4.27 (d, J=10.3 Hz, 1 5.28 J=17.1 Hz, I 5.75 (mn, I 5.95 1 6.63 J=9.1 Hz, I 7.28 (in, 2 7.50 J=7.7 Hz, I 7.60 J=7.8 Hz, I 7.89 (d, p J=5.6 Hz, I MS: 720.

Example 264: Preparation of Compound 264 BocHN 06' Compound 264 359 Compound 264 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except step I 0 and step2.

Step 3: 00 5 Modifications: 203 mg l-chloro-8-methoxy-isoqluinoline used, 340 mg product obtained (85% yield).

Product:

(NO

We0, 0

QNOH

BOC

Data: 'H NMvR (400 MM, CDSOCD 3 8 PPM 1.34, 1.36 (2s, 9 H, rotamers), 2.26 (in, I 2.49 3.67 (in, 2 3.86 3 Hl), 4.31 (mn, 1 5.67 (br s, 1 H), 7.04 J=7.8 H-z, I 7.30 J=5.9 Hz, I 7.38 J=8.1 Hz, I 7.62 (t, Hz, I 7.93 J=5.6 Hz, 1 12.64 I MS: 411.

Step 4: Modifications: 78 mg 8-methoxy-isoquinolin- -yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1I,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 115 mg product obtained( (96% yield).

Product: W~e H 0O0 N

N

Step Modifications: 110 mg I-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2vinyl.

cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(8-inethoxy..isoq uinolin- I -yloxy)-pyrroli dine- I -carboxylic acid teri-butyl esterused, 45 mg product obtained (34% yield).

b Product: 360 00 Compound 264 Data: MS: 714.

Example 265 and 266: Preparation of Compounds 265 and 266 Compound 265 Compound 266 Compounds 265 and 266 were prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 3-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-7-yl)-acrylic. acid was used in place of 3phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 3.8 g 3-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-7-yI)-acrylic acid used, 2 g product obtained (53% yield).

Product: 361 00 Data: 'H NM (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 3.37 J=9.05 Hz, 1 4.73 J=9.05 Hz, 2 6.67 J=7.09 Hz, I 7.10 J=7.09 Hz, 1 7.37 1=8.07 Hz, 1 7.81 J=8.07 Hz, 1 MS: (M+H) 4 188.

c-I Step 2: c-i Modifications: 1.87 g 2 ,3-dihydro-7H-furo(2,3-.tlisoquinolin..6.one used, 1.84 g product obtained 90% yield).

Product: 0 C1 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDCI,) 8 ppm 3.43 J=9.05 Hz, 2 4.82 J=9.05 HIz, 2 7.52 J=8.56 Hz, 1 7.66 J=5.62 ]Hz, I 7.84 J=8.31 Hz, 1 H), 8.19 J=5.62 Hz, 11-H); MS 206.

Step 3: Modifications: 206 mg 6 -chloro-2,3-dihydro-fur-o[2,3-flisoquinoline used, 300 mng products mixture obtained.

Products: 0 ~0

NN

0 0~ CN -40H

N><OH

Bac BDc Step 4: O 362 N Modifications: 240 mg step 3 products mixture used, 350 mg products mixture

C.)

o obtained.

0 Products: N0 ~0 I q< o o<^ 00 Step Modifications: 331 mg step 4 products mixture used, 240 mg of compound 265 and 24 mg of compound 266 obtained.

Products: Olf 00 100 c-I 00

O

H

B c r Byc 4 Step Modifications: 331 mg step 4 products mixture used, 240 mg of compound 265 Compound 265 Compound 266 obtained.

Products: 10 0 Data of compound 265: 1H NM (400 Hz, CD3OD) 5 ppm 0.99 12 1.16 (m, 1.36 1 1.81 (dd, 7/=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 2.18 2 2.54 (dd, J=13.69,6.85 Hz, 1 2.87 1 3.31 (t,J7=9.05 Hz, 2 4.01 1 4.18 1 4.36 J=1 1.74 Hz, 1 4.46 (dd, 7=10.15, 7.21 Hz, I 4.70 2 5.05 7=10.27 Hz, I 5.23 J=16.87 Hz, I 5.70 2 7.23 J=5.87 Hz, 1 7.31 J=8.31 Hz, 1 7.63 J=8.31 Hz, I 7.82 J=5.87 I-z, 1 MS 726.

0 0i IN 0> 0 Compound 265 Compound 266 Data of compound 265: 'H NMIR (400 Hz, CD 3 OD) 8 PPM 0.99 (in, 12 1. 16 (in, 1.36 (in, I 1.81 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 2.18 (mn, 2 2.54 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, I 2.87 (in, 1 3.31 J=9.05 Hz, 2 4.01 (in, I 4.18 I 4.36 J=l 1.74 Hz, I 4.46 (dd, J=10.J15,7.21 Hz, I 4.70(mn, 2H), 5.05 J=10.27 Hz, I 5.23 J=16.87 Hz, I 5.70 (in, 2 7.23 J=5-87 Hz, I 7.31 J=8.31 Hz, I 7.63 J=8.31 Hiz, I 7.82 J=5.87 Hz, I MS 726.

363 Data of compound 266: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CI) 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.06 (in, 12 1.24 o) (mn, 10 1.44 (dd, J=10.03, 5.14 Hz, I 1.88 (dd, J=7.83, 5.38 Hz, I 2.27 INO(in, 2 2.65 (dd, J= 12.96, 6.36 Hz, 1 2.94 (in, I 11), 4.08 (dd, J=1 2.35, 3.30 Hz, I 4.25 I 4.54 (in, 2 5.12 J:10.27 Hz, I 5.29 J=17.12 00 5 Hz, I M, 5.75 (mn, I 5.91 I 7.05 J=:1.96 Hz, I 7.72 (in, 2 8.02 N (in, 2 8.11 1=5.87 Hz, I 9.19 1 MS: 724.

Example 267 and 268: Preparation of Compounds 267 and 268

-N

N N' NN'NeWH 000 0 Compound 267 Compound 268 Compounds 267 and 268 were prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 3-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-4-yl)-acrylic acid was used in place of 3phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 1.14 g3-(2,3-dihydro-benzofurari-4-yI)-acryl ic acid used, 600 mg product obtained (52% yield).

Product: 0

NH

0 Data: H NMiR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 3.35 J=8.93 Hz, 2 4.74 J=8.93 C0 Hz, 2 6.49 J=7.09 Hz, I 6.95 J=8.56 Hz, I 7.25 J=7.09 Hz,, I INO 8.13 J=8.80 Hz, 1 MS 188.

N-

00 5 Step 2: c-I Modifications: 560 mg 1,7-dihydro-2H-furo[3,2-flisoquinolin-6-one used, 380 mg product obtained (48% yield).

INO Product: C1 Data: 'H NMAR (400 Hz, CDC1 3 8 ppm 3.47 J=9.05 Hz, 2 4.84 J1=9.05 Hz, 2 7.24 J=8.56 Hz, 1 7.33 J=5.87 Hz, 1 8.20 (in, 2 MS 206.

Step 3: products mixture obtained.

Products: O 0- ;Z N Q 0 0 N ,OH Q OH BOC Bac Step 4: Modifications: 216 mg step 3 products mixture used, 330 mg products miixture obtained Products: 365 Boc N N e Oo6 7 0 Step C1 Modifications: 330 mg step 4 products mixture used, 140 mg of compound 267 and 25 mg of compound 268 obtained.

Products: 0 0 0~ BocHN~J N, BcocHN..K'N -0N.

Compound 267 Compound 268 Data of compound 267: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.07 (in, 12 1.24 (in, 1.43 (mn, I 1.88 (dd, 1=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 2.26 (in, 2 2.61 (dd, 1= 13.69, 7.09 Hz, 1 2.94 (in, I 3.42 J=SI.05 Hz, 2 4.05 (dd, 1= 11. 86, 3.55 Hz, I 4.24 I 4.50 (in, 2 4.77 1=8.93 Hz, 2 5.12 (in, I H), 5.29 1=17.12 Hz, I 5.76 (in, 2 7.03 (d,.1=8.80 Hz, I 7.12 J=6.11 Hz, I 7.91 J=5.87 Hz, I 8.06 J=8.801 Hz, I MS: 726.

Data of compound 268: 'H NM4R (400 Hz, CD 3 OI)) 8 PPM 1.06 (mn, 12 1.19 9 H) 1.26 (in, 1 1.44 (in, 1 1.88 (dd, J=8.07,.5.62 Hz, I 2.24 1=8.56 Hz, 2 2.64 (in, 1 2.95 I 4.07 (in, 1=3.42 Hz, 1 4.24 I 4.54 (in, 2 5.12 J= 10.52 Hz, I 5.30 1= 17.12 Hz, I 5.76 (in, I 5.91 1 H),

O

0 366 7.39 J=1.47 Hz, 1 7.68 2 7.96 J=1.96 Hz, 1 8.12 2 MS: (M+H)724.

Example 269: Preparation of Compound 269

F

F 0 "0 H

N

9o BocHN O H -N 0 00//NV Compound 269 Scheme 2 OCF O0 ,r \Y 'OH (PhO) 2

PON

3

OCF

3 ton 9 Ii "i ,NH POC1 3 0

OCF

3 [I "T -1

CI

step 3 n t-BuOK, DMF, LaCl 3 0 o HQ 0 BocHN, BO

ON

06> 0- Compound 269 Step 1: A solution of 2-trifluormethoxycinnamic ac:id (11.6 diphenylphosphoryl azide (13.75 and triethylamine (7.07 g) in benzene 50 mL) was stirred for 1 h.

After filtration through a silica gel plug washing with benzene and concentration, the 367 residue was dissolved in diphenylmethane (80 mL) and refluxed for 3 h. After o cooling to it, solids were collected through a plug washing with benzene and dried to INDgive 5.1 g of the desired product as a solid. 'H NUR (400 MII-z, CD 3 OD) ppm 6.79 J=7.3 Hz, 1 7.29 J=7.3 Hz, I 7.57 J=8.1 HZ, 1 Ml, 7.70 (d, 00 5 J=7.8 Hz, I 8.30 J=8.1 Hz, I MS: 230.

Step 2: IND A solution of 5-trifluoromethoxy-2H-isoqjuinolin-I -one (4.58 g) in POCI 3 mL) was refluxed for 3 h. After cooling and concentration, the residue was based with 5 N NaOH and extracted with CH 2

CI

2 The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO 4 After concentration, purification by flash chromatography of Biotage with 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes gave 4.347 g of the desired product as a solid. 'H MR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 8 ppm 7.66 (in, 2 7.87 J=5.9 Hz, I H), 8.31 (in, 1 8.37 J=5.9 Hz, I MS: 248.

Step 3: To a suspension of f l-[ 2 =(I-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl).4-h ydrox y-pyrroli di ne- 1 -carbon ylj-2,2-di methyl -propyl I carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (56 mg), l-chloro-S--trifluoromethoxyisoquinoline (25 mng), and LaC1 3 (25 mg) in DMF (1 inL) at -78TC was added tert-BuOK (0.5 mnL, p I M in THF) and warmed to rt. After stirring for 30 mm~i, the reaction was quenched with saturated NH 4 CI solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. After concentration, purification by prep HPLC gave 35 mg of the desired compound 269 as a solid. 'H NMvR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.03 (in, 12 1.24 (in, 10 H) ,1.44 (dd, J=9.7, 5.3 Hz, I 1.88 (dd, 1=8.1, 5.6 Hz, 1 2.28 (in, 2 2.64 (dd, 1= 13.7, 7.1 Hz, I 2.94 (in, I 4.09 (in, I 4.21 (di, J=9.3 Hz, I 4.53 (in, 2 H), 5.12 1=1 1.5 Hz, I 5.30 J=17.1 H~z, 5.75 (in, 1 5.92 (in, I 6.60 J=9.5 Hz, I 7.49 1=6.1 Hz, I 7.60 I 7.69 J=7.3 Hz, I H), 8.11 1=6.1 Hz, I 8.22 1=8.3 Hz, 1 MS: 790.

368 Example 270: Preparation of Compound 270 o

CF

3

INO~

000 BocHN j N"'0 ci Compound 270 Compound 270 was prepared by following Schemne 2 of Example 269 except that 2trifluoromethylcinnamic acid was used in place of 2-trifluormethoxycinnamjc acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 10 g 2-trifluoromethylcinnamic acid used, 5 g product obtained 1 0 vipdrfl) Product:

F

F F

NH

0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppmn 6.83 (mn, I 7.33 J=7.58 Hz, I H), 7.63 1=7.83 Hz, I 8.09 J=7.58 Hz, I 8.57 J=8.07 Hz, IH) Step 2: Modifications: 4.4 g 5-trifluorornethyl-2H-isoquinc-lin-I -one used, 3.5 g product obtained (73% yield).

Product: 369

F

F F

O

N I -,N 00

CI

Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 8 ppm 7.75 J=7.95 Hz, 1 7.90 1 H), 8.12 J=7.34 Hz, 1 8.41 J=6.11 Hz, 1 8.60 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H).

NO

Step 3: Modifications: 46 mg 1-chloro-5-trifluoromethyl-isoquinoline and 111 mg Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine- I -carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl }-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, mg product obtained (47% yield).

Product:

CF

3

N

Q NI BocHN O. H -N 0

O

p o -V

_TI

Compound 270 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.06 (mn, 12 1.23 10 1.44 (dd, J=9.54, 5.38 Hz, 1 1.88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I 2.28 2 2.65 (dd, J=13.82, 6.97 Hz, 1 2.94 I 4.07 1 4.20 (min, I 4.56 (min, 2 H), 5.12 1 5.30 J=17.12 Hz, 1 5.75 1 5.90 1 6.59 J=9.05 Hz, 1 7.53 J=4.40 Hz, 1 7.65 J=7.83 Hz, I 8.12 J=7.09 Hz, 1 8.15 J=6.36 Hz, 1 8.50 J=8.31 Hz, 1 MS: 774.

370 Example 271: Preparation of Compound 271

O

O

NN

00 c-lI N- H BocHN O"N 07 O oo '9 Compound 271 Compound 271 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 2chlorocinnamic acid was used in place of 2 -trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 7 g 2-chlorocinnamic acid used, 5 g product obtained (71% yield).

0

C)

N

NI

0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 3.02 (mn, 4 3.91 4 6.97 (d, J=7.34 Hz, 1 7.18 J=7.34 Hz, 1 7.44 2 8.02 J=7.83 Hz, I H); MS 231.

Step 2: Modifications: 2.2 g 5-morpholin-4-yl -2H-isoquinolin- -one used, 2.1 g product obtained (87% yield).

Product: 371.

C.0) 0, o cIN

N

00

CI

c-It Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CCI 3 D) 8 ppm 3.09 4 3.97 4 7.32 (d, N J=7.58 Hz, 1 7.60 1 7.91 J=5.87 Hz, 1 8.06 J=8.56 Hz, 1 H), 8.26 J=5.87 Hz, 1 H).

Cl Step 3: Modifications: 50 ming 1-chloro-5-morpholin-4-,yl-isoquinoline and 111 mg Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine- I -carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl }-carbamic acid rerl-butyl ester used, mg product obtained (26% yield).

Product: 0N

N

1N 7 N Compound 271 Data: 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.07 12 1.26 10 1.44 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1 1.88 (dd, J=7.93, 5.19 Hz, 1 2.25 2 2.62 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I 2.94 (min, I 3.06 J=3.97 Hz,. 4 3.94 4 4.07 (d, J=14.04 Hz, 1 4.25 1 4.45 J=12.21 Hz, 1 4.52 I 5.12 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 1 5.29 J=16.79 Hz, 1 5.75 1 5.85 I 7.34 (d,

C.)

0 00O 372 J=7.32 Hz, I 7.45 J=7.78 Hz, I 7.59 J=6. 10 Hz, 1 7.91 J=7.63 Hz, 1 7.97 J=5.80 Hz, I H).

Example 272: Preparation of Compound 272 BocHN4, Compound 272 Compound 272 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 2,3-dimethoxycinnamidc acid was used in place of 2-trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.- Step 1: Modifications: 10.4 g 2,3-dimethoxycinnamic acid used, 4.1 g product obtained yield).

Product: OMe Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppmn 3.86 3 3.96 3 6.82 J=7.2 Hz, I 7.10 J=7.2 Hz, I 7.28 J=8.8 Hz, I 8.07 1=8.8 Hz, I H); MS: 206.

Step 2: 373 Modifications: 4.1 g 5, 6 -dimethoxy-21-i soqui noinI-one used, 4.03 g product 0 obtained (90% yield).

Product: 000 INO Data: NMR (400 MHz, CDOD) 8 ppm 3.97 3 4.05 3 7.65 (d, J=9.29 Hz, 1 7.90 (dd, J=5.87,0.98 Hz, 11-1), 8.12 (mn, 2H) Step 3: Modifications: 22 mg 1-chloro-5,6-dimethoxy-isoquinoline and 56 mg f1.[2-(1cyclopropanesulfonylarninocarbonyl.2-vi nyl-cyclopropylcarbamoy)-4.hydroxypyrrol idi ne- I -carbon yl 1-2,2-dimeth yl -prop yl -carbamric acid tert-butyi ester used, 3 1 mng product obtained (42% yield).

Product: "0 't N BocHN 4O H N 0 0 <7 Compound 272 Data: 'H NN4vR (500 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppmn 1.06 (ri, 12 1.26 (in, 10 ),1.44 I 1.88 J=7.32 Hz, I 2.24 2 2.60 (mn, I 2.94 (in, I 3.92 3 3.99 3 4.06 J= 11.90 Hz, I 4.23 I 4.43 J= 10.68 Hz, 1 H), 4.53 (in, I 5.12 1=10.38 Hz, I 5.30 1=-17.40 Hz, I 5.77 (in, 2 H), 7.35 J=9.16 Hz, 1 7.46 J=5.80 Hz, 1 7.89 J=5.80 Hz, 1 7.97 (d, 0 1=8.85 Hz, I H).

Example 273: Preparation of Compound 273 00

NCN"N

BocHN H x0 0 0//V Compound 27'3 Compound 273 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 4chloro-3-methoxycinnamic acid was used in place of 2 -trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step I.

Modifications: 2.5 g 4 -chloro-3-methoxycinnamic acid used, 1.2 g product obtained (48% yield).

Product: U NH 0 Data: IJHf.AJ (400 M]z, CD 3 0D) 8 4.00(s, 3 6.64(d, J=7.09 Hiz, I 7.15 (d, J=7.34 Hz, 1 7.21 I 8.22 I H).

Step 2: Modifications: 1.05 g 7 -Chioro-6-methoxy-2H-isoquinoin-I -one used, 0.8 g product obtained (70% yield).

Product: 375 cI O

I

C.C

INO

CI

Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDCI 3 8 ppm 4.05 3 7.13 1 7.48 J=5.38 00 O Hz, 1 8.21 J=5.62 Hz, 1 8.34 1 MS: 229.

c C 5 Step 3:

INO

Modifications: 44 mg 1, 7 -dichloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline and 113 mg C- cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-l-carbonyl-2,2-dimethyl-propyl }-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, mg product obtained (17% yield) Product: -0 BocHN H H 0 Compound 273 Data: 11H NMR (400 Hz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.07 (min., 12 1.24 10 1.44 (dd, J=9.54, 5.38 Hz, 1 1.88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 2.26 1 2.60 (m, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, 1 2.94 2 3.98 3 4.06 1 4.20 1 H), 4.42 J=12.23 Hz, 1 4.57 1 5.12 J=11.74 Hz, 1 5.30 J=17.36 Hz, 1 5.76 I 5.86 1 7.28 J=5.62 Hz, 1 7.33 1 7.92 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 8.09 1 MS: 749.

376 Example 274: Preparation of Compound 274 O

F

7 00 0, CI N NI~H 0 BocHN4 H NHl 0

NO

N Compound 274 Compound 274 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 2fluoro-3-cinnamic acid was used in place of 2-triflLlormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 3.92 g 2 -fluoro-3-cinnamic acid used, 2.4 g product obtained (61% yield).

Product: 1

F

NH O 0 Data: 'H NMR(400 MiHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 4.00 3 6.72 1 7.16 (d, J=7.34 Hz, 1 7.35 J=8.44 Hz, 1 8.09 .=8.80 Hz, 1 H).

Step 2: Mddifications: 1.93 g 5-fluoro- 6 -methoxy-2H-isoquiinolin- I-one used, 1.688 g product obtained (80% yield).

Product: 377 o 0

CI

00 Data: 1H NMIR (CDCI 3 8 ppmn 4.08 3 7.44 (dd, J=9.29, 7.83 Hz, I 7.75 (d, J1=5.87 Hz, I 8.12 J=9.29 Hz, I 8.22 J1=5.87 Hz, I MS: 212.

c-I Step 3: c-IModifications: 41 mg Il-chiloro-5-fl uoro-6-methoxy-isoquinol ine and 133 mg 1-[2- (1 -cyclopropanesulfon yl aminoc arbonyl vinyl -cyclopropycarbanoyl)4-hydrox y pyrroli dine- I -carbon yll]-2,2-di meth yl -propyl -carlbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, mg product obtained (48% yield).

Product:

F

01 BocHN, NH Compound 274 Data: 1H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 ppmn 1.06 (in, 13 1.21 9 1.44 (dd, J=9.78, 5.38 Hz, I 1. 88 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, I 2.24 J=9.29 Hz, 2 2.62 J= 13.94 Hz, I 2.94 (mn, I 4.05 (in, 4 4.22 J=:9.29 ]Hz, 1 4.45 (in, I 4.54 (dd, J=9.66, 7.21 Hz, 1 5.12 1=10.52 Hz, I 5.30 J=16.87 Hz, I H), 5.76 (in, I 5.86 1 7.39 (in, 2 7.95 J--6.11 Hz, I 8.00 J=9.29 Hz, I H).

378 Example 275: Preparation of Compound 275 o

CI

N

000 N H M ~BocHN4 H 00 c-i Compound 275 Compound 2 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 2chloro- 3 -methoxycinnarmjc acid was used in place of 2 -trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 658 mg 2-chloro-3-methoxycinnamic acid used, 360 mg product ohtained (54% vield).

Product:

I

NH

0 Data: 'H NNM(400 MIHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 4.02 3 6.91 J=7.34 Hz, I H), 7.23 J=7.58 Hz, I 7.35 J=9.05 Hz, I IT), 8.27 J=9.05 Hz, 1 H).

Step 2: Modifications: 350 mg 5-chloro- 6 -methoxy-2H-isoquinolin- I one used, 300 mng product obtained (80% yield).

Product: 379

CI

00 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz,. CDCI 3 8 ppm 4.09 3 7.43 J=9.29 Hz, I 7.93 J=6.11 Hz, I 8.30 (in, 2 MS 229.

Step 3: Modifications: 68 mg l, 5 -dichloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline and 167 mg cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl.2vin yJ-cyc topropylcarbamoyl)4-hydroxypyrrol i di ne- I -carbon yl]I-2,2-di methyl -propy I) -carbamnic acid tert-butyl ester used, 130 mng product obtained (60% yield).

Product:

CI

00 0~ N H BocHN.~ H N, 0

'V

p Compound 275 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppmn 1.06 12 1.25 (in, 10 1.46 (d, J=5.62 Hz, 1 1. 88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I 2.27 (in, 2 2.62 (in, I 2.94 (in, I 4.05 (in, 4 4.22 J=9.05 Hz, I 4.46 J=1 1.49 Hz, I 4.54 (dd, 1=9.78, 6.36 Hz, 1 5.13 J=I0.52 Hz, I 5.30 J=1 5.89 Hz, I H), 5.76 (mn, I 5.86 I 7.40 J=9.29 Hz, I 7.55 J=6.36 Hz, I 8.01 1=6.36 Hz, I 8.20 J=9.29 Hz, I M.S: 749.

C.)

380 Example 276: Preparation of Compound 276 Compound 276 Compound 276 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3chloro-2-methoxycinnarnic acid was used in place of 2-trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 4.24 g 3-chloro-2-methoxycinnamidc acid used, 2.4 g product obtained Product: Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppmn 3.93 1 6.85 1=7.34 Hz, I H), 7.24 J=7.34 Hz, I 7.52 J=8.80 Hz, 1 H),:3.03 J=8.80 Hz, 1 MS: 2 Step 2: Modifications: 2.09 g 6 -chloro-5-methox y-2H-i soqUinoli n- I one used, 1.9 g product obtained (83% yield).

Product:

CC

OcNO

\CI

00 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDCI 3 8 ppm 4.03 2 7.63 J=9.05 Hz, I 7.86 J=5.14 Hz, I 8.06 J=9.05 Hz, 1 8.32 J=5.62 Hz, 1 MS: 229.

NO

Step 3: Modifications: 91 mg 1, 6 -dichloro-5-methoxy-is;oquinoline and 226 mg cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-I -carbonyl]-2,2-di methyl-propyl -carbarnmic acid tert-butyl ester used, 114 mg product obtained (38% yield).

Product:

"O

CI

BocHN O H Compound 276 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.06 12 1.23 (min, 10 1.44 (t, J=6.72 Hz, 1 1.88 (dd, J=7.95, 5.26 Hz, 1 2.25 (min, 2 2.62 (dd, J=13.33, 6.48 Hz, 1 2.94 (min, I 3.98 3 4.03 (min, 1 4.20 (min, 1 4.51 (min, 2 5.12 J=10.52 Hz, I 5.32 1 5.75 (min, 1 5.87 1 7.50 2 7.95 J=8.80 Hz, 1 8.06 J=5.87 Hz, 1 MS (MWH) 749.

Example 277: Preparation of Compound 277 0 'o 0 0 00

O

cN Compound 277 Compound 277 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3- 4 -chloro-phenyl)-3-methoxy-acrylic acid was used in place of 2trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 4.24 g 3 4 -chloro-phenyl)-3-methoxy-acrylic acid used, 130 mg Product: CI

NH

0 Data: 'H NMR(400 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 3.96 3 7.19 (dd, J=8.80, 2.45 Hz, 1 7.28 J=2.45 Hz, 1 7.34 1 8.25 J=9.05 Hz, 1 MS: 210.

Step 2: Modifications: 105 mg 7 -chloro- 4 -methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-l-one used, 60 mg product obtained (71% yield).

Product: 0~'

NO

C"]1 \CI 00 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDCI 3 8 ppm 4.05 3 7.67 (dd, J=8.80, 1.96 Hz, 1 H), C- 7.80 1 8.16 J=9.05 Hz, 1 8.24 r=1.96 Hz, 1 MS: 229.

C"]

INO 5 Step 3: Modifications: 46 mg 1,7-dichloro-4-methoxy-isoquinoline and 113 mng cyclopropanesulfonylaminocaronyl-2-vinyl-cycopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carbonylF2,2-dimethyl-propy}-carbaom acid tert-butyl ester used, mg product obtained (31% yield).

Product: 1NN 0 0 N Ni- N, BocHNJ H ,e Compound 2T7 Data: 'H NMR (400 liz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.06 11 1.16 9 1.24 2 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.54, 5.38 Hz, 1 1.88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 2.28 2 2.59 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, 1 2.94 1 4.00 3 4.05 J=11.74 Hz, I H), 4.19 1 4.43 J=11.49 Hz, I 4.56 (dd, J=10.03, 6.85 Hz, 1 5.12 (d, 1=11.49 Hz, 1 5.30 J=17.12 Hz, I 5.76 2 7.57 1 7.67 (d, J=8.56 Hz, 1 8.04 I 8.08 1=8.80 Hiz, I MS: 748.

"1 11Example 278: Preparation of Compound 278 0 C-I4 BocHN JO H z 0

IN-V

Compound 278 Compound 278 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: A mixture of 6-methoxy-2H-isoqtuinolin-1I-one (700 mg) and NCS (532 mg) in MeCN (10 mL) was refluxed for 3 h. Filtration gave 600 mg of the desired product as a solid.

Product:

N

1

NH

Data: 'H NMvR(400 MI-Lz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 3.96 I 7.19 (dd, J=8.80, 2.45 Hz, I 7.28 J1=2.45 Hz, 1 7.34 I 8.25 J=9.05 Hz, 1 MS: (M H)+ 210.

Step 2: Modifications: 500 mg 4 -chloro-6-methoxy-2H-isoquinolinl-oneused, 400 mng product obtained.

Product: C1

N~-

IN

00 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDCI 3 8 ppm'4.0I 7.35 J=2.45 Hz, I 7.41 J=2.45 Hz, 1 8.24 J=9.29 Hz, 1 8.27 1 MS: 229.

INO

Step 3: N Modifications: 42 mg l, 4 -dichloro6-methoxy-isoquinoline and 117 mg cyclopropanesufonyaminocarbony l-2-vinycy(Iopropycarboy)4hyoxy pyrrol i dine- I -carbonyll-2,2dimethyl propyl 1-crbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, mg product obtained (47% yield).

Product: BocHN 0 Compound 278 Data: 'H NIR (400 Hz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.05 12 1.25 10 1.44 I 1.88 (dd, J=8.07,5.62 Hz, 1 2.24 2 2.61 (dd, J=13.82, 6.72 Hz, I H), 2.94 1 3.97 3 4.04 (dd, J=11.74, 2.69 Hz, I 4.21 I 4.49 (m, 2 5.12 J=10.52 Hz, 1 5.29 J=17. 12 Hz, I 5.75 2 7.19 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I 7.37 I 8.00 I 8.13 J=9.05 Hz, 1 MS: 749.

386 I Example 279: Preparation of Compound 279 O o ,o 00 0 oc N NI0- 0 rn BocHN,4 HO 0 tc Compound 279 Compound 279 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3methoxy-3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid was used in place of 2trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 4.24 g 3 -methoxy-3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid used, 400 mg 1 r nrrviirt nht'inp-rl (!n1 v"i!rl Product: 0^

NH

0 Step 2: Modifications: 400 mg 4,6 -dimethoxy-2H-isoquinolin-I-one used, 300 mg product obtained (69% yield).

Product: 0 N. N Cl Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDCI 3 S ppm 3.97 3 4.05 3 7.31 (dd, J=9.17, O 2.57 Hz, 1 7.45 J=2.69 Hz, 1 7.75 I 8.16 J=9.29 Hz, 1 MS: O 224.

o00 5 Step 3: 0 N- Modifications: 89 mg l-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-i!;oquinoline and 223 mg J Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)4-hydroxypyrroli dine-I -carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl) -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 160 mg product obtained (54% yield).

Product: 0 14N 0 0 N N' H BocHN H ,0 Compound 279 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.07 (in, 12 1.21 10 1.43 1 1.87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 2.24 2 2.58 (dd, J=13.57, 6.97 Hz, 1 H), 2.94 1 3.92 3 3.99 3 4.04 (dd, J=11.74, 2.93 Hz, 1 4.24 I 4.39 J=11.98 Hz, 1 4.50 1 5.12 J=10.52 Hz, 1 5.29 (d, J=16.87 Hz, 1 5.75 2 7.12 J=9.05 Hz, 1 7.40 J=2.20 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 1 8.04 J=9.05 Hz, 1 MS: 744.

388 Example 280: Preparation of Compound 280

IN

1N 0O 00 oO BOCNSNIJ H SBocHN 0 00"

INO

Compound 280 Compound 280 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3- (3-difluoromethoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid was used in place of 2trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 4.28 g 3-(3-difluoromnethoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid used, 3.1 g product obtained (72% yield).

FyO F N- N 0 Data: MS: 212.

Step 2: Modifications: 2 g 6-difluoromethoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1 I-one used, 1.5 g product obtained (61% yield).

Product: FyO uF N8i

CI

Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDC1 3 8 ppm 6.69 J=72.75 Hz, I 7.49 2 8.28 J=5.62 Hz, I 8.36 J=9.05 Hz, 1 MS: 230.

389 Step 3: No Modifications: 46 mg 1-chloro-6-difluoromethcixy-isoquinoline and 113 mg 1-[2- (1 -Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-viny-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)4hydroxy.

pyrrolidine-1I-carbon yl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl) -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 8 mg product obtained yield).

Product: 0, HO~.

H

BocHN H, 0 Compound 280 Data: JH NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 OD) 5 ppm 1.05 (rn, 12 1.23 10 1.44 2 1.88 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, I 2.30 2 H4), 2.67 J=13.94 Hz, 1 2.93 (in, I 4.07 J=10.27 Hz, 1 4.21 I 4.53 J=6.85 Hz, 2 5.13 (m, 1 5.31 1 5.76 J=47.93 Hz, 2 7.11 2 7.26 J=6.11 Hz, I 7.81 3=6.11 Hz, I 8.16 I MS: 700.

Example 281: Preparation of Compound 281

CI

N

00 N H 0 BocHN.J0 Oo "7 Compound 281 390 I I Compound 281 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3- O chloro-3-phenyl-acrylic acid was used in place of 2-trifluorinethoxycinnamic acid in INO step 1.

00 5 Stepl1: N ~Modifications: I11 g 3-chloro-3-phenyl-acrylic acid used, 3.1 g product obtained (29% yield).

INO Product: z NH 0 Data: 'H NMR (400 Mgiz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 7.34 1 7.52 J=7.58 Hz, I H), 7.77 J=7.46 Hz, I 7.90 J=8.07 Hz, I1-1), 8.39 J=8.07 Hz, 1 11.37 (s, 1 MS: MS: 180.

Step 2: (66% yield) Product:

CI

0- N

CI

Data: H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 5 ppm 7.77 (dIdd, J=8.3 1, 7.09, 1.22 Hz, I H), 7.88 (ddd, J=8.31, 7.09, 1.22 Hz, I 8.23 J'=8.31 Hz, I 8.34 1 8.36 1=8.56 Hz, I MS: (M+H) 4 198.

Step 3: Modifications: 20 mg 1,4-dichioro-isoquinoline and 56 mg cyclopropanesulfonylami nocarbon yl -2-viny! -cyclopropylcarbamoyl )-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-1I-carbon yl]-2,2-dimethyl -propyl -carbanic acid tert-butyl ester used, 33 mg product obtained (30% yield).

Product: O c

O

N

00° 0 0

INO

Compound 281 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.06 12 1.

2 4 10 1.44 (dd, J=9.41, 5.26 Hz, 1 1.88 (dd, J=7.83, 5.62 Hz, 1 2.27 2 2.63 (dd, J=13.82, 6.97 Hz, I 2.94 I 4.06 (dd, J=11.49, 2.45 Hz, I 4.22 (d, J=9.29 Hz, 1 4.53 2 5.12 J=10.76 Hz, 1 5.29 J=17.12 Hz, 1 H), 5.75 1 5.85 1 6.60 J=8.80 Hz, 1 7.63 J=7.58 Hz, I 7.86 J=7.70 Hz, 1 8.06 1 8.11 J=8.56 Hz, 1 8.25 J=8.31 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H) 718.

Example 282: Preparation of Compound 282 N Ni H BocHN O H 0 Compound 282 Compound 2 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3chloro-3-phenyl-acrylic acid was used in place of 2 -trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

392 Step 1: o Modifications: 20 g 3-chloro-3-phenyl -acrylic acid used, 2 g product obtained (8% INO yield).

Product: 01 F.C

NH

Ci INO Data: MS: 230.

Step 2: Modifications: 2 g 6-trifluoromethoxy-2H-isoqui nolin- 1 -one used, 0.7 product obtained (33% yield).

Product:

F

3 C 0

N

C1 Data: 1H NMvR (400 MiHz, CDCI 3 5 ppm 7.51 (dI, J=9.29 H-z, I 7.59 J=5.62 Hz, I 7.64 I Hi), 8.31 J=5.62 Hz, 1 8.40 J=9.05 Hz, I MS: 248.

Step 3: Modifications: 50 mg 1-chloro-6-trifluoromethoxy-isoquinoline and 113 mg 1-[2- (1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-c.yclopropylcarbamoyl )-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-1I-carbon yll-2,2-dimethyl -propyl -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 42 mg product obtained (27% yield).

Product: IV NJ4' BocHN~J H Compound 282 Data:. 'H NMR (400MNffz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.05 12 1. 24 1OH), 1.44 (dd, 1=9.17, 5.50 Hz, I 1. 88 (dd, 1=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 2.28 (in, 2 2.63 (dd, J=13.45, 7.09 Hz, I 2.94 (in, I 4.06 (dd, 1=1 1.25, 2.45 Hz, I 4.21 I 4.53 (mn, 2 5.13 .1=10.52 Hz, I 5.3.0 J=17.12 Hz, I 5.75 (in, I 5.89 I 7.39 (mn, 2 7.72 1 8.05 J=5.87 Hz, I 8.31 (d, 1=9.05 Hz, 1 9.18 I MS: 768.

Example 283: Preparation of Compound 283 Compound 283 Compound 283 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3- (4-fluoro-phenyl)-3-methoxy-acrylic acid was used in place of 2trifluormnethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: 3.82 g 3-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-3-methoxy-acrylic acid used, 198 mg o product obtained yield).

INO Product: 00

NNH

F 1' INO 5 Data: MS: 194.

Step 2: Modifications: 193 mg 7-fluoro-4-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1 -one used, 199 mg product obtained (94% yield).

Product:

FN

TInf: 'T14 NTMR (400 M1-1z_ CDC1,) 5 ppm 4.05 3 7.49 (in, 1 7.78 I H), 7.86 (dd, J=9.66, 2.57 Hz, I 8.23 (dd, J=9.29, 5.3 8 Hz, I MS: 212.

P 15 Step 3: Modifications: 42 mg 1-chloro-7-fluoro-4-methox.y-isoquinoline and 112 mig (1-112- (1 -cyclopropanesulfonyl aminocarbonyl-2-vi nyl-cyclopropylcarbarnoyl)-4-hydrox ypyrroli di ne- I -carbon yl -2,2-di methyl-propyl 1 -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, mng product obtained (14% yield).

Product: 395 Compound 283 Data: 'H NMR (400 lvF~z, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.06 (in, 12 1.24 (in, 10 1.42 (in, 1 1.87 (dd, J=7.95, 5.50 Hz, I 2.23 (mn, 21H), 2.55 (dd, J=13.08, 6.48 Hz, I H), 2.93 (in, 1 4.06 3 4.09 (in, 1 4.23 1 4.30 J=1 1.49 Hz, I H), 4.46 (mn, I 5.12 1=10.27 Hz, I 5.29 J=17.36 Hz, I 5.40 I H), 5.76 (in, 1 7.46 J=9.05 Hz, I 7.56 J=2.20 Hz, I 7.75 I 8.18 J=9.05 Hz, I MS: 749.

Example 284: Preparation of Compound 284

N,

Compound 284 Compound 284 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except step 1.

Step 1: Modifications: A mixture of 7-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1 -one (876 mg) and NCS 0 (665 mg) in MeCN (10 mL) was refluxed for 3 h. Filtration gave 500 mg of INO the desired product as a solid.

Product: 00 C1 m NH Data: 'H NMR (400 MFz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 4.00 3 7.58 (mn, 2 8.14 (d, c-i J=10.03 Hz, 1 8.17 I H).

Step 2: Modifications: 418 mg 4-chloro-7-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin- I -oneused, 410 mg product obtained (90% yield).

Product: C1 Data: 'H NMvR (400 Hz, CDCI 3 8 ppm 4.00 3 H1), 7.49 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 J=2.44 Hz, I HM, 8.12 J=9.16 Hz, I 8.21 1 MS: 229.

Step 3: Modifications: 42 mg 1,4-dichloro-7-methoxy-isocluinolineand 117 mg cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vin yl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxypyrroli dine- I -carbon yl ]-2,2-dimeth yl -propyl I -carb-amic acid tert-butyl ester used, mg product obtained (33% yield).

Product: 397 Compound 284 Data: 'H NMiR (400 Hz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.05 (mn, 20 1.24 (in, 2 1.44 (in, 1 1.89 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, 11-H), 2.28 (mn, 2 EDI, 2.62 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, I H), 2.94 (in, 11-H), 3.92 3 4.07 (dd, J= 11.98, 3.42 Hz, I 4.19 (in, I 4.44 (d, J=1 1.74 Hz, I 4.58 (dd, J=10.27, 7.09 Hz, 1 5.12 (mn, I 5.31 J=17.12 Hz, I 5.78 (mn, 2 7.49 (in, 21-H), 7.91 I 8.02 (in, I MS: (M+H)4* 749.

Example 285: Preparation of Compound 285 11>11

NC)

Compound 285.1 Compound 285 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that was used In place of 2-difluorinethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

Step I and step2: See compound 256 Step 3: Modifications: 46 mg 1-chloro-5-difluoromethoxy-isoquinoline and IlIlI mg J 14[2- (1-yclopropanesulfonylaninocarbony-2-vinyI-cyiopropylcarbamoy1)4.hydroxypyrrolidine- 1 -carbon yl -2,2-dimethyl -propyl -carbamic acid rert-butyl ester used, mg product obtained (27% yield).

Product: Compound 285 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.06 (in, 12 1.25 10 1.44 I 1 T4.1-.9I9 H_ 2.22 (m 2 2.62 1 H. 2,94(m 1H). 4.0R(m, I 14H.4.23 (d.

J=9.54 Hz, I 4.52 2 5.12 J=i.76 Hz, I 5.29 i=i7.6i Hz, i 1), 5.75 J= 10.03 Hz, I 5.88 I 6.60 I 7.02 J=73.48 Hz, I H), 7.52 (in, 3 8.07 (in, J=5.75, 5.75 Hz, 2 MS: 772.

Example 286: Preparation of Compound 286 o 0 od k"V Compound 286 399 Compound 286 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3- O (2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4ldioxin-5-y)-acrylic acid was used in place of 2- INOtrifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

(N

00 5 Stepl1: ri Modifications: 4.12 g 3-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]clioxin-5-y)-acrylic acid used, 2.2 g product obtained (53% yield)- INO Product: 0 OPN Data: 'H NMR (400 M-z, CD 3 OD) 5 ppm 4.37 (in, 4 6.83 J=7.09 Hz, I H), 7.02 J=8.80 Hz, I 7.12 1=7.34 Hz, I H, 7.79 J=8.80 Hz, I MS: 204.

Step 2: Modifications: 2.05 g 2 3 -dihydro-7H-1,4-dioxa-'7-aza-phenanthren-8-one used, g product obtained (68% yield).

Product: Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDCI 3 8 ppm 4.42 4 7.24 J=9.05 Hz, I 7.77 J=5.87 Hz, I 7.84 J=9.05 Hz, I 8.18 1=5.87 Hz, I MS: 222.

Step 3: Modifications: 88 mg 8-Chloro- 2 3 -dihydro-1,4-dioxa-7-aza-phenanthrene and 223 mg i -Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-[2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4- 400 hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester O used, 140 mg product obtained (47% yield).

O Product: (Ni0 ro 00 0 caKI

N

000 BocHN O H

N

Compound 286 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.06 12 1.24 10 1.43 (dd, J=9.05, 5.14 Hz, 1 1.87 1 2.22 J=9.29 Hz, 2 2.60 (dd, J=13.45, 7.09 Hz, 1 2.94 1 4.05 (dd, J=11.62, 2.81 Hz, 1 4.24 1 4.44 (m, 6 5.13 J=17.36 Hz, 1 5.29 J=17.36 Hz, 1 5.75 2 7.04 (d, n T-0 0 1F- 11-M 74 (,t1 R-7 1? i-IM 7 60 (ri 1=0 1) T47 I T. 7 R (dC 1=1 Hz, 1 MS: 742.

Example 287: Preparation of Compound 287

F

o, N Nw H 0~ BocHN H NH 0 ±0 Compound 287 401 Compound 287 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3- O (2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3dioxol-4-yi)-acrylic acid was used in place of 2- NOtrifluorrnethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

00 5 Step 1: ricModifications: 4.56 g 3 2 2 -difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol4-yJ)-acrylic acid used, 2.2 g product obtained (55% yield).

INO Product:

FF

0

NH

0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 DOD) S ppm 6.63 J=7.09 Hz, 1 7.29 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I 7.40 J=8.80 Hz, I 8.19 J=8.80 Hz, I MS: (M+H) 226.

Step 2: Modifications: 2.2 g 2,2-difluoro-7H-1, 3 -dioxa-7-aza-cyclopenta[ajnaphthalen-6-one used, 2.1 g product obtained (87% yield).

Product:

SF

0 N N

CI

Data: 'H NMR (500 Hz, CDCI 3 ppm 7.51 J=9.29 Hz, I 7.65 1=5.87 Hz, 1 8.22 1=9.05 Hz, 1 8.32 J=5.87 Hz, 1 MS: 244.

Step 3: Modifications: 48 mg 6-chloro-2,2-difluoro- I,3-dioxa-7-azacyclopenta[ajnaphthalene and 113 mg f l-[ 2 -(l-cylopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl 402 2-vinyl -cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl- O propyl I -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 40 mg product obtained (27% yield).

O Product:

FN

F O 0'

\NO

SBocHN4

H

00/N Compound 287 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.02 12 1.24 10 1.43 1 1.88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 2.32 J=3.67 Hz, 2 2.64 J=13.45 Hz, 1 2.95 1 4.05 J=11.49 Hz, 1 4.19 J=9.29 Hz, I 4.53 2 H), 5.12 J=9.78 Hz, 1 5.32 1 5.77 2 7.34 J=5.87 Hz, 1 7.46 J=9.05 Hz, 1 8.11 2 MS: (M+HY 764.

Example 288: Preparation of Compound 288 F0~ F 0- N N N 0 BocHN O O Ni Compound 288 Compound 288 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3- (2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-acrylic acid was used in place of 2trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

Step 1: INO Modifications: I g 3-(2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yi)-acrylic acid used, 0.55 g product obtained.

00 5 Product:

\ONH

Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 DQD) 8 ppm 6.69 J=7.09 Hz, 1 7.19 (d, J=7.09 Hz, 1 7.47 I H) 7.98 1 MS: 226.

Step 2: Modifications: 0.5 g 2 2 -difluoro- 6 H-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]isoquinolin-5-one used, 0.4 g product obtained.

Product:

CI

Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDCI 3 8 7.41 1 7.57 J=5.49 Hz, I 7.94 1 8.27 J=5.80 Hz, 1 MS 244.

Step 3: Modifications: 48 mg 5-chloro- 2 2 -difluoro-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-glisoquinoline and 112 mg (1 1 -Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vi nyl-cyc Iopropylcarbamoyl)-4hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1 -carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl }-carbamic acid terl-butyl ester used, 30 mg product obtained.

Product: 404 00 O~CMN-.kO H 7119 c) 0 CI Compound 288 Data: 'H NlvlR (400 Hz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.06 (in, 12 1.25 (in, 10 1.42 (in, 1 1. 87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I 2.26 (in, 2 2.61 (dd, J= 13.57, 6.97 Hz, I H), 2.93 (in, 1 4.07 (dd, J1=11. 86, 2.81 Hz, 1 4.22 (in, I 4.40 1= 11.98 Hz, 1 4.52 (in, I 5.11 J=10.52 Hz, I 5.29 J=17.12 Hz, I 5.37 I 5.74 (in, I 7.39 I 7.56 I 7.63 1=5.62 Hz, 1 7.99 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H).

Example 289: Preparation of Compound 289 Compound 289 405 Scheme 3 Pt(S)/C, H 2 Compound 287 Compound 289 A suspension of compound 287 (15 mg) and Pt(S)/C 5 mg) in ethyl acetate mL) was hydrogenated at 10 psi for 30 min. After filtration, concentration quantitatively gave 15 mg of compound 289 as a solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, 8 ppm 1.09 26 1.57 4 2.30 1 2.61 J=13.82, 7.21 Hz, 1 2.96 1 4.05 J=13.94 Hz, 1 4.19 J=9.54 Hz, 1 4.53 2 5.89 1 7.34 J=5.87 Hz, 1 7.46 J=9.05 Hz, 1 8.09 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 8.12 J=8.80 Hz, 1 MS: 766.

Example 290: Preparation of Compound 290 r° Ot;DN 0, B" O H Nd 7 tT" Compound 290 Compound 290 (15mg, 100%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 15 mg of compound 286. Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD30D) 8 ppm 406 1.02 (in, 14 1.23 (in, 12 1.58 (in, 4 H1), 2.2:5 (mn, I 2.58 (dcl, J=13.82, 7.21 o Hz, I 2.96 (in, I 4.05 (in, J=I1.25, 2.93 Hz, 1 4.25 J=9.54 Hz, I H), INO4.39 (in, 5 4.52 (mn, J=I10.03, 7.34 Hz, I 5 31 I 7.03 J=9.05 Hz, 1

(N

7.43 J=6. 11 Hz, 1 7.69 J=9.05 Hz, I 7.88 J--6-1 I Hz, 1 MS: 00 5 744.

Example 291: Preparation of Compound 291 INO '-0 0, 41

H

BocHN N, 0 Compound 291 0 Comoound 291 (28mr2- 100%) was Preoared by foIlowina Schemne 3 of Fxamnle 289 by using 28 mg of compound 251. Data: 'H NM.R (400 MIHz, CD 3 OD) 6 ppm 1.01 (in, 15 1.26 (mn, I11 1.37 (mn, 1 HM, 1.5:3 3 2.25 (mn, I 2.58 (dd, J1=13.6, 7.0 Hz, I 2.96 (in, I 3.99 3 4.06 I 4.25 (in, 1 4.44 (mn, I 4.53 (dci, J=10.3 ,7.6 Hz, I 5.78 1 6.64 (di, J=9.8 Hz, 1 7.55 (in, 2 7.71 J=7.3 Hz, 1 8.09 J=8.6 Hz, I 8.14 (ci, J=8.1 Hz, I H); MS: 738.

Example 292: Preparation of Compound 292 00 Compound 292 Compound 292 (16 mg, 84%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 19 mg, of compound 253. 1H NMR (400 NIHz, CD 3 0D) 5 ppmn 0.90 (in, 1.15 (in, 12 1.48 (in, 3 2.18 (in, 1 H),2.51 (dd, J=13.7, 6.9 Hz, I 2.88 (in, I 3.90 3 3.98 (dd, J= 11.6, 3.1 Hz, 1. 4.18 J=9.5 Hz, I 4.36 1=1 1.0 lHz, I 4.45 (dd, 1=10.2, 7.2 Liz, 1 5.76 1 6.56 J=9.3 Hz, 1 7.05 J=7.6 Hz, I 7.34 1=8.1 Hz, 1 7.51 1=5.9 Hz, I 7.65 J=8.3 Hz, 1 7.86 J=6.1 Hz, 1 MS: 738.

Example 293: Preparation of Compound 293 BocHN.

H

N

0 Compound 293 Compound 293 (7 mg, 35%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 20 mng of compound 252. 'H NMIR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.04 (in, 1.27 (mn, 12 1.58 (mn, 3 2.27 (mn, 1 2.150 (in, 4 2.96 (in, 1 4.07 (dd, J= 11.7, 2.9 Hz, I 4.25 I 4.46 J= 1.2.0 Hz, I 4.54 (dd, J= 10.0, 408 7.6 Hz, 1 5.85 1 7.39 J=7.7 Hz, 1 7.44 J=5.9 Hz, 1 7.53 (d, 0 J=6.9 Hz, 1 8.00 J=6.1 Hz, 1 8.06 J:=8.6 Hz, 1 MS: 700.

ID

(N

Example 294: Preparation of Compound 294 00 CI

N

C

r 1 0 0 BoHN,4 H

-NP

Compound 294 Compound 294 (14 mg, 78 was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 18 mg of compound 254. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 0.94 15 1.13 10 1.20 2 1.50 3 2.21 I 2.53 (dd, J=13.8, 7.0 Hz, 1 2.88 I 3.99 (dd, J=11.4,2.6 Hz, 1 4.14 J=9.3 Hz. 1 4.45 2 5.79 I 6.53 J=9.1 Hz. I 7.40 J=8.0 Hz. 1 7.54 7=5.9 Hz, 1 7.73 J=7.3 Hz, i 8.02 7=6.1 Hz, I 8.10 (d, 7=8.6 Hz, I MS: 742.

Example 295: Preparation of Compound 295

CF

3 e1N 0-° N" H H BocHN -N 0 N0 Compound 295 Compound 295 (30 mg, 100%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example m 289 by using 30 mg of compound 270. MS: 776.

409 Example 296: Preparation of Compound 296 Compound 296 Compound 296 (6.3 mg, 33%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 20 mg of compound 259. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 5 ppm 1.04 15 1.24 12 1.59 3 2.29 1 2.50 3 2.60 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, 1 2.97 1 4.09 (dd, J=11.74, 2.93 Hz, 1 H) 4.22 1 H) 4.43 J=11.74 Hz, 1 4.59 (dd, J=10.27, 6.85 Hz, 1 5.87 I 7.30 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 7.57 (dd, J=8.31, 1.47 Hz, 1 7.72 J=8.31 Hz, I H),7.89 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I 7.94 1 MS: (M+H) 700.

Example 297: Preparation of Compound 297

N

B N H BocHN.. H Compound 297 Compound 297 (40 mg, 100%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 40 mg of compound 263. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.98 13 H) 1.07 2 H) 1.27 12 H) 1.57 3 H) 2.27 1 H) 2.58 (dd, J=14.7, 7.1 Hz, 1 H) 2.77 3 H) 2.96 1 H) 4.04 1 H) 4.27 1 H) 4.42 J=1 410 Hz, 1 H) 4.55 (dd, J=10.6, 7.0 Hz, 1 H) 5.94 1 H) 6.65 J=9.5 Hz, 1 H) 7.28 (mn, 2 H) 7.50 J=7.6 Hz, 1 H) 7.60 J=7.6 Hz, 1 H) 7.89 J=5.6 Hz, 1 MS: (M+Na) 722.

Example 298: Preparation of Compound 298

N.

Q 0 N Nja. H 0 BocHN,4 H 06 Compound 298 Compound 298 (29 mg, 100%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 29 mg of compound 261. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 0.99 15 1.25 12 1.60 3 2.28 1 2.58 1 2.96 1 H), I Y 1. t, 7 4Yt I>f £T 1 Y T 47 fl' I> T 2 T.<tt. .111, x tJ, I x AX ,I A* 4 S J=5.6 Hz, 1 7.36 J=8.8 Hz, 1 7.75 J=1 1.3 Hz, 1 7.90 J=5.9 Hz, 1 MS: (M+Na) 756.

Example 299: Preparation of Compound 299 Compound 299 Compound 299 (34 mg, 97%) was prepared by -following Scheme 3 of Example 289 0 by using 35 mg of compound 274. 'H NMR (400 MlHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.01 (in, 16 IND 1.28 (in, 12 1.58 (in, 2 2.27 1 2.59 (dd, J=1 3.82, 6.97 liz, I H),

(N

2.96 (in, 1 4.02 3 4.07 (in, 1 4.21 (mn, I 4.44 (in, J= 11.98 Hz, I H), 00 5 4.55 1=10.27 Hz, 1 5.85 I 7.39 (in, 2 7.95 1±6.11 Hz, I 8.00 N J=9.29 Hz, 1 MS: 756.

IND Example 300: Preparation of Compound 300

-~N

CI

0~ BocHN~ RrNI Compound 300 Compound 300 (30 ing, 100%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 30 mg of compound 262. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.27 (in, 30 2.25 1 2.54 1 2.96 (mn, .1 3.97 3 4.20 (in, 3 H), 4.51 (in, J=10.52, 6.85 Hz, I 5.37 I 7.38 I 7.62 I 7.65 (d, J=5.38 Hz, I H) 8.06 J=5.62 Hz, 1 MS: IM+Na)+ 773.

Section G: The LC/MS method used in section G is the following: 4.6X5Oinm Xterra @3min gradient and 4 mmiinn flow Scheme 1: (General Scheme) 412 1-1 1) t-BuLi, THF, -78 0

C

0,C) NEt 2 b 0 2) ArCN NAr 0 Scheme 2: (General Scheme) 1) t-BuLi, THF, -780C NEt 2 No 2) ArCO 2

R

Step 1 Ar 0 NEt 2 0

NH

4 OAc Heat Step 2 I I NH Ar 0 Scheme 3: (General Scheme) .Ar slow

N-

0 Step 1 Cl K<Ot Bu, DMSO, LaCI 3 H9q.

Step 2 0 0

INN

BocHN~A H oH

H

For prep. see section D, Example 184 413 Scheme 4: (General Scheme) 0111 Ar 0 N 0

POCI

3 0 Ar slow N Cl Step 1

BU

4

PHF

2 microwave 140 °C Step 2 ON Ar

F

KO'-Bu, DMSO, LaCI 3

HO

BocHN H 0 0

H'

Step 3 For prep. see section D, Example 184 BocHN I NH 0

^H

Example 320: Preparation of Compound 320 MeO

SN_

O-S O g 4!' BocHN O O H =0 H Compound 320 Compound 320 was prepared by following Scheme 1 and Scheme 3 of above.

Step 1 (Scheme 1): 414 00 To a solution of N,N-Diethyl-4-methoxy-2-methyl-benzamide (332 mg, 1.5 mmol) in N THF (15 mL) at -78 0 C, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 1.3 mL, 2.25 mmol) was Sadded. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78 0 C for 10 min, then 2- I 5 cyanopyridine (156 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was then 0 warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated

NH

4 CI solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by Prep.

HPLC to give yellowish solid as TFA salt. (85 mg, 15% yield) iH NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 3.91 3 7.09 (dd, J=9.05, 2.45 Hz, 1 7.17 J=2.45 Hz, 1 7.37 1 7.42 1 7.92 1 8.08 J=8.07 Hz, 1 8.18 J=9.05 Hz, I 8.65 J=4.89 Hz, 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.14 min.), MS m/z 253 (MIH).

Step 2 (Scheme 3, Step 1):

N

S 15 Cl 6 -Methoxy-3-pyridin-2-yl-2H-isoquinolin-l-one TFA salt (85 mg, 0.232 mmol) was heated under reflux with POCI 3 (3.0 mL) for 2 days. Then POCI 3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with 10 N NaOH solution and the brown solid was collected as pure product. (62 mg, 99% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.063 min.), MS m/z 271 (MHI').

Step 3 (Scheme 3, Step 2): 415 000 0 c-I N M- BocHN H K Compound 320 To a solution of J1-[2-(1 -Cyclopropanesulfonylaiinocarbonyl2-vinyl.cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-h ycrox ypynroli i ne- 1 -carbon yl]-2?,2-di meth yI-propyl -carbamnic: acid tert-butyl ester (82 mg, 0. 148 mmol) and LaCI 3 (36 mg, 0. 148 mmol) in DMF rnL), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M solution in THIF, 0.74 mL, 0.74 mnmol) was added at -78'C. The reaction mixture was stirred for I hr, then 1-chloro-6-methoxy-3pyridin-2-yl-isoquinoline (40 mg, 0.148 mnmol) was added. It was warmned to rt and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered. The filtrated was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give an off-white solid as product (Compound 320). (23 mg, 20 yield) 'H NMR (400 M&z,CD 3 OD) 8 0.87-1.08 (in, 11I 1.20-1.30 (in, I1I 1.43 (in, 1 p 1.87 (in, I 2.22 (in, I 2.35 (mn, 1 2.69 (in, I 2.93 (in, I 3.94 (s, 3 4.16 (in, 1 4.27 (in, I 4.45 (in, 1 4.56 (in, I 5. 10 J=11.3 Hz, 1 5.27 J=15.9 Hz, I 5.74 (mn, I 6.07 I 7.12 (di, J=7.33 Hz, I Hi), 7.31 (di, J=1.96 Hz, I 7.40 (in, 11H), 7.94 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1.5 Hz, I 8.11 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I 8.22 I 8.45 (di, J=8.07 Hz, I 8.62 (in, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.393mmn.), MS m/z 791 (Iv1HW).

Example 321: Preparation of Compound 321 Scheme 416 0 EtO 11 Br 0

A.

H

2 N IkNHEt dioxane I >-NHEt D EO N ref lux 0 KOt-Bu, Eti

DMF

I >-NEt 2 EtO rN 0 Condensation of ethyl bromopyruvate with ethyl thiourea in refluxing, dioxane afforded the monoalkylamino thiazole as H~r salt in quantitative yield. Alkylation of 2-ethylami no-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester with Ed in DMF provided 2diethylamrino-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester.

LC/MS m/z 229 (MRll)'

S

R'A j3>-NEt 2 Scheme 2 and 3 6 BocHN0 \o H 2 Compound 321 Compound 321 was prepared by following Scheme 2 and Scheme 3 above with that 2-diethylamino-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl es;ter was used in the step I of Scheme 2.

LCJMS (Retention time 2.76 min): m/z 868 (IvIH 4 Example 322: Preparation of Compound 322 MeO

C.)

c-,

NN

S_-S

00

H

IN' N N BocHN

HO

L

0 0 H Compound 322 Compound 322 was prepared by following Example 321, except that 2dimethylamino-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (Prepared according to Scheme 5, except that methyl thiourea and methyl iodide were used in the place of ethyl thiourea and ethyl iodide) was used in the place of 2-dimethylamino-thiazole-4carboxylic acid ethyl ester in step 1 of Scheme 2.

LC/MS (Retention time 2.56 min): m/z 840 (MH') Example 323: Preparation of Compound 323 OMe

/N

0 N NH N I' CHN N" \o 0

H

BocHN O

O

Compound 323 Compound 323 was prepared by following Step 3 of Example 324, except that 3chloro-6-methoxy-benzo[d]isoxazole was used in the place of l-chloro-6-methoxy-3pyridin-2-yl-isoquinoline.

418 MS m/z 702 Example 324: Preparation of Compound 324 00

S

N

N

BocHN 0H SCompound 324 Compound 324 was prepared by following Step 3 of Example 324, except that 3chloro-benzo[d]isothiazole was used in the place of I -chloro-6-methoxy-3-pyridin-2yl-isoquinoline.

LCIMS (Retention time 1.83 min): m/z 688 Example 325: Preparation of Compound 325 Meo 0 BocHN Compound 325 Compound 325 was prepared by following Scheme I and Scheme 3 of above.

Step 1 (Scheme 1): i 419

N

IND. 0( NH 0 00 To a solution of N,N-Diethyl-4-methoxy.2-.meth yl-benzamide (332 mg, 1.5 mmol) in TI-F (15 mL) at -78 0 C, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 1.3 mL, 2.25 mmol) was added. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78*C for 10 min, then 4cyanopyridine (164 mg, 1.575 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was then warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated

NI-I

4 C1 solution and the yellow precipitate was collected as pure product. (145 mg, 38% yield) 'HNMR(CDOD, 400 M]Hz) 3.91 3 7.]8 (dd, J=8.8 H~z, 2.8 Hz, 1 7.26 (in, 2 8.06 J=6.0 Hz, 2ff), 8.16 1=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.84 J=6.0 Hz, 2Ji).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.300 min.), MS mr/z 253 (MH).

Step 2 (Scheme 3, step 1):

N

C1 6 -Methoxy-3-pyridin-4yl..2Hisoquinolin- one (134 mg, 0.53 1 mrnol) was heated under reflux. with POC1 3 (6.0 m.L) for 5 days. Then POCI 3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with saturated NaHCO 3 solution and the brown solid was collected as pure: product. (125 mg, 87% yield) 'H NMR(DMSO-d', 400 MiHz) 6 3.99 3 7.53 (dd, J=9.04 Hz, 2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.59 J=2.69 Hz, 1 8.26 J=9.05 Hz, I 8.30 J=5.3 8 Hz, 2 8.73 (s, I 8.85 J=6.36 Hz, 2 LC-MS (retention time: 2.027 min.), MS m/z 271 (MH 4 Step 3 (Scheme 3, Step 2): 420 00 G 0

H

1 g,4C NK N- BocHN 0 Compound 325 4 To a solution of I-Cyclopropanesulfonylarninocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl carbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidi ne-I -carbonyl]-2,2Z-dimethyl-propyl)}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (83.5 mg, 0. 15 mmol) and LaCI 3 (36.8 mg, 0. 15 mmol) in mL), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M solution in TfF, 0.75 mL, 0.75 mmol) was added at -78 The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr then I-chloro-6-methoxy-3pyridin-4-yl-isoquinoline (40.6 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added.. It was warmed tort and stiffed for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered. The filtrated was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give an off-white iu soiia as procauct kt-ompouna 3z3). ki.o mg, 1-3 -io yiezcJ) 'H NMR (400 M41z, CD 3 OD) 8 0.90(m, 2 1.02 9 1. 17-1.3 1 (in, I11 H), 1.42 (in, I 1.87 (mn, 1 2.23 (in, 1 2.35 (in, 1 2.68 (in, I 2.93 (in, 1 3.95 3 4.15 (in, I 4.25 (mi, 1 4.4-5 (in, 1 4.56 (in, I 5. 10 (d, 1= 10.76 Hz, I 5.27 J=17.61 Hz, 1 5.74 (in, 1 6.06 1 7.14 (d, J=8.07 Hz, .1 7.34 I 8.01 I 8.12 J=8.81 Hz, I 8.19(d, J=6. 12 Hz, 2 8.61 J=5.63 Hz, 2 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.523min.), MIS m/z 791 (1vllT).

421.

Example 326: Preparation of Compound 326 0 MeO

INN

00 N 3 N M e 0 0'

NH

H

added.n Th3eslig2e6lto was prtirred atby 0 forlwn 10em Im th cee faoen4 dioutom ,NDethylamino y--mtfylbenzonitrie (219 mg, 1.5 mmol) wa de.Terato ixtr was then warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated NH 4 C] solution and the yellow precipitate was collected and triturated with ether to give an off-white solid as pure product. (247 mng, 56% yield) 'H NMR(DMSO-d', 400 M&z) 2.97 6 3.87 3 6.72 I 6.78 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 2 6.97 (dd, J=8.80, 2.45 Hz, 1 H1), 7. 10 J=2.45 Hz, I 7.65 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 2 8.05 J=8.80 Hz, I 11. 1] I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.023 min.), MIS m/z 295 (MHff).

O 422

(N

c^ Step 2 (Scheme 4, Step I):

I

3 -(4-Dimethylamino-phenyl)-6-methoxy-2H-isoqui nolin- 1-one (245 mg, 0.83 mmol) was heated under reflux with POCI 3 (10.0 mL) for 2 days. Then POC1 3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with 10 N NaOH and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation of solvent gave an orange solid as product (215 mg, 83% yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 3.01 6 3.96 3 6.88 J=9.05 Hz, 2 H), 7.20 (dd, J=9.17, 2.57 Hz, 1 7.28 J=2.45 Hz, I 7.94 1 7.96 (d, J=9.05 Hz, 2 8.13 J=9.29 Hz, 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.543 min.), MS m/z 313 (MH).

Step 3 (Scheme 4, Step 2):

N

0

F

A mixture of [4-(l-Chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-3-yl)-phenyl]-dimethyl-amine (110 mg, 0.35 mmol) and tetrabutyl phosphonium hydrogen difluoride (0.5 g) was 2 0 heated at 140 0 C in Smith microwave reactor for 20 min. Then it was added water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, washed with water and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave a brownish solid as product. (85 mg, 82% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.320 min.), MS m/z 297 (MIHf).

423 Step 4 (Scheme 4, Step 3): 0 00 N NMe 2 0 0

H

INN' N4< N I H 0 BocHN~ aA Compound 326 To a solution of (1 -Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl -2-yin yl-cyclopropyl carbamoyl)..4-h ydrox y-pyrroji dine- I -carbon yll]-2,2-di meth yl-propyl -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (I111 mg, 0.2 mmol) and LaCI 3 (49 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (2.0 mL), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M s olution in THE, 1.0 m.L, 1.0 mmol) was added at -78 0 C. The reaction mnixture was stirred for I hr,then [4-(1-fluoro-6-methoxyisoquinolin-3-yl)-phenyl)-dimethylamine (59 in-, 0.2 mnmol) was added. It was warmed to xl and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered.

The filtrated was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give yellowish solid as product (Compound 326). (17.5 mg, 11I yield) 'H NMvR (400 MiRz, CD 3 OD) 8 0.97-1.08 (in, I1I 1.23 (in, 2 H,1.31 9 H), 1.44 (in, I 1.87 (in, I 2.22 (in, 1 2.34 Jin, I 2.68 (in MH, 2.93 (mn, I 2.99 (in, 6 3.91 3 4.17 (in, I 4.,29 (mn, I 4.3 9 (in, I 4.5 2 (mn, I 5.10 J=10.76 Hz, 1 5.27 J=17.1 I.Hz, 11-1), 5.74 (in, I 6.03 I 6.83 (in, 2 6.95 (mn, 1 7.16 I 7.59 1HI), 8.01 (in, 3 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.850 min.), MS in/z 834 (MWli).

Example 327: Preparation of Compound 327 IND 424 MeO N NEt 2 00 0 0 c N N BocHN 0 j -0 H Compound 327 Compound 327 was prepared by following Scheme I and Scheme 4 of above.

Step 1 (Scheme 1): 0

NH

0 To a solution of N,N-Diethyl-4-methoxy-2-methyl-benzamide (332 mg, 1.5 mmol) in THF (15 mnL) at -78 0 C, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 1.3 mL, 2.25 mmol) was added. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78"C for 10 min, then 4diethylamino benzonitrile (261 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was then warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated NIHLC solution and the yellow precipitate was collected as pure product. (215 mg, 44% yield) 'H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 8 1.12 6 3.39 4H), 3.87 3 6.69 (s, 1 6.72 J=9.05 Hz, 2 6.96 (dd, J=8.80, 2.45 Hz, 1 7.09 J=2.45 Hz, 1 7.61 J=9.05 Hz, 2 8.04 J=8.80 Hz, 1 11.06 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.883 min.), MS m/z 323 N 425

O

Step 2 (Scheme 4, Step 1):

O

L/

00 00

N

CI

CI

CNc

S

3 4 -Diethylamino-phenyl)-6-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-l-one (207 mg, 0.642 mmol) was heated under reflux with POC3I (8.0 mL) for one day. Then POCI3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with saturated NaHCO 3 solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave a brownish solid as product. (180 mg, 82% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.397 min.), MS m/z 341 (MH).

Step 3 (Scheme 4, Step 2):

N

F

A mixture of [4-(l-Chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-3-yl)-phenyl]-diethylamine mg, 0.264 mmol) and tetrabutyl phosphonium hydrogen difluoride (0.5 g) was heated at 140 OC in Smith microwave reactor for 20 min. Then it was added water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, washed with water and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave a yellowish oil as product. (70 mg, 82% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.253 min.), MS m/z 325 (MH).

Step 4 (Scheme 4, Step 3): 426 00 .0 0

N

BocHN4

H->

Compound 327 To a solution of 1 1-(-Cyclopropanesulfon ylarrninocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl carbamnoyl)-4-h ydrox y-pyrrolidine- 1 -carbon yl] -2,2-dimethyl-propyl -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (100 mg, 0. 18 mmol) and LaCI 3 (66 mg, 0.27 mmol) in DMF mil), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M solution in THF, 0.9 mL, 0.9 mmol) was added at 78TC. The reaction mixture was stirred for I hr, then [4-(1-Fluoro-6-methoxyisoquinolin-3-y)-phenyl]-diethylamine (70 mg, 0.216 mmol) was added. It was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered.

lU i e iirrateci was concentratea ana tne resiaue was punriea Dy k'rep. triLL to give white solid as product (Compound 327). (18 mg, 12 yield) 'HNMR (400M4Hz, CD 3 OD) 8 0.95-1.07 (in, 1111), 1.18 (m6 1.25-1.38 (in, I11 p 1.58 (in, I 1.85 (in, I 2.19 (in, 1 2.34 (mn, I 2.68 (in, I 2.92 (in, 1 3.42 (in, 4 3.90 3 4.16 (mn, I 4.28 (in, I 4.37 (in, 1 H), 4.53 (in, 1 5.07 J= 11.0 Hz, I 5.25 17.36 H~z, 1 5.74 (in, I H), 5.99 I 6.77 J=8.8 Hz, 2 6.94 J=9.05 Hz, I 7.14 I 7.56 (s, 111), 7.95-8.02 (in, 3 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.690 min.), MS mn/z 862(M.Ifl).

Example 328: Preparation of Compound 328 427 MeO

C.)

0 N 00 0 0 N N SBocHN 0 H H 0 0 H Compound 328 Compound 328 was prepared by following Scheme 2 and Scheme 3 of above.

Step 1 (Scheme 2, Step I):

N

OO

NEt 2 0 O To a solution of N,N-Diethyl-4-methoxy-2-methyl-benzamide (332 mg, 1.5 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at -78 0 C, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 2.12 mL, 3.6 mmol) was added. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78 0 C for 10 min, then methyl nicotinate (206 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 0

C

for 2h. Then the reaction was quenched with saturated NH4CI solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by Prep. HPLC to give yellowish thick oil as TFA salt. (124 mg, 19% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 1.740 min.), MS m/z 349 (M+Na Step 2 (Scheme 2, Step 2): 428

O

O NH O0 00 SN,N-Diethyl-4-methoxy-2-(2-oxo-2-pyridin-3-yl-ethyl)-benzamide (120 mg, 0.272 Smmol) was heated with ammonium acetate (1 g) for 3 hr. Then it was cooled down O 5 and added water. Extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer was separated. It was then dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated to give a brownish solid as product. mg, 95% yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 8 3.89 3 6.93 I 7.10 (dd, J=8.80, 2.45 Hz, 1 7.19 J=2.45 Hz, 1 7.52 (dd, J=7.46, 4.77 Hz, 1 8.15 2 H), 8.64 (dd, J=4.89, 1.47 Hz, 1 8.96 J=1.71 Hz, 1 11.51 I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.377 min.), MS m/z 253 (MH).

Step 3 (Scheme 3, Step 1): /o N

CI

6-Methoxy-3-pyridin-3-yl-2H-isoquinolin- -one (65 mg, 0.258 mmol) was heated under reflux with POCI 3 (2.5 mL) for 7 days. Then POCI 3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with 10 N NaOH solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellow solid as product. (27 mg, 39% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.090 min.), MS m/z 271 (MH).

Step 4 (Scheme 3, Step 2): 429 MeO

C.)

00 0 0 C1N NA N \\O BocHN.A

H

Compound 328 To a solution of 1-Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vi nylcyc lopropylcarbamoyl).4-hydrox y-pyrrol idine- -carbon yll-2,2-dimeth yl-propyl carbarmc acid tert-butyl ester (56 mg, 0.10 mmcd) and LaCl 3 (25 mg, 0.10 mrnol) in DMF (1.5 mL), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M solution in THIF, 0.5 mL, 0.5 mmol) was added at -78 0 C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr then 1-chloro-6methoxy-3-pyridin-3-yl-isoquinoline (27 mg, 0. 10 mmol) was added. It was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered. The filtrated was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give white solid as product (Compound 328). (17 mg, 21 yield) 'H NMR (400 Mliz, CDOD) 5 0.95 (in, 2 1.02 9 1.20-1.30 (in, I1I H), 1.41 (in, 1 1.86 (mn, I 2.21 (in, 1 2.35 (mn, I 2.67 (in, 1 2.93 (mn, 1 3.93 3 4.14 (in, 1 4.26 (mn, 1 4.47 1=1 1.99 Hz, I 4.55 (mn, 1 5.09 J=10.02 Hz, I 5.26 J=17.85 Hz, I 5.74 (in, 1 6.07 I HT), 7.09 (in, 1 7.29 J=1.96 Hz, 1 7.53 (in, I 7.86 I 8.09 J=9.05 Hz, I 8.50-8.58 (mn, 2 9.28 I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.453 min.), MS in/z 791(MH) Example 329: Preparation of Compound 329 430 MeO Me 2N_

N

00 0C CI~ NAN'\ BocHN 0 Compound 329 Compound 329 was prepared by following Scheme 2 and Scheme 4 of above.

Step 1 (Scheme 2, Step 1): 0 N- 0 I o a Solution OT 1-,I-1)ety--menoxy-L.-meLnyi-oenzamiue mg, i.D mmoi) in T.HF (15 rnL) at -78TC, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 2.2 mL, 3.75 mmoi) was added. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78 0 C for 10 min, then N,Ndimethylanthranilic acid methyl ester (269 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 0 C for 2h. Then the reaction was quenched with saturated NILCI solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSQ 4 and concentrated. The crude: product was purified by Prep.

HPLC to give yellowish thick oil as product. (256 mg, 46% yield) 'H NMR (400 MIHz, CD 3 OD) 8 0.99-1.13 (in, 6 3.23-3.31 (in, 8 3.39 (mn, 2 3.82 3 4.35 2 6.91 (dd, J=8.44, 2.57 Hz, 1 6.99 J=2.45 Hz, I 7.22 1=8.56 Hz, I 7.69 J=7.70 Hz, .1 7.84 (i,1 7.96 J=8-31 Hz, I 8.18 J=7.83 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.557mmn.), MS m/z 369(MI{').

Step 2 (Scheme 2, Step 2): 431 00 0 2 2 2 -Dimethylamino-pheny)-2-oxo-ethyl-N,Ndiethy4methoxy-benzamide (250 mg, 0.678 mimol) was heated with ammonium acetate (1.5 g) for 2 hr. Then it was cooled down and added water. Extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer was separated. It was then dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated to give a yellowish solid as product. (125 mg, 63% yield) 'HNMR (400 MUz, CDOD) 6 2.95 6 3.92 3 6.92 1 7.12 (dd, 1=8.80, 2.45 Hz, 1 7.16 J=2.45 Hz, I 7.35 (in, I 7.55 (in, 211), 7.63 1=7.83 Hz, 1 8.20 1=9.05 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.097 min.), MS m/z 295 (MI-f).

Step 3 (Scheme 4, StepD N -N C1 3 2 -Dimethylaffno-phenyl)-6-methoxy-2H-isoqiinolin- I1-one (125 mg, 0.425 inmol) was heated under reflux with P0C13 (4.0 imL for one day. Then POCI 3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with icc.. It was then neutralized with 10 N NaOH solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave a brownish solid as product (82 mng, 62% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.040 min.), MS rn/z 313 (MW).

Step 4 (Scheme 4. SteD 2): 00 A mixture of [2(-hoo6mtoyiounli.3y)pey)dmty-mn (82 N mg, 0.262 mmol) and tetrabutyl phosphonium hydrogen difluoride (1.0 g) was heated at 140 0 C in Smith microwave reactor for 20 miii. Then it was added water and ID 5 extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, washed with water and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave the cnude product which was purified by 4 Prep. HPLC to afford a yellowish oil as product. (8.5 mg) 'H NMR (400 M&z, CD 3 OD) 8 3.41 6 4.00 3 7.42 (dd, J=9.05, 2.45 Hz, 1 7.53 I 7.71 (in, 2 7.99 (mn, 1 8.16 (in, 2 8.31 I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.873 min.), MS in/z 297 (Iqll).

Step 5 (Scheme 4, Step 3): MeO H 0 N N BocHN 0 SCompound 329 To a solution of 11 1-Cyclopropanesul fonylami nocarbonyl-2-vinyl -cyclopropyl carbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidi ne- I -carbon ylJ-2,2..di methyl-propyl I -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (56 mg, 0. 1 inmol) and LaG! 3 (25 rnig, 0. 1 inmol) in DMF (1.0 m.L), potassium t-butoxide (1 .0 M solution in TI-IF, 0.5 mL, 0.5 minol) was added at 78*C. The reaction mixture was stirred for I hr, then 2 -(l-Fluoro-6-methoxyisoquinolin-3-y)-phenyI-dimethyI-amine (30 mg, 0. 1 inmol) was added. it was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered.

433 The filtrated was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPFLC to give o) white solid as product (Compound 329). (4.0 mg, 5 yield) IND NMR (400MIUz, CD 3 OD) 8O.98-1.08 (in, I11 1. 16-1.32 (in, I IH), 1.40 (mn, I H,1.85 (in, I 2.16- 2.32 (in, 2 2.60-2.71 (in, 7 2.92 (in, I 3.91 3 00 5 4.08 (mn, I 4.26 (in, 1 4.45 (in, I 4.55 (in, I 5. 10 J=10.27 Hz, I ri 5.28 J= 18.09 Hz, I 5.74 (in, 1 5.89) 1 7.05 J=6.85 Hz, 1 H), 7. 10-7.20 (in, 2 7.29 (in, I 7.63 J=7.5:3 Hz, I 7.78 I1H), 8.07 (d, IND J=8.56 Hz, IH).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.550 min.), MS mn/z 834. (1MvlT).

Example 330: Preparation of Compound 330 MeD H 0 N- O~J~.~N0 H 0 p Compound 330 Compound 330 was prepared by following Scheme 2 and Scheme 4 of above.

Step 1 (Scheme 2, Step 1):

N

0 0 NEt 2 0 To a solution of N,N-Diethyl-4-inethoxy-2-methyl-benzammde (332 mng, 1.5 mmiol) in TIHF (15 m.L) at -78'C, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 2.2 miL, 3.75 mmol) was added. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78 0 C for 10 min, then (3- 0 dimethylamino)benzoic acid methyl ester (269 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added. The IND reaction mixture was stirred at -78*C for 2h. Then the reaction was quenched with saturated NH4 4 CI solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined 0C) 5 organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by Prep. KPLC to give yellowish thick oil as TFA salt. (245 mg, 33% yield) 1H NTvIR (400 I~z, CD 3 OD) 5 1.01 1=6.85 Hz-, 3 1.09 (in, 3 3.11 6H), IND3.21 (in, 2 3.40 (in, 2 3.79 3 Hf), 4.39 2 6.84-6.9 1 (mn, 2 7.19 (d, 1=8.32 Hz, I 7.35 (in, 1 7.49 1=8.07 Hz., I 7.66-7.7 1 (in, 2 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.930 min.), MS m/z 369(.MIJi).

Step 2 (Scheme 2, Step 2): 0

NN

N NH 0 1 '~2-r2-(3-Di methyl amino-phenvl )-2-oxo-eth yl -N-N-dieth yl- 4 methoxv-benzamide (240 mg, 0.497 inmol) was heated with amnmonium acetate (2.0 g) for 2.5 hr. Then it was cooled down and added water. A brownish solid was collected as pure product.

mg, 65% yield) I1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 2.98 6 3.88 3 6.74-6.87 (in, 2 7.0 1- 7.07 (in, 3 7.18 J=2.44 Hz, I 7.28 1=7.82 Hz, 1 8. 10 1=8.80 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.773 min.), MS m/z 295 (MIV).

Step 3 (Scheme 4. Step U): 0 N 's

N

3 3 -Dimethylamino-phenyl)-6-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-l-one (92 mg, 0.312 mmol) O was heated under reflux with POC 3 (3.0 mL) for 2 days. Then POCI 3 was distilled IN off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with saturated NaHC0 3 solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The organic layers were 00 5 combined and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave a brownish thick oil as

O

CN product. (72 mg, 74% yield) Ccn LC-MS (retention time: 2.297 min.), MS m/z 313 (MH).

O\

SStep 4 (Scheme 4, Step 2):

O

N

N

F

A mixture of 3 -(l-Chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoin-3-yl)-phenyl]-dimethyamine (72 mg, 0.23 mmol) and tetrabutyl phosphonium hydrogen difluoride (0.5 g) was heated at 140 0 C in Smith microwave reactor for 20 min. Then it was added water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, washed with water and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave a brownish oil as product. (58 mg, yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.193 min.), MS m/z 297 (MIEH).

Step 5 (Scheme 4, Step 3): MeO uNMe No Compound 330 436 To a solution of fi 1-Cyclopropanesulfonyl aminocarbonyl-2-vin yI-cyclopropyl o) carbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-I -carbon yi]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl -carbamic acid IND tert-butyl ester (86 mg, 0. 155 mnmol) and LaCJ 3 (57 mg, 0.233 mimol) in DMIF mL), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M solution in THF, 0.5 mL., 0.5 Mmol) was added at 00 5 -78o(C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr then [3-(1-Fluoro-6-methoxyisoquinolin-3-yl)-phenyl]-dimethylan-ine (55 mg, 0.185 mmol) was added. It was warned to rt and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered.

INDThe filtrated was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. I-PLC to give an off-white solid as product (Compound 330). (8.0 mg, 6 %o yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 80.99-1.09 (in, 111H), 1.23 (in, 2 1.29 9 H), 1.42 (in, I 1.86 (mn, I 2.21 (in, 1 2.33 (mr, I 2.70 (in, 1 2.93 (in, 1 M, 3.00 6 M, 3.92 3 4.14 (mn, I 4.29- (in, I 4.44-4.57 (in, 2 5. 1= I11.00 Hz, I 5.27 J= 16.87 Hz, 1 5.74 (in, I 6.01 I 6.63 (d, 1=8.80 Hz, 1 7.03 J=6.85 Hz, I 7.24 I 7.28 J=8.07 Hz, I H), 7.45 J=7.82 Hz, I 7.59 1 7.72 1 8.05 J=8.80 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.707 min.), MS m/z 834 i'IvIIH.

Ryaemple 331: Preparation of Compouind 331 Meo

S

q-N S

N

H 00 BocHN o 0 Compound 331 Compound 331 was prepared by the methods described herein.

437 SExample 334: Preparation of Compound 334

O

0 O o 00

N

H 0 N-

N

SBocHN

H

O H Compound 334 Compound 334 was prepared in the following manner: Step 1: 0

N

H CO 2 Me To a solution of Boc-cis-HYP-OMe (122.6 mg, 0.5 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at 0 0

C,

triphenylphosphine (196.7 mg, 0.75 mmol) and benzo[d]isoxazol-3-ol (81 mg, 0.6 mmol) were added. Then DEAD (0.118 mL, 0.75 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to rt. and stirred for 3 hr. Then solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give a colorless thick oil. (117 mg, 54% yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 1.41 9 2.38 1 2.75 1 3.75 (m, 3 3.81 1 3.90 1 4.47 1 5.44 1 7.31 J=7.46 Hz, 1 7.47 J=8.56 Hz, 1 7.59 J=7.83 Hz, 1 7.66 J=8.07 Hz, 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.65 min.), MS m/z 363(MHI).

Some of the coupling product (85 mg, 0.235 mmol) was then dissolved in 4N HCI in dioxane (1.5mL) and stirred for 3 hr. Evaporation of solvent gave a yellowing oil as S 20 HCI salt. (85 mg, >100% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 1.327 min.), MS m/z 263(NM5.

IN Sep2 0 /0 BocHN CO 6 2 Me To a solution of 4 -(Benzo[d]isoxazol-3-ylox~).pyrrolidine-2.carboxlic acid methyl ester hydrochloride salt (85 mg, 0.285 mmol) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) was added N-boc-L-t-leucine (99 mg, 0.427 mmol), DIEA (0.25 niL, 1.425 Jun10) and the coupling reagent HO~t (65 mg, 0.427 mrnkol) and IIBTU (162 mg, 0.427 mniol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated,, was'hed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and -concentrated. it was then purified by Prep. HIPLC column to give a colorless thick oil as product.

(63 mg, 46% yield) 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 1.01 9 1.17 9 2.34 (in, I 2.78 (dd, J= 14.13, 7.83 Hz, 1 3.72 3 4.00 (dd, J=12.22, 3.42 Hz, I 4.19 I H), 4.57(d, 1= 12.23 Hz, I 4.68 (in, I 5.51 (in, I 7.27 (in, 1 7.47 (d, J=8.56 Hz, 1 7.57 (in, I1H), 7.63 J=8.07 H2, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.737 min.), MS in/z 498 (MI+Na+).

Step 3: 439 0 0 00 N NHk BocHN -A 0 H Compound 334 To a solution of 4-(Benzo[d]isoxazol-3.yloxy).I-( 2 -tert-butoxycarbonylanmjno- 3 ,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxyli(.- acid methyl ester (63 mg, 0.132 mmol) in THE (3.5 mL), methanol (2.0 znL) and water (0.5 mL) midxture, lithium hydroxide inonohydrate (83 mg, 1.89 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. Then it was acidified with 1N HOI solution to pH=3 to 5 and concentrated. Extracted with ethyl acetate (2030 mL) and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave a yellowish oil to carry on. (61 mg, 100 yield) To a solution of above compound (61 mg, 0. 132 inmol) in CH3CN (8 mL) was added (1 R, 2S) (1 -cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbony2viny-cyclopropyl)carbamic acid hydrochloride (42 mg, 0.158 mmol), DLEA (0.115 mL, 0.66 mmol) and the p coupling reagent HOBt (30 mg, 0. 198 mmol) and HBTU (75 mg, 0. 198 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give a yellow film as final product (Compound 334). (24 mg, 27% yield) I H NMvlR (400 MII-z, CD 3 OD) 8 1.0 1 9 1.05;1 (in, 2 1. 12-1.26 (in, 11I H), 1.43 (in, I 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 2.17-2.33 (in, 2 2.67 (dd, J=12.96, 5.87 Hz, 114), 2.93 (mn, I 4.05 (in, I 4.22 (ni, I 4.49 (in, 2 5.11 (d, J=10.2lHz, I 5.29 J=17.12 Hz, I 5.55 111), 5.74 (in, I 7.29 (in, I 7.48 J=8.32 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.64 (in, 2 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.767 min.), MS m/z 696 440 Example 335: Preparation of Compound 335 Scheme 1:

+CIH.H

2 N21 4

(H

0

H

1) HOBI, HBTU DIEA, CH 3

CN

2) HCVdioxane Step 1 N0 '0

H.HCI

I-fOBt, HBTU DIEA, CH 3

CN

H

HO Step 2 H 0 'O H H 0 Intermediate 2 Scheme 2: C1 N I N6W Zn~r

KY

THE

Pd(PPh 3 4 N CI

N

NaH, DMF 9-N H N N N N 0 N 0 N o H o Oo a l intermediate 2 Compound 335 Step 1: (Scheme 1, step 1) To a solution of (2S, 4R) 4 -hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester (0.25 g, 1.08 mmol) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) was added (1R, 2S) (1cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (0.346 g, 1.30 mmol), DIEA (0.94 mL, 5.41 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (0.248 g, 1.62 mmol) and HBTU (0.615 mg, 1.62 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellow oil. It was purified by Prep.

HPLC column to give a colorless thick oil which was then dissolved in 4N HCI in dioxane (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. Evaporation of solvent gave white solid as product to carry on. (200 mg, 49% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 0.647 min.), MS m/z 344 (MHI).

Step 2: (Scheme 1, step 2) To a solution of above compound (200 mg, 0.527 mmol) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) was added 2-methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (0.15 g, 0.79 mmol), DIEA (0.46 mL, 2.63 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (0.121 g, 0.79 mmol) and HBTU (0.30 g, 0.79 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The S combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and 442 concentrated to give yellowish oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to give O white solid as final product (intermediate (145 mg, 54% yield) N 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.99-1.10 11 1.24(m, 2 1.41 (dd, Hz, 1 1.87 (dd, J=7.9, 5.5 Hz, 1 1.97 1 2.13 1 2.24 1 00 S 5 2.93 1 3.65 3 3.77-3.88 2 4.33-4.39 2 4.49 br, S1 5.13(d, J=10.4 Hz, 1 5.31 J=17.1 Hz, 1 5.76 1 H).

C LC-MS (retention time: 1.590 min.), MS m/z 515 (MH).

CN Step 3: (Scheme 2) To a solution of 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (149 mg, 1 mmol) in THF (5 mL), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (23 mg, 2 mol%) and 0.5M solution of phenylzinc bromide (2.1 mL, 1.05 mmol) in THF were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 500C for overnight. Then it was added saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with EtOAc twice. The organic layers were combined, washed with water and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave a yellow residue which was purified by Prep. HPLC to afford a yellowish oil as 2-chloro-4-phenylpyrimidine to carry on.

To a solution of inierimeiiiate 2 (20 mig, 0.039 nluol)l in lD (3 I" NaH (3.9 mg of 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.0975 mmol) was added at 0°C. The reaction mixture was then warmed to rt. and stirred for 1 hr. Then 2-chloro-4-phenylpyrimidine prepared above (18 mg as crude) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. It was then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave yellowish oil which was then purified by Prep. HPLC to give a thick colorless oil as final product (Compound 335) as TFA salt.(5.5 mg, 18% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 300 MHz) 0.92-1.12 11 1.25 2 1.44 (dd, J=9.2, Hz, 1 1.89 (dd, J=8.1, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.17-2.37 2 2.57 1 2.95 1 3.52 3 4.14 1 4.24-4.38 2 4.51 1 5.13 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1 5.31 J=17.2 Hz, 1 5.77 1 5.86 1 7.48-7.60 (m, 3 7.66 J=5.3 Hz, 1 8.18 2 8.60 J=5.1 Hz, 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.947 min.), MS m/z 669 (MIH).

Q) Example 336: Preparation of Compound 336

N

CI ZnBr 00NNTHE

NN

A I Pd(F'Ph 3 CI N-3) C I No Step 1 cIN NaH, DMF

V_

00 H 0 0H 0 0 H N N H N N 0 N H Il 0 H Step 2 Compound 336 Step 1: S To a solution of 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (149 mg, 1 mmol) in THF (5 mL), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (58 mng, 5 mol%) and 0.5M solution of 2pyridinylzinc bromide (2.4 mL, 1.2 mmol) in THF were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 0 C for overnight. Then it was added saturated ammnonium chloride solution and extracted with EtOAc twice. The organic layers were combined, washed with water and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave a yellow residue which was purified by Prep. HIPLC to afford a yellowish oil as product. (I Irmg, 3.6 yield) 'H NMIR (500 M&z, CD 3 OD) 8 7.61 (in, I 8.07 (in, I 8.36 J=5.19 Hz, 1 8.50 1=7.94 Hz, I 8.75 J=3.97 Hz, I 8.82 J=5.19 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.440 min.), MS in/z 192 (MH f.

444 Q Step 2: IND To a solution of intermediate 2 from Example 3:35 (15 mg, 0.029 mmol) in DMvF (3 mL), NaHl (1.75 mg of 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.0728 mnmol) was added at 00 5 0 0 C. The reaction mixture was then warmed to rt. and stirred for I hr. Then 2- Chloro-4-pyridin-2-y-pyrinmudine (9.5 mg, 0.0311[ mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. It was then quenched with water and IND extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave yellowish oil which was then punfied by 410 Prep. HPLC to give a yellowish film as final product (Compound 336) as TFA salt.

mg, 15% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 Mhz) 1.03 9 1.08 (in, 2 1.24 (mn, 2 1.43 (dd, J=9.77, 5.50 Hz, I 1.89 (mn, 1 2.24 (in, 1 2.31 (mn, I 2.57 (in, 1 II), 2.95 (in, I 3.50 3 4.13 (in, I 4.29 I 4.36 J=1 1.91 Hz, I H), 4.52 (in, 1 5.13 1= 10.08 Hz, 1 5.31 J=16.79 Hz, I 5.76 (in, I H), 5.88 (in, 1 7.64 (in, I 8.06-8.13 (in, 2 8.54 J=7-93 Hz, 1 8.73-8.76 2 H).

Example 337: Preparation of Compound 337

SS

I -Sn(Bu) 3

DMFN

+I Pd(PPfi 3 2 C1 2

C

StepI 445 NaH, DMF o o 00 o A

H

C Step 2 s/ s/ V_ N O

N

0 0H 0 0 H 0 0 roo o- O H A H 0 H

H

Compound 337 intermediate 3 Step 1: To a solution of 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (149 mg, I mmol) in DMF (5 mL), dichloro bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) (35 mg, 5 mol%) and 2- (tributylstannyl)thiophene (0.38 mL, 1.2 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture p was heated at 70 0 C for 3hr. Then it was added saturated KF solution in methanol mL) and stirred at rt for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated with a small amount of silica gel and the residue was filtered through filter paper and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was then concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep.

HPLC to afford an off-white solid as product. (110 mg, 35 yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30OD) 8 7.20 (dd, J=5.01, 3.79 Hz, 1 7.74 (dd, J=5.01, 1.10 Hz, 1 7.77 J=5.38 Hz, 1 7.98 (dd, J=3.79, 1.10 Hz, 1 8.55 (d, J=5.38 Hz, 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.453 min.), MS m/z 197 (OV-F).

Step 2: 446 To a Solution of intermediate 2 from Example 3:35 (20 mg, 0.039 minol) in DMIF (3 o) mL), NaHl (7.8 mg of 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0. 195 mmol) was added at 0 0

C.

IND The reaction mixture was then warmed to rt. and stirred for 1 hr. Then 2-Chloro-4thi ophen-2-yl -pynimi dine (16.9 mrg, 0.0544 mxnol) was added. The reaction mixture 00 5 was stirred at rt. for overnight. It was then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave yellowish oil which was then purified by Prep. HIPLC to IND give two products (Compound 337 and intermediate 3).

Compoun 337: (yellowish film, 3.0 mg, 11I% yield)) 4 10 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 Mfhz) 0.98-1.07 (in, 11 1.22 (in, 2 1H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.54, 5.62 Hz, IH), 1.86 (dd, J=8.32, 5.63 Hz, I 2.19- 2.31 (in, 2 2.52 (in,IH) 2.92 (mn, I 3.50 3 4.09 (in, I 4.25-4.32 (mn, 2 4.47 (dd. 1=10-03, 7.34 Hz, I 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, I 5.28 (dd, J=17.11, 1.46 Hz, IH, 5.69-5.79 (in, 2 7.20 (dd, J=4.89, 3.66 H~z, 1 H1), 7.51 J=5.38 Hz, I 7.70 J=4.89 Hz, I 7.95 1=3.67 Hz, I 8.54. J=5.14 Hz, 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.787 min.), MS mn/z 696 (.M-sNa 4 IntermediaeP 3A: (1A nac LC-MS (retention time: 1.477 min.), MS m/z 61704W~).

Example 338: Preparation of Compound 338

S

HOBt, HB-ru N DIEA, CH,:CN0 H 0 0 0

H

N ]N~A N

NO

JA xN OH

H

-V

Intermediate 3 Compound 338 I4~ 447 To a solution of l-(2-Amino-3 ,3-di meth yl-butyryl)-4-(4-thiophen-2-y-pyri midin-2- Q) yJ oxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (I -cycloprcpanesulfonylam inocarbonyl-2. vinyl- IND cyclopropyl)-amide (10 mg, 0.0137 mnmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mnL) was added cyclopropylacetic acid (2.1 mg, 0.0205 rmol), DIEA (0.012 mL, 0.742 mnmol) and 00 5 the coupling reagent HOBt (3.1 g, 0.0205 mmol), and HBTU (7.8 mgic, 0.0205 Mmol).

c-I The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed IND with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellow oil. It was purified by Prep. HIPLC column to give a yellowish film as TFA salt (Compound 338). (4.6 mg, 410 41% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 400 MUz) &80.12 (in, 2 0.48 (in, 2 0.90 (in, I HI), 1.01-1.09 (mn, I11 1.23 (in, 2 1.43 (dd, J=9.29, 5.38 Hz, I 1.87 (dd, J=8.31, 5.62 Hz, 1 2.06 (in, 2 2.19- 2.31 (mn, 2 2.52 (dd, 1=1 3.45, 6.85 Hz, 1 2.93 (in, 1 4.12(dd, J= 11,98, 3,91 Hz, I 4.27 J:11.74 Hz, I 4.47 (dd, J= 10.27, 6.85 Hz, I 4.63 1 5.11 (dd, J=10.27., 1.47 Hz, 1 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 1.47 Hz, 1 5.7 1-5.80 (in, 2 7.20 (dd, J=4..89, 3.67 Hz, I 7.51 J=5-38 Hz, I 7.70 J=5.20 Hz, I 7.95 J=3.67 Hz, I 8.48 J=5.13 Hz, I

H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.833 min.), MS mhz 699 Example 339: Preparation of Compound 339 0

N/

H 0 0 H N0N Compound 339 448 SCompound 342 was prepared by following Schemes of Example 337 and Example O 338, except that 2-(tributylstannyl)furan was used in the place of 2- N (tributylstannyl)thiophene in the Step 1 of Example 337.

00 5 Step 1: To a solution of 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (149 mg, I mmol) in DMF (5 mL), dichloro bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) (35 mg, 5 mol%) and 2-(tributylstannyl)furan (0.35 mL, 1.1 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 70 0 C for 3hr.

Then it was added saturated KF solution in methanol (20 mL) and stirred at rt for 4hr.

The reaction mixture was concentrated with a. small amount of silica gel and the residue was filtered through filter paper and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was then concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to afford a brownish solid as product. (80 mg, 27 yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 6.68 (dd, J=3.67, 1.71 Hz, 1 7.42 J=3.67 Hz, 1 7.67 J=5.13 Hz, 1 7.30 J=1.71 Hz, 1 8.62 J=5.14 Hz, 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.233 min.), MS m/z 181 (Ivffl).

Step 2: N 9

N

0O0

H

H

2 N H 0 0 ^1 449 To a solution of (1 1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vin yl-cyclopropylo) carbamoyl)-4-h ydroxy-pyrrolidi ne- I -carbon y) j-2, 2-di methyl-propyl -carbamnic acid IND methyl ester (20 mg, 0.039 rnmol) in DMIF (3 mL), NaH (7.8 mg of 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.195 mmol) was added at OTc. The reaction m-ixture was then 00 5 warmed to rt. and stirred for 1 hr. Then 2-Chloro-4-thiophen-2-yl-pyrimidine (16.0 (Ni mg, 0.0544 mrnol) was added, The reaction mi~xture was stirred at rt. for overnight.

It was then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was IND separated, washed with brine and dried (MgS0 4 Evaporation of solvent gave yellowish oil which was then purified by Prep. HPLC to give deboced coupling product. (3 mg, 11% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 1.420 min.), MS m/z 601 (MHfl.

Step 3:

N/

>~N

H0

HH

V,,yN0 H I0 SCompound 339 To a solution of I -(2-Amino-3,3-dimeth yl-buityryl)-4-(4-furan-2-yl -pyri mi din-2yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (I -cyclopropanesulfonylami nocarbonyl-2-vinylcyclopropyl)-amide (3 mg, 0.0042 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mnL) was added cyclopropyl acetic acid (0.6 mg, 0.0063 mmnol), DLEA (0.004 mL, 0.021 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (1.0 g, 0.0063 mnmol) and HBTU (2.4 mg, 0.0063 mnmol).

The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were -washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellow oil. It was purified by 450 Prep. I-ILC column to give a yellowish film as TFA salt (Compound 3A9. (1.0 mg, o) 30% yield) IND'H

NMR(CD

3 OD, 400 MHz) 0. 12 (in, 2 0.43 (in, 2 0.90 (mn, I 0.99-1.09 In 1 1.23 (in, 2 1.43 (dd, J--9.05, 5.3 1 HIz, I 1.87 (in, 1 2.05 (in, 2 00 5 2.19- 2.29 (mn, 2 2.50 (in, I 2.93 (in, I 4.10 (dd, J=12.23, 3.91 Hz, I 4.25 J= 11.99 Hz, I 4.47 (dd, J= 10.52, 7.09 Hz, I 4.63 1 5. 11 (dd, J= 10.52, 1.71 Hz, 1 5.29 (dd, J= 17.12, 1.47 Hz, 1 5.71-5.79 (in, 2 H), IND6.65 (dd, J=3.67, I.96'Hz, I 7.38 J=3.67 Hz, I 7.40 J=5.38 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 (in, I 8.54 J=5.38 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.790 min.), MS m/z 683 (MHli).

Example 340: Preparation of Compound 340 451 O cI N s wan, DMF NI /S.Sn(Bu) 3 N0 N CI NN Pd(PPh 3 2

CI

2

CIN

00 Step 1

O

SNaH, DMF

HO

H N cN o o

H

Step 2

N

H N NO

H

Compound 340 Step 1: To a solution of 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (149 mg, I mmol) in DMF (5 mL), dichloro bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) (35 mg, 5 mol%) and 2- (tributylstannyl)thiazole (412 mg, 1.1 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 80 0 C for 3hr. Then it was added saturated KF solution in methanol (20 mL) and stirred at rt for 4hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated with a small amount of silica gel and the residue was filtered through filter paper and washed with EtOAc.

The filtrate was then concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to afford a brownish solid as product. (9 mg, 3 yield) 452 I I LC-MS (retention time: 1.320 mmi.), MS m/z 198 (Iv11r).

IND Step 2:

(N

To a solution of 1 2 2 -Cyclopropyl-acetylamino)-3,3-di methyi-butyryl]4-hydrox y- 00 5 pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (1 -cycloprop~anesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl Ncyclopropyl)-amide (12.5 mg, 0.0232 mmol) in DF (3 mL), NaH (3.7 mug of dispersion in mineral oil, 0.0.0928 mmol) was added at 0 0 C. The reaction mixture INDwas then warmed to rt. and stirred for I hr. Then 2-Chloro-4-thiazole.2-yI..

pynimidine (9.0 mug, 0.0289 rumol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt.

for overnight. It was then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSQ 4 Evaporation of solvent gave crude product which was then purified by Prep. HPLC to give white solid as final product (Compound 340). (2.8 mg, 17% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 400 MHz) 0. 12 (in, 2 0.47 (in, 2 0.89 (in, I 1.00- 1.09 (in, I1I 1.-22 (mn, 2 1.44 (dd, J=9.54, 5.3 8 HZ', I 1. 87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.3 8 Hz, 1 2.06 (in, 2 2.20- 2.32 (mn, 2 2.52 (dd, .Th13.70, 6.85 Hz, 1 2.93 (in, 1 4.13 (cid, 1=1 1.98, 3.91 Hz, I 4.30 J=.11.98 Hz, 1 4.48 (dd, 1=10.5 1, 709 147. 1 4 63 Mi1=9.54 1Hz, 1 S. 11M )i I=05 Hz, 1 5.21Q9r 1d,=17 11 Hz, I 5.73-5.80 (in, 2 7.81 J=5.14 Hz, I 7.84 J=3.18 Hz, I 8.03 J2.93 H~z, I1H), 8.68 J=5.13 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.7 10 ru~in.), MS m/z 700 (MIW).

453 Example 341: Preparation of Compound 341 Scheme 1:

CI

OHNN

0 C HOBI, HBTU DIEA, CH 3

CN

0o

TFA.H

2 N N\ 0

H-

NaH

DMF

Step 1

~NC

N OH Boc 0

N

0IN-

N

Step 2 Step 2 ntemedlate 4 Scheme 2: 0 j 1) CH CI N N Et 3 N ~N

NN

00 9 N 2)HCI, dioxane H 0

H

IDH Stepi1 HOBt, HBTU N0 DIEA, CH 3 CN H 0 0 H 1?HIN N-K A O N 0 0 OH 0

H

Step 2 Compound 341 Step 1 (Scheme 1, step 1): To a solution of Boc-HYP-OH (1.0 g, 4.324 mmol) in DMF (20 mL), NaHl (0.38 g of dispersion in mineral oil, 9.5 13 mmol) was added at 0 0 C. The reaction mixture was stirred for I hr. Then 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (0.709 g, 0.0289 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmned to rt and stirred for overnight. It was then quenched with IN HCi solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave crude product which was then purified by Prep. HPLC to give colorless oil as product. (0.4 g, 27% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 300 MiHz) 1. 13 (in, 9 2.37 (in, 1 2.62 (mn, 1 3.70-3.84 (in, 2 4.38 (in, 1 5.65 (in, I 6.88 1=5.86 Hz, I 8.37 J=5.86 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.370 min.), MS mn/z 344MIH).

Step 2: (Scheme 1, step 2) 455 STo a solution of (2S, 4R) 4-(2-Chloro-pyrimidin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2- O dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester (0.34 g, 0.99 mmol) in CH 3 CN (20 mL) was IND added (1R, 2S)/(IS, 2R) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl)-carbamic acid (0.511 g, 1.48 mmol), DIEA (0.86 mL, 4.95 mmol) and the o0 5 coupling reagent HOBt (0.226 g, 1.48 mmol) and HBTU (0.561 g, 1.48 mmol). The CI solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and m extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with Sbrine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC Scolumn to give a yellow solid (intermediate (0.33 g, 41% yield) 'H NMR(CD30D, 300 MHz) diasteoromer mixture.

LC-MS (retention time: 2.907 min.), MS m/z 655 (MHI).

Step 3: (Scheme 2, step 1) To a solution of intermediate 4 (50 mg, 0.061 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 (2.5 mL), 1,2,3,4tetrahydroisoquinoline (0.011 mL, 0.0915 mmol) and Et 3 N (0.021 mL, 0.153 mmol) Swere added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for overnight and at 40 0 C for 1 day. The solvent was stripped and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give a colorless oil. It was then dissolved in 4N HCI in dioxane (1 mL) and stirred for overnight. Evaporation of solvent gave a colorless oil as hydrochloride salt. (20 mg, 52% yield) p LC-MS (retention time: 1.160 min.), MS m/z 553 (MHI).

Step 4: (Scheme 2, step 2) To a solution of 4-[2-(3,4-Dihydro-lH-isoquinolin- 2 -yl)-pyrimidin-4-yloxy]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (l-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinylcyclopropyl)-amide hydrochloride (20 mg, 0.032 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added 2 -methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (9.1 mg, 0.048 mmol), DIEA (0.028 mL, 0.16 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (7.3 mg, 0.048 mmol) and HBTU (18.2 mg, 0.048 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine,, dried over MgSO 4 and 456 concentrated to give yellowish oil. It was purified' by Prep. HPLC column to give a o colorless oil as TFA salt (Compound 341). (16 mg, 60% yield) IND'H

NMR(CD

3 OD, 500 MHz) 6 0.98-1.06 (in, 13 1.13 (mn, I 1.22-1.32 (mn, I 1.35-1.44 (in, I 1.82 (dd, .1=8.24, 5.19 Hz, 0.5 1.90 (dd, .1=8.24, 5.49 Hz, 00 5 0.5 2.26 (in, I 2.32-2.43 (in, I 2.56 (mn, I 2.96 (in, I 3.11 (in, br, 2 H,3.56 3 4.14 (mn, 1 F0, 4.21 (mn, I 4.38 (in, I 4.47 (in, I 5.15 (in, 1 5.31 (in, 1 5.75 (in, 1 5.94 1 6.47 J=7.02 Hz, 1 7.29 4 INDH), 7.49 (in, 1 7.56 (mn, I 7.74 1=8.24 Hz, I 7.88 J=8.24 Hz, 1 H), 8.11 J=7.02 Hz, I H).

4 10 LC-MS (retention time: 1.517 min.), MS in/z 724 (MiH').

Example 342: Preparation of Compound 342

N

H 0 00 Compound 342 Compound 342was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 341, except that isoindoline was used in the place of l, 2 3 4 -te.trahydroisoquinoline in step I of scheme 2.

Step 1:

/N

N N- H N- "I 0 H 457 To a solution of intermediate 4 from Example .341 (50 mg, 0.061 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 C0 (2.5 mL), isoindoline (0.013 mnL, 0.115 mnmol) and Et 3 N (0.026 mL, 0.19 Mmol) IND were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 days. The solvent was stripped and the residue was purified by Prep. H-PLC to give a colorless oil. It was 00 5 then dissolved in 4N HOI in dioxane (1 ml) and stirred for overnight. Evaporation of c-i solvent gave crude product which was purified by Prep.HPLC again to afford yellowish solid as TFA salt. (8.5 mg, 14% yield) IND LC-MS (retention time: 1.860 mmfi.), MS mn/z 539 (MI~r).

Step 2:

N

H N NNO Compound 342 To a solution of ,3-Dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-pyfimidi n-4-yloxy-pyrrolidine-2carboxylic acid (1 -cyclopropanesulfonylarinocrbonyl2vinyl-cycl opropyl)-amide hydrochloride (8.5 mg, 0.0104 mnmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added 2methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethy-butyric acid (3.0 mg, 0.0 156 mmol), DIEA (0.009 mnl, 0.052 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (2.4 mg, 0.0156 mmol) and HBTU (5.9 mg, 0.0156 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellowish oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to give a colorless oil as TFA salt (Compound 342). (3 mg, 35% yield) 'HNMR(CDOD, 300 M&z) diasteoromer mixture.

LC-MS (retention time: 2.547 min.), MS m/z 710 (MW).

Example 343: Preparation of Compound 343 458 H N N N M0. N. N 0 O N00 0 Compound 343 Compound 342 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 341, except that morpholine was used in the place of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline in step 1 of scheme 2.

Step 1: 9-^ oN H 0 0 S 10 H To a solution of intermediate 4 from Example 3411 (50 mg, 0.061 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 mL), morpholine (0.008 mL, 0.0915 mmol) and Et 3 N (0.021 mL, 0.153 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for overnight and at 40 0 C for 1 day. The solvent was stripped and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give a colorless oil. It was then dissolved in 4N HCI in dioxane (1 mL) and stirred for overnight. Evaporation of solvent gave a colorless o;il as hydrochloride salt. (12.6 mg, 36% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 0.810 min.), MS m/z 507 (MNIH).

Step 2: 459 H 0 0<2 HN N.*N 0

HH

Compound 343 To a solution of 4 2 -Mopholif-4-yl-pyidin4-yloxy)-yroidine2darixylc acid (1 -cyclopropanesulfonyl aminoc:arbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl)-arvjde hydrochloride (12.6 mg, 0.0217 mmol) in CJI 3 CN (5 m.L) was added 2methoxycarbonylarmino-3,3dimethyl.butyric acid (6.2 mg, 0.0326 mmol), DIEA (0.019 mL, 0.1085 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (5.0 mg, 0.0326 mmol) and HBTU (12.4 mg, 0.0326 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellowish oil. It was purified by Prep. HIPLC column to give a colorless oil as TFA salt (Compound 343). (7 mg, 41 yield) 'H NMvR(CDOD, 500 M4Hz) diasteoromer mixture.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.280 min.), MS m/z 678 (H) Example 344: Preparation of Compound 344 Scheme 1: O~~rS NaBH 4 O N EtOH-THF 0 Boc Boc0 intermediate 460 Scheme 2:

/OH

*N

Boc 0

N

0' N

I

H

0

N

OH

1) PPh 3 DEAD, THF QO(c to rt 2) HCVdioxane Step 1 HOBt, HBTU DIEA, CH 3

CN

0 S OH Step 2

H

O>

0 I LiOH HOBt, HBTU DIEA, CHICN

CH

3 0HfTHF/H 2 0

/O

0 0 0 0 z 00 CIH.H2N jjjZ

N'

H Step 3 O 0

N

N

H

H Compound 344 Step 1: (Scheme 1) 461 u To a solution of 4 -p-tolylsulfanylcarbonyl-pyn-olidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-

C.)

Q butyl ester 2-methyl ester (3.0 g, 7.91 mmol)in ethanol (15 mL) and THF (30 mL) IO mixture, sodium borohydride (0.6 g, 15.8 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with 1 N HCI 00 5 solution and extracted with EtOAc three times. The organic layers were combined,

O

N, washed with saturated NaHCO 3 solution and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation of solvent c gave yellowish oil which was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, ,O 3:1 EtOAc: Hexanes) to afford colorless oil as product (intermediate (1.77 g, S86% yield) 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) 1.43 9 2.00-2.13 2 2.46 1 H), 3.19 1 3.47-3.53 2 3.61 1 3.73 3 4.31 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.240 min.), MS m/z 282 (M+Na 1 Step 2: (Scheme 2, step 1) To a solution of intermediate 5 (80 mg, 0.309 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0°C, triphenylphosphine (121.4 mg, 0.463 mmol) and 4 -hydroxyquinoline (67.2 mg, 0.463 mmol) were added. Then DEAD (80.6 mg, 0.463 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to rt. and stirred for 2 days. Then solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give colorless oil. It was then dissolved in 4N HCI in dioxane (3 mL) and stirred for 2 hr. Evaporation of solvent gave thick colorless oil as bis HCI salt. (110 mg, 99% yield) 'H NMR(500 MHz, CD30D) 2.52 1 2.60 1 3.19 1 3.45 (m, 1 3.66 3 3.86 1 4.61-4.75 3 7.56 J=6.7 Hz, 1 7.94 J=7.3 Hz, 1 8.10-8.20 2 8.55 J:-8.2 Hz, 1 9.07 J=6.7 Hz, 1

H).

LC-MS (retention time: 0.570 min.), MS m/z 287 (MHIv).

Step 3: (Scheme 2, step 2) To a solution of 4 -(quinolin- 4 -yloxymethyl)-pyIrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester bis hydrochloride salt (110 mg, 0.306 mmol) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) was added 2methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (87 mg, 0.46 mmol), DIEA (0.27 3 mL, 1.53 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (70 mg, 0.46 mmol) and HBTU (174 462 mg, 0.46 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, O washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic IN0 layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellowish oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless oil as TFA salt. (105 mg, oO 5 60% yield) NMR (CD30D, 500 MHz) 1.07 9 2.34 1 2.45 1 3.14 (m, mr 1 3.27 3 3.75 3 4.05 1 4.20 1 4.31 I 4.57- IN 4.63 2 4.73 1 7.53 J=6.7 Hz, 1 7.91 J=7.6 Hz, 1 8.06- O 8.16 2 8.43 J=8.6 Hz, 1 9.02 J=6.4 Hz, 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.250 min.), MS m/z 458 (MW).

Step 4:(Scheme 2, step 3) To a solution of l-( 2 -Methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(quinolin-4yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (100 mg, 0.175 mmol) in THF (6 mL), methanol (3.25 mL) and water (1.0 mL) mixture, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (110 mg, 2.62 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt.

for overnight. Then it was acidified with IN HC1 solution to pH=3 to 5 and concentrated Extracted with ethyl acetate (3x40 mL) and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave thick colorless oil to carry on (25 mg, 32% yield).

To a solution of above compound (25 mg, 0.056 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (1R, 2S) (l-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (22.5 mg, 0.085 mmol), DIEA (0.05 mL, 0.28 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (12.9 mg, 0.085 mmol) and HBTU (32 mg, 0.085 mmol).

The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellow oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless thick oil as TFA salt (Compound 344). mg, 46% yield) 'H NMR(CD30D, 500 MHz) 1.02-1.10 11 1.24 2 1.40 (dd, J=9.2, Hz, 1 1.90 (dd, J=7.9, 5.5 Hz, 1 2.19-2.38 3 2.95 1 3.19 1 3.28 3 4.10 1 4.15 1 4.34 1 4.55 1 H), 463 "1_1 4.62 J=4.6 Hz, 2 5.15 J=10.7 Hz, 1 5.30 J=17.1 Hz, I 5.72 (in, o I 7.54 J=6.7 Hz, I 7.93 (in, I 8.07-8.18 (in, 2 8.41 J=8.6 Hz, I IND 9.03 J=6.7 Hz, 1 9.09(s, I H).

(N

LC-MS (retention time: 1.6 17 mini.), MS m/z 656 (MN 4 005 Example 345: Preparation of Compound 345 Br /0 0 0

H

N 0N 0 H 0 Compound 345 Compound 345 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 344, except that 3-bromophenol was used in the place of 4 -hydroxyquunoline in step I of scheme 2.

pStep 1: r /0 Boc 0 To a solution of Intermediate 5 from Example 3'14 (150 mng, 0.578 inmol) in THE m.L) at 0 0 C, triphenylphosphine (228 mg, 0.868 mmol) and 3-bromophenol (150 mg, 0.868 minol) were added. Then DEAD (0.14 rnL, 0.868 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to rt. and stirred for 2 days. Then solvent was 464 Sevaporated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give colorless oil as O product. (105 mg, 44% yield) ND LC-MS (retention time: 2.023 min.), MS m/z 436 (M+Na).

00 5 Step 2: Br

ON

H ON o 0 0 4-(3-Bromo-phenoxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 2methyl ester (35 mg, 0.085 mmol) was dissolved in 4N HC1 in dioxane (1.5 mL) and stirred for 2 hr. Evaporation of solvent gave thick colorless oil. To a solution of this i! in CHCN (10 mL) as added 2 methoxycar onylamin-3,3-di m ethl!-butyr ic c isv M- I,3 t. acid (21.9 mg, 0.1155 mmol), DIEA (0.067 mL, 0.385 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (17.7 mg, 0.1155 mmol) and HBTU (43.8 mg, 0.1155 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless oil as product. (20 mg, 49% yield) 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz) 1.03 9 2.15 1 2.24 1 2.83 (m, 1 3.54 3 3.70 3 3.87 1 3.91-.3.98 3 4.31(s, 1 4.59 (dd, J=8.80, 5.38 Hz, 1 6.89 J=8.32 Hz, 1 7.03-7.10 2 7.15 (t, J=8.07 Hz, 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.943 min.), MS m/z 485 Step 3: 465 Br

O

O

oo oo o

ID

o0 0 00 H 11 H 0~ H0 0 H/ Compound 345 STo a solution of 4-(3-Bromo-phenoxymethyl)-I-(2-methoxycarbonylamino-3,3dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid mrnethyl ester (17 mg, 0.035 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL), methanol (0.8 mL) and water (0.25 mL) mixture, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (22 mg, 0.525 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt.

for 3 days. Then it was acidified with IN HCI solution to pH=3 to 5 and concentrated. Extracted with ethyl acetate (2x20 mL) and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave thick colorless oil to carry on (15 mg, 91% yield).

To a solution of above acid (15 mg, 0.0318 mmo.1) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (1R, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (12.7 mg, 0.0477 mmol), DIEA (0.028 mL, 0.159 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (7.3 mg, 0.0477 mmol) and HBTU (18.1 mg, 0.0477 mmol).

The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. ift was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless thick oil as final product (Compound 345). (14 mg, 64% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) 1.00-1.06 11 1.21 2 1.37 (dd, J=9.53 Hz, 5.62 Hz, 1 1.86 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.62 Hz, .1 2.06 1 2.14-2.24 2 2.81-2.94 2 3.53 3 3.91-3.97 4 4.33 1 4.38 1 H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, 1 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 1.22 Hz, 1 5.70 1 H), 6.89 1 7.05-7.11 2 7.16 J=8.07 Hz, 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 3.500 min.), MS m/z 683 (MHI).

466 Example 346: Preparation of Compound 346 Scheme 1:

OH

N'

Boc 0

N

I-

HO Br 1) PPh 3 DEAD, THE 000 to rt 2) HICVdioxane Step 1 HOBt, HBTU DIEA, CH 3

CN

Step 2 0 1*-1 HO.fN *Br

NP

/0 LiOH o H 3 OHTH F/H 2 0 Step 3 intermediate 6 467 SScheme 2: O Br Br \D N N o HOBt, HBTU 00 DIEA, CH 3

CN

O0 0 0 0

H

Hf 0 N CIH.H 2 N N A S0o intermediate 6 Compound 346 Step 1: (Scheme 1, step 1) To a solution of 4-hydroxymethyl-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (300 mg, 1.157 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at 0°C, triphenylphosphine (455 mg, 1.735 mmol) and 5-bromo-pyridin-3-ol (prepared according to F.E.Ziegler et al., J.Am.Chem.Soc., (1973), 95, 7458) (302 mg, 1.735 mmol) were added. Then DEAD (0.273 mL, 1.735 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to rt.

and stirred for 2 days. Then solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give a yellowish oil. Then it was; dissolved in 4N HCI solution in dioxane (3.0 mL) and stirred for 4 hr. Evaporation of solvent gave crude product which was further purified by Prep. HPLC to afford a yellowish oil as TFA salt. mg, 11% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 0.890 min.), MS m/z 315 (MIW).

Step 2: (Scheme 1, step 2) To a solution of 4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-3-yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (70 mg, 0.129 mmol) in CH3CN (10 mL) was added 2methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (36.5 mg, 0.193 mmol), DIEA (0.135 mL, 0.744 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (30 mg, 0.193 mmol) and HBTU (73 mg, 0.193 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The 468 combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and C0 concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless oil as IND product. (80 mg, 100% yield) 'H NMIR (CD 3 OD, 400 Mfhz) 1.04 9 2.17 (in, I 2.26 (in, I 2.87 (in, 00 5 1 3.50 3 3.70 3 3.88-3.98 (mn, :2 4.04-4.12 (in, 2 4.28 1 4.60 (dd, J=9.05, 5.87 Hz, 1 7.86 (in, I 8.3 1-8.35 (mn, 2 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.697 min.), MS in/z 486 (MW).

IND

Step 3: (Scheme 1, step 3) To a solution of 4-(5-Bromo-pyridi n-3-yloxyme-thyl)- I-(2-methoxycarbonylarnino- 3 3 -dimethyl-butyryJ)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (80 mig, 0.133 minol) in TIHF (5.6 inL, methanol (3 mL) arid water (I mL) mixture, lithium hydroxide inonohydrate (84 mg, 2.0 minol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for 3 days. Then it was acidified with IN HCI solution to pH=3 to Extracted with ethyl acetate (2x20 mL) and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave thick colorless oil as product (intermediate 6) (50 mg, 80% yield).

'HNMR(CD

3 D, 400n XMV) 9 1.0 (q,QT 0 M l16-710(IM,2 2.88 (in- I) 3 3 3.92 (in, 2 4.07 (mn, 2 4.29 1 11), 4.57 (dd, J=8.56, 5.87 Hz, I H), 7.79 (mn, I H) 8.29 (in, 2 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.590 min.), MS m/z 472 (MHfr).

Step 4: (Scheme 2) To a solution of 4 -(5-Bromo-pyridin-3-yloxymethyl)-1..(2methoxycarbonylamino3,3dinethylbutyryI)yrroidine2crboxylic acid mg, 0.0106 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mnL) was added (IR, 2S) (Icyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyI.2-vinyl-cy-clo.propyl)-carbam-jc acid hydrochloride (4.2 mg, 0.0159 mmol), DIEA (0.009 mL, 0.053 nunol) and the coupling reagent HO~t (2.4 mg, 0.0159 mmol) and HBTU (6.0 mng, 0.0159 inmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It

IND

0 469 was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless thick oil as final product (Compound 346). (2 mg, 24 yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 400 M&z) &j 1.00-1.07 (in, 11 1.20 (in, 2 1.37 (dd, J=9.29 Hz, 5.14 Hz, I 1.86 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I 2.08 (in, 1 2.15-2.25 (mn, 2 2.87-2.94 (mn, 2 3.51 3 3.92-3.97 (in, 2 4.02-4.07 (mn, 2 4.31 (s, I 4.39 (in, 1 5.10 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, I 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 1.46 Hz, I 5.70 (in, I 7.68 (mn, I 8.24 (mn, 2 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.727 min.), MS m/z 6134 Example 347: Preparation of Compound 347' Br

N

0

HO

Intermediate 6 Pd(PPh 3 4

DMF

Na 2

CO

3 Step 1 HOBt, HBTU DIEA, CH 3

CN

CIH.H

2 N Aj~ 2 Step 2 N- N 0 HW 0 3 HL Compound 347 Step 1: To a solution of intermediate 6 from Example 346 (16 mg, 0.0339 mmol) in DMF (1 miL), 3-thiopheneboronic acid (5.6 mg, 0.044 mnmol), 470 tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (2.0 ME:, 0.0017 mmol) and 2M N3 2

CO

3 U solution (0.051 mL, 0.1017 minol) were added. 'The reaction mixture was heated IND at il0oC for 4hr. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate N was concentrated and purified by Prep.HIPLC to give brownish oil as product.

00 5 (6mg, 37% yield) 'H NivR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz) 1.05 9 2.21-2.30 (in, 2 2.95 (in, I 3.42 3 3.93 (in, 1 4.01 (in, I 4.20-4.30 (in, 3 4.60 (dd, J=8.56, 5.87 HIz, (Ni I 7.64 (in, 2 8.12 (in, I H) 8.37 (in, 1 8.45 (mn, 1 8.75 I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.353 min.), MS m/z 476 (MIH 4 Step 2: To a solution of I 2 -Methoxycarbonylamino3,3(imethylbutyry )-4-(5-thiophen-3 yl-pyridi n-3-yloxymethyl)-pyrrol idine-2-carboxylic. acid (6 mg, 0.0126 mmol) in

CH

3 CN (5 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (l-cyclopropainesulfonyIainocarbonyl.2-vinylcyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (5.0 mg, 0.0 189 minol), DIEA (0.011 mnL, 0.063 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (2.9 ing, 0.0,189 mmol) and HBTU (7.2 mng, 0.0189 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was conpentraed, washed with- wat r and exrire. with e~thyl arce~ai-t tu'ire.. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by.Prep. IIPLC column to give yellowish film as TFA salt (Compound 347). (2.2 ing, 22% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 400 MlHz) 1.01-1.07 (in, 11 1.19 (mn, 2 1.36 (in, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.07 H1z, 5.62 H, I 2.09-2.24 (mn, -3 2.91 (mn, 1 3.00 (in, I H), 3.45 3 IH), 3.98 J=5.86 Hz, 2 4.204.31 (in, 3 4.43 (in, 1 5.12 (dd, J= 10.27, 1.71 Hz, I 5.29 (dd, 1= 17.12, 1.22 Hz, 1 5.69 (in, 1 7.64 (in, 2 8.11 (in, I 8.31 (in, I 8.43 (in, I 8.7 5 I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.540 min.), MS m/z 688 (1IH*).

471 Example 348: Preparation of Compound 348 Scheme 1: OH1 iO N CH 3

OHFH

0 Intermediate 5 /OH1 N'

O

0 Intermediate 7 Scheme 2:

OH

N OH 0 Br

N

00 N 0N

H

0

CI

(N'Br 1) KOt-Bu,

DMSO_.

2) HCI(gas), MeOH Step 1 HOBt, HBTU DIEA, CH 3

CN

H oH Step 2 Br /0 OMe 0 0.

Br LiOH

CH

3 OH/TH F/H 2 0 Step 3 O,1 N A o intermediate 8 \0 472 '0 SScheme 3: Br Br o HOBt, HBTU o 00 DIEA, CH 3

CN

o N o OHH N O N O H. N T CIH.H2N H O <0 NI 0 0 N^ 11- 0 OH cintermediate 8 Compound 348 (Step 1: (Scheme 1) To a solution of intermediate 5 from Example 344 (700 mg, 2.7 mmol) in THF mL), methanol (50 mL) and water (12 mL) mixture, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1700 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight.

Then it was acidified with IN HCI solution to pH=3 to 5. Extracted with ethyl acetate (2x20 mL) and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave thick colorless oil as product (intemediate 7) (0.58, 88% yield).

'II NM (CD D, 400 MHz) A\ 1. 42 9 2.00 2.09 2 2.5 I H), 11 1 LVJL'.. V a V ,t j, l, 3.17 1 3.49 2 3.59 I 4.24 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.08 min.), MS m/z 268 (M+Na).

Step 2: (Scheme 2, step 1) To a solution of intermediate 7 (270 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL), potassium tbutoxide (309 mg, 2.75 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for lhr. Then 2-Bromo-4-chloro-pyridine (254 mg, 1.32 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and washed with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was separated and acidified with IN HCI solution to pH=3. Extracted with ethyl acetate twice and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave an orange oil. It was then dissolved in methanol and HCI (gas) was bubbled through for 2 min at -78 0 C. Then the reaction mixture was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Evaporation of 25 solvent gave an orange oil as crude to carry on.

473 LC-MS (retention time: 0.65 min.), MS m/z 315 IND Step 3: (Scheme 2, step 2) To a solution of crude 4-(2-Bromo-pyridin-4-yloxymethyl )-pyrroli dine-2-carboxylic 00 5 acid methyl ester in CH 3 CN (20 mL) was added 2-methoxycarbonylamino-3,3dimethyl-butyric acid (312 mg, 1.65 mmol), DIEA (1.15 mL, 6.6 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (252 mg, 1.65 mmol) and HBTU (626 mg, 1.65 mmol). The IND solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HIPLC column to give colorless oil as product. (270 mg, 41% yield two steps) 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 NMz) 1.03 9 HM, 2.13-2.19 (in, 2 2.87 (in, 1 3.51 3 3.70 3 3.93 J=6.36 Hz, 2 4.11 (in, 2 4.27 I 4.60 (dd, J.=8.80, 5.87 Hz, I 7.06 J=5.87, 2.20 Hz, 1 H) 7.32 J=2.20 Hz, I H), 8.18 J=6.11 Hz, 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.657 min.), MS m/z 486 MH) Step 4: (Scheme 2, step 3) To a solution of 4-(2-Bromo -pyridin-4-ylox ymethyl)-1 2 -methoxycarbonylarnino- 3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyr-rolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (270 mg, 0.45 inmol) in TLLF (18 mL), methanol (10 mL) and water (3.3 m-L) mnixture, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (283 mg, 6.75 mrnol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. Then it was concentrated and acidified with IN HCI solution to pH=3 to 5. The off-white solid was collected as product (intermediate 8) (180 mg, 85% yield).

'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 500MNHz) 1.06 9 2.20-2.29 (in, 2 2.89 (in, 1I-H), 3.54 3 3.92 J=6.4 Hz, 2 4.06-4.13 (in, 2 4.31 J=8.85 Hz, 1 4.59 (dd, J=8.85, 5.50 Hz, I 7.00 (dd, 1=6.10, 2.24 Hz, I 7.22 1=1.83 Hz, I H), 8.12 J=5.80 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.113 min.), MS m/z 472 (MHf).

Step 5: (Scheme 3) 474 To a solution of intermediate 8 (10 mg, 0.0212 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was

C)

IND carbamic acid hydrochloride (8.5 mg, 0.00318 mmol), DIEA (0.018 mL, 0.106 N mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (4.9 mg, 0.0318 mmol) and ILBTU (12.1 00 5 mg, 0.0318 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and IND concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HIP]LC column to give colorless thick oil as final product (Compound 348). (9 nmg, 53%O/ yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 400 M&z) 1.00-1.06 (in, I IH), 1.20 (in, 2 1.36 (dd, J=9.54 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I 1.87 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I 2.04-2.24 (in, 3 2.88-2.94 (in, 2 3.52 3 3.93 J=5.87 Hz, 2 4.09 (in, 2 4.30 I 4.38 (t, J=7.58 Hz, I 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, 1 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 1.47 Hz, 1 H), 5.70 (in, I 7.00 (dd, J=5.87, 2.20 Hz, I 7.24 J=2.20 Hz, I 8.14 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.670 min.), MS mn/z 684 (Iff).

Exa-mple1 349: Prennration af rnmpouind 349)

S

N

/00 H 0 0 H Compound 349 475 SCompound 349 was prepared by following scheme of Example 347, except that O intermediate 8 from Example 348 was used in the place of intermediate 6 from N Example 346 in step 1.

00 5 Step 1: m s 0

\O

/o

QOH

To a solution of intermediate 8 (20 mg, 0.0423 mmol) in DMF (1 mL), 3thiopheneboronic acid (7.0 mg, 0.055 mmol), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (2.4 mg, 0.00212 mmol) and 2M Na 2

CO

3 solution (0.063 mL, 0.127 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 110 0 C for 30 hr. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC to give brownish oil as product. (10.5 mg, 42% yield) (50177-165) LC-MS (retention time: 1.690 min.), MS m/z 476 (MHl).

Step 2: 476 00-

H

HNN

N 0 Compound 349, To a solution of l-( 2 -Methoxycarbonylamino33dimethyl-butyrlyl)4(2thiophen- 3 yI-pyridin-4-yloxyrnethyl)-pyrrolidine.2carboxylic. acid (10 mg, 0.017 mnmol) in

CH

3 CN (5 mnL) was added (IR, 2S) (l-cyclopropaniesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl.2-vinylcyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (6.8 mg, 0.0254 mmol), DLEA (0.015 mL, 0.085 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (3.9 mg, 0.0254 mmol) and HBTU (9.6 mg, 0.0254 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were wasliec with brine, dineci over MgM.., 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give brownish film as TEA salt (Compound 349). (2.2 mg, 16%o yield).(510177-172) 'H NMR(CDOD, 400 MHz) 1.00-1.07 (in, 1I 1.20 (in, 2 1.37 (dd, J=9.04, 5.38 Hz, 1 1.88 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I Hf), 2. 10-2.25 (in, 3 2.90 (mn, I H), 3.04 (in, I 3.47 3 3.934.02 (in, 2 4.29 1 4.35-4.45 (in, 3 M), 5.12 1=10.51 Hz, I 5.28 J=17.61 Hz, I 5.69 (mn, 1 7.40 (dd, J=6.84, 2.44 Hz, I M, 7.7 1-7.80 (mn, 3 8.3 8 (in, I 8. 51 J=7.09 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.443 min.), MS in/z 688 (NEW).

Example 350: Preparation of Compound 350 477 Br) zipB C) ~B(OH) 2 N f N

C/

/0 0 00- Pd(PPh 3 4 KIi

O

N OH DMF

O

Ba(OH)2H

II

0, Stepi1 intermediate 8 4b N S HOBt, HBTU/ DIEA, CH 3 CN 0

CIH.H

2 N. 0 ,4

H

N- N N 0

H

0 NK 0

H

H :0

H

Step 2 0O7T" Compound 350 Step 1: To a solution of intermediate 8 from Example 348 (20 mg, 0.0423 minol) in DMIF (2 mL), 2-thiopheneboronic acid (7.0 mg, 0.055 rnmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (2.4 ing, 0.00212 mmol) and barium hydroxide (40 mg, 0.127 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 150 0 C in Smnith microwave reactor for 110 min. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC to give yellowish oil as product. (5.0 mg, 20% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.137 min.), MS m/z 476 Step 2: 478 "1_1 To a solution of above carboxylic acid (5.0 mg, 0.0085 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was -4- U added (1 R, 2S) (1 -cyclopropanesulfon yl-arninocarbonyl-2-vi nyl-cyclo-propyl)- IND carbamnic acid hydrochloride (3.4 mg, 0.0127 rnmol), DIEA (0.007 mL, 0.0424 mmol) and the coupling reagent L{OBt (1.9 mg, 0.0127 mmol) and I-BTU (4.8 mg, 0C) 5 0.0127 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 and concentrated. It was then IND purified by Prep. HPLC column to give yellowish oil as TFA salt (Compound 350).

(2.6mg, 38% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 400 MiHz) 0.99-1.07 (in, I11 1. 19 (in, 2 1.37 (dd, J=9.54, 5.63 Hz, I 1.87 (dd, J1=8.07 Hz, 5.38 Hz, 1 H),,2.10-2.25 (mn, 3 2.91 (in, 1 H), 3.03 (mn, 1 3.48 3 3.92-4.02 (in, 2 4.30 1 4.32-4.45 (in, 3 M), 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.22 Hz, 1 5.28 J=17.11 Hiz, I 5.69 (in, I 7.30-7.38 (mn, 2 7.66 J1=2.45 Hz, I 7.92 (in, I 7.95 (mn, 1 8.48 J1=6.85 Hz, 1HM.

LC-MS (retention time: 2.067 min.), MS in/z 688 04H+).

Example 351: Preparation Of Compound 351 0

N

0 Copon 351 Compound~ 35'a rprdb oloigshm fEapl 5,ecp ht3 furnbroicaci ws se inth pacIV -hipeercaidnstp1 479 o Stepi1: N 00N 0 <J OH To a solution of intermediate 8 from Example 348 (20 mg, 0.0423 mmol) in DMF (2 mL), 3-furanboronic acid (6.2 mg, 0.055 mrnol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (2.4 mg, 0.00212 mmol) and bariunt hydroxide (40 mg, 0.127 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 150TC in Smith microwave reactor for 30 min. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC to give yellowish oil as product.

(12 mg, 49% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 1.937 min.), MS m/z 460 (MIIW).

Step 2: 0

N

0 N 0 0 H 0 Compound 351 480 0 To a solution of above carboxylic acid (5.0 mg, 0.0209 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was IDadded (1 R, 2S) (1 -cyc lopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbony-2-viny..cyclo..propyl carbamnic acid hydrochloride (8.4 mg, 0.03 14 nimol), DLEA (0.018 mL, 0.1046 00 5 mmol) and the coupling reagent HQBt (4.8 mg, 0.03 14 mmol) and HBTU (11.9 mg, Ni 0.03 14 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic IND layers were washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give yellowish oil as TFA salt (Compound 351).

(4.0 mg, 24% yield).

'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 400 MHz) .51.00- 1.08 (mi, 11I 1.21 (in, 2 1.37 (dd, J=8.80, 5.62 Hz, 1 1.87 (dd, J=8.32 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I 2.11-2.24 (in, 3 2.91 (in, I H), 3.03 (in, I 3.49 3 3.91-4.03 2 4.29 I 4.35-4.46 (in, 3H, 5.12 J= 10.27, 1.47 Hz, I 5.28 J= 17.12 Hz, 1 5.69 (in, I 7.11 (n 1 7.38 (dd, J=7.10, 2.69 Hz, I 7.71 J=2.69 Hz, I 7.81 (in, I 8.48 1 8.50 J=7.09 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.410 min.), MS in/z 672,(MIH 4 Example 352: Preparation of Compound 352 Br /0 0 H 0o"1" Compound 352 Compound 352 was prepared by following scheme 2 and scheme 3 of Example 348, except that 2,6..dibromopyridine was used in the place of 2 -bromo-4-chloro.

a pynidine in step 1 of scheme 2.

481 00

H

O /o O

H

O

N1 To a solution of intermediate 7 from Example 348 (270 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DMSO mL), potassium t-butoxide (309 mg, 2.75 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for Ihr. Then 2,6-dibromopyridine (313 mg, 1.32 mmol) was added.

The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and washed with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was separated and acidified with IN HCI solution to pH=3. Extracted with ethyl acetate twice and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 Evaporation of solvent gave an orange oil. It was then dissolved in methanol and HCI (gas) was bubbled through for 2 min at -78 0

C.

Then the reaction mixture was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Evaporation of solvent gave an orange oil as crude to carry on.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.480 min.), MS m/z 315 (MI-f).

Step 2: (Scheme 2, step 2) Br 0

N

482 Q)To a solution of crude 4-(6-Bromo-pyridi n-2-ylox ymethyl )-pyrrolidi ne-2-carbox ylic IND acid methyl ester in CH 3 CN (20 miL) was added 2 -methoxycarbonylamino-3,3dimethyl-butyric acid (312 mg, 1.65 mmol), DIB-A (1.15 rnL, 6.6 mmol) and the 00 5 coupling reagent HOBt (252 mg, 1.65 mmol) and HBTU (626 mg, 1.65 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined! organic layers were washed with IND brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 1:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to give a colorless oil as product. (340 mg, 63% yield two steps) 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz) 1.03 9 2.10--2.24 (in, 2 2.84 (in, I11), 3.55 3 3.70 3 3.83 (in, I HM, 3.94 (in, I 4.20-4.29 (in, 2 4.31 I H), 4.59 (dd, J=8.80, 5.13 Hz, 1 6.76 J=8.07 Hiz, I H) 7.11 J=7.58 Hz, I H), 7.53 J=7.83 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.820 min.), MS m/z 486 iWMHI).

Step 3: (Scheme 2, step 3)

N

I /0 N

OH

H r' intermediate 9 To a solution of 4 6 -Bromo-pynidin-2-yloxymethyl

I-(

2 -inethoxycarbonyl amino- 3 3 -dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolicdine-2carboxylic acid methyl ester (330 mng, 0.679 inmol) in THE (28 mL), methanol (15 m.L) and water (5 mL) mixture, lithium hydroxide inonohydrate (427 mg, 10.18 minol) was added. The reaction mixture was 483 stirred at rt. for 2 days. Then it was concentrated and acidified with IN HCI solution o) to pH=3 to 5. The white solid was collected as product (intermediate 9) (310 mg, IND 97% yield).

'H NN{R (CD 3 OD, 500 MvHz) 1.06 9 2.1[8-2.25 (in, 2 2.88 (in, 1 3.57 00 5 3 3.84 (in, I 3.96 (in, I 4.25 (mn, I 4.28-4.35 (in, 2 4.58 (in, 1 6.79 J=7.94 Hz, I 7.13 J1=7.32 Hz, I 7.55 (in, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 3.030 min.), MS mn/z 472 (MWll).

IND

Step 4: (Scheme 3) Br

/N

0 H 0 0 N N A H N N.H\ 0 HN 0A

H

0~~ Compound 352 To a solution of intermediate 9 (10 mg, 0.02112 nol) in CH, 3 CN (5 mL) was added (1R, 2S) (l-cyclopropanesulfonyl-ami.nocarbonyl.2.vinyl-cyclo-propyl)- I carbamic acid hydrochloride (8.5 mg, 0.0031:9 mmol), DIEA (0.018 mL, 0.106 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (4.9 mng, 0.0318 mmoi) and HIBTU (12.1 mg, 0.0318 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HIPLC column to give yellowish film as TFA salt (Compound 3 52). (10.2 mg, 60 yield).

'H NMvR(CD 3 OD, 400 MI-z) 1.00-1.06 (in, I1I 1.20 (in, 2 1.37 (dd, J=9.54 Hz, 5.63 Hz, I 1.86 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I 2.05 (in, I 2.12-2.25 (in, 2 2.86-2.94 (in, 2 3.54 3 3.87 (in, I 3.94 (in, I 4.184.27 (in, 2 4.33 I 4.37 (mn, I 5. 11 (dd, J=10.277, 1.72 Hz, I 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 484 1.47 Hz, I 5.70 I 6.76 J=8.32 Hz, I 7.11 J=7.33 Hiz, I 7.53 J=7.82 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.837 min.), MS m/z 684 (MH).

5 Example 353: Preparation of Compound 353 00 0

(-N

mm

(N

¢-q S0 0 H H 0 H 0

NI

Compound 353 Compound 353 was prepared by following schemrne of Example 347. except that intermediate 9 from Example 352 was used in the place of intermediate 6 from Example 346 in step 1.

Step 1: iv 485 To a solution of intermediate 9 (25 mg, 0.053 mmol) in DMIF (1 mdL), 3- C0 thiopheneboronic acid (8.8 mg, 0.0688 mrnol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (3.1 mg, 0.00265 mmol) and 2M Na 2

CO

3 solution (0.080 mL, 0.159 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture wias heated at 110'C for overnight.

00 5 Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC to give brownish oil as product (15 mg, 48% yield) 'H N-MR (CD 3 OD, 500 NvfU) 1.06 9 2.:20-2.31 (in, 2 2.94 (in, I 3.55 3 3.91 (in, 1 3.98 (m,I 4.34 I 4.37-4.46 (in, 2 4.61 (dd, J=8.85, 5.19 Hz, I IH), 6.77 J=8.24 Hz, 1 7.39 J=7.32 Hz, 11H), 7.48 (dd, J=5.19, 3.05 Hz, I 7.68 (dd, J=4.88, 1.22 Hz, I 7.77(t, J=7.93 Hz, 1H), 8.04

IH).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.857 min.), MS mlz 476 (MHW).

Step 2:

S

/N

0 pH 1114

NN

-0 H Compound 353 To a solution of I -(2-Methoxycarbonylamino-3 ,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4.(6-thiophen-3yl-pyridin-2-yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxvllic acid (15 mng, 0.0254 minol) in

CH

3 CN (5 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (I -c yclIopropanesulIfon yl -ami nocarbon yl-2- vinylcyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (10.2 mng, 0.0382 minol), DLEA (0.022 mL, 0.127 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOEt (5.8 mng, 0.0382 mmol) and BTU a (14.5 mg, 0.0382 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was 486 concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The O combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgS04 and D concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give yellowish film as TFA salt (Compound 353). (6 mg, 29% yield) 00 5 'H NMR(CD30D, 400 MHz) 1.00-1.06 11 1.20 2 1.36 (dd, J=9.29, 5.38 Hz, 1 1.86 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I 2.07 1 2.16-2.25 2 H), Cc 2.87-2.99 2 3.54 3 3.87-3.99 2 4.31-4.44 4 5.11 (dd, N J=10.27, 1.46 Hz, 1 5.28 J=17.12 Hz, 1 5.70 1 6.67 J=8.31 Hz, 0 1 7.33 J=7.34 Hz, 1 7.44 (dd, J=4.89, 2.93 Hz, 1 7.63-7.70 2 H), 7.99 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.770 min.), MS m/z 688 Example 354: Preparation of Compound 354 H

C

N O o7 Compound 354 Compound 354 was prepared by following scheme of Example 347, except that intermediate 9 from Example 352 was used in the place of intermediate 6 from Example 346 and phenyl boronic acid was used in the place of 3-thiopheneboronic acid in step 1.

Step 1: 487 00 To a solution of intermediate 9 (20 mg, 0.042.5 mmol) in DMF (I niL, phenyl boronic acid (6.7 mng, 0.0688 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (2.4 mg, 0.00212 mimol) and CS 2

CO

3 (41 mg, 0.127 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 110 0 C for overnight. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.IIPLC to give yellowish oil as product. (12mg, 49% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.733 min.), MS m/z 470 (IU) Step 2: ON

H

0 H Yj Compound 354 488 To a solution of I-( 2 -Methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-phenyl- O pyridin- 2 -yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (12 mg, 0.0206 mmol) in N CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (l-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinylcyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (8.2 mg, 0.0308 mmol), DIEA (0.018 mL, 00 5 0.1028 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (4.7 mg, 0.0308 mmol) and HBTU CN (11.7 mg, 0.0308 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was Sconcentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The N combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgS04 and 0 concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give a white solid as TFA salt (Compound 354). (1.5 mg, 9% yield) 'H NMR(CD30D, 400 MHz) 1.00-1.07 11 1.20 2 1.36 1 H), 1.85 1 2.09 1 2.17-2.25 2 2.87-3.00 2 3.52 3 H), 3.84-4.00 2 4.33-4.44 4 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, 1 5.28 (d J=17.12, 1.22 Hz, 1 5.70 1 6.71 J=8.31 Hz, 1 6.78 1 7.34- 7.44 3 7.74 1 7.95 1 8.01 J=8.31 Hz, 1H).

LC-MS (retention time: 3.553 min.), MS m/z 682 (MH).

Example 355: Preparation of Compound 355 0

/N

N

H

H

N H o Compound 355 Compound 354 was prepared by following scheme of Example 347, except that intermediate 9 from Example 352 was used in the place of intermediate 6 from 489 Example 346 and 3-furan bororiic acid was usedl in the place of 3-thiopheneboronic acid in step 1.

Step 1: 00

IND]

07K To a solution of intermediate 9 (20 mg, 0.04235 mrnol) in DiVF (1 mL), 3-furan boronic acid (6.2 mg, 0.055 mmol), tetrakis(tr-iphenylphosphjne) palladium (2.4 mg, 0.002115 mmol) and 2M Na 2

CO

3 solution (0.064 m.L, 0.127 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated atl HOT 0 for 2 days. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC to give yellowish oil as product. (7.0 mg, 29% yield) Step 2: H .0 0 N H 0

H

Compound 35.5 490 To a solution of above carboxylic acid (6.0 mg, 0.0109 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mnL) was o) added (IR, 2S) (1 -cyclopropanesulfon yl-arni nocarbonyl-2-vin yl -cyclo -propy] IND carbamic acid hydrochloride (4.4 mg, 0.0 163 mmol), DIEA (0.0095 mL, 0.0544 nnnol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (2.5 ma, 0.0 163 mmol) and B3TU (6.2 mg, 00 5 0.0163 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Mg.'O 4 and concentrated. It was then IND purified by Prep. HPLC column to give yellowish film as TFA salt (Comrpound 355). (1.5 mg, 18% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 400 MvHz) 0.98-1.07 (in, I11 1.20 (in, 2 HI), 1.35 (dd, J=9.54, 5.87 Hz, 1 1.86 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.62 Hz, I 2.06 (in, I 2.15-2.25 (in, 2 H), 2.85-2.98 (in, 2 3.55 3 3.89 (in, I 3.95 (mn, I 4.28-4.42 (in, 4 H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, 1 5.28 (dd, .1=17.12, 1.22 Hz, I 5.69 (in, I H), 6.63 J=8.07 Hz, I 6.90 (mn, I 7.16 .1=7.33 Hz, I 7.53 (in, 1 7.63 (m,1IH), 8.08 (s,1IH).

LC-MS (retention time: 3.340 mmi.), MS m/z 672 vlf) z N S 0 0~ 0 00 Compound 356 Compound 356 was prepared by following scheme of Example 350, except intermediate 9 from Example 352 was used in the place of intermediate 8 from Example 348 in step 1.

Step 1: N

/N

00 0 2

OH

To a solution of intermediate 9 (20 mg, 0.0)423 mmol) in DMF (2 m1L), 2thiopheneboronic acid (7.0 mg, 0.055 mrnol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (2.4 mg, 0.00212 mnmol) and barium hydroxide (40 mg, 0.127 minol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 150 0 C in Smith miicrowave reactor for 30 min. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC. to give brownish oil as product.

(13.0 mg, 52% yield) 'H NMvR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz) 1.03 9 2.18-2.25 (in, 2 2.93 (in, 1 3.55 3 3.83 (mn, 1 3.98 (in, 1 4.34 I 4.38 (in, 2 4.58 (dd, 1=8.05, 5-14 Hz, I 6.63 1=8.07 Hz, I 7.07 (dd, 1=4.89, 3.67 Hz, I 7.33 (d, 1=7.34 Hz, I 7.42 J=5.14 Hz, I 7.60-7.66 (mn, 2 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 3.393 min.), MS m/z 476 Step 2: 00 0 0 Cc, H N H I 0 Y 0O H 00 c- Compound 356 To a solution of 1-( 2 -Methoxycarbonylamino-3,3.-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-thiophen-2yl-pyridin- 2 -yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (11.5 mg, 0.0195 mmol) in

CH

3 CN (5 mL) was added (iR, 2S) (I-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2vinylcyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (7.8 mg, 0.0293 mmol), DIEA (0.017 rnmL, 0.0975 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (4.5 mg, 0.0293 mmol) and HBTU (11.1 mg, 0.0293 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated. whpdd with krkif-r Rnd Pytrt-tpE with th! r-'tPto tsikPv-f Ths combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give an off-white solid as TFA salt (Compound 356). (8.5 mg, 54% yield) '11'H NMR(CD30D, 400 MHz) 8 0.99-1.06 11 1.21 2 1.36 (dd, J=9.54, 5.38 Hz, 1 1.86 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.62 Hz, 1 2.06 1 2.15-2.25 2 H), 2.87-2.99 2 3.54 3 3.89 1 3.96 1 4.30-4.44 4 H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.51, 1.71 Hz, 1 5.28 (dd, J=17.11, 1.22 Hz, 1 5.70 1 H), 6.62 J=8.07 Hz, 1 7.07 (dd, J=4.89, 3.66 Hz, 1 7.33 J=7.59 Hz, 1 H), 7.42 J=4.89 Hz, IH), 7.60-7.66 2 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.967 min.), MS m/z 688 (MH 4 493 Example 357: Preparation of Compound 357 FmocHN Y OH

CH

3

CN

Pd 2 dba 3

BINAP

C N

CI

Na&-Bu, toluene Step 1 HOBt, HBTU DIEA, CH 3

CN

0 0

CIH.H

2 N,

N

H

Step 2 HCI/dioxane HOBI,

HBTUH

DIEA, CH 3

CNH

0 BocHNI-OH BocHN,- -in j.T H00

N

H

Compound 357 Step 3 494 Step 1: HN

N

00 C-I N OH Boc c-i 0 To a solution of (2S, 4R) Fmoc-4-amino-l-boc-pyrroiidine.2-carboxylic acid (40.0 mg, 0.884 mmol) in acetonitrile (15 mL), five drops of pyrrolidine was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3hr. Then it was concentrated and put on high vacuum to give crude 4 -an-dno-1-boc-pyrrolidirie-2-carboxylic acid. In another -round-bottomed flask, a solution of Pd 2 dba 3 (40 mg, 5% mol)and racemidc-BIINAP (56 mg, 10% mol) was stirred under nitrogen in degassed toluene (8 m.L) at 11 for Ilh.

Then l-chloroisoquinoline (216 mg, 1.326 mimol') and sodium t-butoxide (340 mg, 3.536 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. Then 4amino-lI-boc-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid was added and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux. for 1h. Water was added to quench the reaction and the aqueous purified by Prep. HPLC to give coupled product as TEA salt. (165 mg, 40% yield) 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MiHz) 6 1.44 (in, 911f), 2.5.[-2.74 (mn, 2ff), 3.64 (in, 1H), 4.01 (in, 1H), 4.49 (in, IM, 4.64 (in, 1H), 7.30 J=6.85 Hz, 1H), 7.58 J=6.85 Hz, 111), 7 7 9 1ff), 7.91-7.99 (in, 211), 8.56 J=8.56 H~z, IM1.

LC-MS (retention time: 1.707 min.), MS in/z 358 (MIW).

Step 2:

NN

H 0 C1

N_

0O To a solution of 4 .(Isoquinolin-1-ylanino)-pyn-olidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tento butyl ester (115 mg, 0.244 rol) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (I- IDcyc Iopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2vinyl.cy,:lopropyi)..carbami c acid N ~hydrochloride (97 mg, 0.366 rnmol), DIEA (0.255 m.L, 1.464 mnmol) and the coupling 005 reagent HOBt (56 mg, 0.366 mmol) and HBTU (139 mng, 0.366 ramol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellow oil. It was purified by Prep.

HPLC column to a yellowish solid as TFA salt (112 mg, 67% yield).

'H NMR (CDOD, 400 MHz) 8 1.05 (in, 211, 1.20 (in, 211), 1.40-1.48 (mn, 1011), 1.87 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, 1H),2.23 (in, 2.39 (in, 1H), 2.50 (in, IH),2.93 (in, 1HM, 3.65 (in, 1H), 4.08 (mn, 1H1), 4.33 J=7.09 Hz, 1H1), 4.69 (in, 1H1), 5.12 J=10.27 Hz, 1H1), 5.29 J=17.12 Hz, 1H1), 5.74 1R), 7.31 J=6.85 Hz, 1H1), 7.60 (d, J=7.09 Hz, 1H), 7.80(m, 1ff, 7.93-8.00 (in, 2H), 8.56 J=8.19 Hz, 1H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.023 rain.), MS m/z 570(MH) Step 3: HN

N

0

N

0

H

Compound 357 I-Cyc lopropanesul fonyl aiinocarbonyl-2-v~nycyclopropycarbmoyl)-4 (isoquinolin- I -yl amino)-pyrroli dine- I -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (31 mng, 0.0453 mmol) was dissolved in 4N HCI in dioxane (1.5 inL) and stirred at rt. for 2 hr.

Evaporation of solvent gave yellowish oil as bis hydrochloride salt. To a solution of bis hydrochloride salt in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added N-boc-L-t-leucine(1 1.5 mg, 0.0498 in-mol), DIEA (0.047 mL, 0.272 inmol) arid the coupling reagent HOBt (10.4 496 mg, 0.068 mmol) and HBTU (25.8 mg, 0.068 mrnol). The solution was stirred at rt.

C0 overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl IND acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, died over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellowish oil. It was purified by Prep. HIPLC 00 5 column to give an off-white solid as final product (Compound 357).(9 mg, 29% N yield) 'H NMR -(CD 3 OD, 400 M~H) 5 0.98 (in, 2H), 1.05 9H), 1.20 (in, 2H), 1.36-1.43 IND(in, 10H), 1.84 (in, 1Hf),2.10-2.30 (in, 2H), 2.52 (rn, 1H),2.90 (in, 1H), 4.07 (in, 1H), 4.17-4.27 (in, 2H), 4.47 (in, 111), 4.79 (in, IM, 5.07 J=9.29 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (d, 4 10 J=16.87 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (mn, 11H), 6.62 (in, 1H), 6.913 J=6.11 Hz, 1H1), 7.47 (mn, 111), 7.62(m, 1H), 7.69 J=8.07 Hz, 1H), 7.84 J=:5.87 Hz, iNf), 8.20 J=8.56 Hz, I H).

LC-MS (retention time: 2.043 min.), MS m/z 683 (MiHf*).

Section H: LC-MS condition for section H Colum 14 n s: fMethod A YMC ODS). R7 C18 I 04 X50 mm (Method B) YMC ODS-A S7 C 18 3.0x50 in (Method C) YMC S7 C18 3.0x50 mmn (Method D) YMC Xterra ODS S7 3.0x50 mm (Method E) YMC Xterra ODS S7 3.0050 mm (Method F) YMC ODS-A S7 C18 3.0050 mm (Method H) Xterra S7 3.0x50 mm (Method 1) Xterra S7 C 18 3.0050 mm (Method G) YIVC C18 S5 4.6x50 mm (Method J) Xterra ODS S7 3.0050 mm (Method K) YMC ODS-A S7 C 18 3.0x50 mm Gradient: 100% Solvent A/0% Solvent B to 0% Sol vent A/ 100% Sol vent B Gradient time: 2 min. B, D, F, G, H, 8 min. 4 min 3 min (K) 497 Hold time: I min. B, D, F, G, H, 1, J, 2 nun. E) o Flow rate: 5 mUmnin B, C, D, E, F, G) INO Flow rate: 4 mlimnin K) Detector Wavelength: 220 nm 00 5 Solvent A: 10% MeOH 90% H 2 0 1% TEA Solvent B: 10% H 2 0 90% MeOH 0. 1% TEA.

Example 370: Preparation of Compound 370

S

N I >-NH

I;N>

0H 0 d Compound 370 Scheme I 1- N C0O.e '10 NyC02Me '0 N 0M 01 TBTU.DIPEk CH3CN 0H( N0-H 0 4..N H~ 2 C N0 High Ftf Isomer Low RI isomer Prepared caccrding to method used 01 rest of sequence descibed in Example 35 of US 6.323.18 Step 1: A solution of (1 1S,2R)- 1-amino- 2 -iiylcyclopropane carboxyli c acid ethyl ester hydrochloride (2.54 g, 12 mmol) in CH 3 CN (70 mL) was treated with a solution of diisopropylethylamine (9.5 mL, 67 rnol), 4 R)-(2-methoxycarbonyl-7methoxylquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline] (5.9 g, 13.2 :mmol), and TBTU (3.89 g, 12.21 mnmol) in CH 3 CN (50 mnL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 14 h and concentrated. The residue dissolved in EtOAc was repeatedly washed with NaIHCO 3 brine, dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified over Biotage 65M column (EtOAc/hexane: 45-100%) to provide the high Rf stereo isomer (Bocmethoxycarbony-7methoxylquinoline-oxo)Sproli ne]-P 1(1R,2S 498 Vinyl Acca) Acid ethyl ester 2.0 g as a white solid: 'H NMR (methanol-d 4

S

ppm 1.24(t, J=7.02 Hz, 3 1.38 11 1.76(m, 1 2.21 1 2.45 (nm, 1 2.71 1 3.92 2 3.96 3 4.03 3 4.16 J=7.22 Hz, 2 4.42 1 5.10 1 5.30 I 5.44 1 5.77 I 7.27 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 7.48 1 7.52 I 8.05 1 H).

Scheme 2 0~ 0 SR i osomer Hi Rf imer step2 o NaOH step 3

CH^N

0 N ~N 0 O 0 step 4 HBr step 8 a) Hcdloxane b) Bo=-L-Ienluecne NLM. HATU. DMF Step 2: 0 0 Br 4 H00

S

N

0 0 step 5

S

H

step7 LiO, H0.

THF. MeON oo

,S

0 No 0

H

0 0 A solution of the high Rf product (3.16g, 5.40 mmol) of Step 1 of Example 370 fBoc-P2[(4R)-(2- methoxycarbonyl-7-methoxylquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline- PI(1R,2S Vinyl Acca) COOEt) at 0 OC dissolved in MeOHITHF 13.2 mL) was treated with aqueous 1.0 N NaOH (5.5 mL, 5.5 mmol), stirred for 1 h, neutralized by the addition of AcOH. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in THF/CH 2

CI

2 150 mL), dried (MgjSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo to provide the product which was directly used in next step: LC-MS (retention time: 1.53 Method MS m/z 570 Step 3: 499 To a solution of the product (assumed at 5.4 mmol) of step 2 example 370 at O 0 0 C dissolved in THF (35 mL) was added a solution of fresh made CH 2

N

2 (30 mmol) IN0 in Et2O (80 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at the temperature for 0.5 h, and stirred at rt for 18.5 h. After bubbling nitrogen for I h to the reaction mixture, the 00 5 solution was removed in vacuo. The residue redissolved in EtOAc (1 L) was washed with saturated NaHCO 3 (2x200 mL), brine (100 mL), and dried (MgS04). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford the product 3.10 g (97% two steps): LC-MS I\ (retention time: 3.06, Method MS m/z 594 Step 4: To a solution of the product (3.03g, 5.10 mmol) of step 3 of example 370 {Boc-P2[(4R)-(2- diazoacetyl-7-methoxylquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-Pl(IR,2S Vinyl Acca) COOEt} at 0°C dissolved in THF (110 mL) was added 2 mL of 48% HBr. The mixture was stirred for 1 h, partitioned between EtOAc (500 mL) and saturated NaHCO 3 (100 mL). The EtOAC layer was separated, dried (MgSO 4 The solvent was removed to afford the product (3.12g, LC-MS (retention time: 1.56 Method MS m/z 648 MS m/z 646 (M-l1).

Step The product (1.0 g, 1.54 mmol) of step 4 of example 370 Boc-P2[(4R)-(2p bromoacetyl- 7 -methoxylquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-Pl(IR,2S Vinyl Acca) COOEt was treated with isopropylthiourea (0.365 g, 3.09 mmol) in isopropyl alcohol (57 mL) for 2 h, and then the solvent was removed. The residue dissolved in aqueous N HCI (30 mL) and EtOAC (200 mL) was adjusted pH to 7 by addition of 1.0 N NaOH The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2x 100 mL) and the combined extract was dried (MgSO 4 concentrated. The residue was purified by over Biotage 40+M column (EtOAc-hexanes: 30-100%) to afford the product 870 mg and ready for the next step.

Step 6: The product (0.250 g, 0.375 mmol) of step 5 of example 370 Boc-P2((4R)- S[2- (2-isopropylaminothiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxylquinoline-4-oxo]-S-proline}-P1 (1R,2S 500 Vinyl Acca) COOEt}I was treated with 4N HGI/dioxane (2.5 mL, 10 mmol1) for 2.5 h o and concentrated in vacuo. To the residue was added N-methylmorpholine (0.206 IND~ m.L, 1.875 mmol) in DMF (3 mL), N-Boc-L-tert-leucine 117 g, 0.506 mmol), and

(N

HATU (0.192 g, 0.506 mmol). The mixture was stirred ovenite and partitioned 00 5 between EtOAc and pH 4.0 buffer. The EtOAc layer was washed with water, NaHCO 3 dried (MgSQ 4 concentrated. The residue was purified over a Biotage 40M column (MeOH-CH 2

CI

2 to afford the product 0.289 g IND LC-MS (retention time: 2.53, Method MS mlz 779 (M 4 1).

Step 7: To a suspension of the product of Step 6 (274 mg, 0.352 mnnol) of Example 370 f BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)- 1 2 -isopropylarninothiazol.4-y methoxylquinoline-4-oxoJ.s-proline -P1 R,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOEt in THF( 10.6

CH

3 0H (2.6 mL), and H 2 0 (5.3 mL) was added LIOH (0.068 g, 2.86 mmol).

The reaction mixture was stirred for 24, adjusted to pH 6, removed the organic solvents in vacuo. The aqueous residue was acidified to pH-14, and extracted with

CH

2

I

2 repeatedly. Combined organic solvent was dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product 255 mg LC-MS (retention time: 2.58, Method MS m/z 751 Schaff*O 3

S

0N N I NN

H

N Step CDI, DBUH 0 00 N N Ve H0-N 0 0~* 200 Compound Step 8: A solution of CDI (0.024 g, 0.15 mmol) and the product of Step 7 of Example 3 7 0 0 0 6 83 g, 0.09 mmol) I BOCNII-P3(L-t-BuGly)- J[2- 2 -isopropylaminothiazo..

4 -yI)- 7 -methoxylquinoline-4-oxo]-S-proline) -PI1(I R,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOH in TBFf (2 mL) was refluxed for 60 min and allowed to cool down to rt.

Cyclopropanesulfonamnide (0.022 g. 0.18 mmol) was added followed by the addition 3 of neat DBU (0.027 m.L, 0.18 mrnol). The reaction was stirred for overnite, worked Sup by diluting with EtOAc and washed with pH 4.0 buffer, dried (MgS04), and O concentrated. The residue was purified repeatedly by preparative HPLC (0-100% Ssolvent B) and over 1000 lM preparative TLC plate from Analtech (20X40 cM) to afford 0.0032 g the desired product (Compound 370) as a pale yellow foam: 00 5 LC-MS (Retention time: 1.71, method I) MS m/z 854 (M n Example 371: Preparation of Compound 371 4 H 0 0 Compound 371 Scheme 1 step I C Ci N PPh. DIAD. C N.

HO 0 THF step 2 OH NaOH 0 I H Hi Rf Isomer Lo ismer Step 1: To a suspension of N-Boc-cis-L-4-Hydroxyproline methyl ester (10 g, 40.7mmol) and 7-chloroquinolin-4-ol (8.73 g, 49.0 mmol) in THF (200 mL) cooled to 0 °C was added PPh 3 (12.82 g, 48.9 mmol) and DIAD. (8.80 g, 42.13 mmol). The mixture was slowly allowed to warm to rt overnite, stirred at total of 30 h. The mixture was dissolved in EtOAc (800 mL), washed with IN aqueous HCI, 5% aqueous K 2 C0 3 (3X100 mL), brine (2 X 100 mL) and dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified several times over a Biotage 65M (M[eOH-CH 2

CI

2 0-10%) to afford cumulatively 10.57 g of the desired product as a glass: 'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 1.40 9H), 2.33-2.42 IH), 2.61-2.72 IH), 3.75 3H), 3.91 2H), 4.45- 502 4.59 (in, I1H), 5.13 (in, IH), 6.61-6.64 (in, IRH), 7.41 (dd, 1=9, 2 Hz, I1H), 7.98 J=2 CQ Hz, 1H), 8.03 1=9 Hz, 111), 8.67-8.71 (in, L-C-MS (retention time: 1.39, IND method MS m/e 407 Step 2: 00 5 To a solution of the product (10.57 g, 26.0 inmol) of Step I of Example 371 (BOCc-i N-P2[(4R)-(7-chloroquinolineA-oxo) proline methyl esterl dissolved in MeOH (800 mL) cooled to 0 'C was added an aqueous IN NaOH- solution (44.5 mL, 44.5 mmol).

IND The mixture was warmed to rt after 6 h, stirred oveinite, and the pH adjusted to pH 7 using 1.0 N aqueous HCI. The solution was concentrated until only the water layer remained, the pH1 adjusted to 4 using 6N aqueous HCI and the mixture was partitioned repeatedly with EtOAc (Rx500 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated to afford 10.16 g (ii 00%) of the as a white solid. 'H NMLR (DMS0-l 6 8 1.32, 1.34 (two s (rotamers) 9H), 2.31-2.40 (in, IH), 2.58-2.69 (in, lIl), 3.65-3.81 (in, 2H), 4.33-4.40 IH), 5.34 (mn, IH) 7.10-7.11 (in, 111), 7.57 J=9 Hz, 111), 7.98 1H), 8.09-8.14 (in, IH), 8.75 J15 Hz, 1H), 12.88 (brs, IH). 3 C NMvR (DMSO- 4) 827.82,, 35.84, 51.52, 57.75, 76.03, 79.33, 102.95, 119.54, 123.86, 126.34, 127.24, 134.49, 149.32, 152.88, 153.25, 159.08, 173.74. LCriVL t J G.I~ia i IS -1 L11u 1hC IU Li, J IiUCo Jlv J inV Tri) Step 3: To a solution of the product (5.11 g, 13 mmol) of Step 2 of Example 371 f{Boc-4(R)- (7-chloroquinoline-4-oxo) proline 1, the HCI salt (3.48 g, 18.2 mmol) of vinyl Acca (existing as a 1:1 mixture of diastereoisomers (1R,2S'lS,2R where cyclopropyl carboxyethyl group is syn to vinyl moiety) and NMMV (7.1 mL 65 inmol) in DMEF mL) was added HATU (6.92 g, 18.2 inmol). The mixture was stirred for 3 days. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (180 inL) and was partitioned with pH buffer (3x 100 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 water (2x5OmL), and brine (2xOrnL). The organic solution was dried (MgS0 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified over a Biotage 40M column (EtOAc-Hexanes: 50% to 100%) to afford 2.88 g of the product existing as a diastereoineric mixture. This mixture was partially separated using a Biotage column (MeOH-EtOAc: 0% to to afford BOC-NH-P 2 [(4R)-(7-chloroqumnoline.

4-oxo)-S-prolinel-PI(IR,2S vinyl acca P1 moiety)-COOEt as the initial eluted high 503 Rf isomer (1.20 g, 'H NMIR (CDCl 3 fMethanoI-d 4 8 1.16 1=7 Hz, 3H1), 0) 1.35 9H), 1.37-1.43 (in, 111), 1.76-1.84 (in, 111), 2.06-2.11 (mn, 1m), 2.35-2.45 (in, 1H1), 2.63 (mn, IH), 3.72-3.93 (in, 2H), 4.02-4.15 (mn, IH), 4.33-4.40 (in, IH), 5.06 (d, J=9 Hz, 5.16 (in, 1H), 5.24 J=17 Hz, 5.63-5.70 (in, 1H), 6.74 (in, I), 00 5 7.39 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 111), 7.74-7.78 (in, I 7.89 J=2 Hz,1I 7.97 J=9 Hz 8.60 1=5 Hz, 1H). 'H NNv~R (methanol-cls, 60/40 Rotorners) 8 1.24 J=7 Hz, 3H), 1.39, 1.43 (2s, 911, rati o 1.71-1.74 (in, 0.4H), 17 8-1.81 (m,O0.6H),

IND

2.18-2.23 (mn, 111), 2.65-2.69 (in, 0.41), 2.71-2.76 (in, 0.611), 3.88-3.96 (in, 2H), 4.11-4.18 (mn, 2H), 4.39-4.45 (mn, 111), 5.09-5.13 (mn, 111), 5.28-5.33 (nm, 114), 5.37 (in, IH), 5.73-5.81 (in, 1H), 7.05 J=5 Hz, IH), 7.53 J=8.9 Hz, 1H1), 7.92 (s, 111), 8.12 J=8.9 Hz, 111), 8.70 1=5 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.54, method A) MS m/z 530 The rest of the material (-1.66 g, 24%) was mixed fractions greatly enriched in the lower Rf isomer.

Scemne 2 CIslep, "illystep 4 N-o-mlen,p Q k 0 H C d o x a e H T U O A T I P Ak

H

Ii 0 CN \NI H o N. 0N 0H HCI H 0.,0 Hi RfIsomer of step 2 0 LiOH. M 2 0 HD DBU 0} H-7

H~I~.N

0. 71 0 Comipound 371 Step 4: The product (0.65 g, 1.22 mrnol) of step 3 of Example 371 (BOC-P2 chloroquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca-CO 2 Et I was dissolved in 4N HCI/dioxane (4.5m1, 18 inm-ol) and stirred for I h at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the crude product was directly used in next step: LC-MS (retention time: 0.94, method A) LC-MS rn/z 430 (Mi-iI).

Step To suspension of the product 1(.22 mmol) of step 4 Example 371 Bis HCI Salt of o) NH2-P 2 [(4R)-(7-chloroquinoline-4oxo).S.prolinfe].Pj(IR,2S-Vinyl Acca)-COOEt), IC N-BOC-L-tert-leucine (BOC L-tBuGly) (0.34g, 1.4-7 mmol), DIPEA (1.0 ml, 5.74

(N

mmol), HOBT.H 2 0 (0.22g, 1.47 mmuol) in CH 2

CI

2 (l5mL) was added I-BTU (0.56g, 00 5 1.47 mmol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred overnite, diluted with CH 2 C1 2 c-i mL, washed with pH 4.0 buffer (2x2 mL), saturat~ed aqueous NaHCO 3 (50 ML), brine (50OmL), dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified over a IC Biotage 40 M column (EtOAc-Hexanes: 15% to 60%) to afford 607 mg of the product as a foam. 'H NMvR (CDCI3-methanol-d 4 8 1.00 9H1), 1.19 1=7 Hz, 1H), 1.30 911), 1.38 (in, IN), 1.78-1.83 (mn, 111), 2.01-2.46 (in, 211), 2.73-2.82 (m I1H), 3.96-4.03 (in, 11H), 4.04 J= 10 Hz, I1H), J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.42 J= 12 Hz, 1H1), 4.68-4.73 (mn, 111), 5.09-5.13 (mn, 111), 5.231-5.31 (in, 211), 5.67-5.79 (in, I 6.7 8 1=9 Hz, 111), 7.3 8 J=9 Hz, I 7. 70 I 7.96 1ffM, 8.08 (d, J=9 Hz, IH), 8.68 J=5 Hz LC-MS (retention time: 1.64, method MS m/z 643 Step 6: To a suspension of the product (207 mg, 0.32 inmol) of Step 5 of Example 371 Vinyl Acca)-CO 2 Et} in THF(14

CH

3 0H (2 and H20O (8 m.L) was added LiOH (62 mng, 2.60 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for one day, adjusted to p neutral pH, and concentrated in vacuo until only the aqueous layer remained. The resulting aqueous residue was acidified to pH 4.0 by addition of 1.0 N aqueous HCI and then saturated with solid NaCI. This aqueous mixture was extracted repeatedly with EtOAc (3X60 mL), the combined organic solvent was dried WM 2 ON) and concentrated in vacuo to afford 107 mg of the product I BOCNH-P3(L-t- B uGI y)-P2 [(4R)-(7-chloroqui noli ne- 4 -oxo)-S-proline:]-P1 (I R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CO 2

H)

as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDC1 3 8 1.06 9H), 1.23 (2s, 9H), 1.31-1.43 (m 111), 1.63-1.70 (mn, 111), 1.85-1.89 (in, 111), 2.19 (in, IN),'2.65-2.78 (mn, IH), 4.03-4.10 (in, IM1, 4.18-4.21 (in, 111), 4.55-4.62 (mn, IHM, 5.03-5.12 (in, 1H), 5.23-5.3 1 (mn, 111), 5.51 (in, I 5.88-5.95 (in, 11H), 7 .12 111), 7.47-7.50 (in, INH), 7.96 (in, INH), 8.26 J--9 Hz, 111), 8.75 1=5 Hz, IHM. LC-MS (retention time: 1.46, method MS 3 m/z615 505 Step 7: 0 To a solution of the tripeptide acid (0.0453 g, 0.074 inmol) of Step 6 Example 371 IND BOCNH-P3(L--BuGy)-P2[(4R)-(7-chloroqujn oline-4-oxo)-S-proline-PI( IR,2S

(N

Vinyl Acca)-CO 2 H) in THE (4 mL) was added CDI (17 mg, 0.10 rnimol), and the 00 ~5 resulting solution refluxed for 45 min and allowed to cool down to rt.

c-i Cyclopropylsulfonamide (0.013g, 0.10 mmol) was added in one portion before the addition of neat DBU (0.015 mL, 0.10 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 18 h, INDdiluted with EtOAc (200mnL) and washed pH 4.0 buffer (3x3OniL), water (2030 m.L), brine (3OmL), dried (MgSO 4 and purified using one 20X40 cM 10005 Analtech PTLC plate (MeOH CH 2

CI

2 0 to to afford the desired product (Compound 371) as a foam (0.040g, 'H NMR 8 0.95- 1.23 (in, 4H), 1.03 9H), 1. 19 (s, 9H), 1.40-1.43 (in, IN), 1.85 (dd, J=8, 5 Hz, 1H), 2. 12-2.20 (m 2.43 (mn, IH), 2.82 (mn, INH), 4.07-4.19 (in, 2H1), 4.5 1-4.57 (in, 2H), 5.07 J= 10 Hz, INH), 5.25 (d, J= 17 Hz, 1IH), 5.85 (in, I1-H), 5.48 I 7.09 J=5 Hz, I 7.45 J=9 Hz ,1IH), 7.92 (in, IN), 8.20 1=9 Hz, IN), 8.72 J=5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.52, method MS m/z 718 HRMS rnz/ calcd for C 41

H

51 NS0 9 718.2677 found 718.2674.

Example 372: Preparation of Compound 372.

N H 0 IN od0 COPMUnd 372 506 Schieme 1 NO) 0 oY" T- ThISCN. CH 3 cN 0 T 00 CK.N,, stop 2 K 1-iHBTU.

HOBT

cIDIPEA

O

IDH HC1 H 0 0 0 stop 3Q

HQH

Step 1: To a solution of L-terr.-leucine (2 g, 15.25 mnmol) dissolved in CH 3 CN (50 mL) wa~s added TMSCN (7.06 mL, 56.41 mnmol) and stirred for 15 min. The reaction mixture was heated to 75 0 C for 30 mmi. Cyclopentyl chloro-formate (2.83 g, 19.06 mmol) was 41.1,11,1. Lu LIM~ ftaL;L1UII IJUALUirC diu tlt:C ICILUUII I111ALUIC Wd1b IckILrCU ill. Oil oyCilL1=, concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with MeOH (40 mL), stirred for mm~i, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was adjusted pH to 8.5, and extracted p with Et 2 O (2x200mL). The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 3 and extracted with

CH

2

CI

2 (2x20mL). The combined extract was dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was recrystallized from minimal amount of Et2O/hexanes to afford the product 3.48 g 'H NMR (500 Ivf~z, methanol-d 4 ppm 1.00 9 1.59 (in, 2 1.73 (in, 4 1.84 (dd, J=5.95, 3.20 Hz, 2 3.98 I 5.02

IH).

Step 2: To a solution of the product (530.1 mg, 1.04 mmol) o)f Step 4 of Example 371 (HCI salt of P2[(4R)-7-chloroquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-P1 (1R,2S Vinyl Acca) COQEt, the product (328 mg, 1.35 rnmol) of Step 1 of Example 372 cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid)1, HOBT (146 mg, 1.08 20 nol), and diisopropylethylamnine (0.755 mnL, 4.32 rnimol) in CH 2

CI

2 (7 mnL) was 507 I added HBTU (512 mg, 1.35 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for overnite and O partitioned between CH 2

CI

2 and pH 4.0 buffer. The CHzCI 2 layer was washed with ,O water, saturated NaHCO 3 dried (MgSO 4 concentrated. The residue was purified over a Biotage 40M column (EtOAc-Hexanes: 35-100%) to afford the 00 5 product 640 mg 'H NMR (methanol-cd) 8 ppm 1.02 9 1.26 4 H), 1.56 10 2.19 J=8.75 Hz, 1 2.41 1 2.70 (dd, J=14.19, 8.09 Hz, 1 4.01 (dd, J=11.90, 3.05 Hz, 1 4.13 2 4.20 1 4.53 1 H), IN 4.62 1 5.09 J=10.38 Hz, 1 5.26 J=17.09 Hz, 1 5.47 1 H), O 5.77 1 7.07 J=5.49 Hz, 1 7.47 .1 7.94 1 8.20 J=8.85 Hz, I 8.72 J=5.49 Hz, 1 LC-MS (retenlon time:1.71, Method MS m/z 655 Step 3: Tripeptide acid was prepared by following Step 7 of Scheme 2 of Example 370, except that cyclopentoxycarbonyl NH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(7chloroquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-Pl(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOEt used in place of the product of Step 6 of Example 370.

Modification: 0.636 g (0.97 mmol) of the product of Step 2 of Example 372 used, 0.424 g obtained (69% yield).

Product: N 0 rOH 0 0 Data: 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 8 ppm 1.02 9 1.57 11 2.14 J=9.03 Hz, 1 2.46 1 2.68 1 4.02 (dd, J=11.89, 3.11 Hz, 1 4.19 1 4.50 J=26.35 Hz, 1 4.64 J=8.42 Hz, 1 5.04 1 5.24 (d, J=17.20 Hz, 1 5.44 1 5.87 1 7.05 J=5.12 Hz, 1 7.48 1 7.92 1 8.18 J=8.78 Hz, 1 8.71 J=5.49 Hz, 1 LC-MS (retention time: 2.32, Method MS n/z 627 508 Scheme 2 CI Stop 4 CK1 ~CDI. DBU (3 0 Hp SH N 9O N 0 N__LO H YO No HY Copmnd 37 Step 4: A solution of CDI (0.021 g, 0.13 mrnol) and the product of Step 3 of Example 372 C1 ~(0.058 g, 0.09 mmol) BOCNH-P3(L-t-B uGI y)-P 2

(X

4 R)-7-chloroquinoline.4oxo).S-.

proline]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CO 2 H} in THEF (2 rnL) was refluxed for 40 rni and allowed to cool down to rt. A total of 0.016 g (0.13 mmol) of cyclopropanesulfonamide, followed by the addition of a solution of neat DBU (0.0 19 mL, 0.13 mmol). The reaction was stirred for overnite, then diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed pH 4.0 buffer dried (MgSO 4 concentrated and purified over three 1000 giM preparative TLC plate from Analtech (20x40 cM, eluted sequentially with 50% to 0% to 2% MeOH in CH 2

CI

2 to provide product (Compound 372) 27.3 1.49 (in, I1I 1. 86 (in, 1 2.14 (in, I 2.49 (in, I 2.68 (dd, J= 13.89, 7.4 8 Hz, 1 2.78 (in, 1 4.08 (in, 1 4.22 I 4.55 (in, 2 5.05 J=10-07 H~z, I 5.22 J=17.09 Hz, I 5.46 (in, I 5.86 (in, I 7.07 J=5.19 Hiz, W I 7.46 J=8.55 Hz, I 7.91 1 8.18 J=8.85 Hz, 11H), 8.72 (d, J=5.19 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 1.52 Method MS m/z 730 Example 373: Preparation of Compound 373.

OCN

0H Compound 373 509 Scheme 1 stop I C)0 DIPEA, DMAP 0 step 2 OH OIJO NO"JNX%-k. t*BuOKA-BuOH N 00 step 3 /0 INA

N_

DEAD stop 4

N~

HO 0LIOH,

H

2 CI.

O

C1N 0- N410- THF. MoOH

O

HCI

RHCVdioxane 01 0 HH Step 1: A solution of 2 -amino-4-methoxylacetophenone (4.45 g, 26.94 mmol) at 0OT dissolved in CH 2

CI

2 (100 mL) was treated with cyclopropanecarbonyl chioride (3.1 mL, 33.68 mmol) diisopropylethylamine (19 mL, 107.8 mmol), DMAP (0.780 g, 6.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnite and concentrated in vacuo. The residue dissolved in CH 2

I

2 (500 mL) was washed with aqueous I N HCI, water, NaHC0 3 and dried (M&SO 4 The solvent was removed in vacuo and the solid residue was treated with EtOAc/hexanes to provide the product (5.35 g, 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 8 ppm 0.94 (in, 4 1.69 (in, J=3.97 Hz, I 2.60 3 H), 3.84 3 6.69 J=7.93 Hz, 1 7.98 J=:8.85 Hz, 1 8.23 I H).

Step 2: A solution of product (5.35 g, 22.72 mmol) of Step I example 373 cyclopropanecarboxylic acid 2 -acetyl-5-methoxy-phenyl).amide I and tert-BuOK (5.45 g, 48.6 mmol) in tert-butanol (130 g) was refluxed for 6 h. The reaction midxture was cooled, poured into ice cold buffer and adjusted to pH 7, filtered. The solid collection was recrystallized from MeOHIEt 2 O to p rovide the product (1 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 5 ppm 0.96 (in, 2 1. 15 (mn, 2 1.94 (in, 1 3.87 3 H), 5.86 (in, I 6.93 (mn, 2 8.04 J=8.85 Hz, I H).

20 Step 3: 510 To a solution of N-Boc-L-3-hydroxyproline (1.06;g, 4.32 mmol) and

C.)

INO solution of the product (0.93 g, 4.32 mmol) of Step 2 Example 373 (2-Cyclopropyl- 7 -methoxy-quinolin-4-ol) and DEAD (1.50 g, 8.64 mmol) in THF (25 mL) over 00 5 min. The reaction mixture was stirred overnite and concentrated. The residue was N purified twice by a Biotage 40+M column (EtOAc.-Hexanes: 20-65%) to afford the product 1.74 g LC-MS (retention time: 2.56, Method MS mn/z 443 (M 4

I).

INO Step 4: To a suspension of (1.70 g, 3.86 mmol) of the product of Step 3 of Example 373 (Bc(R-2ccorpl7mtoyqioie[oo--rln methyl ester) in THF(91 mL), CH 3 0H (18.2 mL), and 1120 (27 mL) was added LiOH (0.73 g, mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hi, adjusted to pH 6, the organic solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was acidified to pH1 4, and extracted with EtOAc (4xI00 mL). The combined organic extract was dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo to supply the product 1.64 g 'H NMVR (methanold 4 8 PPM 1.32 (in, 13 2.37 (mn, 2 2.71 (in, 1 3.86 (mn, 1 3.95 3 H), 4.14 (in, I 4.43 (in, 1 5.41 1 6.65 1 H1), 7.19 (in, 1 7.30 (mn, 1 j=2.3 9.33Hz,-- H) Step The product (1.61 g, 2.79 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 373 (Boc-P2 p ~cyclopropyl- 7 .inethoxylquinoline-.4..oxo]-Sproline 1 -P1(1 R,2S Vinyl Acca) COQEt was dissolved in HCI/dioxane (15 rnL; 60 mmol) and stirred for 3 h at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and azeotroped with dry THE to afford the product (1.58 g, 100%): LC-MS (retention time: 2.12, Method MS m/z 566 (M 4 SCheim 2 H NN step 6 Istepi 7 rNBoc-L-ter-kecifl 0' M LOH, H20O

H

H

7 O~i- HOBT.H 2 N HHF eON

HN'

4N v. 0~~J 0 1 H NO H 0: 0 N -Th Step 6: To a -suspension of the product (1.58 g, 2.79 mmol) of Step 5 of Example 373 {Bis HG] salt of P2 J cyclopropyl-7-methox ylqui noli ne- 4 -oxo]-S-proline)I- IND PI(IR,2S Viny] Acca) COOEt), diisopropylethylamine (1.65 m.L, 9.25 mmol), N- N Boc-L-tert-leucine (0.775 g, 3.35 mmol), HOBT.H 2 0 (0.5 15 g, 3.36 nunol) in 00 5 CH 2 C1 2 (13 mL) was added HBTU (1.28 g, 3.36 rnmol). The mixture was stirred for 14 h and partitioned between EtOAc and pH 4.0 buffer. The EtOAc layer was dried (MgSO4, concentrated. The resisdue was purified over a Biotage 40+M column (EtOAc-hexanes: 20-100%, followed MeOH) and further purified by 20X40 cM 10000 Analtech PTLC plate (MeOH-CH 2

CI

2 to afford the product 1.4 g 1H NMiR (methanol-l 4 8 ppm 1.04 9 1.20 (in, 5 1.28 9 1.39 (in, 2 4 1.69 (mn, I 2.19 (in, 2 2.36 (in, I 2.63 (dd, 1=1 3.54, 7.68 Hz, I H), 3.90 3 4.08 (in, 4 4.19 J=1 1.34 Hz, I 4.47 J=1 1.71 Hz, 1 H), 4.56 1=8.60 Hz, I 5.08 (mn, 1 5.24 (mn,.1 5.39 I 5.78 (in, I H), 6.56 I 6.96 (dd, 1=9.15, 2.20 Hz, I 7.21 J=2.56 Hz, I 7.97 (d, J=9.15 Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 2.34, Method MS m/z 679 Step 7: To a suspension of the product of Step 6 of Example 373 (1.28 g, 1.89 inmol), Boc N'H-P3(L-tert-BuG] cyclopropyl-7- methoxylquinoli ne-4-oxo)-Sproline]-P1I(I R,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOEt, in THF(93 mL), CH 3 0H (23 ml), and (45 mL) was added LiOH (0.49 1 g, 20.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 18.5 h, adjusted to pH 4, removed the organic solvent in vacuo. The residue was extracted with EtOAc (5x lO0inL). Combined organic solvent was dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product 1.17 g (97% 'H NMIR (methanol-d 4 8 ppm 1.04 9 1.24 9 1.27 (in, 3 1.42 (in, 2 1.68 (dcl, J=8.05, 5.12 Hz, I 2.17 (in, I 2.33 (in, I 2.47 (in, I 2.66 (in, I 3.95 3 4.09 (in, 2 4.51 J=1 1.71 Hz, I 4.59 1=8.60 Hz, I H), 5.07 (in, I 5.26 (in, 1 5.52 I 5.85 (in, I 6.69 I 7.10 (dd, J=9.15, 2.20 Hz, I 7.27 (dl,J=2.20 Hz, I 8. 10 (cl, Hz, I LC-MS (retention time: 2.21, Method MS m/z 651 512 Scheme 3 0 A

H

N Q" c0 H CD1, DBU C 41 t H CN o H H S 00 -r 0 NH, 0 i0 Compound 373 Step 8: IDA solution of CDI (0.058 g, 0.344 mmol) and the product of Step 7 of Example 373 (0.160 g, 0.246 mmol) {Boc NH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(2- cyclopropyl-7methoxylquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-Pl (1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOH) in THF (2 rnL) was refluxed for 60 min and allowed to cool down to rt. Cyclopropanesulfonamide (0.041 g, 0.344 mmol) followed by the addition of neat DBU (0.051 mL, 0.344 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 24 h and worked up by partition the reaction mixture between pH 4.0 buffer and EtOAc. The organic layer was dried (MgSO 4 concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC (0-100% solvent B) to supply the product (Compound 373) 0.086 g 'H NMR (TRIFLUOROACETIC ACID- D) 8 ppm 1.04 9 1.21 16 1.41 1 1.87 (dd, J=8.05, 5.49 Hz, 1 Xn Tn i1AA n 4 7, r- TT, n,7 I tn j Al '2Tn A A L.2. .1 AI) VA UU, JL 7 U. I I 11 A I J km, I s, j IL), r.J.: 1 4.21 1 4.49 2 5.11 J=11.71 Hz, 1 5.27 J=17.20 Hz, 1 5.46 1 5.76 1 6.62 2 7.01 (dd, J=8.97, 2.01 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 J=2.56 Hz, 1 8.00 J=8.78 Hz, 1 H).

Example 374: Preparation of Compound 374.

0

SHN

Comrrppound 374

C.

0, 513 Schemel ,0o NH2 step 1

OH

CH Oe)H O step2 A, CH,CN OO)"N PhN.250C ,O

OH

R ysta a Pt 2 ,250 Ni sefectice O-k Recrystallizaion

OH

N N step 3 PPhK, DIAD

HO

N,

0 00 7 0'ko step 4 UOH, HO 0-o N OH

N

HBTU;OIPEA

CH2c2

R

0, 00 a 0 High Rf isomer used in rest of sequence 0, oo o low Rf isomer low Rt isomer Step 1: To a solution of m-anisidine (58 g, 471 mmol) in 800 mL of CH 3 CN was added Meldrum's acid (75g, 518 mmol), and trimethylformate (60g, 565 mmol). The heterogeneous mixture was refluxed for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo, MeOH (30 mL) was added, and the resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with 10-15 mL of MeOH. The MeOH addition/filtration procedure was repeated on the concentrated mother liquor. The resulting combined solid was dried (-20 torr, 45 OC ovemite) to afford 117.6 g of the intermediate 5-[(3-Methoxyphenylamino)methylene]-2,2-dimethyl-[ 1,3]dioxane-4,6-dione.

Step 2: To a solution of Ph 2 O (500 g) heated to 250 OC was added 108.7g (392 mmol) of [(3-Methoxyphenyl-amino)methylene]-2,2-di methyl-[l,3]dioxane-4,6-dione in portions over a 30 min period. The mixture was heated an additional 15 min, cooled to rt, diluted with hexanes (800 mL) and the resulting slurry stirred overnite. The hexanes was decanted off, the solid residue dissolved in 600 mL of MeOH at reflux, cooled to rt and the resulting solid filtered and washed with minimal CH 2

CI

2 The

I.

analogous recrystallization procedure was followed to afford a total of 20.73 g C0 of 7-methoxyquinolin-4-ol as a light brown solid. 1'H NUR (methanol-d 4 863.87 (s, IND 3H), 6.23 d, 1=7.3 Hz, INH), 6.68 J=2.4 Hz, I 6.96 (dcl, 1=9.0, 2.4 Hz, I H),

(N

8.11 J=9 Hz, I1H); LC-MS (retention ti me: 0.77, method MS m/z 176 (M+1)I 00 5 Step 3: ri To a solution of) of N-Boc-cis-L-Hydroxyproline methyl ester (12.24 g, 49.8 mmol) and PPh 3 2 6 .14 g, 99.7 mmol) in THF (200 mL) cooled to 0 'C was added a IND solution of DEAD (17.36 g, 99.7 mmol) and 7-methoxyquinolin..4-oI (8.73 g, 49.8 rnmol) in (THF 700 mnL) over a 45 mmii period. The mixture was slowly allowed to warm to nt ovemite, concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified over a Biotage column (MeOH-EtOAc: 0-10%) to afford 12.78g of the product as a colorless glass: 'H NMiR (CDC1 3 8 1.36 9H), 2.26-2.35 (in, 1H), 2.57-2.68 (in, 114), 3.71 3H), 3.75-3.92 (in, 2H), 3.86, 3.87 (two s (rotamers) 3H), 4.41-4.53 (mn, iff), 5.09 (in, IM), 6.52 J=5.5 H~z, 111), 7.06-7.09 (in, IN), 7.24-7.26 (mn, Ill), 7.94 J=9.1 Hz, IN), 8.50-8.56 (in, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.34, method D), MS inle 403 Step 4: Trna hitio. oIf the nr,%Avvt (2 ;A n1I I I f 3 of -rxml t~ IDCC'- T P2[(4R)-( 7 -inethoxyquinoline.4-oxo) proline methyl ester) in 600 mL of 5:1 THFIMeOH was added a solution of LiOH (4.0 g, 167 ininol) in 150 miL of water.

The mixture was stirred overnite, the pH was adjusted to pH 7 using 6N aqueous Nd, and the solution concentrated until only the water layer remained. The residue was adjusted to pH 4 using IN aqueous HCI, NaCI added to saturate the mixture and was partitioned repeatedly with first EtOAc and then THF as the product was aqueous soluble. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated to afford the product 8.18 g as a white solid. 11i NMvR (CDC1 3 -Methanol-d 4 8 1.42 9H4), 2.40-2.49 (in, IN), 2.68-2.77 (mn, IN), 3.88 (in, 2H), 3.94 3H), 4.41- 4.53 (mn, 11H), 5.32 (in, INH), 6.86-6.92 (in, INH), 7.21 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, I 7.30 J=2 Hz, I1H), 8.05-8. 10 (in, INH), 8.62 J=6 Hz, I LC-MS (retenti on ti me 1.20, method MS m/z 389 Step To a solution of the product (4.50 g, 11.60 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 374 f Boco 4(R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo) proline}1, 2.66 g(13.9 mmol) of the HCI salt of INO vinyl Acca (existing as a 1:1 mixture of diastereoisomers (IR,2S/IS,2R where cyclopropyl carboxyethyl group is syn to vinyl moiety), 10 mL (57.4 minol) of 005 DIPEA, and 2.13 g (13.9 mmol) of 1-OBT.H 2 0 if) 150 mL of CH 2

CI

2 was added 5.27 g (13.9 mmnol) of HBTU, and the mixture stirred ovemnite. The solution was diluted with 200 mL of GH 2

CI

2 and was partitioned with pH 4.0 buffer (2x50 mL). The INOorganic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 2 xOrriL), water and brine (2x5OmL). The organic solution was dried (MgSO 4 concentrated and purified using a Biotage 65M column (eluted with 0- 9% MeOHIEtOAc) to provide of BOC-NH-P2 7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-Sproline]-PI(IR,2S vinyl acca P1 moiety)-COOEt as the initial eluted isomer (2.21 g, 36% overall), followed by 1. 13 g of pure lower Rf isomer BOC-NH-P2[(4R)- 7 -methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-PI 1(1S,2R Vinyl Acca P1 moiety)-CO 2 Et.

Mixed fractions were also obtained. Data for BOC N-P2[(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline.

4 -oxo)-S-proline]-P1(1R,2S)-(Viny]Acca)-COOEt: 'H NMR (CDCI 3 8 1.16 1=7 Hz 1.35 9H), 1.37-1.47 (in, IH), 1.74-1.88 (in, 1H), 2 .04-2.13(m, 1H), 2.32- 2.46(m, 1H), 2.58-2.69 (in, 1H), 3.76 (in, IH), 3.87 (s ,3H4), 4.02-4.13 (in, 2H), 4.30- 4.44 (mn, IH), 5.05-5.19 (in, 2H), 5.24 J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.63-5.71 (in, 114), 6.61 (in, 1H), 7.07 (dd, J=9, 2Hz, IH), 7.22 J=2 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.83 (mn, 1H), 7.92 J=9 p Hz, IH), 8.50 J=5 Hz, 1H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.38, method MS n/z 526 516 Scherm 2 0N IDstep 6) 4N HCloxanes 0Q OK12 C1J step 7) NATU; NMM. CH 2

CI

2

HN

00 0 k 0 H 'i 0 0 00 0 1-00N 0L:~~j H 0-4 N CD1, DBU, andi~ -T1 0 CoT'pomnd 374 Step 6: A total of product (1.35 g, 2.90 mmol) Of Step 5 of Example 374 {BOC-P2 methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-prol ine)-PI1( IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOEt was dissolved in 4N HClldioxane (15m1, 60 mmol) and was stirred for 2.5 h at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to supply 1.3 g (100%) of the product as a tan IT ITIT~r X" ari 1.5 T- soilU WiIIlI -was U~I1lIell Used inI IteM sip. n 1NIVmr kit11 IWU4) U J ,L J1 11-1), 1.47-1.52 (in, IH), 1.78 (dd, J=8, 5 Hz, IN), 2.21-2.32 (in, IH), 2.55-2.64 (in, I 2.99 (dd, J= 15, 7 Hz, INH), 3.96 2H), 4.06 3H), 4.14 J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.69- 4.75 (in, IH), 5.13 J=10 Hz, IN), 5.33 J=17 HLz 5.71-5.83 (in, IH), 5.89 (in, 111), 7.44 (in, IHM, 7.49-7.52 (in, 8.51-8.55 (in, IN), 8.94-8.96 (mn, IN) 3

C

NMvR (methanol-d 4 8 14.62, 23.08, 30.89, 34.73, 36.97, 41.03, 52.42, 57.11, 60.17, 62.70, 81.13, 100.06, 103.07, 117.02, 118.53. 122.70, 126.86, 134.74, 143.15, 146.75, 166.62, 167.71, 169.37, 171.18. LC-MS (retention time: 0.94, method D), MSm~z 426 (M+1) Step 7: To suspension of product (1.3 g, 2.61 inmol) of Step 6 of Example 374 (NH 2 P2[( 4 R)-(7-methoxyquinolineA-oxo)-SproIinej-P I( IR,2S-Vi nyl Acca)-COOEt, Bis HCI Salt), N-BOC-L-tert-leucine (B30C L-tiBuGly) (0.94 g, 4.25 rnmol), NMM (1.7 ml, 15.5 rimiol) in DMF (2OmL) was added HATU (1.55g, 3.40 minol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred overnite, diluted with 75% EtOAc-THIF (300 inL), 517 washed with pH 4.0 buffer (2050 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 (50 mL), brine

C.)

IND 100% EtOAc in Hexanes) to supply the product 0.702 (BOCNH-P3(L-i- B uGly)-P2[(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline.4..oxo)-S-)rohine].P I -CO 2 Et as a foam. 'H 005 NUR (Methanol-d 4 8 1.06 9H1), 1.22-1.32 (in, 3H1), 1.28 9H), 1.42-1.46 (in, 1H), 1.73 (dd, J=8, 5 Hz, 1H), 2.19-2.25 (in, IH), 2.67-2.72(m, I1H), 3.95 3H), 4 .0 3 -4.07(m, 111), 4.10-4.18 (mn, 2H), 4.20-4.24 (in, 11H), 4.54 J= 12 Hz, 1H-), ID4.60-4.63 (in, 111), 5.11 (dd, J=10, 2 Hz, 111), 5.28-5.30 (in, IM-1, 5.43 (in, IH), 5.76- 5.83 (in, 111), 6.50 J=9 Hz, NH), 6.93 J=5 H~z, IH), 7.10 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 111), 7.28 (mn, 11H), 7.99 (mn, I1H), 8.11 J--9 Hiz, I1H), 8.62 J=5 LC-MS m/z 63 9 (retention time: 1.53 method D).

Step 8: To a suspension of product (702 mg 1. 1 imol) cf Step 7 of Example 374 (BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R).7-methoxyquin oline-4-oxo)-S-prolinej .P I(LR,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOEt) in THEF (50 mL), CH 3 0H (7 and H20 (22 mL) was added LiOH (211 mg, 8.80 inmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for one day, acidified to neutral pH, and concentrated in vacuo until only the aqueous layer remained. The resulting aqueous residue was acidified to pH 4.0 by addition of 1 .0 N aqueous HCI and then saturated with solid NaCI. This aqueous mixture was extracted repeatedly with EtOAc and THF, the combined organic solvent washed with brine (50 miL), dried (MgSQ 4 filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to supply the product 631 mg BOCNH-P3(L-t-B uGly)-P 2 4 R)-(7methoyquinoline4oxo)-S.proline].

PI(IR,2S Vinyl AcCa)-CO 2 H, as a solid. 'H NWvI (Methanol-cl 4 8 1.04 9H), 1.22 9H1), 1.34-1.39 (in, 1.67 (dd, J=8, 5 Hz, 2.03-2.13 (in, 111), 2.43-2.49 (in, 1H), 2.67-2.73 (in, 111), 3.96 311), 4.00-4.05. (in, 111), 4.15-4.21 (in, IH), 4.56- 4.62 (mn, 211), 5.02 1=10 Hz, IH), 5.20 J=17 Hz, IH), 5.52 (mn, IH), 5.87-5.99 (in, I 6.47 J=8 Hz, 111), 6.91 I 7.12 J=5 Hz, 11H), 7.19 (dd, 1=9, 2 Hz, IH), 7.31 1=2 Hz, 111), 8.22 1=9 Hz, 8.72 J=5 Hz, IH). LC-MS (retention time: 1.44, method MS m/z 611 Step 9: To a solution of the tripeptide acid 120 g, 0. 195 inmol) of Step 8 of Example 374 in THE (2 mL) was added CDI (44.3 mng, 0.27 mmol) and the resulting solution was 518 refluxed for 60 min and allowed to cool down to rt. Cyclobutylsulfonamnide (0.037g,

C.)

IND 0.273 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 24 h, another one equivalent of CDI and cyclobutylsulfonamide added and the mixture stirred 48h more. The mixture was 00 5 diluted with 50% THFIEtOAc (200mL) and washed brine saturated pH 4.0 buffer (3OmL), dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 2 mL of 50% THF-CH 2

CI

2 75 mg (0.39 mmol) of EI)AC, 48 mg (0.39 minol) of 4- INDDMAP, 58 EJL (0.39 mmol) of DBU and 53 mg (0.39 mmnol) of cyclobutylsulfonamide added, and the mixture stirred 4 days. The mixture was purified by one 10000 Analtech PTLC plate (20 X 40 cM, eluted with 2% MeQH in

CH

2

CI

2 to supply the desired product Compound 374, BQCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-

P

2 4 R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-voxo).S-proline]-P t (1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclobutane, as a foam 2 mg 'H4 NMR (methanol-d 4 8 1.07, 1.08 (two s (rotamers) 9H1), 1.20, 1.21 (two s (rotamers) 9H1), 1.41-1 .48 (in, IH), 1.64-1.70 (in, IH), 1.72-1.91 (in, 2H), 1.95-2.11 (in, 211, 2.23-2.37 (in, 2H), 2.40-2.58 (mn, 211), 2.72-2.75 (mn, IH), 4.06 3H1), 4.12-4.17 (in, 211), 4.354.38 (mn, 1H), 4.58-4.62 (in, 4.65-4.70 (in, 1ff), 5.16-5.18 (mn, IH), 5.24-5.37 (in, 111), 5.69-5.76 (in, 2H), "7.40-'7.46 (mn 3IM) 5Z 4 (inRA 111 Q.92 7=7 Pz T-7 W LC.MS (retention ti mo- 1.58 method MS m/z 728 (M 4 Example 375: Preparation of Compound 375.

0 0 0 0'V Canfoid 32'5 519 Scheme 1 U LiOH, HO q CDI DBU.

00 00 0~ a~Pic~d "o

NN

step 3 INO q HCVdoxaneH Ostep4

H

4 4 H HATU; DIPEA, MOA, 0 V N-Boc-Ltt-Iuecin.

Compound 375 Step 1: To a solution of product (794 mg, 1.51 mmol) of Step 5 of Example 374 (N-BOC-

P

2 [(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(1R,2S VinylAcca)-CO 2 Et) in 68 mL of 12% MeOH/THF was added a solution of 218 mg (9.08 mmol) of lithium hydroxide in 30 mL of water and the mixture was stirred 16 h. The pH was adjusted to neutral by addition of 6N aqueous HCI, concentrated until only the water remained, the solution adjusted to pH 4 using aqueous IN HCI and was then extracted with 50% THF-EtOAc (5x200-mL portions). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated to provide the product 752 mg (100%) N- BOC-P2[(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CO 2

H):

'H NMR (Methanol-d 4 8 1.37-1.43 1H), 1.39 9H), 1.69-1.78 I 2.16- 2.24 1H), 2.44-2.54 1H), 2.64-2.74 1H), 3.89-3.94 2H), 3.96 3H), 4.40-4.43 1H), 5.11 J=10 Hz, 1H), 5.31 J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.40 11), 5.79- 5.87 1H), 6.91 1H), 7.04 J=6 Hz, IH), 7.25 (dd, J=9.1, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 8.09 J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 8.66 J=6 Hz, 1H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.05, method MS m/z 498 Step 2: To a solution of product (399.5 mg, 0.668 mmol of Step I of Example 375 (N-BOC- P2[(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-Pl(1R,2S VinylAcca)-CO 2 H) in THF (4 mL) and CDI (434 mg, 2.68 mmol) was refluxed for 60 min and allowed to cool down to rt. Cyclopropylsulfonamide (406 mg, 3.35 mmol) was added in one 520 portion before the addition of neat DBU (0.50 inL, 3.35 mmol). The reaction was

C.)

IND saturated pH 4.0 buffer (2x4OmL). Organic layer was dried (MgSO 4 concentrated, and purified over a Biotage 25M column (MeOH in CH 2

CI

2 0% to 15%) to supply 217 mg of the desired product {N-BOC-P2[i'4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline..4-oxo).

S-proline]-PI (IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHS02Cyclopropane 'H NvR (Methanol-cl 4 1.01-1 .10 (mn, 2H), 1.11-1.18 (in, IH), 1.20-1.27 (in, 1H), 1.39-1.48 (mn, IMI, 1.44 IND 9H), 1.87 (dd, J=8, 5 Hz, 1H), 2.01-2.38 (in, 2H), 2.57 (dd, J=14, 7 Hz, 1H), 2.91-2.96 (mn, 111), 3.83-3.92 (in, 2H), 3.94 3H), 4.36-4.39 (in, 1H), 5.11 Hz, IH), 5.29 J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (in, IH), 5.74--5.81 (in, 1H), 6.91 J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, I 7.29 (in, I 8.07 J=9.2 Hz, IH), 8.60 (d, Hz, IH). LC-MS (retention time: 1.28, method MS m/z 601 Steps 3: A total of product (198 mg, 0.33 mind) of Step 2 of Example 375 (BOC-P2 7 -methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-s-proline-P 1(1 R,2S Vinyl Acca)- CONflSO 2 Cyclopropane} was dissolved in 4N HCI/dioxane (4m1, 16 rnxol) and stirred for 2h at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated to supply the crude product as a tan solid which was used immediately in the next reaction.

Step 4: The crude product of Step 3 of Example 375 1 HN-P 2 [(4R)-(7-inethoxyquinoline-4.

p oxo)-S-prolinel-P 1(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONIISO 2 C'YClopropane, Bis HCI Salt) was suspended in 10 mL of dichloromethane. To this mixture was added N-BOC-L-tertleucine (BOG L-tBuGly) [120 mng, 0.52 inmol], HOAT (30 ing, 0.20 inmol), DJPEA (0.29 ml, 1.65 minol), and HATU (160 mg, 0.43 mrnmol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h, diluted with 50% EtOAc-THF (300 inL), washed with brine saturated pH 4.0 buffer (3050 mL), dried (MgSO 4 concentrated. The residue was purified by a Isco 35g column (eluted with 0% to 15% MeOH in CH 2

CI

2 to supply the product (130.1 mng, 47%) as a Hunning's base salt (Compound 375): 'H NNfR (methanol-cl 4 8 ppm 1.00-1.48 (in, 29 1.47 9 1.89 (in, 1 2.26 (in, I H), 2.36 (in, 1 2.69 (in, I 2.97 (in, I 3.25 Hz, 2 3.74 (in, 2 H), 3.97 3 4. 10(m, I 4.23 (dd, J= 19.6 8, 9.92 Hz, 1 4.5 7 (in, 2 5.15 (in, I 5.31 (mn, I HI), 5.50 I 5.77 (mn, I 7.01 1=5.34 Hz, I 7.16 (d, 1 J=9.16 Hz, 1 7.31 J=1.83 Hz, 1 8.14 1 8.67 J=5.49 Hz, 1 H).

O LC-MS (retention time: 1.49 Method MS m/z 714 \D Example 376: Preparation of Compound 376.

0 H c\H IN Compound 371; SScheme 1 H H _tep IH O H H 2 H O 0 N O H N and PTLC 0 tv Compound 375 Compound 376 Compound 376 Step 1: Of Compound 375 (130 mg) was dissolved in EtOAc, washed one more time with pH 4 buffer, brine and then dried (MgSO 4 The crude mixture was purified over two 10000 PTLC plate from Analtech (20X40 cm, eluted with 3% MeOH in CH 2

C

2 to afford the product (Compound 376) 54 mg (23% yield from the tripeptide acid): 'H NMR (Methanol-d 4 0.88-1.00(m, 2H), 1.01-1.14 2H), 1.03 9H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 1.34 (dd, J=9, 5 Hz, 1 1.81-1.89 1H), 2.06-2.13 2.45-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.75 1H), 3.91 3H), 3.98-4.11 1H), 4.21-4.22 1H), 4.46- 4.50 IH), 4.54-4.57 1H), 4.97-5.02 1H), 5.14-5.22 1H), 5.33-5.41 (m, 1H), 5.81-5.99 1H), 6.87-6.95 1H), 7.06-7.09 1H), 7.25 IH), 8.07- 8.10 1H), 8.59 J=5.2 Hz, 1H). HRMS m/z calcd. for C 35 H46N50 9

S:

712.3016, found: 712.3024; LC-MS nme 714 (retention time: 1.42, method I).

522 Example 377: Preparation of Compound 377.

H No o

H

NO

M Compound 377 Scheme 1 A HCI \o, stepi o N H' HATU; OIPEA. HOAT. O 0 N.J O~ H HCI H 2-S)N-Boc-amno8-enol o acid compound 37 Step 1: A total of 1.0 mmol the product of Step 2 of Example 375 {The Bis HCI Salt of HN-

P

2 4 R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-

CONHSO

2 Cyclopropane) suspended in 20 mL of dichloromethane was added 352 mg (1.30 mmol) of 2 -(S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-8-nonenoic acid purchased from IKhY Armno ncas, nvu l (aL mg, .00 mmol), virca ie mt, .v mmony, ano HATU (494 mg, 1.30 mmol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred 16 h, and the majority of the CH 2

CI

2 removed in vacuo. The mixture was diluted with saturated pH 4.0 buffer (150 mL), and extracted into EtOAc (4x200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 concentrated. The residue was purified over a Biotage 40M column (eluted with 0% to 15% MeC)H in CH 2

CI

2 to afford the product (Compoud 377) 574 mg LC-MS r/z 754 (retention time: 1.64, method I).

Example 378: Preparation of Compound 378.

0O 0O O O Compound 378 523 C~1 Sch~eme 1 o- step 1 0H N V H HATU; DIPEA, flOAT, O0 H HCI H o N-BOC-L-Valine >,r 00 o &'V coropod 378 Step 1: C1 A total of 0.34 mmol of the product of Step 2 of Example 375 f{The Bis HCI Salt of HN-P2[(4R)-(7-methox yquinoline-4-oxo)-S-prolirie]-P I( IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-

CONHSO

2 CYClopropane) was suspended in 3 nL of dichloromethane. To this mixture was added N-BOC-L-Valine (L-Val) (120 mg, 0.55 mmol), HOAT (30 Mg, 0.20 mmol), DIPEA (0.29 ml, 1.65 mmol), and HATU (160 mg, 0.43 mmol) at rt.

The reaction mixture was stirred 16 h, diluted with saturated pH 4.0 buffer (150 mnL), and extracted into EtOAc (3x200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified over an Isco column (MeOH in CH 2

CI

2 0% to This material was further purified over two 8 PTLC plate from Analtech (20X40 cm, eluted with 3% MeOR in CH 2

CI

2 to afford the product 104.1 mg Compound 378: HRMS m/z calcd. for

C

3 4HI4NsO 9 S: 698.2860, found: 698.2865. LC-MS mle 700 (retention time: 1.60, method D).

Example 379: Preparation of 'Compound 379 H N NN e 0 r 0 compound 379 524 Schemfe I 0 ,,oi1-1 step I P00 3 pyndbre.

2-pioto acid step 2 t.jCtK THF reflux

ON

step 3 -OC N reflux 0 HI H N N0 odN0 Step 4 I-BuOY, DMS0 «H4 step 8 a) HCI/choxane b) Boc-L-t-euclne, HATU, HOBT, DUPE N- N 0~

N-<OH

atep HATU. HOST.

DIPEA

TFA tN 00

-N'

H N

N,

N 0 Compound 379 Step 1: To a suspension of 2-picolic acid (3.73g, 30.3 mmol) and 2-amino,mpthn vhR nnhe~nn e (5.0 303n mmnnq cfiq AI v~ in nvrirlingp (150 nT was added POCI 3 (3.7 mL, 45.4 mmol) in 5 min. the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hr at the temperature, and stirred at rt ovemnite. The reaction mixture was poured into cold water and extracted with EtOAc The combined extract was dried to provide the product (7.67 g, 'H NNM (methanol-d 4 8 ppm 2.65 3 3.92 3 6.78 (in, 1 7.60 (in, 1 8.00 (mn, I 8.06 (in, I 8.21 1=7.63 Hz, 1 8.59 J=2.29 Hz, I 8.76 J=3.97 Hiz, 1 LC-MS (retention time: 1.56, Method MS m/z 271 (W+1I).

Step 2: To a suspension suspension of Pyridine-2-carboxylic acid phenyl)-amide (2.90 g, 10.7 minol) in THF (50 m1L) was added t-BuOKrI'HP (IM, 24 m.L, 24 rnmiol). The reaction mixture was heated at 70 'C for 3 h and stirred overnite.

The solvent was removed the in vacuo. Cold water was added to the residue and adjusted pH to 4.6 with aqueous 1.0 N HCl, filtered. The solid residue was purified 525 N over a Biotage 65M column (MeOHICH 2

CI

2 0-15%) to provide the product (2.26 g, LC-MS (retention time: 1.19, Method MS m/z 253 N

S

tep 3: A mixture of 7 -Methoxy-2-pyridin-2-yl-quinolin-4-ol (2.2 g, 8.71 mmol) in POCI 3 0 5 (92 mL) was refluxed for 3 h and then removed the solvent in vacuo. Ice water was added to the residue, adjusted the pH >10 with 1.0 N NaOH, and extrated with EtOAc The combined extract was washed with water, brine, dried (MgSO 4 removed solvent to supply the product as a yellow solid (89 2.1 DMSO-D6) 8 Sppm 3.97 3 7.40 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I 7.53 I 8.01 1 8.09 J=9.16 Hz, I 8.46 1 8.56 J=7.93 Hz, 1 8.74 J=3.97 Hz, 1 H).

LC-MS (retention time: 1.50, Method MS m/z 271 (Ml+1).

Step 4: To a solution of N-Boc-4-hydroxyproline (1.6 g, 6.7 mmol) in DMSO (20 mL) was added t-BuOK (1.9 g, 16.8 mmol). The generated mixture was stirred for 1.5 h and 4- Chloro- 7 -methoxy-2-pyridin-2-yl-quinoline (2.0 g, 7.4 mmol) and DMSO (10 mL) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 38 h, diluted with cold water and extracted with EtOAc/ether 2x). the aqueous layer was acidified to pH 4 and extracted with EtOAc/THF the combined extract was dried (Na 2 SO4/MgSO 4 removed the solvent in vacuo and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (0- 80% solvent B) to provide the product (1.6 g, LC-MS (retention time: 1.23, Method MS m/z 466 (Ml+1).

Step A solution of product (0.21 g, 0.65 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 379 {N-boc-

(IR,

2 S)-l-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester) in HCI/dioxane (4M, 5 mL, 20 mmol) was stirred for 3 h, and the solvent was removed in vacuo. To the residue was added CH 2

CI

2 (10 mL), diisopropylethylamine (0.4 mL, 3.23 mmol), HOBT (0.20 g, 1.35 mmol), Boc-(4R)-(2-cyclopropyl-7-methoxy-quinoline-4-oxo)- S-proline (0.20 g, 0.5 mmol) and HATU (0.415 g, 1.07 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnite and diluted with pH 4.0 buffer, extracted with EtOAc. The extract was dried (MgSO 4 and purified by Biotage 40 M column using MeOH/

CH

2

CI

2 (0 to 15%) as eluent to provide the product (204.7 mg, 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 5 ppm 0.64 1 0.96 2 1.33 8 1.39 9 1.90 526 (in, 2 2.18 (in, I 2.54 (in, I ED), 2.81 (in, I HI), 4.01 (in, 5 4.44 J=28.99 o Hz, I 5.08 (in, I 5.31 (mn, I 5.57 I1-1), 6.03 (in, I 6.94 1 H), INO7.27 J=8.24 Hz, I 7.64 (in, I 7.92 (mn, I 8.14 (mn, 2 8.66 1 H), 8.74 I H).

0C) 5 Step 6: N ~A slurry of P2 Boc-(4R)-(7-methoxy-2-Pyridin-2-yJ -quinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]- PI (IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-GONIIS 2 (l -cyclopropylmethylcyclopropanl yl) (Step INO Example 379) (203 mng, 0.3 mmol) in 4M HCI/dioxane (3.5 miL, 14 mrnol) was stir-red for 2 h, removed the solvent in vacuo. To the residue was added CH 2

CI

2 (2 diisopropylethylamine (0.63 miL, 3.6 mmol), 'Boc-L-tert-leucine (83 mng, 0.36 inxol), HOAt (41 mg, 0.3 mmol), and HATU (148 mg, 0.39 minol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 7 h and removed the solvent in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (35-85% solvent B) 1.0 provide the desired product (Compound 379) 25.1 mg 'H NMR (methanol-cl 4 8 ppm -0.05 (in, I H), 0.30 (in, I 0.66 (in, 1 0.91 (mn, 2 1.05 9 1.28 9 1.67 (in, 8 2.15 (in, I 2.58 (mn, I 2.77 (in, I 3.96 3 4.19 J=40.25 Hz, 2 4.51 J=16.47 Hz, 2 4.95 (in, 1 5.15 (in, I 5.53 I 5.89 (dd, J=16.65. 9.33 Hz, 1 7.09 d, J=8.42 Hz, I 7-43 1=1.83 Hz, I 7.50 (in, I 7.82 I 7.99 (in, 1 ED, 8.10 J=9.15 Hz, I 8.48 J=7.68 Hz, I H), 8.72 I LC-MS (retention time: 1.59, Method MS m/z 791 (lv+1I).

Example 380: Preparation of Compound 380.

0 C 0 'If," Comipound 380 527 Sch~eme 1 0 ~step I te 0 a) Cbxa* Ase2 Q. b) Boc-L-N-eucine, 0 t~IH, H 2 0 HATU, HOBT, DIPEA H 34

I~

H NN H N 0o 110 .NH y 00 2 o N Stepp13 149 0ml n4 0C/ixn (12 r, 48 ml wssire o h eoe The solein maeacl and acheomoe It driofe.T the residuexmpe was ddedcupin DMF (75 mL), N-mehtylmorpholine (6.27 mL, 57-.07 mmol), Boc-L-terr-leucine (5.20 g, 22.49 mmol), and HATU (8.53 g, 22.49 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnite and worked up by pouring the reaction mixture into ice water P and adjusted to pH 5 with aqueous 1.0 N HCI and extracted with EtOAc. The extract was washed with NaHCO 3 brine, dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified over Biotage 65M column (EtOAc-hexanes: 5-100%) to provide the product (8.07 g, Retention time: 1.88 method I) MS m./z 639 Step 2: To a suspension of the product (4.0 g, 6.26 mmol) of Step I of Example 384 1 IBoc NH-P3 (L-tert-BuGI y)-P2[(4R)-(6-methoxyl -i soquiinoli ne-I -oxo)-S-proline]-PI 1(1R,2S Vi nyl Acca)-COOEt I in TB-F(250 mL), CH 3 0H (31 mL), and H-20 (125 mL) was added LiOH (2.4 g, 100.2 mmol). The reaction midxture was stirred for ovemite and th en adjusted to pH 7 with aqueous 1.0 N HCI. The organic solvents were removed in vacuo. The aqueous residue was acidified to pH 4 and extracted with EtOAc: (2x).

The combined organic solvent was dried (Na 2 SOd/MgSO 4 and concentrated in

C.)

INDH), 1.25 (in, 1 1.29 9 1.46 (in, 1 HI), 1.72 (dd, J=8.24, 5.19 Hz, I 2.23 .1=8.55 Hz, I 2.68 (dd, .1=13.89, 7.78 Hz, 1 3.94 3 4.05 (dd, 00 5 J=I 1.60, 3.05 Hz, I 4.23 J1=8.85 Hz, I 4.46 .1=11.60 Hz, 1 4.63 (t, J=8.39 Hz, I 5.10 .1=10.38 Hz, I 5.29 (dJ, J=17.40 Hz, 1 5.85 (in, 2 H), 7. 10 J--9.16 Hz, I 7.19 I 7.26 J='5.49 Hz, 1 7.91 J=5.80 Hz, IND I 8.12 J=9.16 Hz, 1 Retention time: 1.81 methodI) MS mn/z 611 Step 3: A solution of CDI (0.052 g, 0.32 imol) and the product (0.130 g, 0.21 inmol) of Step 2 of Example 384 BOCNH-P3(L-1-BuGl y)-P 2 [(4l?)-6-methoxy-sioquinoline-lI-oxo)- S-proline]-PL(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CQ 2 HI in THF (2 m.L) was refluxed for 60 min and allowed to cool down to rt. Cyclobutanesulfonamide (0.043 g, 0.32 inmol) was added followed by the addition of a solution of neat DBU (0.048 ML, 0.32 Mmol). The reaction was stirred for ovemnite, then filtered through syringe filter and purified by preparative HPLC (30% to 100% solvent B) to provide the desired product 0. 1422 mg 1 H NUR (methanol-d 4 8 PPM 1.04 9 1.26 .1=13.43 Hz, 9 H), 1.39 (in. 1 1.85 (dd, .1=7.63. 5.19 Hz, 1 1.98 (mn, 2 2.26 (i,4 2.50 (in, 2 2.61 (in, 1 3.92 3 4.05 (in, I 4.24 (in, 1 4.33 (mn, 1 4.43 .1=11.60 Hz, 1 4.52 (in, I 5.13 (in, 1 5.30 (in, 1 5.71 (in, 1 5.82 p 1 7.08 .1=8.85 Hz, I 7.18 1 7.24 J1=5.80 Hz, I 7.88 (in, I 8.08 J1=9.16 Hz, 1 Retention time: 1.89 method 1) MS ni/z 728 529 k Scheme 2

C.)

o Q~~yl Sep 4 Alx ;N HO HCdioxan oH H OO oH 0 0 cr-a" HC H^1 -k 'i 00 0T M DIPEA. CH 2 cI2 ID C 1 00 H 0 oN yoXN k Oi O 0 Compound 380 Step 4: Example 380, Step 3 (0.196 mg, 0.27 mmol) (BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGIy)-P2 methoxy-isoquinoline--oxo)-S-proline]-P1( R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclobutyl) was dissolved in HCI/dioxane (5 mL; 20 mmol) and was stirred for 2 h at rt. Removed the solvent in vacuo to supply the titled product 100% (0.1887 g) which was ready to next step.

Step To a mixture of the product (0.037 g, 0.053 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 380(HCI salt of NH 2 -P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2 4 6 -methoxy-isoquinoline- I-oxo)-S-proline]- PI(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclobutyl) and. diisopropylethylamine (0.046 mL), 0.26 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 (2 mL) was added cyclopentyl chloroformate (0.7 M, 0.151 mL, 0.069 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnite and purified by preparative HPLC (30% to 100% solvent B) to provide the desired product (Comound 380) (0.0303 g, 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 6 ppm 1.03 9 1.48 9 1.86 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I 1.99 2 2.27 4 2.51 2 2.60 (dd, J=13.89, 6.87 Hz, 1 3.92 3 4.05 (dd, J=12.21, 3.97 Hz, 1 H), 4.32 2 4.41 J= 11.90 Hz, 1 4.53 1 4.69 1 5.12 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I 5.29 J=17.09 Hz, 1 5.71 1 5.83 I 7.11 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 1 7.19 1 7.25 J=5.80 Hz, i 7.88 J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.08 J=9.16 Hz, 1 retention time: 1.85 method MS m/z 740 (MW+1) 530 Example 381: Preparation of Compound 381.

0 ,H -I

C-I,

M Compound 381 M stop 1 LjK Ha DIPEA CH 2 1 y R 00H

HCI

2 N H N )I 0 01 N H0 N, 4 0 o Commond 381 Step 1: To a mixture of the product (0.037 g, 0.053 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 380 (HCJ salt of NH 2 -P3(L-t-B uG~y)-P2 4 R)-(6-methoxy-is-oqui noli ne-i -oxo)-S-proline]- PI(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 CyclobutyJ) and iisopropylethylamine (0.046 mL), 0.26 mrnol) in CH 2 C1 2 (2 mL) was added new-pentyl chloroformate (0.0 12 mL, 0.069 mmi). .i ne reaction mixture was stirrea overnite ana airecity puriiieu oy preparative HPLC (30% to 100% solvent B) to provide the desired product (Comound 381) (0.0252 g, 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 8 ppm 0.84 9 1.05 9 1.40 (in, p 1~ 1.86 (in, I 2.00 (in, 2 2.28 (in, 4 2.51 (in, 2 2.57 (in, I 3.39 J=10.07 Hz, I 3.55 1=10.38 Hz, I 3.92 3 4.05 (in, 1 4.33 (mn, 2 4.41 J= 11.29 Hz, I 4.53 (mn, I 5.12 J= 10.07 Hz, 1 5.29 J= 17.09 Hz, I 5.71 (in, 1 5.82 I 7. 10 J=9.16 Hz, 1 7.19 1 7.25 1=5.80 Hz, I 7.88 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.97 1 8.07 1=8.85 Hz, I retention time: 1.89 method MS m/z 7.42 Example 382: Preparation Of Compound 382.

step 1 H N ,.CH 2

CH

N H 2 M Copmund 382 NOStepp1: To a mixture of te product (003 g, .0 mml fSep4o salt o N H O3L-- uDy) P A -(RC 6mthxHsqi2= ei-x)--rln 0IIR2 Viy Aca-OHO 2 ylbtl an dispoyeHyane(.4 mL, .6 m0)i

H

2 2 a de d--y d(abnt (0069g 0.069 Hml) ThQecinmxtr a tre oent n4iecl"uiidb ,yN_.z HI 3%to10 ovntB opoid h eirdpout(Cmud32 (0.17 g 44):H MR mehaold 4 )S pm0.7 =687 z,3 .0 1.90,a mixethof) MSe prodct(003 742 0M+1.05 fSe 532 Example 383: Preparation of Compound 383.

O o Ck 0 Hc 00006 Copmund 383 Schemel Stop 1 DIPEA. CH 2 C2 Y N HCI 0N \NO N ey o

NN~

HCI H H 0 Compound 383 Step 1 To a mixture of the product (0.037 g, 0.053 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 380 (HCI salt of NH 2 -P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2 -(4R)-(6-methoxy-isoquinoline- -oxo)-S-proline]- Pl(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclobutyl and iisopropylethylamine (0.046 mL), 0.26 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 (2 mL) was added t-butyl-isocianate (0.008 mL, 0.069 mmol).

The reaction mixture was stirre ovemrnle ano alrecuy puniieu oy prepartauve iri..Lc (30% to 100% solvent B) to provide the desired product (Comound 383) (0.024 g, 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 8 ppm 1.05 9 1.19 9 1.37 (min, 1 1.85 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, 1 2.00 2 2.26 4 2.50 2 2.58 I 3.92 3 4.06 1 4.32 2 4.49 2 5.11 J=10.38 Hz, 1 5.27 J=17.40 Hz, 1 5.69 1 5.83 I 7.08 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 7.17 J=2.44 Hz, 1 7.24 J=5.80 Hz, I 7.87 J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.12 J=8.85 Hz, 1 retention time: 1.77, method MS m/z 727 Example 384: Preparation of Compound 384.

Compound 384 stop I C)KH, microwaveN H 0H0 00 i Comipound 384

C-TI

Step 1: A suspension of diisopropylethylamine (0.031 ml., 0.018 mmol), N,N'disuccinimi dyl carbonate (0.0274 g, 0.107 mmol) and the product (0.050 g, 0.07 14 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 380JHCI salt of NI- 2 -P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2 methoxy-isoquinoline-lI-oxo)-S-prolinel-P 1 (IR,23 Vinyl Acca)-CQNTHS0 2 Cyclobutyl) in THF (2 mL) was sonicated at 80 for 15 mmd. KH (0.046 g, 1. 14 mmol) and 1-methylcyclopentanol (0.079 mL, 0.7 14 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min and worked up by diluting with cold water, adjusted pH to 4, extracted with EtOAc. The extract was dried (MgSO 4 and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (30% to 100% solvent B) to provide the desired product (Comound 384) (0.018 g, (methanol-d 4 8 ppm 1.04 9 1.29- 1.79 (in, 10 1.84 (in, 2 1.99 (in, 3 2.26 (in, 4 2.49 (in, 2 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I 3.92 3 4.05 (dd, J=I 1.29,2.44 Hz, 1 4.26 1 H), 4.32 1 4.44 J=1 1.90 Hz, I 4.52 (mn, I 5.12 J=10.07 Hz, 1 H), 5.28 J=16.79 Hz, I 5.71 (in, I 5.82 I 7.10 .J=8.85 Hz, I 7.19 1 7.26 J=5.80 Hz, 1 7.88 J=5.80 Hiz, I 8.08 J=9.16 Hz, I H).

LC-MS retention time: 1.91 method MS m/z 754 Example 385: Preparation of C ompound 385.

(ro 0- 00 H Compound 385 Schem I C1 ostep I1O step;! IDTsOH, -C OINrfu r'o 00step 3 step 4 N(I_)i CB1 H F 2 0-A L 4 H H- Q 0-4 140 C. microwave H N 0 0TV Compound 4 Step 1: A suspension of 2 -cyanomethyl-4-methoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester (1 .9g and TsOH. H 2 0 (0.15 g, mmol) in morpholine 5 mL) wias refluxed for 4 h and removed the solvent in vavuo. The residue was recrystalyzed: from EtOAc/hexanes with drops of MeOH to provide the product (0.43 g, LC-MS retention time: 1.07 method MS m/z 266 Step 2: A mixture of 6 -methoxy-3-morpholin4-y-isoquinc,hin-.-oI (0.298 g, 1.15 mmol) in .LL IjLA3 klA) IL.) WS1b ICISUA-U LUl 11, £CIIIoveU JI t'eJI~I 51AiIu ~i UU was added. The pH was adjustde to >11I by addition of 1.0 N NaOH. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The extract was dried (MgSO 4 removed the solvent in vacuo to provide the produt (0.

2 99g, LC-MS retention time: 1.68 method MS m/lz 279 Step 3: A mixture of l-Chloro- 6 -methoxy-3-morpholin.4-yl-isoquinoline (O.050g, 0.18 mmol) and tetrabutyl phosphorium hydrgen difloride (0.8 g, 2.8 mrnol) [Synlett 1992, 345-6] was heated at 140 0 C in ickrowave for 10 min. the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and filtered through an ISCO 25g precolumn with a layer of silicon gel on the top, removed the solvent to provide the product (0.037 mg, 'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 3.48 (in, 4 3.84 (in, 4 3.89 3 6.46 J=1.22 Hz, I 6.85 1 6.90 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I 7.82 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I LC-MS retention time: 1.56 method MS nVz 263 Step 4: 535 A mixture of I -floro- 6 -methoxy-3morpholin4ylilsoquinolIIne (0.037g, 0.14 mrrol), oLaC1 3 (0.020 gy, 0. 8 mmol), t-BuOK (I MrfTF, 0.32 mL, 0.32 mmol), and Boc NI-- NOP3(L-tert-B uGlIy)-P2 4 R)-4-hydroxyl-S-proline I-P 1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)- N

CONIHSO

2 Cyc~opropane (0.045 g, 0.08 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was stirred for 3 days.

00 5 The reaction mixture was diluted with methanol Filtered through syringe filter and purified by preparative HPLC to provide the product as a pale yellow foam (0.0 158 g, 1H NMR (methanol-L 4 8 ppmn 1.03 S, 1.24 (in, 4 1.31 9 H), 1.43 (mn, 2 1.88 (in, I 2.24 (in, 2 2.59 (dd, J=13.43, 6.71 Hz, I 2.94 (in, I 3.47 (in, 4 3.83 (in, 4 3.86 3 4.08 (in, I 4.28 I H), 4.48 (in, 1 5.12 J=10.38 Hz, I 5.29 J=16.48 Hz, I 5.76 (in, 2 H), 6.74 J=9.16 Hz, I 6.94 1 7.85 J-:8-85 Hz, I 9.19 I H).

retention time: 1.86 method MS rn/z 799 1).

Example 386: Preparation of Compound 386.

N)

01 >0HH S Section 1: All compounds in section I were analyzed by the LCIMS methodology, which has the following conditions.

Method A: Xterra C 18 S7 3.0 x 50 mm Gradient: 100% solvent A 0% solvent B to 0% solvent A 100% solvent B Gradient time: 3 min.

Hold time: 1 min.

Flow rate: 4 mLlmin.

Detector Wavelength: 220 nm Ilk Solvent A: 10% MeOH 90% H 2 0 0.1 TEA Solvent B: 10% H 2 0 90% MeOH 0.1% TFA Example 410: Preparation of Compound 410 00

O

O

O

Compound 410 Scheme 1

HO,,

-CO

2 H Step 1 ^COgH N N

BOC

B o c Cl

F

3 Step 3 0,

F

a C N Step 2 N CO 2 Me

BOC

Ste FC N I 4 Ste D 'CO 2 Me H N ep C >/^CO 2 Me HCI N

H

F

3 C

N

0, O H 0N 0 N -O S0 Step 6 S Compound 410 Example 1, Step 8 Step 1: To a solution of Boc-L-hydroxyproline (0.723 g, 3.13 mmol) in DMSO, KO'Bu (0.808 g, 7.2 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The suspension 537 N was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours, and 4-chloro-6-methyl-2o (trifluoromethyl)quinoline (0.916 g, 3.75 mmol) was added in two portions. The IN mixture was stirred at room temperature for three hours, and 1.3 equivalents of HC (IN) was used to neutralize the reaction. Buffer solution of pH 4.0 was added and 0 5 the pH was adjusted to pH 4-5. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, (3 x 25mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over MgSO 4 to yield the titled compound as a white solid (crude yield not OI calculated). The crude product was taken into the next step.

LC/MS rt-min 2.48 (441.5) (method A).

I Step 2: A solution of the crude product from Step 1, 4 6 -methyl-2-trifluoromethylquinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-l,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester (assumed 3.13 mmol), in THF (10 mL) and methanol (10 mL) was cooled to 0 0 C. TMSCN 2 2M in hexanes 1.3 eq) was slowly added to the stirring solution under a nitrogen atmosphere until gas was no longer emitted from the solution. The fully reacted solution was then concentrated in vacuo, and purification by a Biotage 40M column (eluted 10% 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) afforded the pure titled compound as a white foam (976 mg, 69% over Step 1&2) LC/MS rt-min (MW 2.60 (477) (method A).

SStep 3: A solution of the product from Step 2 (0.9715 g, 2.15 mmol) in DCM (7 mL) and TFA (6.62 mL) was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was suspended in IN HCI in diethyl ether (8 mL), gently stirred, and concentrated in vacuo. This procedure was repeated and the resulting product was placed on an oil pump overnight to yield a white solid in quantitative yield.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d6) 6 2.50 3H), 2.57- 2.6 1H), 2.66-2.71 1H), 3.62- 3.65 (br d, J= 15 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.81 4H), 4.8 (brs, 1H), 5.7 1H), 7.46 1H), 7.72-7.75 J 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.98-7.8 J 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.24 9.54 (br s, SI1H); LC/MS rt-min (MH 4 1.61 (355) (method A).

0 Step 4: INO The product from Step 3 (assumed quantitative yield, 2.746 mmol) was added to a solution of BOC-t-Butyl-L-glycine (0.635 g, 2.746 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) 00 5 under a nitrogen atmosphere. This step was followed by the addition of HOBt (0.408 g, 3.02 mmol), DIPEA (3.35 mL, 19.2 mmol), and HBTU (1.56 g, 4.12 cmmol). A peach colored solution immediately resulted and the reaction was left to IO stir at room temperature overnight. 10 mL DCM was added to the completed 0 reaction in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (25 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4.5 using IN HCI, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 20' mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (20 mL), saturated NaOH (25 mL), and brine (20 mL), and then dried with MgSO 4 The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 40M column (eluted 10% 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes). This purification afforded the pure titled compound as a white solid (1.11 g, 89%).

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 8 0.96-1.02 (rotamers, 3:2, s, 18H), 2.27-2.33 IH), 2.50 3H), 2.68-2.72 1H), 3.67 3H), 4.02-4.04 1H), 4.43-4.45 (br d, J Hz, 2H), 4.58-4.61 1H), 5.60 (br s, 1H), 6.72-6.74 (br d, J 15 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.68-7.73 1H), 7.95-7.97 2H); LC/MS rt-min 2.61 (590) (method A).

Step LiOH (0.138 g, 5.78 mmol) was dissolved in water (10 mL) by heating and sonication. The LiOH solution and MeOH (10 mL) were added to a solution of the pure material from Step 4 (1.09 g, 1.93 mmol) in THF (lOmL). The mixture immediately turned a vivid blue color. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 3 hours and was then acidified with IN HCI (5.78 rnL, 5.78 mmol).

The reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution and the pH was adjusted to rH 4.5 using IN aqueous NaOH. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x mL), washed with brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO 4 The filtered solution r was concentrated in vacuo and left on a vacuum line overnight. The crude product O (957 mg, 90% yield) was taken into the next step.

NO LC/MS rt-min 2.51 (577) (method A).

Step 6: 00 The crude product from Step 5 (60 mg, 0.11 mmol) was dissolved in DCM mL) and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 (R)-amino-2 (S)-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)amide hydrochloride salt (Example 1, Step 8) (0.029 g, 0.11 mmol) was added.

DIPEA (0.094 mL, 0.541 mmol), and then HATU (0.0575, 0.151 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for about 8 hours. 10 mL DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL). The mixture was acidified using IN HCI to a pH of 4.5, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and then dried over MgS0 4 The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 12M column (eluted 10% 40% acetone in hexanes). This purification afforded Compound 410 as a white powder (29 mg, 'H NMR: (DMSO-d) 6 0.976-1.12 24 1.36-1.39 1H), 1.70-1.72 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.25 2H), 2.50-2.52 4H), 2.91-2.96 1H), 3.97-4.01 2H), 4.40-4.47 2H), 5.09-5.11 J= 10Hz, 1H), 5.21-5.24 J= 15Hz, IH), 5.59- 5.66 2H), 6.65-6.67 NH), 7.43 1H), 7.72-7.74 J= 10 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.98-8.0 J= 10 Hz, 1H), 8.87 NH), 10.35 NH); LC/MS rt-min 2.65 (789.61) (method A).

540

O

Example 411: Preparation of Compound 411.

NJ

00 SH N 8O

OO

SCompound 411 Step 1: rN 01

BOC

To a solution of Boc-L-hydroxyproline (2.00 g, 8.65 mmol) in THF (25 mL), NaH (0.795g, 19.87 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes, and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine (2.58 g, 17.30 mmol) was added in two portions. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour and 1.3 equivalents of HCI (IN) were used to neutralize the reaction. pH 4.0 buffer solution was added and the pH was adjusted to pH 5. Ethyl acetate was used to extract the aqueous phase (3 x 25mL) and the organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over MgSO 4 to yield the titled compound as a white solid (crude yield not calculated). The crude product was taken into the next step.

LC/MS rt-min (MHI): 1.91 (366.2) (method A).

Step 2: cI O04 0 N J "iNmCO2Me 00 oc O

BOC

A solution of the crude product from Step 1, (assumed 8.65 mmol), in THF (40 mL) and methonal (40 mL) was cooled to 0° C. TMSCN 2 2M in hexanes 1.3 eq) was I slowly added to the stirring solution under a nitrogen atmosphere until gas was no longer emitted from the solution. The fully reacted solution was then concentrated in 4 vacuo, and purification by a Biotage 40M column (eluted 20% 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford the pure titled compound as a white foam (497 mg, 16% over steps 2a 2b).

H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 5 1.34-1.38 (rotamers, 2:1, 9H), 2.25-2.29 1H), 2.53-2.56 1H), 3.58-3.75 2H), 3.69 3H), 4.28-4.33 1H), 5.59 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 8.69 1H); LC/MS rt-min 2.08 (380.14) (method A).

Step 3: rCi

N..

HCI

0,

CPC

0 2 M9 HCI CO2M

H

A solution of the pure product from Step 2 (472 mg, 1.83 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) and TFA (5.65 mL) was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue was suspended in IN HCI in diethyl ether (7.33 mL), gently stirred and concentrated in vacuo. This procedure was repeated, and the resulting product was placed on an oil pump overnight to yield a white solid in quantitative yield.

LC/MS rt-min 0.55 (258.35) (method A).

Step 4: 4~Q 542

NCA

00 00 H N 'OMe 0+ INDThe product from Step 3 (assumed quantitative yield, 1.83 rnrol) was added to a solution of BOC-t-Butyl-L-glycine (0.424 g, 1.82; rnmol) in DCM (11I mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. This step was followed by the addition of 1-OBt (0.272 g, 2.02 mmol), DIPEA (2.23 mL, 12.82 mmol), and HBTU (1.04 g, 2.75 mmol). The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 15 hours. 15 ML DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH HCI, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (20 mL), saturated NaOH mL), brine (20 mQL, and dried over MgSO 4 The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 40S column (eluted 20% 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes). This purification afforded the pure titled compound as a white solid (454 mg, 53%).

'H NNM: (DMSO-d 6 6 0.94 9H), 1.25 2.2 1-2.27 (in, IH), 2.48-2.55 (in, IH), 3.64 3H), 3.86-4.02 (in, 2H), 4.294.31 J 10 Hz, I 4.46-4.49 I1H), 5.75 (br s, IH), 6.72-6.74 NMl, 7.12 IH), 8.71 IH); LCIMS rt-min Wlii): 2.27 (493.5) (method A).

Step 543 00 Or OH. N LiOH (0.0141 g, 0.589 mmol) was dissolved in water (7.5 mL) by heating and sonication. The LiOH solution was added to a solution of the pure material from SStep 4 (252 mg, 0.535 mmol) in THF (7.5mL), and left to stir at room temperature.

The reaction was complete after 3 hours. It was quenched with pH 4.0 buffer and acidified to a pH of approximately 4.5 with IN HCI. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25 mL), and the organic phase was washed with brine mL) and dried over MgSO 4 The filtered solution was concentrated in vacuo and left on a vacuum line overnight. The crude product (231 mg, 95% yield) was taken into the next step.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 5 0.94 9H), 1.25 9H), 2.14-2.22 1H), 2.50-2.54 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.876 J 150 Hz, IH), 3.97-3.99 J 10 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.30 J Hz, 1H), 4.37-4.40 1H), 5.63 (br s, 1H), 6.69-6.71 NH), 7.12 1H), 8.71 1H), 12.56 (br s, OH); LC/MS rt-min 2.24 (479.5) (method A).

Step 6: N0

N

0^° H H

>O-N

The pure material from Step 5 (80 mg, 0.146 mmol), and phenylboronic acid (0.0178 g, 0.146 mmol) were solvated in DMF (2 mL). The solution was placed under a nitrogen atmosphere and 2M aqueous Na 2

CO

3 (0.146 mL, 0.292 mmol) was added.

O Five mole percent of Tetrakis(triphenyl)phosphine)-palladium was added (8.44 0D mg, 0.0073 mmol) and the mixture was heated by microwave using the Personal Chemistry Emrys Optimizer for 50 minutes at 140 0 C. Palladium black precipitated 00 5 out of the reaction upon completion. The mixture was acidified with one equivalent of IN HCI, and filtered through a syringe, using MeOH to extract the product. The c product was purified by prep HPLC (column 4 Xterra S5 30 x 75 mm, solvent D 70% A 30% B 30% A 70% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% H 2 0, 0.1 STFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA), gradient time 15 min., hold time 1 min., flow rate 40 mL/min, retention time of pure product 10.45- 11.37). Fractions containing the desired product were neutralized with IN NaOH and placed in the speed vacuum for approximately 4 hours. The fractions were combined and pH 4.0 buffer (15mL) was added. The pH was adjusted to pH 4-5 using IN HCI, iu, tie aqc;uu6 iayr; WCAUa ti wviui t.iyi .ic (3 A in; Uigdimi. it),;u was washed with brine (15 mL), dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The product was placed on an oil pump to dry overnight, and an viscous oil was obtained (37 mg, LC/MS rt-min 2.37 (499.3) (method A).

Step 7: p The product from Example 411, Step 6 (36.7 mg, 0.061 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (4 mL) and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 (R)--amino-2 (S)-vinylcyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt (Example 1, Step 8) (0.0164 g, 0.161 mmol) was added. DIPEA (0.0534 mL, 0.307 mmol), and then HATU (0.0326, 0.0858 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 3 hours. 10 mL DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4-5 using IN HCI, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 15 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and then dried over MgSO 4 The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 12M column (eluted 20% -40% acetone in hexanes). This purification afforded the Co pure Compound 411 as a white powder (7 mg, IND'H NMR: 8 1.07-1.46 (in, 24 1.87-1.90 (in, 2.22-2.32 (in, 2H), 2.51-2.55

(N

(mn, I 2.92-2.97 (mn, I 4.04-4.07 J 15 Hz, I 4.204.22 J 10 Hz, 00 5 1 4.3 6-4.3 8 J 10 Hz, 1ff), 4.47-4.50 I 5.12-5.14 J 10 Hz, I H), 5.29-5.33 J 20 Hz, 1ff), 5.73-5.82 (in, 2H), 6.59-6.60 7.29 1H), 7.50-7.51 (mn, 3H), 8.03-8.05 (mn, 2H), 8.81 1H); INDLC/MS rt-min WMH): 2.50 (711.4) (method A).

Example 412: Preparation of Compound 412.

NZ S N 0~ H' N o C) Compound 412 Step 1:

N

S'

0 The product from Example 411, Step 5 (80 mng, 0. 146 minol) was sol vated in DMF (2 inL), and 2 -thiopheneboronic acid (0.028 g, 0.2 19 minol) was added to the solution.

The reaction was placed under a nitrogen atmosphere and 2M aqueous Na 2

CO

3 (0.146 m.L, 0.292 inmol), and 5 mole percent of Tetralcis(triphenyl)phosphine).

palladium were added (8.44 mg, 0.0073 inmol). The reaction was heated by 546 Smicrowave using the Personal Chemistry Emrys Optimizer for 30 minutes at 150 0

C.

O Palladium black precipitated out of the reaction upon completion. The mixture was 0 acidified with one equivalent of IN HCI, and filtered through a syringe, using MeOH to extract the product. The product was purified by prep HPLC (column 4 Xterra 00 5 S5 30 x 75 mm, solvent 70% A 30% B 30% A 70% B (where solvent A is IN MeOH, 90% H20, 0.1% TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA), Sgradient time 15 min., hold time 1 min., flow rate 40 mL/min, retention time of D pure product 10.45-11.37). The fractions containing the desired product were 0neutralized with IN NaOH and placed in the speed vacuum for approximately 4 hours. The fractions were then combined, and pH1 4.0 buffer (15mL) was added. The pH was adjusted to pH 4-5 using IN HCI and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL), dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The product was placed on an oil pump to l" ;ij k.i~iii, i l. i, i ii.i iiu i.iL (37 i .iJl, Cj).

LC/MS rt-min 2.37 (499.3) (method A).

Step 2: The product from Example 412, Step 1 (39 mg, 0.0773 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (4 mL) and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 (R)-amino-2 (S)-vinylcyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt (Example 1, Step 8) (0.0206 g, p 0.0773 mmol) was added. DIPEA (0.015 mL, 0.387 mmol), and then HATU 0.0411 g, 0.108 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 15 hours. 10 ml. DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4-5 using IN HCI and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 15 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and then dried over MgSO 4 The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 12M column (eluted 20% 50% acetone in hexanes). This purification afforded the pure Compound 412 as a white powder (4 mg, H NMR: 8 1.04-1.29 24H), 1.45-1.47 IH), 1.89-1.91 1H), 2.26-2.31 2H), 2.51-2.53 1H), 2.92-2.95 1H), 4.05-4.07 J 10 Hz, 1H), 4.22- 547 N_ 4.24 J 10 Hz, IH), 4.38-4.40 1= 10Hz, 111), 4.484.52 (in, I 5.15-5.17 o J 10 Hz, I 5.32-5.36 J 20 Hz, IH), -5.76-5.83 (mn, 211), 6.65-667 (d, NH), 7.19-7.21 (in, 2H), 7.66-7.67 1 =5 Hz, 111), 7.86-7.87 J 5 Hz, 18H), 8.69 18); 005 LC/MS rt-min (MIHr): 2.45 (739.4) (method A).

Example 413: Preparation of Compound 413

INN

0~

H

Compound 413 Step 1: CI _N 0 2 -Bromo-6..chloropyridine (3.0 g, 15.55 mmol) and phenylboronic acid (1.896 g, 15.55 mmol) were solvated in a mixture of EtOH, toluene and water 1: 1; 120 mL).

Aqueous IM Na 2

CO

3 (15.55 mL, 31.10 mmol) and 5 mole percent of Tetrakis(triphenyl)phosphine)-palladium (0.896 g, 0.775 inrnol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was refluxed at 90 0 C for one hour. Water mL) was added to quench the reaction, and the aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (4 x 25 mL). The organic layer was then washed with brine, dried over M,6O 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by a Biotage column (eluted 2% 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes), to afford the pure titled compound (1.45 g, 74%).

'H NNM: 6 7.24-7.26 (in, 18), 7.42-7.48 (in, 314), 7.63-7.70 (in, 211), 7.98-8.00 (in, 2H); 548 LC/MS rt-min 2.04 (190.18) (method A)

O

ND Step 2: o CI N 00

NZ

5 TFA (20 mL) was added to the pure solid obtained in Step 1 (3.27 g, 17.24 mmol).

N A 30% solution of H 2 0 2 (5.55 mL, 48.9 mmol) was slowly added dropwise to the Sstirring solution under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was heated to reflux at 1000C for 3 hours, and 0.5 additional equivalents of H 2 0 2 (2.27 mL, 25 mmol) were added to the solution. The reaction continued to stir at 100 0 C for 2 hours. The flask was allowed to cool to room temperature before the solution was concentrated in vacuo to approximately half of the original volume. Water (40 mL) was added to quench the reaction and the aqueous layer was extracted with etnyl acetate (3 x mL). The organic layer was washed once with brine (20 mL), dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by Biotate 40M column (eluted 10% 75% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield a pale yellow liquid (0.81 g, Pure starting material was also recovered for future use (1.895 g, 58%).

'H NMR: 6 7.40-7.42 1H), 7.49-7.50 3H), 7.59-7.61 J 10 Hz, 1H), 7.77- 7.82 3H); LC/MS rt-min (MI: 1.12 (206.37) (method A).

Step 3:

CI

The purified product from Step 2 (0.81 g, 3.94 mmol) was added to a solution of

SOCI

2 (25 mL) and stirred at 60 0 C for 2 hours. The temperature was then increased to 80 0 C in order to force the reaction to completion, and it was heated for an additional 30 min. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and quenched carefully Swith ice. The pH was adjusted to a pH of 4-5 using ION NaOH, keeping the flask in 549 San ice bath. The aqueous phase was extracted with ether (4 x 25 mL), and the O organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated in 0 vacuo. The crude, yellow liquid was purified by Biotage 40S column (eluted 2%ethyl acetate in hexanes). A slightly yellow, viscous liquid was obtained (538 00 5 mg, 61%).

NMR: 8 7.52-7.55 3H), 7.73 IH), 8.10-8.11 2H), 8.17 IH); c LC/MS rt-min 2.62 (225.33) (method A).

\O

0 Step 4: 0i N 0" O o To a solution of Boc-L-hydroxyproline (555 mg, 2.40 mmol) in DMSO (4 mL), KO'Bu (0.619 g, 5.52 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 45 min., and 2,4-dichloro-6-phenylpyridine (purified in Step (538 mg, 2.40 mmol) was added in two portions. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for two hours and 1.3 equivalents of HCI S(IN) were used to neutralize the reaction. Buffer solution of pH 4.0 was added, and the pH was adjusted to pH 4-5. Ethyl acetate was used to extract the aqueous phase, (3 x 25mL) and the organic phase was washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over MgSO 4 to yield the titled compound as a white solid (crude yield 962 mg). The crude product was taken into the next step.

LC/MS rt-min 2.55 (419.27) (method A).

Step 550 S0 IN

N

A solution of the crude product from Step 4 (assumed2.4 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and 0methonal (10 mL) was cooled to 00 C. TMSCN 2 2M in hexanes 1.3 eq) was N o slowly added to the stirring solution under a nitrogen atmosphere until gas was no longer emitted from the solution. The fully reacted solution was then concentrated in vacuo, and purification by a Biotage 25S column (eluted 10% 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) afforded the pure titled compound as a white foam (503 mg, 48% over steps 4d 4e).

IHJNMR- (T)M.RO-rlU A I %S-1 "R (rMnmPr 1 Q- 9 1.7 (m IFT 1 7 Wn_ 1H), 3.67-3.70 5H), 4.26-4.34 1H), 5.35 (br s, 1H), 7 .14-7.15 1H), 7.47-7.55 4H), 8.05-8.09 2H); LC/MS rt-min 2.69 (455.52) (method A).

Step 6:

HCI

HCI

H OCH 3 A solution of the pure product from Step 5 (503 mg, 1.16 mmol) in DCM (2.5 mL) and TFA (3.58 mL) was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo. and the residue was suspended in IN HCI in diethyl ether (6 mL), gently stirred, and concentrated in vacuo. This procedure was repeated and the resulting product was placed on an oil pump to yield a white solid in quantitative yield. The crude product was carried into the next step.

Step 7: (N

-Y

IND o--c 00 o 0 l The product from Step 6 (assumed quantitative yield, 1.83 mmol) was added to a IN solution of BOC-t-Butyl-L-glycine 0 .424 g, 1.83 rmol) in DCM (11 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. This step was followed by the addition of HOBt (0.272 g, 2.02 mmol), DIPEA (2.23 mL, 12.82 mmol), and HBTU (1.04 g, 2.75 mmol). The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 15 hours. 15 mL DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (15 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4.5 using IN HCI, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (20 mL), saturated NaOH mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO 4 The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 40S column (eluted 20% 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes). This purification afforded the pure titled compound as a white solid (454 mg, 53%).

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 5 0.96 9H), 1.19 9H), 2.17-2.29 1H), 2.48-2.58 (m, 1H), 3.65 3H), 3.81-3.89 1H), 4.05-4.08 1H), 4.21-4.26 1H), 4.44- 4.50 IH), 5.45 (br s, 1H), 6.72-6.75 J= 15 Hz, 1H), 7.09 1H), 7.46-7.51 (m, 4H), 8.02-8.06 2H); LC/MS rt-min 2.27 (493.5) (method A).

Step 8: 00 0 NH N O i LiOH (0.0233 g, 0.973 mmol) was dissolved in water (10 mL) by heating and sonication. The LiOH solution was added to a solution of the pure material from Step 7 (483 mg, 0.885 mmol) in THF (10mL), and the mixture immediately turned a pale peach color. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 1 hour and was acidified with IN HCI (0.973 mL, 0.974 mmol). The reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution and the pH was adjusted to a pH between 4 and 5. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL), washed with bnne (15 mL) and dned over MgSO 4 The filtered solution was concentrated in vacuo and left on a vacuum line overnight. The crude product (480 mg, >95% yield) was taken into the next step.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d6) 6 0.94 9H), 1.20 9H), 1.32-1.34 1H), 2.12-2.4 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.55 1H), 3.81-3.83 J 10 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.23 J 10 Hz, IH), 4.32-4.35 1H), 5.4 (br s, 1H), 6.63-6.65 NH), 7.09 1H), 7.47-7.49 4H), 8.03-8.06 2H), 12.56 1H).

Step 9: S N 0- ,X OH 0 0 NH O The dipeptide from Step 8 (100 mg, 0.188 mmol) and 2 -thiopheneboronic acid (0.0481 g, 0.376 mmol) were solvated in DMF (2 mL). The solution was placed under a nitrogen atmosphere and 2M aqueous KF (0.282 mL, 0.376 mmol) was added. Five mole percent of Tetrakis(triphenyl)pho3sphine)-palladium was added 553 (0.011 mg, 0.0094 mmol) and the mixture was heated by microwave using the O Personal Chemistry Emrys Optimizer for 30 minutes at 150 0 C. Palladium black N0 precipitated out of the reaction upon completion. The mixture was acidified with one equivalent of IN HCI and filtered through a syringe, using MeOH to extract the 00 5 product. The product was purified by prep HPLC (column 4 Xterra S5 5um 30 x 75 mm, solvent 85% A 15% B 10% A 90% 13 (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, c 90% H20, 0.1% TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H20, 0.1% TFA), gradient \0 time 15 min., hold time 1 min., flow rate 40 mlUmin, retention time of pure 0 product 16.23). Fractions containing the desired product were neutralized with IN NaOH and placed in the speed vac for approximately 2 hours. The fractions were combined, and pH 4.0 buffer (15mL) was added. The pH was adjusted to pH using IN HCI, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x The organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL), dried over MgSO4. and concentrated in vacuo.. The product was placed on an oil pump to dry overnight, and a pale yellow oil was obtained (44 mg, LC/MS rt-min 2.7 (580.54) (method A).

Step The product from Example 413, Step 9 (43 mg, 0.0742 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 (R)-amino-2 (S)-vinylcyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt (Example 1, Step 8) (0.0198 g, 0.0742 mmol) was added. DIPEA (0.0646 mL, 0.371 mmol), and then HATU (0.039 g, 0.0104 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 4.5 hours. 10 mL of DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4-5 using IN HCI, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 15 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and then dried over MgSO 4 The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 12S column (eluted 10% 50% acetone in hexanes). The compound was isolated and re-purified by prep-HPLC (column YMC ODS-A 20 x 50 mm s5, solvent 60% A B 10% A 90% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% H20, 0.1% TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA), gradient time 8 min., hold time 2 min., flow rate 25 mlimin, retention time of pure product 8.702). This purification afforded the pure Compound 413 as a pale orange oil (22.3 mg, 38%).

1H NMR: 8 1.02-1.29 (in, 2411), 1.42-1.45 (mn, I 1.87-1.89 (in, IH), 2.24-2.30 (in, 2H1), 2.53-2.57 (in, 111), 2.92-2.97 (in, 111), 4.064.08 J 10 Hz, IM), 4.25 (s, IH), 4.31-4.33 J= 10 Hz, IHM,4.45-4.49 1H4), 5.12-5.14 J= 10 Hz, 111), 5.29-5.32 J 15 H-z, 111), 5.46 (br s, IH), 5.73-5.80 (mn, 1H), 7.13-7.15 (in, 1H), 7.29-7.30 J 5 Hz, 211), 7.42-7.53 (mn, 4H1), 7.75-7.56 J 5 5Hz, 111), 8.07-8.09 (d,J 10Hz, 2H).

LCIMS rt-inin (Mill): 2.79 (792.72) (method A).

Example 414: Preparation of Compound 414.

0 e- 0I Compound 414 Step 1: The pure material from Example 413, Step 8 (100:mg, 0.188 inmol), and 4inethoxyphen yl boron ic acid (0.0429 g, 0.282 minol) were solvated In DMT (2.5 niL).

The solution was placed under a nitrogen atmosphere and 2M aqueous Na 2

CO

3 d 555 (0.188 mL, 0.376 mmol) was added. Five mole percent of O Tetrakis(triphenyl)phosphine)-palladium was added (0.011 mg, 0.0094 mmol), Sand the mixture was heated by microwave using the Personal Chemistry Emrys Optimizer for 30 minutes at 150 0 C. Palladium black precipitated out of the reaction 00 5 upon completion. The mixture was acidified with one equivalent of IN HCI and I filtered through a syringe, using MeOH to extract product. The product was purified CS by prep HPLC (column Xterra MS C18 5um 30 x 50 mm, solvent 90% A 10% B IN 10% A 90% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA), gradient time 15 min., hold time- 1 min., flow rate 45 mL/min, retention time of pure product 13.72). Fractions containing the desired product were neutralized with IN NaOH and placed in the speed vac for approximately 2 hours. The fractions were combined, and pH 4.0 buffer (15mL) was added. The pH was adjusted to pH 4-5 using IN HCI, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL), dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The product was placed on an oil pump to dry overnight, and a viscous oil was obtained (44 mg, LC/MS rt-min 2.23 (604.61) (method A).

Step 2: The product from Example 414, Step 1 (43 mg, 0.0712 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 (R)-amino-2 (S)-vinylcyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt (Example 1, Step 8) (0.01899 g, 0.0712 mmol) was added. DIPEA (0.062 mL, 0.356 mmol), and then HATU (0.038 g, 0.0997 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 4.5 hours. 10 mL DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4-5 using IN HCI, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 15 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and then dried over MgSO 4 The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 12S column (eluted 20% 50% acetone in hexanes). The compound was isolated and re-purified by prep-HPLC (column YMC ODS-A 20 x 50 mm s5, solvent 60% A 40% B 10% A 90% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% HR2O, 0.1% TEA and C0 solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% 1-20, 0.1% TEA), gradient time 10 min., hold time IND 2 min., flow rate 25 mrnin, retention time of pure product 7.43-8.24). This purification afforded the pure Compound 414 as a pale orange oil (19.4 mg, 34%).

00 5 'H NMR: 6 1.02-1.23 (in, 24H1), 1.29-1.44 IM1, 1.89-1.95 (in, 111), 2.24-2.30 (q, 2.32-2.40 (in, IH), 2.59-2.62 (in, 1H1), 3.90 3H), 4.10-4.12 J 10 Hz, 1I), 4.21 11H), 4.42-4.56 (in, 2H1), 5.12-5.14 (dl, J 10 Hz, IH), 5.28-5.3 1 J Hz, I 5.61 (br s, 1I1H), 5.72-5.80 (mn, 1I-1), 7.14-7.16 J= 10 Hz, 211), 7.5 2- 7.54 J 10 Hz, 2H), 7.61-7.62 2H), 7.95-7.98 (in, 4H); LC/MS rt-min (MIW): 2.35 (816.76) (method A).

Example 415: Preparation of Compound 415.

H N 0 ii Compound 415 Step 1:

N)

\J

OH

7 The dipeptide from Example 413, Step 8 (174 mg, 0.327 mmol) and phenylboronic: acid (0.06 g, 0.491 mmol) were solvated in DMIF (4 mL). The solution was placed under a nitrogen atmosphere and 2M aqueous NaCC) 3 (0.33 m.L, 0.654 mnmol) was added. Five mole percent of Tetrakis(triphenyl)phosphine).paladium was added 557.

1 (0.019 mg, 0.0164 mmol) and the mixture was heated by microwave using the O Personal Chemistry Emrys Optimizer for 30 minutes at 150 0 C. Palladium black I precipitated out of the reaction upon completion. The mixture was acidified with one equivalent of IN HCI and filtered through a syringe, using MeOH to extract the CO 5 product. The product was purified by prep HPLC (column 5 Xterra c-18 5um 30 x I 100 mm, solvent 80% A 20% B A 100% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH,

H

2 0, 0.1% TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA), gradient I time 20 min., hold time 1 min., flow rate 40 mL/min, retention ti me of pure Sproduct 11.28-11.72). Fractions containing the desired product were neutralized with IN NaOH and placed in the speed vac for approximately 2 hours. The fractions were combined, and pH 4.0 buffer (15mL) was added. The pH was adjusted to pH 4using IN HCI, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x The organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL), dried over MgSO4. and concentrated in vacuo. The product was placed on an oil pump to dry overnight.

(31.5 mg, 17%).

LC/MS rt-min (MHe): 2.54 (574.37) (method A).

Step 2: The product from Example 415, Step 1 (31.5 mg, 0.055 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (3 mL) and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 (R)-amino-2 (S)-vinylcyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt (Example 1, Step 8) (0.0147 g, 0.055 mmol) was added. DIPEA (0.048 mL, 0.275 mmol), and then HATU (0.029 g, 0.077 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 3.5 hours and an additional 0.3 equivalents of cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 (R)-amino-2 (S)-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt were added. The reaction was lefi: to stir for 8 more hours. 10 mL of DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4-5 using IN HCI, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (4 x mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and then dried over MgS04. The resulting solution was concentrated 3 in vacuo and purified by prep HPLC (column YMC ODS-A 30 x 50 mm, solvent 558 A 20% B 10% A 90% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% H20, 0.1% O TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H20, 0.1% TFA), gradient time 20 min., 0 hold time 3 min., flow rate 30 mL/min, retention time of pure product 19.6).

This purification did not afford a pure compound so it was re-purified by a Biotagel2 00 5 S column (eluted 10%-50% acetone in hexanes). This purification afforded the pure Stitled compound as a pale orange oil (22.3 mg, 38%).

mI 'H NMR: 8 1.02-1.45 24H), 1.85-1.86 1H), 2.03-2.11 2H), 2.42-2.46 1H), 2.77-2.85 1H), 4.10-4.12 1H), 4.25 1H), 4.31-4.33 J= 10 Hz, I 4.49-4.54 1H), 5.03-5.05 J= 10 Hz, 5.20-5.24 J 20 Hz, IH), 4 10 5.44 (br s, 1H), 5.82-5.94 1H), 7.33 2H), 7.43-7.50 6 8.09-8.10 J= Hz, 4 H); LC/MS rt-min 2.37 (786.37) (method A).

aecuion J In section J the LC/MS method utilized was the following: Columns: Method A: YMC ODS-A C18 S7 (4.6 x 33 mm) Method B: YMC Xterra ODS S7 (3.0 x Method C: Xterra ms C18 (4.6 x 33mm) Method D: YMC ODS-A C18 S3 (4.6 x 33 mm) Gradient: 100% solvent A/ 0% solvent B to 0% solvent A/ 100% solvent B Gradient time: 3 min.

Hold Time: 1 min.

Flow Rate: 5 mUmin.

Detector Wavelength: 220 nm.

Solvents: Solvent A: 10% MeOH/90% water/ 0.1% TFA. Solvent B: 90% MeOH/ water/ 0.1% TFA.

Example 420: Preparation of Compound 420 559 00 cHO

N

N,4 H Ne O OO Compound 420 Scheme 1 Br N Br 4 NNr N Br Br HC1 N Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 O OH vCO 2 Me HC2 H CO2Me BOC H Y 0 N V Ph Ph Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 1- 0- 0 Compound 420 H N C0 2 Me H C 'CO 2

H

O

0 0 Step 1: To a solution of PPh 3 (16.8 g, 63.9 mmol) in THF (150 mL) was added dropwise DEAD (10.1 mL, 63.9 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. A solution of Boc-cis-(L)-Hyp-OMe (10.5 g, 42.6 mmol) in THF mL) was added slowly, followed by 5-bromo-pyridin-3-ol (prepared according to F.E. Ziegler et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., (1973), 95, 7458) (8.90 g, 51.1 mmol) portion wise. The resulting solution was stirred at 45 0 C for 18 hrs. The solution was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue partitioned between diethyl ether (200 mL) and IN NaOH (50 mL). The organic phase was dried (MgSO 4 and the ethereal Ssolution was after filtration concentrated to half its volume. A precipitate formed that O was removed by filtration. The filtrated was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a SBiotage 65 M column (eluted with hexanes EtOAc 2:1, 3:2, 1:1) to provide the title compound (11.9 g, 69%) as a red oil.

00 5 'H NMR: (CDCI 3 8 1.42, 1.45 9H (rotamers)), 2.25-2.30 1H), 2.49-2.58 (m, Ci 1H), 3.75, 3.81 3H (rotamers)), 3.66-3.81 2H (hidden)), 4.42, 4.50 J=8 Hz, CI 1H (rotamers)), 4.92 1H), 7.36 1H), 8.20 1H), 8.32 1H).

N LC/MS rt-min (MIW): 2.26 (401,403)(method B).

Step 2: The product of Step 1 (2.34 g, 5.83 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and TFA (18 mL, 0.23 mole) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between EtOAc and water. The urgainm pdSLt wad LAUUL, Vkiui 1-i N Ci (25 ,uiu iLc ,.Uiin~uc aquLVuo extracts were neutralized with satd. NaHCO 3 (40 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (twice) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 to give the title compound (1.02 g, 58%, free base) as a colorless oil.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 8 2.12-2.20 2H), 2.94 J=12 Hz, IH), 3.19 (dd, 12 Hz, 1H), 3.64 3H), 3.90 J=8 Hz, 1H), 5.07 1H), 7.69 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.29 1H).

LC/MS rt-min 0.78 (301, 302)(method B).

Step 3: To a suspension of the product of Step 2 (1.02 g, 3.39 mmol), N-BOC-L-tertleucine (862 mg, 3.73 mmol), and HOBt (458 mg, 3.39 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) were added DIPEA (2.36 mL, 13.6 mmol) followed by ]HBTU (1.61 g, 4.24 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 15 hrs and quenched with DCM and buffer pH 4 and some IN HCI to adjust the pH to 4-5. The organic phase was washed with buffer pH 4, satd. NaHCO 3 (twice), brine, and dried (MgSO 4 Purification using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted hexane EtOAc 3:2, 1:1) afforded the title compound (1.48 g, 85%) as a white solid.

IH NMR: (DMSO-d 6 8 0.94 9H), 1.17 9H), 2.16-2.21 1H), 2.50 (m, O (hidden), 1H), 3.64 3H), 3.82 J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.06 J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (d, S/J=12 Hz, IH), 4.45 (dd, J=8, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 5.26 1H), 6.71 J=9 Hz, NH), 7.75 1H), 8.28 1H), 8.32 1H).

00 5 LC/MS rt-min 2.35 (514, 516)(method B).

Step 4: D To a mixture of the product of Step 3 (98 mg, 0.19 mmol), Pd(PPh 3 4 (6.6 mg, O 0.00573 mmol), 2M aqueous Na 2

CO

3 (0.191 mL, 0.381 mmol) in toluene (2 mL) was added a solution of phenyl boronic acid (29 mg, 0.24 mmol) in methanol (0.1 mL).

The solution was heated at 85 0 C for 6 h under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was quenched with buffer pH 4 and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL), and dried (Na 2

SO

4 Purification using a Biotage 12 M column (eluted hexane EtOAc 2:3) afforded the title compound (72 mg, 74%) as a colorless oil.

'H NMR: (methanol-d4) 6 1.05 9H), 1.31 9H), 2.29-2.35 1H), 2.68-2.72 1H), 3.77 3H), 4.00 J=12 Hz, IH), 4.24 J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.41 J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (dd, J=7.5, 10 Hz, 1H), 5.36 1H), 6.51 J=9.5 Hz, NH), 7.79- 7.85 3H), 8.39 1H), 8.59 1H), 8.67-8.68 2H).

LC/MS rt-min 2.16 (512)(method B).

p Step To a solution of the product of Step 4 (150 nig, 0.293 mmol) in THF (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) was added LiOH (14 mg, 0.59 mmol) in water (2 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and quenched with IN HCI until neutral pH. The organic volatiles were removed in vacuo and to the residue was added buffer pH 4. The product was extracted into EtOAc (3 x 10 mL), washed with brine/buffer pH 4 and dried (MgSO 4 to yield the title compound in quantitative yield as a white solid after trituration from pentane.

'H NMR: (methanol-d4) 8 1.05 9H), 1.32 9H), 2.32-2.38 1H), 2.69-2.74 1H), 3.99 (dd, J=3, 12 Hz, 1H), 4.25 1H), 4.40 J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (dd, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 5.36 1H), 7.85-7.87 3H), 8.40 1H), 8.60 IH), 8.69- 8.70 2H).

562 I I LGMS rt-min (MHW): 2.03 (499)(method B).

IND Step 6: To a suspension of the product of Step 5 (93 mg, 0.19 mmrol), and the product 00 5 from Example 1, Step 8 (50 mg, 0.19 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added DIPEA 163 mL, 0.935 mmol), followed by HATU (92 mg, 0.243 minol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs and quenched with DCM and IND buffer pH 4 and some IN HOI to adjust the pH to 4-5. The layers were separated and the aqueous phase extracted with DCM (10 mL) and dried (Na 2

SQ

4 Purification 410 using a Biotage 12 M column (eluted gradient hexane acetone 20-60%) afforded the title compound (65 mg, 49%) as a white powder.

'H NMR: (DMS0-l 6 8 0.95 9H1), 1.03-1.05 (in, 2H), 1.08- 1. 10 (mn, 2H), 1.26 (s, 9H1), 1.36-1.39 (in, 1H1), 1.69-1.72 (in, 1H), 2.09-2.21 (in, 211), 2.41-2.45 (mn, 1H1), Hz, 111), 4.36 J= 8.5 Hz, 111), 5.10 J=10 Hz, 1H), 5.25 J=17.5 Hz, 111), 5.38 (in, 1H1), 5.59-5.67 (in, 1H1), 6.54 NH), 7.4 1-7.46 (in, 111), 7.50-7.53 (in, 2H), 7.65 1H1), 7.74-7.75 (in, 211), 8.28 1H), 8.52 111), 8.92 NH-).

LCJMS rt-inin (Ivllf' 2.08 (710)(method B).

Example 421: Preparation of Compound 421.

N.

H

H N, 0o Compound 421 563 Scheme 1 Br N Br SNH2 N StepBr

HC

SStep 2 Step 3 4 c Cl COe I HCI N C02Me BOC H SN. .Br N Br N Ph Step 5 0 Step 6 Q Compound 420 Example 1, Step 8 Step 7 Step 1: To a cold (-50C) 48% aqueous HBr solution (35 mL) was added 4-chloropyridin-2-ylamine (4.18 g, 32.5 mmol; prepared according to K.S. Gudmundsson et al; Synth. Commun. (1997), 27, 861), followed by the slow addition of bromine (6.7 SmL, 0.13 mole). After 20 min sodium nitrite (8.63 g, 0.125 mole) in water (40 mL) was added at the same temperature and stirring was continued for 30 min. The reaction was quenched under ice cooling with 10 N NaOH (ca 40 mL) to alkaline pH.

The product was extracted into EtOAc (2 x 100 mL) and dried (Na 2

SO

4 The crude material was purified using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted with 10% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the title compound (2.50 g, 40%) as a colorless oil that solidified upon standing.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d) 8 7.64 (dd, J=1.5, 5.5 Hz, 1I), 7.94 J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.40 J=5.5 Hz, 1H); LC/MS rt-min (MHU): 1.65 (192, 194, 196)(method B).

Step 2: 0 To a solution of N-BOC-trans-L-Hyp-OH (3.22 g, 13.9 mmnol) in DMSO IND mL was added potassium tert.butoxide (3.90 g, 3.4.8 mmol) in Portions at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. After 1.5 h the product of Step I was added 00 5 in DMS0 (5 mL). The mixture was stirred overnight and quenched with water (150 N The solution was washed with EtOAc (100 rnL). The aqueous phase was M acidified to pH 4 with IN HCI. The crude carboxy-lic acid was extracted into EtOAc IND (thrice) and dried (MgSO 4 The residue, as a brown solid, was suspended In THIF mL) and MeOH (20 mL) and cooled to 0 0 C. A solution of trimethylsilyl diazomethane (2 M in hexane, 12 mL) was dropwise added, and the solution concentrated in vacuo after 15 min. Purification using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted with hexanes EtOAc 2:1, 1:1) gave the title compound (3.47 g, 62%) as an offwhite powder.

-i MIKvl( 4WLJ15kU-C 6 0 iLJ', Yii~O~mr),zz+zZit~ kIL'.-.

(in, IM, 3.57 J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.64-3.68 (in, 111), 3.66, 3.69 3H (rotamers)), 4.27-4.34 (in, 1H), 5.21 (in, 1H), 7.06 J=6 Hz, 1H), 7.28 1lii), 8.20 J=6 Hz,

IH);

LC/MS rt-min 2.59 (401, 403)(method B).

Step 3: p The product of Step 2 (2.00 g, 4.98 inmol) was suspended in 4N HCI in dioxane (10 mL) and IN HCI in diethyl ether (40 n-iL) and stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting suspension was concentrated in vacuo and the residue triturated from pentane to give the title compound in quantitative yield as a white powder.

LC/MS rt-min (NvIW): 0.24 (301, 303)(method B).

Step 4: To a suspension of the product of Step 3 (assumed 4.98 mrnol), Ncyclopentyloxycarbonyl-L-tert-leucine (1.24 g, 5.10 mmol), and HOBt (673 mg, 4.98 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) was added DIPEA (4.34 m.L, 24.9 mmol) followed by I-BTU (2.36 g, 6.23 mrnol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature 565 for 15 hrs and quenched with DCM and buffer pH 4 and 10 mL IN HCI to adjust the pH to 4. The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (twice). The combined organic IN extracts were washed with satd. NaHCO 3 (twice), brine, and dried (MgSO 4 Purification using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted hexane EtOAc 3:2, 1:1) afforded 00 5 the title compound (2.09 g, 80%) as a white foam.

H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 6 0.94 9H), 1.43-1.74 (in, 8H), 2.18-2.23 1H), 2.46- 2.49 1H), 3.64 3H), 3.87 J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.13 1H), 4.42 (dd, IND 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.78 1H), 5.30 1H), 7.03-7.05 1H), 7.24 1H), 8.120 (d, 0 J=6 Hz, 1H).

LC/MS rt-min (MNH): 2.34 (526, 528)(method C).

Step To a solution of the product of Step 4 (206 mg, 0.391 mmol) in THF (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) was added LiOH (28 mg, 1.2 mmol) in water (2 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and quenched with 1N HCI until neutral pH. The organic volatiles were removed in vacuo and to the residue was added buffer pH 4. The product was extracted into EtOAc (2 x 20 mL) and dried (MgSO 4 to yield the title compound (196 mg, 100%) as a white solid.

'H NMR: (methanol-d4) 8 1.05 9H), 1.60-1.85 8H), 2.30-2.36 1H), 2.62- 2.67 1H), 3.97 J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.26 1H), 4.32 J=12 Hz,lH), 4.58 (dd, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (m (hidden), 1H), 5.29 1H), 7.03-7.05 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 8.19 J=6 Hz, IH); LC/MS rt-min (MIW): 2.17 (512, 514)(method B).

Step 6: This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 4 (reaction time h) in 20% yield starting from the product of Example 421, Step 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 6 1.03 9H), 1.45-1.74 8H), 2.31-2.37 1H), 2.65- 2.69 IH), 3.99 (dd, J=12, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 4.26 J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 J=11.5 Hz,IH), 4.60 (dd, J=8.0, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.80 1H), 5.35 IH), 6.72 J=9.0 Hz, NH), 7.02 (dd, J=2.5, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.39 1H), 7.50 3H (hidden)), 7.91 (d, Hz, 1H), 8.46 J=6.0 Hz, 1H).

11114 LCIMS rt-min (MWr): 2.03 (510)(method A).

IND Step 7: N Compound 421 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 68% yield, 0C) 5 starting from the product of Example 421, Step 6.

'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 5 1.03 9 1.06-1.09) (in, 2H), 1.23-1.26 (in, 2H), 1.43 (dd, J=5.5, 9.5 Hz, I 1.47-1.77 (mn, 1. 88 J=5.5, 8.5 Hz, INH), 2.2 1-2.29 IND(mn, 2H), 2.50-2.54 (in, 1H), 2.91-2.96 (in, IN), 4.036 (dd, J=3.0, 11.5 Hz, 111), 4.28- 4.30 (mn, 2H), 4.44 (dd, J=7.0, 10.5 Hz, IN), 4.82 (in, 1H (hidden)), 5.12 1=10 Hz, IM), 5.30 J=17 Hiz, IN), 5.37 (in, IH), 5.73-5.80 (mn, IN), 6.92 J--9.5 Hz, NMl, 6.98 (dd, 1=5.5, 2.0 Hz, IN), 7.37 IH), 7.43-7.50 (mn, 3H), 7.90 J=7.0 Hz, I H), 8.45 J=5.5 Hz, INH).

LC/MS rt-min (lvIH): 2.37 (723)(method

A).

Example 422: Preparation of Compound 422.

HN

ON N J 01, Compound 422' Step 1: 567 To a mixture of the product of Example 420, Step, 3 (102 mg, 0. 198 Mmol) and

C.)

IND pyridine (87 mg, 0.24 mmol). The solution was heated at 105 0 C for 20 h under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was quenched with satd.

0C) 5 NaHCO 3 and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL), and dried (Na 2

SO

4 Purification using a Biotage 12 M column (eluted gradient hexane-acetone 20-60%) afforded the title compound (49 mg, 49%) as a white solid.

IND 1H NMR: (methanol-d 4 8 1.05 9H1), 1.31 911), 2.29-2.35 (in, IN), 2.68-2.72 (in, 1H), 3.77 3H1), 4.00 J=12 Hz, 1H1), 4.24 J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.41 J=12 Hz, 111), 4.67 (dd, J=7.5, 10 Hz, 111), 5.36 (mn, 111), 6.51 J=9.5 Hz, NH), 7.79- 7.85 (mn, 3H1), 8.39 111), 8.59 1H1), 8.67-8.68 (in, 211).

LCIMS rt-min (MWi): 1.77 (514)(inethod

C).

Step 2: N N N 01 H N ~0NA

-T

This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 420, Step in quantitative yield, except using the product fromn Example 422, Step I instead.

'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 8 1.05 911), 1.32 9H), 2.32-2.38 (in, 1ff), 2.69-2.74 (mn, 11H), 3.99 (dd, J=3, 12 Hz, 111), 4.25 11H), 4.4.0 1= 12 Hz, 111), 4.64 (dd, J=7.5, 9.5 Hz, 111), 5.36 (in, 1H), 7.85-7.87 (in, 311), 8.40 1H1), 8.60 111), 8.69- 8.70 (in, 211).

LCIMS rt-min 1.57 (500)(method B).

Step 3: Compound 422 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 420, 0 Step 6 in 51 yield as a white solid, except using the product from Example 422, IND Step 2 instead.

I HNMR: (DMS0-] 6 8 0.95 9H), 1.03 (in, 1ff), 1.08 (in, 1H1), 1.23 9H), 1.34- 005 1.37 (in, INH), 1.68-1.70 (mn, INH), 2.12-2.18 (in, 211, 2.41-2.45 (in, 1 2.93 (in, IH) C1 3.90 .1=11I Hz, 111), 4.06 3=9 Hz, 114f), 4.17 J=1 1 Hz, IM1, 4.36 (dd, J=7, Hz, 18), 5.10 J=12 Hz, 18), 5.23 J=16.5 ]Hz, IH), 5.40 (in, 111), 5.59-5.66 (in, INDl114), 6.60 J=9 Hz, NH), 7.81-7.82 (in, 314), 8.38 18), 8.65 18), 8.68-8.70 (mn, 28), 8.93 NH), 10.4 NH).

LCJMS rt-inin 2.14 (71 1)(method

D).

Example 423: Preparation of Compound 423.

0 00> Compound 423 Step 1:

N\\B

0 0J O To a solution of the product of Example 420, Step' :3(1.00 g, 1.94 inrol) in TI-F mL) and methanol (5 ml-) was added LiOH (140 mg, 5.83 mmol) in water (5 mL).

The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and quenched with IN HCI untilI neutral pH. The organic volatiles were removed in vacuo, buffer pH 4 was added and 569 the product was extracted into EtOAc (3 x 25 mL) and dried (MgSO 4 to yield the o) title compound (1.0 g, 100%) as a white solid.

IND'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 8 0.95 9H), 1.27 9M), 2.14-2.19 (in, 1H), 2.47-2.50 (m, IH), 3.80 J=11.5 Hz, IN), 3.99-4.07 (mn, 2H), 4.15 J= 1.5 Hz,1LF), 4.36 (dd, 00 5 J=8,.10 Hz, I1H), 5.25 (in, I1H), 6.66 J=9 Hz, NH1), 7.75 1Ff), 8.2 8 I1H), 8.3 1 111), 12.5 IN).

LCJMS rt-rin (IvH): 2.47 (500, 502)(method A).

Step 2: Compound 423 was accomplished according to Example 420, Step 6 in 52% yield, starting from the products of Example 423, Step 1 and Example 8, Step 3 (racemic P 1 (IR, 2S5) and (IS, 2R)).

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 8 0.93, 0.95 9H), 1.00- 1.09 (in, 4H), 1.28, 1.29 9H), 1.37-1.39 (in, IN), 1.69-1.72 (in, IH), 2.09-2.22 2H), 2.36-2.46 (in, IN), 2.88- 2.94 (mn, 3.82-3.87 (in, 1H). 4.02-4.04 (mn, IN), 4.10-4.15 (in, 1H7), 4.31-4.34 (in, 1H), 5.10 J=10.5 Hz, IN), 5.22-5.28 (mn, INf), 5.54-5.66 (in, 1H), 6.56, 6.60 (d, Hz, NH), 7.74, 7.76 IH), 8.28-8.29 (in, IN), 8.32 IN), 8.79, 8.89 I H).

LCIMS rt-mi n (MHW): 2.42 (712, 714)(inethod B).

Example 424: Preparation of Compound 424.

0 1 H N

H

0 06 7 Compound 424 Step 1: 00 0( C OH IND To a solution of the product of Example 423, Step 1 (91 mg, 0.18 rnmol), Pd(PPh 3 4 (10.5 mg, 0.0091 mmol), and 3-furyl boronic acid (25.4 mg, 0.227 mnmol) in DM4F (2 mL) was added 2M aqueous Na 2

CO

3 (0.273 m.L, 0.546 mmol). The mixture was heated at 1 10 0 C for 2.5 h under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature the solid was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (gradient 30-80% JB) to afford the title compound (64 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 8 0.95 9H), 1.25 911), 2.17-2.21 (in, I 2.50 (mn (hidden), 1H1), 3.84-3.86 (in, 111), 4.09-4.15 (in, 211), 4.37 J=9 Hz, IH), 5.28 (mn, IH), 6.67 J=9 Hz, NH), 7.08 1H), 7.62 11H), 7.79 IH), 8.17 111), 8.33 111), 8.51 111), 12.6 111).

LCIMS rt-rnin (MHW): 1.60 (488)(method B).

Step 2: C ompound 424 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 55% yield, staring from the product of Example 424, Step 1.

'H NMvR: (methanol-d4) 8 1.02 911), 1.05-1.09 (in, 211), 1.22-1.25 (in, 2H), 1.34 911), 1.42-1.45 (in, 111), 1.86-1.89 (in, IH), 2.21-2.26 (in, 111), 2.48-2.52 (in, 1H), 2.91-2.96 (in, 111), 4.02 J=12 Hz, 111), 4.24-4.29 (in, 211), 4.43-4.47 (dd, 10.5 Hz, 111), 5.12 1=10.5 Hz, 1ff), 5.28-5.32 (in, IH), 5.73-5.8 1 (in, 111), 6.63 (d, J=9 Hz, NEH), 6.90 111), 7.60-7.62 (in, 211), 8.07 1H), 8.12 1H), 8.39 (s,

NH)-

LCIMS rt-min 2.30 (700)(method E).

Example 425: Preparation of Compound 425.

571 00 H N I 0 0 0 06O7 Compound 425 Compound 425 was accomplished according to Example 421, Step 7 in 45% yield, starting from the product of Example 421, Step 'HNMR: (DMSO-d) 8 0.95 9H), 1.03-1.04 1H), 1.08-1.09 1H), 1.33- 1.36 1H), 1.46-1.75 9H), 2.08-2.12 1H), 2.17 J=9 Hz, 1H), 2.35-2.38 1H), 2.88-2.93 1H), 3.91 J=9.5 Hz, IH), 4.05-4.10 2H), 4.27 (dd, 7 Hz, 1H), 4.80 1H), 5.10 J=12 Hz, IH), 5.23 J=16.5 Hz, 1H), 5.32 1H), 5.58-5.66 IH), 6.94 J=9 Hz, NH), 7.03-7.05 1H), 7.26 IH), 8.21 J=6 Hz, 1H), 8.86 NH), 10.4 NH).

LC/MS rt-min (MNW): 2.56 (724, 726)(method D).

Example 426: Preparation of Compound 426.

Compound 426 Step 1: 00

OH

This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 6 in 65% yield, except uig 3 -furanoboronic acid.

4 '1H NUR: (methanol-cl 4 8 1.03 9H4), 1.49-1.76 (in, 8H), 2.30-2.35 (in, IN), 2.63- 2.67 (in, IN), 3.98 J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.26 J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.31 J=12 Hz,IH), 4.58 J=8.0 Hz, IN), 5.32 (in, IH), 6.71 J=9.5 Hz, NH), 6.92 (dcl, J=2.5, 6.0 Hz, I 6.98 I1-H), 7.25 J=2.5 Hiz, il-i), 7.60 I1-1), 8.15 IiH), 8.35 i=5. Hz, I H).

LCIMS rt-min (M4H): 1.94 (500)(method D).

Step 2: Compound 426 was prepared according to Example 421, Step 7 in 57% yield, starting from the product of Example 426, Step 1.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 8 0.95 9H), 1.03-1.04 (in, 2H), 1.08-1.09 (mn, 2H), 1.34- 1.71 (in, 8N), 2.09-2.20 (in, 2H), 2.37-2.41 (in, 1H), 2.93 (in, IN), 3.96 J=9.5 Hz, 1ff), 4.074.11 (in, 2H), 4.29 (in, 11H), 4.78 (mn, Iff{), 5.10 J=10.5 Hz, IN), 5.23 (d, J=17 Hz, IN), 5.34 (in, 1H), 5.59-5.66 (in, 6.87-6.91 (mn, 2H), 7.08 IN), 7.27 IN), 7.75 8.33 1H), 8.39 J=6 Hz, IN), 8.90 10.4 IH).

LCIMS rt-inin (MWf): 2.38 (712)(method D).

Example 427: Preparation of Compound 427.

d 573 c,-

O

H N H Compound 4.27 0 C1 Step 1" CO0 /T oN" OH This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 6 in 86% yield, except using 4 -fluorophenylboronic acid.

'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 8 1.03 9H), 1.44-1.75 8H), 2.30-2.36 1H), 2.64- 2.69 IH), 3.99 (dd, J=12, 3.5 Hz, IH), 4.26 J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.32 J=12 Hz,IH), 4.59 (dd, J=8.0, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.81 1H), 5.34 1H), 6.73 J=9.5 Hz, NH), 6.99 (dd, J=2.5, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 2H (hidden)), 7.36 1H (hidden)), 7.94- 7.97 2H), 8.44 J=6.0 Hz, 1H).

LC/MS rt-min (MHf): 2.22 (528)(method A).

Step 2: Compound 427 was prepared according to Example 421, Step 7 in 53% yield, starting from the product of Example 427, Step 1.

'H NMR: (methanol-d4) 8 1.03 9H), 1.

0 6-1.09.(m, 2H), 1.23-1.26 2H), 1.43 (dd, J=5.0, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 1.47-1.78 8H), 1.88 (dd, J=5.5, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.21-2.29 2H), 2.49-2.53 1H), 2.91-2.96 1H), 4.05 (dd, J=3.0, 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.27- 574 4.29 (in, 2H), 4.44 10.5 Hz, IN), 4.83 (in, 1H (hidden)), 5.12 1=10 Hz, IH), 5.29 J1=17 Hz, IH), 5.37 (mn, IH), 5.73-5.80 (mn, 1H), 6.93 J=9.5 Hz, NH), 6.98 (in, 1W), 7.21 J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.36 I 7.94-7.97 (mn, 2H), 8.44 1=6.0 Hz, I1W).

5 LCJMS rt-inin (MH)f: 2.42 (74 1)(method

A).

Example 428: Preparation of Compound 4283.

00 Compound 428 Step 1: Thisprouctwasprepared according to Example 421, Step 6 in 37% yield, except using 4 -methoxyphenylboronic acid.

'HNMR: (methanol-d 4 8 1.03 9H), 1.45-1.74 (in, 8H), 2.3 1-2.36 (in, 1H), 2.64- 2.68 (in, 111), 3.85 3H), 3.98 (dd, J=12, 3.5 Hz, 1W), 4.25 J=9.0 Hz, 1W), 4.33 .1=11.5 Hz,1IH), 4.59 (dd, J=8.0, 10 Hz, I1H), 4.77 (in, 1WH), 5.36 (in, I1H), 6.72 (d, 1=9.0 Hz, NH), 7.01 (in, 1W), 7.04 1=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.37 J=2.0 Hz), 7.86 (d, Hz, 2H), 8.42 J=6.0 Hz, IN).

LCIMS rt-rnin 2.09 (540)(method

A).

575 Step 2: Compound 428 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 72% yield, starting from the product of Example 428, Step 1.

1HNMR: (methanol-cl 4 8 1.03 9H1), 1.06-1.09 (in, 2H), 1.23-1.25 (in, 21H), 1.43 (dd, J=5.5, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 1.48-1.77 (in, 811), 1.88 (dcl, J=5.0, 8.0 Hz, 111), 2.21-2.28 (mn, 2H), 2.50-2.54 (in, I 2.91-2.96 (in, 11H), 3.8 5 3H1), 4.05 J= 12 Hz, I1H), 4.27-4.29 (in, 211), 4.44 (dcl, J=7.0, 10.5 Hz, IH), 4.84 (in, IH (hidden)), 5.12 (d, Hz, IH), 5.30 J=17 Hz, IH), 5.37 (mn, 111), 5.72-5.80 (in, 111), 6.89 1=9.5 Hz, NH), 6.95 (dcl, J=2.5, 6.0 Hz, 111), 7.03 J=S'.O Hz, IH), 7.33 J=2.5 Hz, 111), 7.86 J=9.0 Hz, 2H1), 8.41 J=6.0 Hz, 1Hf.

LCJMS rt-mi~n 2.40 (753)(method

A).

Example 429: Preparation of Compound 429.

Compound 429 Step 1: ojr 0 576 This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 6 in 22% yield, except o using 2 -thiopheneboronic acid.

IND 'H NMR: (methanol-d4) 5 1.03 9H), 1.46-1.74 (in, 8H1), 2.29-2.35 (in, lH), 2.63- 2.67 (in, 1H1), 3.97 J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.26 Jz::8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.31 J=12 Hz~llmj, 00 5 4.60 J=8.5 Hz, 1ff), 4.81 (in, 1H (hidden)), 5.31 (in, 1H), 6.87-6.89 (in, 2H), 7.13 J=5.0 Hz, 111), 7.52 1H (hidden)), 7.70 (di, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.32 J--6-0 Hz, 1H).

IND LC/MS rt-min 1.96 (516)(method A).

Step 2: Compound 429 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 57% yield, starting from the product of Example 429, Step L.

'H NMR: (methanol-cl 4 8 1.02 9H), 1.07 (in, 2M), 1.24 (mn, 2H), 1.43 (dcl, 2.49-2.53 (mn, 11H), 2.92-2.96 (in, 11H), 4.04 10HzU, 1H), 4.26-4.29 (in, 2H), 4.43 J=9.0 Hz, IH), 4.82 (in, 1H (hidden)), 5.12 1=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=17.5 H-lz, 111), 5.35 (in, LH), 5.73-5.80 (in, 11), 6.89 1=4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, Hz, NH), 7.13 1H), 7.35 1H), 7.51 J=4.5 Hz, 111), 7.70 1H), 8.32 J=5.5 Hz, 1ff).

LCIMS rt-min (MIHfl: 2.37 (728)(method

A).

Example 430: Preparation of Compound 430.

Compound 430) Step 1: 00 HN OH 0 This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 6 in 17% yield, except using 3-thiopheneboronic acid.

1H NMR: (methanol-l 4 8 1.03 9H), 1.43-1.74I (in, 8H), 2.30-2.36 (in, IN), 2.64- 2.68 (in, IN), 3.98 (dd, J=11.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 4.25 J=9.0 Hz, IN), 4.32 1=1 H-z, IH), 4.60 (dd, J=8.0, 9.5 Hz, Il-H), 4.80 (in, IH (hidden)), 5.33 (in, I 6.96 (dd, 1=2.5, 6.0 Hz, I 7.36 INH (hidden)), 7.51 1H (hidden)), 7.67 J=5.0 Hz, IfI), 8.03 IN), 8.39 J=6.0 Hz, 1IH).

LC/MS rt-inin 1.94 (516)(method A).

Step 2: Compound 430 was prepared according to lExample 420, Step 6 in 45% yield, starting from the product of Example 430, Step 1.

1HNMR: (methanol-d 4 8 1.02 9H), 1.06 (in, 2 1.29 (in, 2H), 1.43 (dd, 9.5 Hz, IH), 1.43-1.75 (in, 8N), 1.87 (dd, J=6.0, 7.'5 Hz, lH), 2.20-2.27 (in, 2H), 2.49-2.53 (mn, IN), 2.93-2.95 (in, iN), 4.05 J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 4.27-4.29 (in, 2H), 4.42-4.45 (mn, INf), 4.85 (mn, 1H (hidden)), 5.12 J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.29 J=17.5 Hz, IN), 5.36 (in, IN), 5.73-5.80 (in, IN), 6.92-6.94 (in, 2H), 7.35 IfI), 7.51 (s, IN), 7.66 J=4.5 Hz, iN), 8.00 IN), 8.38 J=5.5 Hz, IH).

LC/MS rt-min WILN): 2.36 (728)(method A).

Example 431: Preparation of Compound 431.

,00 Compound 431 1 C0 Step 1: 0.

n /1 O-

OH

To a mixture of the product of Example 421, Step 5 (100 mg, 0.195 mmol) and Pd(PPh 3 4 (23 mg, 0.0195 mmol) in dioxane (3 nL) was added 2tributylstannnylthiazole (95 mg, 0.254 mmol) and triethylamine (82 pL, 0.585 mmol). The solution was heated at 95 0 C for 5 h under nitrogen, then at 105 0 C for h. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (gradient 30-80% The combined fractions were partitioned between buffer pH 4 and dichloromethane. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic extracts washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 The title compound (31 mg) was obtained as a colorless oil, significantly contaminated with tributylstannyl residue.

'H NMR: (methanol-d4) 8 1.03 9H), 1.4 8H (hidden)), 2.32-2.36 IH), 2.64-2.68 1H), 4.00 J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.25 IH), 4.33 J= 1.5 Hz,IH), 4.60 J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.80 1H (hidden)), 5.33 1H), 7.03 (br s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.73 IH), 7.93 1H), 8.41 J=5.5 Hz, 1H).

a LC/MS rt-min (MWH): 2.25 (517)(method A).

579 Step 2: IN Compound 431 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 41% yield, starting from the product of Example 431, Step 1.

0 5 'H NMR: (methanol-da) 8 1.02 9H), 1.06-1.70 13H), 1.86-1.89 IH), "1 2.22-2.31 2H), 2.51-2.55 1H), 2.92-2.94 1H), 4.06 J= 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.32 2H), 4.44-4.47 1H), 4.82 1H (hidden)), 5.12 J= 1 Hz, 1H), 5.30 J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.36 1H), 5.73-5.81 1H), 6.90 J=9.0 Hz, NH), 7.04 i 1H), 7.71 2H), 7.93 1H), 8.42 J=5.5 Hz, 1H).

LC/MS rt-min (MHW): 2.46 (729)(method A).

Example 432: Preparation of Compound 432.

N N 01 00 H N O I'V Compound 432 Step 1:

S

9-^ To a mixture of the product of Example 423, Step 1 (102 mg, 0.204 mmol) and Pd(PPh 3 4 (24 mg, 0.0204 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) was added 2tributylstannnylthiazole (99 mg, 0.265 mmol) and triethylamine (85 pL, 0.612 Smmol). The solution was heated at 95 0 C for 5 h under nitrogen, then at 105°C for

C.)

O h. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was filtered and concentrated. The IN residue was purified by preparative HPLC (gradient 30-80% The combined fractions were neutralized with conc. ammonia and concentrated. The residue was 00 5 partitioned between buffer pH 4 and dichloromethane. The aqueous phase was C extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic extracts washed with brine S and dried (MgSO4). The title compound (33 mg) was obtained as a colorless oil, IN significantly contaminated with tributylstannyl containing residue.

O 'H NMR: (methanol-d4) 8 1.03 9H), 1.30 9H), 2.28-2.32 1H), 2.62-2.67 1H), 3.98 J=11.5 Hz, IH), 4.21 1H), 4.34 J=11.5 Hz,IH), 4.58 Hz, 1H), 5.31 1H), 7.71 J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.94-7.96 2H), 8.33 11), 8.73 1H).

LC/MS rt-min (MIT-Boc): 2.21 (405)(method A).

Step 2: Compound 432 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 42% yield, starting from the product of Example 432, Step 1.

'H NMR: (methanol-d4) 8 1.02 9H), 1.07-1.08 2H), 1.24 2H), 1.32 (s, 9H), 1.44 1H (hidden)), 1.86-1.89 1H), 2.21-2.29 2H), 2.51-2.55 1H), 2.93-2.95 1H), 4.04 J= 12 Hz, 1H), 4.23 J= 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 J= 12 p Hz, 1H), 4.47 J= 9.5 Hz, 1H), 5.12 J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.30 J=18 Hz, 1H), 5.36 1H), 5.72-5.81 1H), 6.62 J= 8.5 HI, NH), 7.73 1H), 7.96 IH), 8.34 1H), 8.74 IH).

LC/MS rt-min 2.42 (717)(method

A).

Example 433: Preparation of Compound 433.

581 00lyy f H ~N N" H 0 0 D I 0> Compound 433 Step 1: NOEt To a mixture of the product of Example 420, Step 3 '(1.00 g, 1.94 mnmol) and Pd(PPh 3 4 (112 mg, 0.097 mmol) in dioxane (15 mLQ was added tributyl(lethoxyvinyl)tin (876 mg, 2.43 mmol. The solution was heated at 105 0 C for 6 h under p nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was partitioned between satd NaHCO 3 and ethyl acetate.

The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic extracts washed with 5% aq. KF and brine and dried (MgSO 4 Purification using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted gradient hexane EtO~kc 40-70%) afforded the title compound (624 mg, 64%) as a yellow oil.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 8 0.95 9H), 1.27 9H), 1.35 J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 2.16-2.21 (in, IH), 2.50 (in, 1H (hidden)), 3.64 3H), 3.85 1= I I Hz, 1H), 3.90 Hz, 2H), 4.09 J= 9.0 Hz, lIH), 4.13 J= I11 Hz, IH), 4.40 J=2.5 Hz, IH), 4.45 J=8.0 Hz, IH), 4.91 J=2.5 Hz, I 5.27 (in, I 6.69 J= 9.0 Hz, NHl), 7.48 IH), 8.25 IH), 8.46 IH).

a LCMS rt-min (MIHW): 2.14 (507)(method B).

c-i Step 2: 0

N~N

00 0 CaOMe To a solution of the product of Example 433, Step 1l(125 mg, 0.247) in TH(3mL c-iand water (I1 I I L, 6.18 mmol) was added NBS (44 mg, 0.247 mxnoi). After stirrng at room temperature for 20 min. the mixture was -concentrated and partitioned between ethyl acetate and brine. The organic phas;e was dried (MgSO 4 bo give the intermediate brornomethyl ketone. This intermediate was dissolved in DMF and Etrea i Wifi oaceiainjce (z4 ing, u.-.zi mmoij aincI fNaH-U 3 0.ii mg, U-3 /I 171m100.

The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature, concentrated and suspended in satd. NaHCO 3 The product was extracted with ethyl acetate washed with brine, and dried (MgSO 4 Purification using a Biotage 12 M column (eluted gradient hexane EtOAc 50-70%) afforded the title compound (50 mg, 38%) as a pale oil.

'H NMR: (methanol-cl 4 8 1.02 9H1), 1.31 2.27-2.3 1 (in, IN), 2.63-2.67 (in, 111), 2.77 3H1), 3.74 3H1), 3.98 J= 10.0 Hz, 111), 4.22 J= 9.5 Hz, 111), p 15 4.34 J= 10.5Hz, 111), 4.64 1'=9.0 Hz, 111), 5.29 (in, 111), 6.38 NH), 7.87 (s, 111), 7.91 1H1), 8.20 111), 8.71 IH).

LC/MS rt-mmn (MHfl: 1.96 (533)(method

B).

Step 3: 583.

C.)

00 00 N OH NO This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 5, except using the product of Example 433, Step 2 instead.

4 'H NMIR: (DMS0-l 6 8 0.96 911), 1.25 9H), 2.18-2.23 (in, I 2.50 (in, I H (hidden)), 2.73 3H), 3.86 J= 11.5 Hz, IN), 4. 10 J= 9.0 Hz, I 4.14 J= 11.5Hz, IH), 4.39 J=8.5 Hz, IH), 5.30 (in, 1H), 6.60 (br s, NH), 7.84 IH), 8.14 IH), 8.24 1H), 8.78 1H).

LCIMS rt-min (Mlffl): 1.84 (519)(rnethod B).

Step 4: Compound 433 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 46% yield, starting from the product of Example 433, Step 3.

'H NMIR: (methanol-l 4 8 1.05 9Hf), 1.09-1.11 (mn, 2H), 1.26-1-29 (in, 211), 1.36 9H), 1.45-1.48 (in, IH), 1.89-1.92 (mn, IH), 2.25-2.30 (in, 2H), 2.53-2.57 (in, lI-), 2.80 3H), 2.94-3.00 (mn, IH), 4.06 J= 10.5 Hz, IM), 4.27 IM), 4.32 J= 12 Hz, 114), 4.48 (dcl, J= 10.5, 7.0 Hz, IN), 5.15 J=10.5 1U, 1H), 5.33 J=17 Hz, 5.35 (in, IN), 5.76-5.83 (in, IN), 7.93 7.95 (in, IH), 8.22 IH), 8.74 1H).

LCIMS rt-min (MiI*l: 2.21 (732)(method B).

Example 434: Preparation of Compound 434.

00 H N H Compound 434 Step 1:

N

To a solution of the product of Example 421, Step 1 (300 mg, 1.56 mnmol) and Pd(PPh 3 4 (90 mg, 0.078 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was added 1-methyl-2- (tributylstannyl)-1H-pyrrole (750 mg, 2.03 mmoli and triethylam-ine (0.435 mL, 3.12 mmol). The solution was heated at 1500C for 30 mmii under nitrogen in a microwave oven (Emr-ys, Personal Chemistry). After cooling to room temperature the mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and 5% aq. KF and filtered. The aqueous phase was extracted with diethyl ether The combined organic extracts were washed with I 5% aq. KF, water and brine and dried (MgSO 4 Purification using a Biotage 25 S column (eluted gradient hexane diethyl ether 0-5 afforded the title compound (169 mg, 56%) as a colorless oil.

'H NM: (DMS0-l 6 8 3.94 3H), 6. 10 I11), 6.77 J=2.0 Hz, I 6.93 (s, 1 7.27 J=4.0 Hz, I 7.77 I 8.49 .1=5.0 Hz, I H), LCIMS rt-min (MWli): 1. 15 (193, 195)(method

B).

Step 2: 585 N

N

00 N OMe IND This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 2 in 39% yield, starting from the product of Example 434, Step 1.

'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 8 1.42, 1.43 9H (rotarners)), 2.27-2.34 (in, 111), 2.55- 2.62 (in, IH), 3.75 (in, 2H), 3.76, 3.74 3H (rotanriers)), 3.84 311), 4.394.45 (in, ID, 5.19 (in, 1H), 6.10 (mn, 114), 6.49 (mn, IH), 6.78 IH), 6.80-6.82 (mn, 111), 7.07 111), 8.35 J=6.0 Hz, 1H).

LC/MS rt-min (vrcarboxylic acid): 1-49 (389)(rnethod

B).

Step 3: N N N OMe The product of Example 434, Step 2 (90 mg, 0.22 mrnol) was dissolved in dichloroinethane (1.5 inL) and TFA (1.0 mL, 9.0 mmol).The solution was stirred at room temperature for 45 min., and concentrated. The residue was treated with IN IICI in diethyl ether (5 inL) and concentrated. The title compound was obtained in quantitative yield as a pale oil.

LC/MS rt-inin 0.32 (302)(method

B).

Step 4: 586 0 N N I ND HN 0 0 O This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 3 in 80% yield, starting from the product of Example 434, Step 3.

'H NMR: (methanol-d4) 8 1.02 9H), 1.31 9H), 2.25-2.31 1H), 2.61-2.64 IH), 3.73 3H), 3.84 3H), 3.97-3.99 4.22 J= 9.5 Hz, IH), 4.32 J= 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.61 J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.27 IH), 6.10 1H), 6.42 (br d, T- W- PK An f I T. '79 IU O '01 1.TN '7 Ai 7 f "iA /A.I Hz, 1H).

LC/MS rt-min 1.81 (516)(method B).

Step HN N

O

0 0.

H0 o To a solution of the product of Example 434, Step 4 (92 mg, 0.179 mmol) in THF (1 mL) and methanol (1 mL) was added LiOH (13 mg.. 0.536 mmol) in water (1 mL).

The mixture was stirred for 1.5 h at room temperature and quenched with IN HCI until neutral pH. The organic volatiles were removed in vacuo, and the residue purified by preparative HPLC (gradient 10-80% The combined fractions were 3 neutralized with conc. ammonia and concentrated. The residue was partitioned (I 587 between buffer pH 4 and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl O) acetate and the combined organic extracts washed, with brine and dried (MgSO 4 The IND title compound (56 mg, 62%) was obtained as a white solid.

(N

'H NMvR: (methanoI-d4) 8 1.03 911), 1.32 9IH), 2.3 1-2.35 (in, 1H), 2.62-2.67 0C) 5 (in, 111), 3.85 311), 3.98 J= 11.5 Hz, 111), 4.21-4.23 (mn, 111), 4.33 J= 11.5 Hz, 114), 4.58 J=8.0 lHz, 111), 5.31 (in, 111, 6.12 (mn, 111, 6.40 (br d, J= 8.0 Hz, NH), 6.52 (mn, I 6.82 (mn, 111), 6.87 (in, I 7.12 111), 8.36 J=5.5 Hz, I1H).

IND LCJMS rt-min (MBfl: 1.73 (502)(method

B).

410 Step 6: Compound 434 was prepared according to 'Example 420, Step 6 in 68% yield, starting from the products of Example 434, Step 1H NMR: (methanol-cl 4 8 1.02 9H1), 1.06-1.09 (in, 2H), 1.23-1.26 (in, 211, 1.33 911, 1.42-1.45 (in, 111), 1.86-1.89 (in, 111), 2.21-2.27 (mn, 2H), 2.47-2.51 (mn, Ili), 2.91-2.96 (mn, IH), 3.85 3H), 4.04 J= 12 Hz, 111), 4.24 1= 10.0 Hz, 111), 4.28 J= 12 Hz, IH), 4.43 (dd, 1= 10.0, 7.0 Hz, IH), 5.12 .1=10.0 Hz, 111), 5.30 J1=17 Hz, 111), 5.32 (mn, 111, 5.73-5.80 (mn, 1H), 6.10 (in, 111, 6.49 (in, IH), 6.64 (br d, J= 9.0 Hz, NH), 6.79 (in, 111), 6.82 (in, 11), '7.08 111), 8.35 .1=5.5 Hz, 111).

LCJMS t-inin 2.08 (714)(inethod

B).

Example 435: Preparation of Compound 435.

0

AN

Y H NNWH Q E -N,>0 Compound 435.

Step 1:

-N

00 O~e IND This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 2 in 74% yield, starting from 2 6 -di bromopyri dine 'H NMR: (DMSO-4,) 8 1.34, 1.38 9H (rotamers)), 2.23-2.3 1 (in, IH), 2.43-2.47 (in, 1H (hidden)), 3.53 J= 12 Hz, I1-H), 3.66, 3.69 3H (rotamers)), 3.72-3.75 (in, I 4.29-4.34 (in, 1ff), 5.42 (mn, 1H) 6.89 Hz, INH), 7.26 J=7.5 Hz, I1) 7.68 J=7.5 Hz, IH).

Step 2: '-\Br

-N

N OMe H' 0 This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 2 in quantitative yield, starting from the product of Example 435, Step 1.

LC/MS rt-min 1.42 (301, 303)(inethod

B).

Step 3: 589 C-I 0 00 D OMe NO This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 3 i*n 96% yield, starting from the product of Example 435, Step 2.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 8 0.95 9H), 1.28 9H), 2.20-2.26 (in, I1H), 2.45-2.48 (in, 1H), 3.64 3H), 3.94 .1=9.5 Hz, IH), 4.01-4.08 (in, 2H), 4.45 J=8.5 Hz, IH), 5.53 (in, 1I1), 6.66 .1=7.0 Hz, I 6.82 J=7.0 Hz, I 7.25 J=7.0 Hz, I H), 7.64-7.69 (in, 1ff).

LCIMS rt-rnin 2.73 (514, 516)(method A).

Step 3: -Br

N

p N OH This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 5 in quantitative yield, starting from the product of Example 435, Step 2.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 8 0.95 914), 1.28 9H), 2.19-2.25 (mn, IH), 2.43-2.47 (in, IH), 3.94 (in, 1ff, 4.01-4.08 (in, 2H), 4.36 1=8.5 Hz, IH), 5.52 (in, 6.65 (d, Hz, I 6.82 J=7.5 Hz, I 7.25 J=7. 5 Hz, I 7.67 .1=7.5 Hz, 1H), 12.6 IH).

LCIMS rt-inin 2.51 (522, 524)(inethod Step 4: 590 C0.C 00 000 IND To a solution of the product of Example 435, Step 3 (125 mg, 0.250 mmol), Pd(PPh 3 4 (14.4 mg, 0.0125 mmol), and 3-furyl boronic acid (35 mg, 0.313 mmol) in DMIF (2 rnL) and water (0.025 mL) was added (S 2

CO

3 (244 mg, 0.750 mmol). The mixture was heated at 105 0 C for 3 h under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature the solid was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was Durified by prep~arati ve FIPLC (gradient 30-100% Thecombined fractions were neutralized with conc. ammonia and concentrated. 'The residue was partitioned between buffer pH 4 and dichioromethane. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichioromethane and the combined organic extracts washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 The title compound (90 mg, 76%) was obtained as a white foam.

'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 6 1.06 9H), 1.39 9H), 2.36-2.42 (in, IH), 2.61-2.65 (in, IH), 4.12 (dd, J-4.0. 11 Hz, 1H), 4.19 J=l 1 Hiz, IHi), 4.28 IH), 4.62 (t, J=8.5 Hz, I 5. 79 (in, I 6.64 J=8.0 Hz, IfH), 6.96 I 7.22 J=8.-0 Hz, IH), 7.58 (mn, IH), 7.66 1=8.0 Hz, Ill), 8.13 IH).

LC/MS rt-min (MI.a 4 2.53 (51 1)(method

B).

Step Compound 435 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 5701 yield, starting from the product of Example 435, Step 4.

'H NMIR: (DMSO-d 6 8 0.96 9H), 1.02-1.05 (mn, 2H), 1.09-1.11 (in, 2H), 1. 19 (s, 9H), 1.35-1.38 (in, IHi), 1.71 (dd, 1=5.5, 8.0 Hz, 1IR), 2.15-2.22 (in, 2H), 2.37-2.41 (in, I 2.93 (br m, I1H), 4.03 -4.08 (mn, 3H), 4.3 5 (br t, I 5. 10 J= 10. 5 Hz, I H), 5.24 J=17 Hz, IH), 5.60-5.67 (in, IN), 5.73 (in, IN), 6.47 (br s, 1H), 6.64 (d, Hz, IH), 7.04 1H), 7.31 J=7.5 Hz, 110), 7.72 J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.77 (s, 0) IH), 8.32 IHf), 8.92 NH), 10.4 NH).

IND LC/MS rt-min (MNa): 2.64 (723)(method

B).

(N

00 5 Example 436: Preparation of Compound 436.

NON

N

(Ni 00 H0 01 0 Compound 436 Step 1: 0 HN N rOH This product was prepared according to Example 435, Step 4 in 73% yield, except using phenylboronic acid instead.

'H NNiR: (methanol-cl 4 8 1.06 9H), 1.39 9H), 2.39-2.45 (in, LH), 2.65-2.77 (in, 1H), 4.18-4.30 (mn, 3H1), 4.64 J=8.0 Hz, IH), 5.72 (in, 111), 6.74 J=8.0 Hz, 111), 7.44-7.55 (mn, 411), 7.75 1=8.0 Hz, 1H1), 8.07 J=7.5 Hz, 21-I).

LCIMS rt-main 2.72 (521)(method B).

Step 2: Compound 436 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 66% yield, starting from the product of Example 436, Step 1.

I I 'I NMR: (DMSO-d 6 5 0.96 9H), 1.04-1.05 (in, 2H), 1.09 (mn, 2H1), 1.30 9H), C0 1.36-1.39 (in, IN), 1.71 J=7.5 Hz, IH), 2.16-2.24 (in, 21-1), 2.41-2.45 (in, 1H), 2.93 ID(mn, IN), 4.06-4.09 (in, 4.38 (br t, 111), 5.10 J=10.5 Hz, IN), 5.30 J1=17 Hz, 111), 5.60-5.67 (in, I 5.80 (in, INH), 6.49 (br s, lI 6.75 J1=7.5 Hz, I H), 00 5 7.43-7.51 (in, 3H1), 7.59 J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.81 1=7.5 Hz, IN), 8.09 J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 8.91 NH), 10.4 NH).

LCIMS rt-min MW): 2.77 (71 1)(method B).

IND

Example 437: Preparation of Compound 437.

N_

N

F\ .0 H N H NA 7

H

0 I0 Compound 437 Step 1: 0- N~Br To a sol ution of 2 -bromo-6-meth yl-p yri dine (7.65 g, 44.4 mmol) i n dichioromethane m.L) was added a solution of mCPBA 12.9 g, 57.7 inmol) in dichloromethane (100 rnL). The solution was stirred for 18 h at ambient temperature.

The mixture was neutralized with solid Na 2

CO

3 and water was added. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane The combined organic fractions were washed with 5% Na 2

S

2 0 3 5% Na 2

CO

3 brine and dried (MgSO 4 Purification using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted gradient hexane ethyl acetate 40-70%) afforded the title compound (5.0 g, 60%) as a colorless oil that so~lidified upon standing.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 8 2.43 3H1), 7.15 J=8.6, Hz, IH), 7.50 IH), 7.78 (s, iH).

LC/MS rt-min (MHI): 0.32 (188, 190)(method B).

O

ID

C Step 2: ^N Br 00 Br ec¢ C 5 To a solution of the product of Example 437, Step 1 (4.5 g, 24 mmol) in DMF O mL) was added POBr 3 (8.2 g, 29 mmol) in portions. A strong exothermic reaction occurred and a precipitate formed. The mixture was left for 2 h at ambient temperature. The mixture was quenched with water and satd. NaHCO 3 until neutral pH. The aqueous phase was extracted with diethyl ether The combined organic fractions were washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 Purification using a Biotage M column (eluted gradient hexane diethyl ether 0-10%) afforded the title compound (1.78 g, 30%) as a colorless oil.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d4) 8 2.45 3H), 7.64 1H), 7.80 1H).

LC/MS rt-min (MIH): 1.85 (250, 252, 254)(method B).

Step 3:

N

Br N O e 0 This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 2 in 46% yield, starting from the product of Example 437, Step 1.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d) 6 1.34, 1.38(s, 9H (rotamers)), 2.20-2.27 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.43-2.50 1H), 3.55 J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.64-3.67 1H), 3.66, 3.69 3H (rotamers)), 4.26-4.32 1H), 5.17 1H), 6.93 1H), 7.08 1H).

LC/MS rt-min 2.17 (415, 417)(method B).

594 Step 4: IND Br, 000 C-I N OMe

H

c-i 0 IND This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 3 in quantitative yield, starting from the product of Example 437, Step 21.

Step 4:

N,

\rBr §~OMe This product was prepared according to Example .420, Step 3 in 75% yield, starting from the product of Example 437, Step 3.

P 10 'H NMR: (DMSO-d6) 8 0.94 9H), 1.27 9H), 2.16-2.21 (in, 2.36 3H), 2.48 (in, III (hidden)), 3.64 3H), 3.83 J=10.5 Hz, 111), 4.06 J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.14 J=l0.5 Hz, 111), 4.42 J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (mn, 1H), 6.68 (br s, NHT), 6.88 IH), 7.03 I H).

LC/MS rt-min WMH): 2.19 (528, 530)(merhod B).

Step 595 0O -iN OH O1

O

0O SThis product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 5 in quantitative yield, O starting from the product of Example 437, Step 4.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 6 0.95 9H), 1.27 9H), 2.15-2.19 1H), 2.36 3H), 2.44-2.48 1H), 3.81 J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.04-4.06 1H), 4.13 J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.26 1H), 6.66 (br d, I=9.0 Hz, NH), 6.88 IH), 7.03 IH).

LC/MS rt-min 2.14 (536, 538)(method B).

Step 6: o

OH

N1 0 To a solution of the product of Example 437, Step 5 (101 mg, 0.196 mmol), Pd(PPh 3 4 (11.3 mg, 0.0098 mmol), and phenyl boronic acid (34 mg, 0.275 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 2M aqueous Na 2

CO

3 (0.294 mL, 0.588 mmol). The tube was sealed and heated in a microwave oven (Emrys, Personal Chemistry) at 150 0 C for min. under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was acidified with IN HCI (0.5 mL). The solid was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (gradient The combined fractions were neutralized with cone. ammonia and (Zi~o596 concentrated. The residue was partitioned between buffer pH 4 and ethyl acetate. The Q aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x) and the combined organic IND extracts washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 The title compound (115 mg, >I100%) was obtained as a white solid.

00 5 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 8 1.06 9H), 1.30 9H), 2.36-2.41 IH), 2.69 (s, C1 3M1, 2.65-2.76 (in, 18), 4.01 (dd, J=3.0, 12 Hz, 4.21 IH), 4.44 J=12 HIz, 111), 4.64 (dd, J=8.0, 10 Hz, 18), 5.46 (in, 111), 6.91 18), 7.29 18), 7.39 (in, IND311), 7.57 J=7.5 Hz, 211).

LCIMS rt-min 1.84 (513)(method

B).

4 Step 7: Compound 437 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 31 yield, starting from the product of Example 437, Step 6.

Al iN~i. .jis i) J: i.U4 A.11, I.LZ) iS, 5ii), i.)14- ki-Ti, 18H), 1.69-1.71 (in, 18), 2 .11-2.20 2H), 2.39-2+.43 (mn, 11-1 2.48 3H), 2.93 (mn, 18), 3.92 J=8.5 Hz, IH), 4.07 J=9.0 Hz, 111), 4.11 J=12 Hz, IH), 4.32 (t, Hz, 111), 5.10 J=10.5 Hz, 111), 5.23 J=17.5 Hz, 18), 5.39 (mn, 111), 5.60- 5.67 (in, 1H), 6.58 J=8.5 Hz, 18), 6.83 111), 7.27 1H), 7.40-7.48 (in, 311), 8.04-8.06 (in, 2H), 8.92 NH), 10.4 NH).

LCIMS rt-mnin (MEff): 2.10 (725)(method B).

Example 438: Preparation of Compound 438.

Compound 438 Step 1: 0o N O 00 0 This product was prepared according to Example 437, Step 6 in quantitative yield, c-i starting from 2-thiopheneboronic acid.

INHvliR: (methanol-l 4 8 1.05 9H), 1.32 9H), 2.32-2.38 (in, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H1), 2.66-2.70 I 3.99 (dd, J=3.0, 12 Hz, 4.23 I1H), 4.36 J=12 Hz, 111), 4.61 J=8.5 Hz, 111), 5.35 (in, 111), 5.86 IM1, 7.16-7.18 (in, 111), 7.21 (s, I 7.56 (in, 1fH), 7.72 J=3.0 Hz, I H).

LCJMS rt-min 1.80 (519)(method B).

Step 2: Compound 438 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 41% yield, starting from the product of Example 438, Step 1.

'H NMR: (DMSO-d,~) 8 0.91 9H), 0.99-1.04 (mn, 4H), 1.20 9H), 1.35-1.37 (mn, 1ff), 1.69-1.71 (mn, 2.09-2.20 (in, 2H1), 2.33 1ff), 2.42 3H1), 2.93 (in, 1H1), 3.92 J=8.5 Hz, 111), 4.07-4.11 (mn, 214), 4.29-4.32 (in, 114), 5.10 J=10.5 Hz, 111), 5.23 J=17.0 Hz, IH), 5.36 (in, 1ff), 5.60-5.67 (in, 111), 6.58 J=8.5 Hz, 1ff), 6.75 1ff), 7.14 J=4.5 Hz, 111), 7.28 Ili), 7.59 J=5.5 11z, 114), 7.80 J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 8.92 NH), 10.4 N14).

LCIMS rt-mi n (MiH): 2.06 (73 1)(inethod B).

Section K: Example 450: Preparation of Compound 450.

00 HN H /pH \0 H Compound 450 Compound 450 was prepared according to Example 8, Step 5, except using 4-chloro- 6 -fluoro- 2 -trifiuoromethylquinoine instead.

'H NMvR (CDOD) 8 0.97-1.04 (in, 12H), 1.17-1.24 (in, 1011), 1.39-1.46 (in, 114), 1.82-1.87 (mn, 111I), 2.20-2.23 (in, 1H), 2.35-2.39 9 m, 111), 2.55-2.65 (mn, 1H), 2.91- 2.96 (in, 11H), 4.09-4.11 (mn, 1H), 4.18-4.21 (in, 11-1), 4.56 2H), 5.10-5.14 (mn, IMI, 7.86 IM1, 8. 13-8.15 (in, 1HI).

Example 451: Preparation of Compound 451.

Compound 451 599 Scheme 1

HO

N CO 2 Me

BOC

Step 1 Step 2 00

IN

0

O

Step 3 2 Me Step Step 6 Compound 451 Step 1: The tosylate was prepared as described in the literature (Patchett, A. A.; Witkof, B. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1957, 185-192) and was used without further purification.

To a slurry of NaH (76 mg, 1.90 mmol) in DMF (20 ml) was added 1-thionaphthol (0.29 mg, 1.80 mmol) and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes. A solution of the tosylate (0.61 g, 1.80 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred for 12 h at 23 0 C. The mixture was concentrated and the residue partitioned between EtOAc/H20. The organic extracts are dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (elution with 5% EtOAc/hexanes to 30% EtOAc/hexanes to give 261 mg of the product as a yellow oil.

600 NMIR 3:2 mnixture of rotamners) 8 1.41 9H), 1.44 9H), 2.25-2.29 (in, 0 3.69 3H), 3.35-3.42 (in, 1ff), 3.5 1-3.53 (mn, 3.80-3.86 (in, 2H), 4.38- INO4.39 (mn, 111), 4.46-4.48 (in, 111), 7.41-7.46 (in, lIH), 7.42-7-54 (in, IH), 7.57-7.59 (in, 1ff), 7.58 J 4 Hz, 111), 7.82-7.88 (in, 2H1), 8.46 J 5Hz, 1ff); 00 5 LC-MS (retention time: 1.93), MS m/z 388 (MI+X1).

Step 2: INOA mixture of 4-(naphthalen-1I-ylsulfanyl)-pyrrolidine- 1,2-dicarboxylic acid Itert-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (0.38 g, 0.98 ininol) and 4N HCI (1 .0 ml) was stirred at 23 0 C for 2 h. The solvent was removed and the residue dissolved in CH 3 CN (20 ml) and treated with acid (0.37 g, 2.16 minol), TBTU (0.23 g, 0.98 rnmol) and DIPEA (0.37 g, 2.16 minol) and stirred for 12 h. The mnixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed with I N HCI, saturated NaHCO 3 then dried over 1H NNM (CDCh,, 1:1 mixture of rotamers) 8 0.99 9H), 1.02 9H), 1.44 9H), 1.46 9H)2.2-2.25(m, 2H), 3.70 3H1), 3.82-3.86 (in, IH), 3.89-3.92 (in, 2H)4.26 IH), 4.28 111), 4.70-4.75 (in, IH),7.40-7.48 (in, 1H), 7.54-7.55 (mn, 1ff), 7.59- 7.62 (in, I1H), 7.72-7.74 (mn, 111), 7.86-7.89 (in, 211), 8.48-8.50 (mn, 11H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.59), MS in/z 523 (M+Na).

Step 3: To a mixture of I 2 -tert-butoxycarbonylarnino3,3-diinethyl -butyryl)-4- (naphthalen-1 -ylsul fan yl)-pyrrol idi ne-2-ctarboxyl ic acid methyl ester (Example 45 1, Step 2) (0.49 g, 0.98 minol), in THFJI- 2 0 1) was added LiON hydrate (0.20 g, 4.9 inmnol) and the mixture stirred for 12 h. The solution was concentrated and washed with EtOAc. The aqueous layer is acidified with IN HCI and extracted with EtOAc.

The product was observed in the first EtOAc extract. The first organic extract was dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to 328 mg of a tan solid.

1H NNvIR (DMSO-4, 2:1 mixture of rotamers) 8 0.88 9H), 0.92 9H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.38 2 .1 8 -2.25(mn, 2H), 3.66-3.75 (in, iNH), 3.89-4.00 (mn, 4.10-4.13 (in, IH), 4.25-4.32 (mn, IH), 7.45-7.7.51 (mn, 1ff), 7.56-7.61 (mn, 2H), 7.65-7.7.69 P 7.88-7.91 (mn, IN), 7.97 J 4.8 Hz, IN), 8.27-8.35 (mn, IH); 601 LC-MS (retention time: 1.52), MIS m/z 486 IND Step 4: To a solution of the acid (Example 45 1, Step 3) (0.32 g, 0. 87 mrnol) in 00 5 CH 3 CN (10 mL) and DMF (2 m.L) was added the diastereomeric mixture of 1(R)- 2(S) and I-amino-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride (240 mg, 0.87 mmnol) and TBTU (201 mg, 0.87 mmol) and DIPEA IND (0.32 mL, 0.742 mmol) and the mixture stirred at:23 0 C for 12 h. The mixture was concentrated and the residue partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed with 30% EtOAc/hexanes as eluant to give 240 mg of a light yellow solid.

'H NMR (DM50-cl 6 mixture of rotamers and diasteromers) 8 0. 87 9H), 0.88 (s, 9H), 0.97-1.04 (in, 3H), 1.33 9H), 1.38(s, 9H), 2.1 1-2.20 (in, 2H), 3.74-3.85 (mn, 1H), 3.89-3.96 (mn, 2H), 3.98-4.03 (mn, 4H), 4.00-4.09 (in, 1H), 4.40-4.42 (in, 1H), 5.04-5.09 (mn, 1H1), 5.17-5.29 (mn, 211, 5.50-5.70 (mn, IH), 6.60-6.62 (in, 111), 6.72- 6.75 (in, 1H1), 7.50-7.56 (in, 1H), 7.56-7.72 (in, 2H), 7.70-7.80 (in, IH), 7.92-8.00 (mn, 1H1), 8.00-8.06 (in, 1H), 8.29-8.40 (in, 8.65 111), 8.79 111); LC-MS (retention time: 1.59), MS i/z 623 Step The acid was prepared as previously described using LiOH in THF/MeOH/.H 2 0 in Example 45 1, Step 3, except using the product of Example 451, Step 4 instead.

'H NMR (DMS0-l 6 mixture of rotamers and diastereomers) 8 0.90 9H), 1.17- 1.23 (in, 211), 1.32-1.37 (in, 9H), 2.10-2.12 (in, 111), 2.20-2.31 (mn, 211), 3.97-4.05 (in, 2H), 4.10-4.12 (in, 1H), 4.32-4.40 (in, 1H), 4.55-4.61 (in, 1H1), 4.80-4.98 (in, 211), 5.03-5.08 (in, 111), 5. 10-5.20 (in, 111I), 5.75-5.90 (in, 1H), 6.55-6.70 (mn, 111), 7.42- 7.57 (mn, IHM, 7.60-7.64 (in, 2H1), 7.70-7.72 (mn, 7.80-7.97 (in, 1H), 7.96-7.99 (in, 111), 8.20-8.50 (mn, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.52), MIS m/z 595 602 Step 6: o A mixture of the acid (Example 451, Step 5) (172 mg, 0.29 mrnmol), IND methanesulfonamide (110 mg, 1.16 mmol), EDAC (110 mg, 0.58 mrnol) and DMIAP

(N

(71 mg, 0.58 mmol)was dissolved in THIF (10 ml) and stirred for 12 h. DBU (0.087 005 rnL, 0.58 mniol) was added and the mixture stirred for 48 h. The solvent is removed and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water and IN HCJ, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer IND chromatography to give 15 mg of Compound 451 as a tan solid.

'H NUR. (DMSO-d6, mixture of rotamrers and diastereomers) 8S 0.98 9H), 1.27- 1.42 (in, 2H), 1.46 9H), 1.

7 6-1.79(m, 1H1), 1.83-1.86 (in, 1H), 1.92-2.10 (in, 1W), 2.16-2.25 (mn, 211), 3.01-3.10 (in, IN), 3.80-3.83 (mn, IN), 3.86-3.89 (mn, IN), 3.98- 3.99 (mn, 1H), 3.99-4.05 (in, 1H), 4.24-4-29 (in, lIM, 4.44-4.53 (in, 111), 4.86 3H), 5.08-5.15 (in, 1H), 5.25-5.29 (mn, IH), 5.65-5.85 (im, 1H), 6.5-6.8 (in, 111), 7.48 J= EIL, -fj -i J FAili- ii=ii11L fli i i iJklI- 7.88-7.91 (in, 2H), 8.46 J 8.25 Hz, 1H1); LC-MS (retention time: 1.52), MS m/z 672 (M+1 miunor), mf/z 693 (M+Na Major).

Example 452: Preparation of Compound 452 p

S-

H 0 NK N Compound 452 Step 1:

IND

00(7 N CO 2 Me

BOC

c1 To a slurry of NaH (76 mg, 1.90 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) is added 2-thionaphthol (0.29 g, 1.80 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for :30 minutes. A solution of the ri tosylate (Example 451, Step 1) (0.61 g, 1.79 mmol) in Dlvli (2 ml) is added and the mixture stirred for 12 h ar 230C2. The mixture is co~ncentrated then partitioned between EtOAc/H 2 0. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO3, dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated. The residue was chrornatographed with EtOAc/hexanes followed by 30% EtOAc/hexanes to give 261 mg of the product as a clear oil.

'H NMR (DMSO-d,) 8 1.32 9M, 2.29-2.35 (in, 211), 3.33-3.47 (in, 2H), 3.66 (s, 31-1), 3.71-3.81 (in, IM), 4.29-4.32 1W), 7.49-7.55 (in, 3H), 7.70-7.80 (m,IH), 7.8 1-7.97 (in, 3H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.54), MS m/z 387 Step 2: H N C 2 Me 0

N

A mixture of 4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-pyrroiline -I ,2-dicarboxylic acid 1 -tertbutyl ester 2-methyl ester (310 mg, 0.80 minol) and 4N HCI in dioxane (1.49 ml, 2.69 mmol) was stirred for 2 h at 23oC then concentrated. The residue is dissolved in I 20 CH 3 CN (10 mL) and N-Boc-t-butylglycine (196 mg, 0.85 inmol). TBTU (0.27 g, 604 0.85 mmol) and DIPEA (0.32 mL, 1.85 mmol) were added and the mixture stirred CQ overnight. The mixture was concentrated and the residue dissolved in EtOAc, IND washed with I N HCI, saturated NaHCO 3 dried and concentrated to give 300 mg the product as a yellow oil.

00 5 'H NMR (Methanol-cis) 8 0.99 911), 1.44 911), 2.20-2.35 (in, 211), 3.75 3H1), C13.92-4.08 (in, 211), 4.26 J 9.4 Hz, I 4.57 J =9.5 Hz, I1H)6.46 J H~z, 111), 7.48-7.60 (mn, 311), 7.83-7.90 (mn, 311, 8.02 11-1) IND LC-MS (retention time: 1.98), MS m/z 523 (M+Na).

Step 3: H N 'C0 2

H

A solution of 4 -(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-pyrroI Wdine- 1 ,2-dicarbox ylic acid I -tertbutyl ester 2-methyl ester (0.48 g, 0.96 iniol) is dlissolved in MeOH (20 inL) and p stirred with IjOH (0.2 g, 4.8 mmol) for 12 h. the solution is concentrated and acidified and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extract was dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give 418 mg of a yellow solid.

1H NMvR (DMS0-l 6 1:2 mixture of rotamers) 5 0.86, 0.93 9M+1 (1:2 mixture of rotamners), 1.35, 1.38 911) (1:2 mixture of rotanmers), 2.01-2.18, 2.25-2.35 (in, 211), 3.25-3.40 (in, 211), 3.70-3.80 (in, 111), 4.00-4.20 (rn, J =9.4 Hz, 2H1), 4.304.40 (s, 111), 5.61-5.70, 6.42-6.50 (in, IH) (1:2 mixture of rotamers), 7.50-7.54 (in, 7.87- 7.89 (in, 311), 7.98 1H1); LC-MS (retention time: 1.93), MS in/z 487 I).

Step 4: 605 Scheme 1 0 0 0 0 N Step 4 AN 0 f H HN 0H l I 0

H

Oo (1R,2S/1S,2R) Diastereomeric P1 Mixture A solution of 1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-vinyl..cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl cN) en ester 17.8 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) was treated with LiOH (0.84 g, 20.0 mmol) and water (5 mL) and the mixture stirred for 12 h. The solvent was removed and the residue acidified and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layers are dried over MgSO 4 filtered and concentrated to give the acid 2.1 g as a yellow oil.

The acid (2.1 g, 9.25 mmol) was dissolved in THF and treated with CDI (7.25 g, 13.8 mmol) and heated to reflux for 3 h then cooled to 23 0 C. Methanesulfonamide (1.76 g, 18.5 mmol) was added followed by DBU (2.77 ml, 18.5 mmol) and stirred for 72 h at 23 0 C. The mixture was concentrated and the residue acidified to pH 4 (1 N HCI) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give 1.99g of a yellow oil that solidified on standing.

'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 1.16-1.23 1.43 9H), 1.65-1.75 1H), 2.15-2.25 2H), 3.16 3H), 5.08 J 9.9 Hz, 1H), 5.22 J 17.1 Hz, 1H), 5.40-5.52

H);

LC-MS (retention time: 1.14), MS m/z 304 Step A solution of the product of Example 452, Step 4 in dioxane/4N HCI (2 ml)was stirred for 2 h then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in CH 3 CN (5 mL) and added to a mixture of the acid (Example 452, Step 3) (120 mg, 0.25 mmol), TBTU (58 mg, 0.25 mmol) and DIPEA (0.06 ml, 0.35 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred for 12 h. The solvent was removed and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed with IN HCI, saturated NaHCO3 dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. The residue is purified with preparative TLC (Analtech 20X40 cM, 10000 SiO2) to give 128 mg of Compound 452 as a tan solid.

'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 mixture of diasteromers) 6 0.97, 0.99 9H), 1.23-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.45 9 1.82-1.83 1H), 2.00-2.51 2H), 2.90-2.99 1H), 3.33 (s, 606 3H1), 3.90-3.99 (in, 1ff), 4.01-4.20 (in, 2H1), 4.25-4.30 (in, 111), 4.45-4.55 (in, IH), o ~~4.95-5.10 (mn, 1ff), 5.12-5.25 (mn, IM-1, 5.71-5.85 (in, 111), 6.4-6.8 (br mn, IH), 7.46- IND7.53 (in, 3H1), 7.80-7.86 (in, 3H1), 7.98-7.99 (mn, I H); N ~LC-MS (retention time: 1.95), MS mn/z 672 005 Example 453: Preparation of Compound 453.

INN

H N N N\ Compound 453 Step 1: H/TNCO2

H

A mixture of Example 452, Step 3 (110mg, 0.23 mnmol) in DCM (20 ml), 3chloroperbenzoic acid (121.6 mg, 0.57 mnmol, 85% peracid), KB1P0 4 (0.13g, 0.94 minol) and K 2 11P0 4 (0.18g, 1.05 inmol) are stirred at 23 0 C for 12 h. The solution is diluted with DCM, washed with water, saturated NaHCO3, dried over MgS0 4 and concetrated to give the product 110 mg, as a clear oil.

'H NMvR (DMSO-d 6 8 0.91 9H1), 1.48 9H), 2.23-2.28 (mn, 1H), 2.65-2.80 (mn, 111), 3.8 8-3.90 (in, 111), 4.12 J 8.0 Hz, I1H), 4.21) J 9.5 Hz, 11H), 4.27 J= 9.9 Hz, 111), 6.76 J =9.3 Hz, IN), 7.70-7.80 (in,21), 7.88-7.95 (mn, 111), 8.11 (d, J 8.1 Hz, 111), 8.17 J 8.6 H-z, 11H), 8.26 J 8.1 Hz, 111), 8.71 I H); 607 LC-MS (retention time: 1.72), MS m/z 519 IND Step 2: A mixture of the product of Example 453, Step 1( 10 mg, 0.2 12 mmol), 00 5 amine (Example 452, Step 5a) (0.65 mg, 0.2 12 mrnol), TBTU (48.5 mg, 0.21 minol) C1 followed by DIPEA (60.8 ml], 0.35 imnol) and stirred for 12 h at 23 0 C. The solvent is removed and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed with IN HCI, aturated NaHCO 3 dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (eluted with 10% MeOHICH 2

CI

2 to give 25 mg of Compound 453 as a white solid.

'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 mixture of diastereomers) 860.93, 0.96 1.38-1.45 (in, 2ff), 1.53, 1.55 (in, 1.76-1.85 (in, I1H), 2.21-2.40 (in, 3.13-3.15 (in, 2H-), 3.34 3H), 3.91-3.99 (in, IH), 4.15 (in, IH), 4.25 (mn, 111), 4.30 (in, IH), 5.09-5.12 (in, IM1, 5.26-5.31 (in, IH), 5.72-5.76 (in, IH), 6.65-6.68 (mn, IH), 6.7 1-6.76 (in, 111), 7.67-7.76 (in, 2H), 7.91-7.95 (in, I 8.03 I 7.8 Hz, I 8. 13 J Hz, 11H), 8.20 J 7.6 Hz, 1I-H), 8.7 I1-H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.76), MS in/z 705 Example 454: Preparation of Compound 454.

00

H

Compound 454 Step 1: 608 c-IN

K

2

CO

2

H

00 B1 c-i To slurry of the sodium hydride (0.91 g, 22.7 nunol) in THF( 50 mL) was added N- BOC-trans..4(R).hydroxyLprolne (2.5 g, 10.8 mmol) and the mixture stirred at IND 23 0 C for I h. 2 -Chloromethylnapthalene (1.9 g, 10.8 mmoi) was added and the mixture stirred for 12 h at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue poured into water and washed with hexaiies. The aqueous layer was acidified (1 N HCI) and extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc layer is separated, dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated to give a light yellow residue. Trhe oil was purified by flash chromatography with 1:1 EtOAc/hexanes with 1%7 acetic acid added to give 1.56 g i U YO oi Ene ciesireci prociuct as a mficK oui.

'H NMR (DMS0-l 6 3:1 mixture of rotamers) 1.35,1.37 9H, major and minor respectively), 1.92-2.02, 2.15-2.20 (in, 2H, major and minor respectively), 2.35-2.50 (mn, 2H), 3.41-3.49 (in, 2H), 4.12-4.16, 4.20-4.21 (in, 2H), 4 6 5 4 .68(m, 2H), 7.46- 7.52 (mn, 3HM, 7.74-7.9 1 (in, 4H), (Acid OH not observed); LC-MS (retention time: 1.44, YMvC ODS-A C18 S7 3.Ox 50 mm, gradient 2 O 0.1%TFA to 90% MeOHIH 2 0 0.1% TEA), MS m/z 394 I Na).

Step 2: 030 TH 0 N

N

To a solution of the HCI salt of a 1:1 mixture of diastereoisomers (IR,2S/1S,2R where carboxy group is syn to vinyl moiety) of 2 -(l-ethoxycarbonyl.2-vinyl cyc lopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(naphthalen-2yI inethoxy)..pyrrolldine-. 1 -carboxyl ic acid 609 tert-butyl ester (0.54 g, 1.3 mmole)[prepared by stirring the N-Boc amine with HCI O (4N) in dioxane for 1 hr then removal of the solvent in vacuo] in CH 3 CN (50 mL) is IN added Boc-4(R)-(2-methylnapthyl)proline (0.5 g, 1.3 mmol), TBTU (0.45 g, 1.4 mmol) followed by DIPEA (0.78 mL, 4.5 mmol). The mixture is stirred for 12 h and 0 5 concentrated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc/H 2 O and washed with saturated NaHCO 3 saturated NaCI, dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated to give a thick yellow oil (0.6 g, 91%) of the product as a mixture of diastereomers.

S'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 8: 1.08-1.22 7 1.23-1.39 9 2.02-2.18 1H), 2.25-2.35 1H), 3.33-3.53 2H), 3.90-4.14 4H), 4.45-4.70 2H), 5.07- 5.11 1H), 5.24-5.30 1H), 5.58-5.63 1H), 7.43-7.51 4H), 7.84-7.96 (m, 3H); MS m/z 531 Step 3: 00 0H 9 p 15 A solution of product of Example 454, Step 2 (600 mg, 1.18 mmol) was stirred with HCI (4N, 3 mL, 11.8 mmol) in dioxane for 1 hr then the solvent removed in vacuo.

The residue is dissolved in CH 3 CN (10 mL) treated with Boc-L-t-Bu-Gly (0.42 g, 1.38 mmol), TBTU (0.27 g, 1.18 mmol) followed by DIPEA (0.71 mL, 4.1 mmol).

The mixture is stirred for 12 h and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc/H 2 0 and washed with IN HCI, saturated NaHCO3, saturated NaCI, dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated to give a thick yellow oil. The product was purified by flash chromatography using gradient elution 5% EtoAc/Hexanes EtOAc/Hexanes, 30% EtOAc/Hexanes and finally as eluant to give the product as a thick oil (0.243 g, 33%) of the product as a mixture of diastereomers and rotamers.

'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 0.83-1.00 10H), 1.34 9H), 1.58-1.59, 1.65-1.67 (m, 2H), 1,95-1.99, 2.04-2.06, 2.10-2.19, 2.24-2.56 2H), 3.97-4.04 4.08-4.17 610 II(in, 311), 4.29-4.31 (in, 2H), 4.59-4.72 (in, 31H), .5.06-5.10 (mn, 5.18-5.30 (in,

C.)

IND(in, 3H1), 8.66, 8.76 I1H); MS m/z 531 00 Step 4: 0 CI 0 To a suspension of product ot Example 434, Step 3 (240 ing, 0.39 mmol) in TH.F mL), and H 2 0 (2 mL) was added LiOH (82 mg, 1.95 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12 h then concentrated in vacuo until only the aqueous layer remained.

The resulting aqueous residue was acidified to pH 3.0 by addition of 1.0 N aqueous I-Cl, and extracted with EtOAc (2x8OinL). Combined organic extracts was dried (MgSOA) filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as a tan solid (200 mg, 0.33 mmol, 'H NMR (DM50-l 6 5: 0.86, 0.94 9H minor and major respectively), 1.23-1.42 W 211), 1.34 911), 1.8-2.1 (in, 21H), 2.18-2.30 (cm, 111), 3.59-3.73 (mn, 3ff), 4.09 (im, 1H1), 4.184.34 4.56-4.62 (in, 4.66-4.67 (in, IH),4.82-4.92 (in, 111), 5.0-5.20 (mn, 5.91-6.08 (in, I 6.5-6.7 Im, 111), 7.45-7.59 (in, 3ff), 7.82- 7.97 (in, 4ff), 8.2-8.3, 8.3-8.4 I1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.50), MS m/z 593 Step To a solution of product of Example 454, Step 4 (190 mg, 0.32 inino]) and EDAC (122 mg, 0.64 inmol) and 4-DMAP (78 mg, 0.64 inniol) in TI-F (20 inL) was added commercially available inethanesulfonainide (122 ing, 1.28 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 days, then DBU was added (95 IiL, 0.64 inmol).

The reaction was stirred for 24 h then concentrated. The residue was partitioned C0 between EtOAc (8OmL) and water and washed with 1 N HCI), aqueous NaH-C0 3 IND(Wx3 rnL), dried (MgSQ 4 and purified by preparative HPLC (65-90% MeOHfWater/0.1% TFA) which gave 56 mg of a mixture of product and material in 00 5 which the BOC group was removed. The material was further purified by preparative Th-C (eluted with 10% MeOICH 2

CI

2 using 2OX4OcM plates from Analtech) to give Compound 454 as a tan solid (12 mg, IN' H NMvR (MeOD-d 4 50/50 mixture of PI diastereomers) 8 0.88-0.99 (in, 1.01, 1.02 9H minor and major diastereomers respectively), 1.23-1.42 (in, 2H4), 1.38 (s, 911), 1.72-1.79 (in, 111), 1.86-1.88 (in, 1H1), 2.00-2. 10 (in, 211), 2.10-2.23 (in, IH), 2.3-2.5 (mn, 3.12, 3.17 3H), 3.72-3.79 (mn, I 4.26-4.41 (in, 311), 4.72 J= 8.2 Hz, 111), 4.76 J 8.2 Hz, IH), 5.09-5.12 J 9.3 Hz, 111), 5.28 (dd, J 17.6 Hz, 111) 5.7-5.8 (mn, 1H), 6.55-6.80 (in, 1H), 7.45-7.47 (mn, 3H), 7.79-7.83 (in, 411); LC-MS (retention time: 1.48), MS m/z 670 Example 470: Preparation of Compound 470.

Compound 47o 612 Schemel 1.N C0 HO IDStep 1 o Step 2 0' Step 3 00 BON"C0 2 Me NI O 2 BOO

BOO

C-1 c1

NHH

~OC0 62~'N00 4 A, higher Rf, 0u, lovwer Rf.

Step 1: To a solution of commercially available N-Boc-( 4 S)-(cis)-Hydroxyproline-.

OMe (200mgs, 0.82 mmole), triphenyiphosphine (*32Omgs, 1.22 mmole) and Inaphthol (l76mgs, 1.22 rmole) in 2.5 mL tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise a solution of diethyldiazodicarboxylate (190AtL, 1.2.2 mnimole) in 1.0 mLTHFover minutes. After stirring for 5.5 days, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo. The crude yellow oil was chromatographed on a 2OX40cM preparative TLC plate (Analtech SiO2) eluting with 6-1 hexanes-ethyl acetate to yield the desired product as a pale yellow oil (lS0mgs, 33%).

'H NMvR (CDCI 3 500M&) 8 1.44 9H)2.33 (1 H, in), 2.72 (1 H, in), 3.77 and 3.38 (2s, 311, rotamers), 3.88 (dd, 1H, J= 4.3, 12.4 lI-z), 3.97 (bd, 111), 4.53 and 4.62 (2t, 11H, J=7.8Hz, rotamers), 5. 10 (bd, 111'), 6.76 I1H, J=9.5 Hz), 7.37 (in, 111), 7.46 (mn, 3H), 7.80 I H, J=7.7 Hz), 8.18 (in, 111); LC-MS A (retention time: 1.86; MS m/z 394 (M+Na)+ Step 2: To a stirred solution of Boc-(4R)-naphthal--oxo)Pro-OEt (IS5ings, 0.40 minole) in 1.5mL THIF and 0.SmL water was added lithium hydroxide (t1ings). The 613 solution was stirred for 21 hours at room temperature and then diluted wih 0) NaHCO 3 The basic solution was extracted with ethyl acetate and then the aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2 with the dropwise addition of conc. HCI. This acidified layer was then extracted again with ethyl acetate. This second ethyl acetate layer was 0C) 5 dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated in vacuo to yield Boc- (4R)-naphthal-1-oxo)-Pro-OH as pale-pink crystals (147mgs, 100%).

'H NMR (CDCI 3 500~iz) 8 1.47 and 1.48 (2s, 9H, rotamers), 2.40 and 2.52 (2m, IND I1H), 2.68 and 2.78 (2m, 1H), 3.78-4.07 (in, 2H), 4.57 and 4.69 (2t, I H, J=7.6 and Hz, rotamers), 5.12 (bd, 1H), 6.77 (dd, IH, J=7.6, 21.2 Hz), 7.37 (in, 1H), 7.46 (in, 410 3 7.8 1 I1H, J=5.8 Hz), 8.19 (in, I H); LC-MS A (retention time: 1.79 MS in/z 358 (M+Hf)* Step 3: To a solution of Boc-((4R)-naphthal-1-oxo)-Pro-OH (l47mgs, 0.41 mmole) and racemic (1 RI2S)/( 1S/2R)- i-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxyl ic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride salt (79mgs, 0.41 inmole) in 2.SinL methylene chloride was added DLPEA (250juL, 1.44 mmxole) and TBTU (158mgs, 0.49 mrnole). The resulting solution was stirred under nitrogen for 20 hours and then diluted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was washed with water, IN NaHCO3, IN HCI, water and brine. The solution was then dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by preparative TLC yielded two separate di astereoiners, higher Rf diastereomer A (P2 IBoc(4R )-(naphthal- 1-oxo)prolinei.

PI (IR, 2S Vinyl Acca)-OEt, 78 mgs, 38%) and lower Rf diastereomer B (P2[Boc(4R)-(naphthal- 1-oxo)proline]-P1 (IS, 2R Vinyl Acca)-OEt, 91 mngs, 45%) as off white solids: Diastereomer A: P2[Boc(4R)-(naphthal-1 -oxo)prolirie]-P IR, 2S Vinyl Acca)-OEt: 'H NMR (CDC1 3 500MIHz) 8 1.24 3H), 1.43 911), 1.52 (in, 111), 1.84 111), 2.02 (mn, IH), 2.14 (in, 111), 2.81 (mn, IM), 3.88 (in, 2H), 4.11 IH, J=7.15), 4.19 (mn, IH), 4.54 (mn, IH), 5.15 (mn, 1H), 5.31 (dd, 1H, J-=17, 0.8 Hz), 5.77 (in, IH), 6.83 (in, 111), 7.36 1H1, J=7.8 Hz), 7.46 (in, 311), 7.78 111, J=7.6 Hz), 8.14 1IH, J=8. LC-MS B (retention time: 1.85; MS rn/z 495 (M-iH)+ 614 UDiastereomer B, Example 1 OB: P2[Boc(4R)-(naplithal- 1-oxo)proli ne]-P 1(1IS, 2R C) Vinyl Acca)-OEt: 'H NMiR (d I-CHCI 3 500MIHz) 8 1.24 311), 1.42 911), 1.8 (iIH), 2.15 111, J=8.9Hz), 2.40 (mn, 1IM, 2.73 (in, IH), 3.78 (in, IN), 4.12 (in, 211), 4.52 (in, IH), 5.15 (mn, lii), 5.31 (mn, 111), 5.79 (in, IH), 6.80 (mn, 111), 7.35 (t, 00 IH, J=7.6 Hz), 7.46 (in, 311), 7.78 IH, J=7.6 Hz), 8.14 111, J=8. 10 Hz).

LC-MS B (retention time: 1.85 ;MS m/z 495 (M4-HY (Ni Scheme 2 Step 4 0 Step H H N H BOC 0 Higher Rf 1 H0 Stp6 Compound 470 H N

'OH

0+ Step 4: To P2[Boc(4R)-(naphth al- I-oxo)proline]-P 1 (1R, 2S Vinyl Acca)-OEt (A, higher Rf) (78mg, 0. 16 inrrol) was added 4N HCI in dioxane (2.OmL) and the solution was allowed to stir for 30 minutes. Concentration in vacuo yielded the HCl salt of P2[(4R)-(naphthal-4-oxo) proline)]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-OEt as a yellow oil which was taken on to the next step directly without further purification.

To a solution of BOC L-tB uGly (73mgs, 0.32 minole) and the HCI salt of P2[(4R)- (naphthal-4-oxo) proline)I-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-OEt (0.16 minole) in I lmL acetonitrile was added DIPEA (14OML, 0.79 inmole() and HATU (l32mgs, 0.35 1binmole). The resulting solution was stirred under nitrogen for 17 hours and then diluted with IOOmL ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, IN 615 NaHCQ 3 IN HCI, water and brine. The solution was then dried with sodium sulfate o) and concentrated in vacuo to yield the title compound as a pale-yellow oily film IND (92mgs, 96%).

(N

'H NMR (CDCI 3 500ILhz) 8 1.06.(s, 9H), 1.22 3H, 1.38 911), 1.41 (in, 00 5 111), 1.82 (in, IH), 2.13 (in, IH), 2.42 (in, 111), 2.79 (in, IH), 3.92-4.2 (mn, IH), 4.12 2H, J=6.6 Hz), 4.38 (bt, 111), 5.12 IH, J=10.3 Hz) 5.2-5.39 (in, 5.75 (m, 111), 6.82 IH, J=7.5 Hz), 7.34-7.46 (mn, 4H), 7.59 (bs, IH, 7.76 1H, J=7.9 IND Hz), 8.13 1H, J=8.3 Hz); LC-MS C (retention time: 2.82 MS m/z 608 (M+kf)' Step To a solution of product of Example 470, Step 4 (92mgs, 0.l15mmole) in 750mL tetrahydrofuran and 250 rnL water was adde-d lithium hydroxide (4mgs). The resulting solution was stirred for 28.5 hours worked up as usual and then resubjected to the same conditions except adding twice as much lithium hydroxide (8mgs). After 24 hours the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. The organic layer was dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting semisolid was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 3-1 hexanes-ethyl acetate to yield BocNH-P3(t-B uGI y)-P2[(Boc (4R)-(naphthal- I-oxo) proli ne)jI- PI(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-OH as a clear semisolid (30rnigs, 34%).

'H NMR (d 4 -MeOH, 500MFz) 8 1.04 9H), 1.24 IH, J=3.9 Hz), 1.32 9H), 1.66 (in, IH), 2.07 (in, IH), 2.40 (in, 2.71 (in, M 4.04-4.07 (in, 1H), 4.28 (in, IH), 4.42 (in, IH), 4.55 (in, 111), 5.02 (in, IH), 5.18--5.29 (in, 2H), 5.90 (in, IH), 6.54 (in, I 6.92 (in, I 4.26 (in, 4H), 7.77 (mn, I 8. 15 (mn, 11H); LC-MS C (retention time: 2.65 MS in/z 580 (M+H'i+ Step 6: To a solution of BocNH-P3(t-BuGly)-P2[(Boc (4R)-(naphthal -1-oxo) proline)JPI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-OH (Example 470, 'Step 5) (65mgs, 0.11 mmole) in 3.7 rnL tetrahydrofuran was added 1,1'-carbonyl diimidazole (22mgs, 0. 135 inmole).

The resulting mixture was refluxed for 30 minutes and then cooled to room I temperature. At this point, methanesulfonaniide (27nmgs, 0.28 mmole) and DBU 616 (340]L, 0.224 mmole) were added. The reaction was stirred for 2 days and then more 0 DBU (IO0L) and methanesulfonainide (9 mgs) -were added. After 24 hours, the IND reaction was diluted with 50 mL ethyl acetate and washed with 50 mL 0.25N HCI and 50 mL brine. The solution was dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in 0C) 5 vacuo. The crude material was purified by preparative TLC (3-2 ethyl acetatec-i hexanes) to give Compound 470 (2lmgs, 28%) as a white filmy solid.

'H NMR (d 4 -MeOH, 500MHz) 8 1.04 9H), 1.36 9H), 1.88 1H), 2.18 (in, IND11), 2.31 (in, 1ff, 2.63 (in, 1IM, 3.11 (bs, 3H), 4.076 (in, 1H), 4.30 (bd, 111, 4.41 (bd, IH), 4.52 (apparent t, 111), 5.07 (in, 1H), 5.24-5.30 (in, 2H), 5.80 (in, 1H), 6.92 111, J=7.45 Hz), 7.35-7.46 (mn, 411), 7.76 114, J=8. 1 HIz), 8.13 111, J=8.3 Hz); LC-MS C (retention time: 2.57 MIS in/z 657 :u'Aarijie 4/iJ; Irrepaf-diiuiI Iiip.a ii Compound 471 617 Scheme 2 q StepiStep 2 000 cILower

RI

ID1 01 H 0 Step. 3 H N Compound 471 0+ Step 1: To P2[Boc(4R)-(naphthal-l1-oxo)proline].P 1(1S, 2R Vinyl Acca)-OEt (Example 470, Step 3, lower Rf) (9l1mgs, 0. 18 mmole) was added 4N HG! in dioxane (2.0mL) and the solution was allowed to stir for 30 minutes. Concentration in vacuo yielded the HGI salt of P2[(4R)-(naphthal-I1-oxo) pi-oline)]-PI (IS ,2R Vinyl Acca)aEt as a yellow oil which was taken on to the next step directly without further purification.

To a solution of N-Boc-L-tert-leucine-OH or BOG L-tBuGly (85mgs, 0.37 mmole) and the HCI salt of P2[(4R)-(naphthal-1-oxo,) proline)JPI(IS,2R Vinyl Acca)-OEt (product obtained from reaction mentioned above) 18 mmole) in 1 3 m-L acetonitrile was added DIPEA (160jiL, 0.92 mmole) and HATU (lS4mgs, 0.41 -mmole). The resulting solution was stirred under niirrogen for 17 hours and then diluted with 100 m.L ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, IN NaHCO3, IN HCI, water and brine. The solution was then dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to yield the title compound as a clear film (S3mgs, 47%).

'H NMIR (dl.-CHCI 3 500MIHz) 8 1.02 9H), 1.22 3H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.39 9H), 0 ~1.47 (in, IH), 1.88 (dd, IH, J=8.0, 5.5 Hz), 2.07 (in, MH), 2.42 (in, 2.80 (dt, 618 J= 13.8, 6.0 Hz, I 3.96 (in, I 4.14 (in, 21-1), 4.34 (in, 2M-1, 4.77 I H, J= 7.2 C0 Hz), 5.09-5.33 (in, 3H), 5.72 (in, IH), 6.82 I1H, J= 7.6 Hz), 7.34-7.50 (in, 4H), IND 7.77 I H, J= 8.0 Hz), 8.15 IH, J= 8.25 Hz);

(N

LC-MS C (retention time: 2.81; MS m/z 608 (MI+H)' 00 Step 2: This product was prepared according procedure described in Example 470, IND Step 5 (5mg, except using the product of Example 471, Step I instead.

'H NMvR (d 4 -MeOH, 500MiHz) 5 0.99 1.28 (in, 111), 1.37 9H), 1.60 (in, IH), 2.06 (in, 111), 2.28 (in, IN), 2.66 (mn, IM), 3.91 (in, IN), 4.33 (mn, 211), 4.61 (bt, I1H), 4.97 I H, J=I11.0 Hz), 5.19 (m 2H1), 6.09 (in, I1H), 6.8 8 I H, J= 7.1 Hz), 7.35-7.46 (mn, 411), 7.78 IN, J= 8.2 Hz), 8.12 IN, J=8.3 Hz); LC-MS C (retention time: 2.60 MS in/z 580 (M+H) 4 Step 3: To a solution of BocN-P3(L-tBuGly). P21(Boc 4 R)-(naphtha-1t-oxo) proline)J-PI(1S,2R Vinyl Acca)-COOH (38ings, 0.066 minole) (Example 471, Step 2) in 2:2 m.L tetrahydrofuran was added 1,1 '-carbonyl diimidazole (l3mgs, 0.079 mrnole). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 30 minutes and then cooled to room temperature. At this point, methanesulfonamide (16ings, 0.16 inmole) and DBU 0.13 minole) were added. The reaction was stirred for 2 days and then more DBU (10gL) and inethanesulfonamide (9 ings) were added. After 24 hours, the reaction was diluted with 50 mL ethyl acetate and washed with 50 mL 0.25N HCI and 50 m.L brine. The solution was dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified using one 20X4OcM preparative TLC plate from Analtech (eluent3-2 ethyl acetate-hexanes) to give Compound 471 58%) as a white filmy solid.

'H NMR (d 4 -MeOH, 500MHz) 8 1.03 9H), 1.34 1.80 (in, IN), 2.18 (in, IH), 2.31 (mn, 2.68 (mn, IH), 3.09 (bs, 3H1), 4.04 (in, 111), 4.20-4.44 (mn, 2H), 4.51 (apparen t t, I 5.08 (in, I1H), 5.25 -5.31 (in, 211), 5.77 (in, INH), 6.93 I H, J=7-6 Hz), 7.36-7.45 (mn, 4H1), 7.77 11-, J=8.0 Hz), 8.J.5 in, I H); LC-MS C (retention time: 2.57 MS in/z 657 (M+F1)' 619 O Section

L:

INO

Example 472: Biological Studies 00

O

C'i Recombinant HCV NS3/4A protease complex FRET peptide assay ¢c- IO The purpose of this in vitro assay was to measure the inhibition of HCV NS3 Oprotease complexes, derived from the BMS, H77C or J416S strains, as described below, by compounds of the present invention. This assay provides an indication of how effective compounds of the present invention would be in inhibiting HCV proteolytic activity.

Serum from an HCV-infected patient was obtained from Dr. T. Wright, San Francisco Hospital. An engineered full-length cDNA (compliment deoxyribonucleic acid) template of the HCV genome (BMS strain) was constructed from DNA fragments obtained by reverse transcription-PCR (RT-PCR) of serum RNA (ribonucleic acid) and using primers selected on the basis of homology between other genotype la strains. From the determination of the entire genome sequence, a genotype la was assigned to the HCV isolate according to the classification of Simmonds et al. (See P Simmonds, KA Rose, S Graham, SW Chan, F McOmish, BC Dow, EA Follett, PL Yap and H Marsden, J. Clin. Microbiol., 31(6), 1493-1503 (1993)). The amino acid sequence of the nonstructural region, NS2-5B, was shown to be >97% identical to HCV genotype la (H77C) and 87% identical to genotype lb (J4L6S). The infectious clones, H77C (la genotype) and J4L6S (lb genotype) were obtained from R. Purcell (NIH) and the sequences are published in Genbank (AAB67036, see Yanagi,M., PurcellR.H., Emerson,S.U. and Bukh,J. Proc. Natl.

Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 94(16),8738-8743 (1997); AF054247, see Yanagi,M., St Claire,M., Shapiro,M., Emerson,S.U., Purcell,R.H. and BukhJ, Virology 244 161-172.

(1998)).

The BMS, H77C and J4L6S strains were used for production of recombinant O NS3/4A protease complexes. DNA encoding the recombinant HCV NS3/4A 0 protease complex (amino acids 1027 to 1711) for these strains were manipulated as described by P. Gallinari et al. (see Gallinari P, Paolini C, Brennan D, Nardi C, 00 5 Steinkuhler C, De Francesco R. Biochemistry. 38(17):5620-32, (1999)). Briefly, a three-lysine solubilizing tail was added at the 3'-end of the NS4A coding region. The cysteine in the PI position of the NS4A-NS4B cleavage site (amino acid 1711) was N changed to a glycine to avoid the proteolytic cleavage of the lysine tag. Furthermore, 0 a cysteine to serine mutation was introduced by PCR at amino acid position 1454 to prevent the autolytic cleavage in the NS3 helicase domain. The variant DNA fragment was cloned in the pET21b bacterial expression vector (Novagen)and the NS3/4A complex was expressed in Escherichia. coli strain BL21 (DE3) (Invitrogen) following the protocol described by P. Gallinari et al. (see Gallinari P, Brennan D, X-4 C, kD.TP.-tA r- T L T- h CT D P D 1 r;_1 -r 71/OX-C7CQ 69 (1998)) with modifications. Briefly, NS3/4A expression was induced with Isopropyl -D-1-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG) for 22hr at 20 0 C. A typical fermentation (10L) yielded approximately 80g of wet cell paste. The cells were resuspended in lysis buffer (0lrnm g) consisting of 25mM N-(2- Hydroxyethyl)Piperazine-N'-(2-Ethane Sulfonic acid) (HEPES), pH7.5, glycerol, 500mM Sodium Chloride (NaCI), 0.5% Triton-X00, lug/ml lysozyme, Magnesium Chloride (MgCI 2 lug/ml Dnasel, 5mM 0-Mercaptoethanol (OME), Protease inhibitor Ethylenediamine Tetraacetic acid (EDTA) free (Roche), homogenized and incubated for 20 mins at 4°C. The homogenate was sonicated and clarified by ultra-centrifugation at 23 5 0 00g for lhr at 4 0 C. Imidazole was added to the supernatant to a final concentration of 15mM and the pH adjusted to 8.0. The crude protein extract was loaded on a Nickel Nitrilotriacetic acid (Ni-NTA) column pre-equilibrated with buffer B (25mM HEPES, pH3.0, 20% glycerol, 500mM NaCI, Triton-X00, 15mM imidazole, 5mM PME). The sample was loaded at a flow rate of ImL/min. The column was washed with 15 column volumes of buffer C (same as buffer B except with 0.2% Triton-X100). The protein was eluted with column volumes of buffer D (same as buffer C except with 200mM Imidazole).

621 SNS3/4A protease complex-containing fractions were pooled and loaded on a O desalting column Superdex-S200 pre-equilibrated with buffer D (25mM HEPES, 20% glycerol, 300mM NaCI, 0.2% Triton-Xl00, 10mM OME). Sample was loaded at a flow rate of ImL/min. NS3/4A protease complex-containing fractions 00 5 were pooled and concentrated to approximately 0.5mg/ml. The purity of the NS3/4A protease complexes, derived from the BMS, H77C and J4L6S strains, were judged to be greater than 90% by SDS-PAGE and mass spectrometry analyses.

IO

The enzyme was stored at -80 0 C, thawed on ice and diluted prior to use in assay buffer. The substrate used for the NS3/4A protease assay was RET S (Resonance Energy Transfer Depsipeptide Substrate; AnaSpec, Inc. cat 22991)(FRET peptide), described by Taliani et al. in Anal. Biochem. 240(2):60-67 (1996). The sequence of this peptide is loosely based on the NS4A/NS4B natural cleavage site except there is an ester linkage rather than an amide bond at the cleavage site. The peptide substrate was incubated with one of the three recombinant NS3/4A complexes, in the absence or presence of a compound of the present invention, and the formation of fluorescent reaction product was followed in real time using a Cytofluor Series 4000.

The reagents were as follow: HEPES and Glycerol (Ultrapure) were obtained from SGIBCO-BRL. Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) was obtained from Sigma. 3- Mercaptoethanol was obtained from Bio Rad.

Assay buffer: 50mM HEPES, pH7.5; 0.15M NaCI; 0.1% Triton; OME. Substrate: 2 pM final concentration (from a 2mM stock solution in DMSO stored at -20 0 HCV NS3/4A type la 2-3 nM final concentration (from a 5gM stock solution in 25mM HEPES, pH7.5, 20% glycerol, 300mM NaCI, 0.2% Triton-X100, 10mM 3ME).

The assay was performed in a 96-well polystyrene black plate from Falcon. Each well contained 2 51l NS3/4A protease complex in assay buffer, 501 of a compound of the present invention in 10% DMSO/assay buffer and 2 5lg substrate in assay buffer. A C 622 control (no compound) was also prepared on the same assay plate. The enzyme O complex was mixed with compound or control solution for 1 min before initiating the N enzymatic reaction by the addition of substrate. The assay plate was read immediately using the Cytofluor Series 4000 (Perspective Biosystems). The 00 5 instrument was set to read an emission of 340nm and excitation of 4 90nm at 25 0

C.

Reactions were generally followed for approximately 15 minutes.

IN The percent inhibition was calculated with the following equation: 100 [(SFindWFcon)x100] where 8F is the change in fluorescence over the linear range of the curve. A nonlinear crrve fit was applied to the inhibition-con.entratinn data, and the effective concentration (Cso 5 was calculated by the use of Excel Xl-fit software using the equation,

A

All of the compounds tested were found to have IC50s of 10 pM or less. Further, compounds of the present invention, which were tested against more than one type of NS3/4A complex, were found to have similar inhibitory properties though the compounds uniformly demonstrated greater potency against the Ib strains as compared to the la strains.

Specificity Assays The specificity assays were performed to demonstrate the selectivity of the compounds of the present invention in inhibiting HCV NS3/4A protease as compared to other serine or cysteine proteases.

The specificities of compounds of the present invention were determined against a variety of serine proteases: human leukocyte elasta,;e (HLE), porcine pancreatic elastase (PPE) and human pancreatic chymotrypsin and one cysteine protease: human liver cathepsin B. In all cases a 96-well plate format protocol using colorimetric p- 623 nitroaniline (pNA) substrate specific for each enzyme was used as described O previously (Patent WO 00/09543) with some modifications to the serine protease D assays. All enzymes were purchased from Sigma while the substrates were from Bachem.

00 Each assay included a 2hr enzyme-inhibitor pre-incubation at RT followed by caddition of substrate and hydrolysis to -30% conversion as measured on a I Spectramax Pro microplate reader. Compound concentrations varied from 100 to 0.4 IO M depending on their potency.

4 The final conditions for each assay were as follows: Tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane hydrochloride (Tris-HC1) pH8, Sodium Sulfate (Na 2

SO

4 50mM NaCI, 0.1mM EDTA, 3% DMSO, 0.01% Tween- 20 with: 133 LM succ-AAA-pNA and 20nM HNE or 8nM PPE; 133 pM succ-AAV-pNA and HLE; 100 piM succ-AAPF-pNA and 250pM Chymotrypsin.

100mM NaHPO 4 (Sodium Hydrogen Phosphate) pH 6, 0.1mM EDTA, 3% DMSO, ImM TCEP (Tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride), 0.01% Z-FR-pNA and 5nM Cathepsin B (enzyme stock activated in buffer containing TCEP before use).

The percentage of inhibition was calculated using the formula: [l-((UVinh-UVblank)/(UVctl-UVblank))] X 100 A non-linear curve fit was applied to the inhibition-concentration data, and the effective concentration (ICso) was calculated by the use of Excel XI-fit software.

HCV Replicon Cell-based Assay 624 An HCV replicon whole cell system was established as described by O Lohmann V, Korer F, Koch J, Herian U, Theilmann L, Bartenschlager Science N 285(5424):110-3 (1999). This system enabled us to evaluate the effects of our HCV Protease compounds on HCV RNA replication. Briefly, using the HCV strain IB 0 5 sequence described in the Lohmann paper (Assession number:AJ238799), an HCV cDNA was generated encoding the 5' internal ribosome entry site (IRES), the neomycin resistance gene, the EMCV (encephalomyocarditis viurs)-IRES and the HCV nonstructural proteins, NS3-NS5B, and 3' non-translated region (NTR). In vitro transcripts of the cDNA were transfected into the human hepatoma cell line, Huh7. Selection for cells constitutively expressing the HCV replicon was achieved in the presence of the selectable marker, neomycin (G418). Resulting cell lines were characterized for positive and negative strand RNA production and protein production over time.

Huh7 cells, constitutively expressing the HCV replicon, were grown in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Media (DMEM) containing 10% Fetal calf serum (FCS) and lmg/ml G418 (Gibco-BRL). Cells were seeded the night before (1.5 x 104 cells/well) in 96-well tissue-culture sterile plates. Compound and no compound controls were prepared in DMEM containing 4% FCS, 1:100 Penicillin Streptomysin, 1:100 L-glutamine and 5% DMSO in the dilution plate

DMSO

p final concentration in the assay). Compound DMSO mixes were added to the cells and incubated for 4 days at 37 0 C. After 4 days, plates were rinsed thoroughly with Phosphate-Buffered Saline (PBS) (3 times 1501p). The cells were lysed with 2 5 Al of a lysis assay reagent containing the FRET peptide (RET S1, as described for the in vitro enzyme assay). The lysis assay reagent was made from 5X cell Luciferase cell culture lysis reagent(Promega #E153A) diluted to IX with distilled water, NaCI added to 150 mM final, the FRET peptide diluted to 10 pM final from a 2 mM stock in 100% DMSO. The plate was then placed into the Cytofluor 4000 instrument which had been set to 340nm excitation 490 emission, automatic mode for 21 cycles and the plate read in a kinetic mode. ECso determinations were carried out as described for the IC 50 determinations.

625 As a secondary assay, EC 5 o determinations from the replicon FRET assay 0 were confirmed in a quantitative RNA assay. Cells were lyzed using the Rneasy kit (Qiagen). Purified total RNA was normalized using RiboGreen (Jones LJ, Yue ST, Cheung CY, Singer VL, Anal. Chem., 265(2):368.-74 (1998)) and relative 0 5 quantitation of HCV RNA expression assessed using the Taqman procedure (Kolykhalov AA, Mihalik K, Feinstone SM, Rice CM, Journal of Virology 74, 2046- S 2051 (2000)) and the Platinum Quantitative RT-PCR Thermoscript One-Step kit S(Invitrogen cat 11731-015). Briefly, RNA made to a volume of 5.l Ing) was c, added to a 20pl Ready-Mix containing the following: 1.25X Thermoscript reaction mix (containing Magnesium Sulfate and 2-deoxynucleoside (dNTPs)), 3mM dNTPs, 200nM forward primer (sequence: gggagagccatagtggtctgc-3), 600nM reverse primer (5'-cccaaatctccaggcattga-3'), 100nM probe (5'-6-FAM-cggaattgccaggacgaccgg-BHQ-l-3')(FAM: Fluoresceinaminohexyl amidite; BHQ: Black Hole Quencher), lgM Rox reference dye (Invitrogen cat 12223-012) and Thermoscript Plus Platinum Taq polymerase mixture. All primers were designed with ABI Prism 7700 software and obtained from Biosearch Technologies, Novato, CA. Samples containing known concentrations of HCV RNA transcript were run as standards. Using the following cycling protocol (50 0 C, 30 min; 95 0 C, 5 min; 40 cycles of 95°C, 15 sec, 60 0 C, 1 min), HCV RNA expression was quantitated as described in the Perkin Elmer manual using the ABI Prism 7700 Sequence Detector.

Biological Examples Representative compounds of the invention were assessed in the HCV replicon cell assay and/or in several of the outlined specificity assays. Forexample, Compound 34 was found to have an IC 50 of 23 nanomolar (nM) against the NS3/4A BMS strain in the enzyme assay. Similar potency values were obtained with the published H77C (ICso of 3 nM) and J4L6S (IC5o of 2.9 nM) strains. The ECso value in the replicon assay was 166 nM.

In the specificity assays, the same compound was found to have the following O activity: HLE 100 gM; PPE 200 pM; Chymotrypsin 200 pM; Cathepsin B IN 200 pM. These results indicate this family of compounds are highly specific for the NS3 protease and many of these members inhibit HCV replicon replication.

00

O

r The compounds of the current invention were tested and found to have Cactivities in the ranges as follow: IND IC50 Activity Ranges (NS3/4A BMS Strain): A is 10 100 micromolar B is 1 S- 10 uiM; C is 0.1 1 ilM; D is <0.1M EC50 Activity Range (for compounds tested): A:is 10 100 pM; B is 1 10 pM; C is 0.1 1 M; D is <.pM Note that by using the Patent example number and the Patent compound number shown in the table the structures of compounds can be found herein.

In accordance with the present invention, preferably the compounds have a biological activity (EC 5 o) of 10 pM or less, more preferably 1 M or less and most preferably 100 nM or less.

Table 1 Biological Activity EC50 Patent Patent range range Example Cmpd Number Number D D 1 1 I L 627 D C 2 2 D D 3 3 D D 4 4 D D 5 C C 6 6 D C 7 7 C B 8 8 D C 9 9 D D 10 D D I11 11 00 628 D D 12- 12 D D 13 13 D D 14 14 C B 15 D C 16 6 D D 17 17 D D 18 18 D D 19 19 D C 20 D D 21 21 629 cd 2 22 D D I 23 tf 23 D I D 1 24 I- 2 4 D D25 1 D D 1" 26 I 2 D ID 2~7 27 D D 1 28 1 28- D I D 1 29 1 29 D f D 30 I DD 31 31 630 D D 32 32 D D 33 33 D C 34 34 D D 35 D D 37 37 D D 38 38 D D 39 39 D C 40 D D 41 41 00 631 D jD 42 42 t t C I B 1 46 1 46 D 1 C 1 47 1 47 7B

B

48 1 48 49 1 49 CI+ B 50 1

B

52 1 52 C B t 53 51~ I I D C 55 D D 56 56 D C 57 57 D D 58 58 D C 1 59 D B 60 C B 61 61 D D 62 62 D B 63 63 D D 64 64 633 D C 65 D C 66 66 D D 67 67 D D 68 68 D D 69 69 D D 70 D D 71 71 D C 72 72 D C 73 73 D D 74 74 634 D D 75 D D 76 76 D C 77 77 D B 78 78 D~ C 79 79~: I D B 80 D C 81 81 D C 82 82 D C 83 83 D C 84 84 635 c B 85 B A 86- 86 B I A f 87 1 87 B -A J 88 1 88 D D 89 I 89 Dl C 91 91 D D 92 1 92 c

C

93 1 93 D D 94 94~ D I C 1 95 1

I

636.

D D 96 96 D D 97 97 B 99 99 C B 100 100 D I D 101 D D 102 102 D D 103 103 D D 104 104 D D 105 105 D D 106 106 00 637 D C 107 107 D D 108 108 D D 109 109 D C 110 110 D C 120 120 D C 121 121 D C 122 122 D C 123 123 C B 124 124 D D 125 125 638 D C 126 126 D C 127 127 D C 128 128 C C 129 129 D I C 130 DO C B 131 131 D B 132 132 C B 133 133 D C 134 134 D C 135 135 0

IND

639 D C 136 136 D D 137 137 D D 138 138 D C 139 139 D B 140 140 D D 141 141 D D 142 142 D D 143 143 D C 144 144 D C 145 145

IN

640 D D 146 146 D B 147 147 D D 148 148 D D 149 149 D D 15 151 D D 151 151 D D 152 152 D C 154 154 D D 155 155

IND

00 D C 180 t 180 D C 181 t 181 D C 182 1 182 D ID 1 183 183 D I D 1 185 1 185 D D I 186 1 186 D C -187 187 D C 1 188 1 188- D I C 189 f 189 00 D C 190 190 D C 191 191 D D 192 192 D C 193 193 D D 195 195 D B 196 196 C A 197 197 D C 198 198 D C 199 199 643 D D 200 200 D D 201 201 D B 202 202 D C 204 204 D D 206 206 D D 207 207 D C 209 209 D D 210 210 D D 211 211 D D 212 212 00 D D 213 213 D D 215 215 D D 219 219 D D 220 220 D 22 223~t D C 224 224 D C 225 225 D D 227 227 D D 229 229 C C 230 230 00 645- B 231 231 D D 232 232 C C 233 233 D C 235 235 D C 237 237 D C 238 238 D D 239 239 D D 240 240 D D 241 241 D B 242 242 00 646 C A 243 243 D A 244 244 C 245 245 D I D 2 250 25 D D 251 251 D D 252 252 D D 253 253 D D 254 254 D C 255 255 0

IND

647 A 256 256 D D 257 257 D D 258 258 D D 259 259 D C 260 260 D D 261 261 D D 262 262 C C 263 263 C B 264 264 D D 265 265 648 DI[D F 26 6 1266_ D D j12-67267

D

D

268 1 26 D C j26 9 1 269 D c D C 270 t270 271 271 D D 272 272- D D 273 1273 D C 274 1 274 D D -T 275 I275 649 D D 276 276 D D 277 277 D D 278 278 D D 279 279 D D 280 280 D D 281 281 D C 282 282 D C 283 283 C A 284 284 D D 285 285

D-

7D- 7286 2861 D jF C j 287 j 287 D B j 288 1 288 D f C 1 289 t 28-9

TN

I

D D 1 21 I291 D C 292 1292 D C I293 1293 D jt C-1 294 1 294 C B -5 295

O

N

O

00

IN

O

651 D C 296 296 C B 297 297 D D 298 298 D C 299 299 D C 300 300 D D 320 320 D C 321 321 D D 322 322 D C 323 323 652 D C 324 324 D D 325 325 D D 326 326 D D 327 327 DL D 3LO D D 329 329 D D 330 330 D 331 331 C C 334 334 D B 335 335 00 653

C

B 3 3 6 336 C t B t337 -t 3 37 D B 338--[ 338 DB 339 j 339 D I A 1 30 1 340

B

B

B

C

341 1 341 342 1 342 343 I343 344 1F 34-4 BT A 3 45 f 345 1

IN

B 346 346 C A 347 347 A 348 348 B 349 349 C A 350 I 350 B 351 351 A 352 352 A 353 353 B 354 354 C A 355 355 C B 356 356 D C 357 357 C B 370 370 D D 371 371 D D 372 372 D D 373 373 D C 374 374 D D 375 375 D D 376 376 656 D C 377 377 D D 378 378 D D 379 379 D C 380 380 D p C 38 i D C 382 382 D D 383 383 D D 384 384 D D 385 385 C B 386 386 657 D D 410 410 D C 411 411 D D 412 412 D D 413 413 D D 414 414 D D 415 415 D C 420 420 D C 421 421 D B 422 422 658 C 423 423 D C 424 424 C B 425 425 D C 426 426 rN ~A 'V7 A V D C 428 428 D D 429 429 D C 430 430 D C 432 1432

L-

IN

N

659 C B 33 433 D C 434 434 D C 435 435 D C 436 436 D C 437 437 D C 438 438 D C 450 450 I B

B

451 t 451 B] 452 452 452 I 660 C B 454 454 00 0 C 470 470 B 471 471 Section M: Table 2 The following compounds that can be made using the methods described herein and specifically in sections A through K of the exemplification section and more specifically in sections B, E, F and G. Moreover it should be made clear that each of the groups B, R 3

R

2 and RI shown below can be replaced by any of the groups exemplified in sections A through K and elsewhere herein or designated in Formula I. For example the R 3 group in Table 2 is shown as a t-butyl group but one skilled in the art would recognize that for each of the entries cited below this group could be replaced with an isopropyl group or a C I-6 alkyl substituted with an alkoxy.

Or the B group shown below could be replaced with a tert-butyl urea moiety for each of the entries cited below.

661 IN0 000 N NIJ.

00 HN R

R,!

c-I ntrvi1 IT 00 663

N.

~N

I

OiR, 664 C(1,2)- 0 Entry B R3 X Rl ycloprop R, IND ane

R

2 stereochem I I t y Ii 00 0 (1R, 2S) CcJ, \O~cJj h O 5s(I R, 2 S) Kk 0 (1R, 2S) Li L1 tP, O e~3~ 53 (I 2S) Mm I I il,JI 4 I<~I I I)7l I j 11 I I I(1R,2S)j

*V

Claims (4)

1. 2. A compound selected from F N F 0 F 0 0 H'S N S H N H N 0 j 0 C1 F N F F- F H O N 0 N H 0~- 0 j FF F 0 0 N 0/ N N 0 N 0 i Compound 185 Compound 182 Compound 183 Compound 186 Compound 188 Cl N' N No 0 H H N H H N 0 N 0 o 1o N 9O Compound 195 Compound 196 N 0 H N H N- Compound 194 N O H SON H Compound 197 0N I H N 0 N O o H NC 0 Compound 200 Compound 198 Compound 199 OH N O N 0 H O H H n 202 Compound 202 Compound 201 N CI o 0/ H N 0 H H N Compound 204 -N 0 CI 0 o H CI N 0/1 H H H 0 N 0 0 Compound 212 C1, N)"S H 0 N 'Sa Compound 236 0 0 0 Compound 233 Compound 235 md 9 t Compound 237
2. 3. A compound selected from F N F F 1 0 7ON 2 N N S1 I Compound 238 F N 0 N 0~ H N Cmud2 Compound 241 N F HI 0/ H- 0 N H 0 NN H Al 0 Compound 239 C1 N N 0o Compound 242 H 0 0 ,HH N, Nil z 0 0 Compound 24 I I; o I I Compound 243 669 Compound 262 Compound 283 Compound 300 0 0N H2g- 4 HH Boc4NN,{ 0 H Compound 323 N N Compound 324 Compound 334 N~ N Compound 335 Compound 337 s N 0 Compound 338 Compound 339 NQo N 0 N 0 H Compound 340 Compound 341 and /N 7N N H 0 0 A, H H0N N 0 0 H Compound 342
3. 4. A compound selected from N 0 N <O H N HOH, o 2 AN YH Ir NN, 00 H 2o N 0 N H H Compound 342 Compound 343 0H K H. O0ih Compound 344 0 0 H H H HH H Br Nq-o 0 00 H 0n o H Compound 346 Compound 345 671 Br I 0 NN /-I0 /0 /0 000 c-0 0 H N 0 N -N 0o 0 ,0K NI H 0. o 0 0 H 0 0 0 Cc, "0 "T Compound 347 Compound 348 Compound 352 0 0 0 0 H 00 H N' tN H NtN HI H 0 H 0 0 4 H N H 0 0 0 H N 0 Compound 350 Compound 354 Compound /N e1 0 N 0 0 0 0 0 N H 0N-N N N-~ H H 0 N N0 H 0 H ON~ N 0 ~N~ H O 0 0 0 -Vy Compound 356 Compound 354 Compound 355 N S cl N SH 0 H ck 0 H jO H 0 CN -4N- Compound 356 Compound 370 Compound 371 672 01 H H N Nil N 0 0 0 00 IND Compound 372 Compound 373 and N N 0 0 Comppound 374 A compound selected from NN 01~ N 0 H H "0 O-rN- H' V 6 0 00> 7 Compound 376 N 0 H NH 0 0- Compound 377 Compound 375 N -N H 0 0 N -A 0 H N I oo o N H 0M 'Me Compound 378 Compound 379 Compound 386 NCF 3 N- H§ 2 P<7N H epH N N-/H 0 N, O H> -OrN,7 O 0 0o~ 0 06'> rN QS 0, H N N. Compound 412 Compound 410 Compound 411 1 Compound 413 Compound 414 Compound 415 0~ 0 0 Compound 420 Compound 421 0 Y O drN N, 0 0 0> Compound 424 Compound 422 0 H 00 Compound 423 Compound 425 N N 0C 0 00 06 and Compound 427 Compound 426 674
4. 6. A compound selected from 0 0 -V Compound 428 H, N 44/ 00 H N 0 0 P 06' Compound 430 Compound 429 compound 431 Compound 432 H O-rN, 0 -Th Compound 435 Compound 433 Compound 434 Compound 436 Compound 437 S,. H N 0 Compound 451 0 'q Compound 450 Compound 438 C.) N, N 00 0 H 0 0 HN-k 0 0 c-I KN U 0 00 IND 0 0 00N IN 04 Compound 454 Compound 470 and Compound 471